Home
        PDF - Mazda Canada
         Contents
1.                                              2  Put the other golf bag on top of the first Center Rear  bag with its top pointing to the right  The accessory sockets can be used  regardless of whether the ignition is on or  off   Center                                     NOTE    Some golf bags cannot fit depending on  their size     Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can  be carried           6 175       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page450  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment             6 176       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  450 1        CAUTION       To prevent accessory socket  damage or electrical failure  pay  attention to the following                 Do not use accessories that  require more than 120 W  DC 12  V  10 A     Do not use accessories that are  not genuine Mazda accessories  or the equivalent    Close the cover when the  accessory socket is not in use to  prevent foreign objects and  liquids from getting into the  accessory socket    Correctly insert the plug into  the accessory socket        Noise may occur on the audio  playback depending on the device  connected to the accessory socket       Depending on the device  connected to the accessory socket   the vehicle s electrical system may  be affected  which could cause the  warning light to illuminate   Disconnect the connected device  and make sure that the problem is  resolved  If the problem is  resolved  disconnect the device  from t
2.                                         7 22      Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  474 1     Tiedown Hooks    A CAUTION    Do not use the front and rear  tiedown eyelets for towing the  vehicle    They have been designed only for  securing the vehicle to a transport  vessel during shipping    Using the eyelets for any other  purpose could result in the vehicle  being damaged     V Tiedown Hooks    1  Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug  wrench from the luggage compartment     page 7 3         Front   Press the marking on the cap as shown  in the figure to remove the cap    Rear   Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar  tool with a soft cloth to prevent  damage to a painted bumper  and open  the cap located on the bumper     Front             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page475  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Rear          CAUTION    Do not use excessive force as it may  damage the cap or scratch the  painted bumper surface     NOTE  Remove the cap completely and store it so as  not to lose it     3  Securely install the tiedown eyelet  using the lug wrench     Front       Lug wrench       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  475 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emergency Towing    Rear        Lug wrench         4  Hook the tying rope to the tiedown  eyelet     Front    Tiedown eyel            7 23          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page476  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  476 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emergen
3.                                       SAMPLE          DATE GVWRPNBV CIO LB  LTD KG   FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV 1O LB      KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR CO LB IO KG  WITHAVEC CHIT HTIRES PNEUS WITHIAVEC  CILMI TIRES PNEUS         RIMS JANTES         RIMS JANTES           PSI COLD A FROID LIL KPA LU PSI COLD A FROID              eE                        BAR CODE  Ne     gt  MA pra    Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits   Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and  could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling   performance  engine  transmission and or structural damage  serious damage to the  vehicle  or loss of control   Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits        J             Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle   Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to  tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle  damage     9 40       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page583  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  583 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada        GCW  Gross Combination Weight  is the weight of the loaded vehicle  GVW  plus the  weight of the fully loaded trailer     GCWR  Gross Combination Weight Rating  is the maximum allowable weight of the XD  vehicle and the loaded trailer   including all cargo and passengers   that the 
4.                      Instrument panel and Floor Vents    7                   6 13       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page288  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Climate Control System               Black plate  288 1     Fully Automatic Type  Rear     REAR switch       Front AUTO switch   amp     AUTO ON J  Rear          REAR     OUTSIDE    Mode selector display AUTO              my    Rear airflow display Temperature setting display       Fan control switch       OFF switch                 ZOZI ZI                 Temperature control  switch          AUTO switch    Mode selector switch       Control Switches    Rear switch    Press the rear switch to operate the rear air  conditioning    The indicator illuminates to indicate that  the rear air conditioning 1s operating        6 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    AUTO switch    AUTO ON    By pressing the AUTO switch the  following functions will be automatically  controlled in accordance with the set  temperature      Airflow temperature    2       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page289  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  289 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System        Amount of airflow Mode selector switch      Selection of airflow mode  OFF switch    v MODE    The desired airflow mode can be selected   page 6 13      Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the  climate control system     Temperature control switch       Operation of Automatic Air  Conditioning    Operation from
5.                  19Overhead lights                   s          6 163   27565 ait  bags  ise Ra ett e t    OD NUR Fee Re EH Hee gts page 2 54   3  Seat EE cete dto Ib tet t NE Deci page 2 19    Rear entertainment system araa e EE EE page 6 64   5  Center Console  4  nte te etes tte e ae eG edu      page 6 173   6  Remote fuel filler lid release                sessssssssseseeeeeeeenerennnennnes page 3 48   MiG up Holders  setters sees oh ae eee I Ra BB page 6 169  SUDVISODs        page 6 162   8   MGomroot SWITCHES    cr cien tete ee ro eite tige          page 3 51   9 Overhead console nisana aa a a a Eea page 6 172             MITO                eter Aree e ENE page 3 67   19 Vanity Minton                    trn petri e eerie abe e e ERE DS page 6 162   9 Front Seat  seen edt edi tentis ete tet e tee ecd page 2 2  Q Climate control system  Rear        cccccccsscessssssesseseesesseecseeesseesesecseseeecseeeeseeeesees page 6 14    gt                       coe een ees    p eO e RE page 2 9   6 Third tow seat  eee ene iicet eie eme ed dala page 2 13  1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  11 1     Your Vehicle at a Glance    Exterior Overview                         CDEIGO                      3 49    Windshield wiper                                                                  page 8 27   3  MoonItOoOf carte n de d m dieta rt a page 3 51  
6.                  MP3 files written under specifications  other than the indicated specification  may not play normally or files or folder  names may not display correctly      The file extension may not be provided  depending on the computer operating  system  version  software  or settings   In this case  add the file extension    mp3  to the end of the file name  and  then write it to the memory              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page301  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Playable WMA file specification  Playable WMA files are as follows     Item Content    Windows Media Audio  Version 7 0  8 0  9 0   standard     8 11 025 12 kHz  LOW   16 22 05 kHz  MID   44 1 48 32 kHz  HI     32   320 kbps    A CAUTION    This unit plays files with the file  extension  wma  as a WMA file  Do  not use the WMA file extension for  files other than WMA files   Otherwise  it could result in noise or  a malfunction           Specification       Sampling rate                Bit rate         WMA files written under specifications  other than the indicated specification  may not play normally or files or folder  names may not display correctly      The file extension may not be provided  depending on the computer operating  system  version  software  or settings   In this case  add the file extension    wma  to the end of the file name  and  then write it to the memory     Playable AAC file specification  Playable AAC files are as follows   Item Content    MPEG4 AAC LC  8 11 025 12 kHz         
7.                3 58   Theft deterrent system                 3 62  Service Publications                            9 46  Shopping Bag Hook                          6 174  Side Extension Sunvisors                  6 162  Spare Tire and Tool Storage                  7 3  Specifications                                      10 4  Speedometer                                       5 53  SRS Air Bags   Driver and front passenger occupant   classification system                    2 70   How the SRS air bags work         2 62   Limitations to SRS air bag           2 68   Monitoring and maintenance       2 75   SRS air bag deployment   Ortena   cos roto edge 2 67   Supplemental restraint system    SRS  precautions                        2 54   Supplemental restraint system   components                                  2 60  Starting the Engine                                5 4  Steering Wheel    3 65   FOUN  ott nth Das 5 86          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page605  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  605 1        Index  S T  Storage Compartments                      6 172 Towing  Armrest box    6 173 Description                                   7 21  Cargo securing loops                  6 173 Emergency towing                       7 21  Cargo sub compartment             6 173 Recreational towing                     7 24  Center console                            6 173 Trailer Towing  Glove compartment                    6 172  U S A  and Canada                     4 14  O
8.              ssssess 3 65  Overhead Console                             6 172  Overhead Lights                                6 163  Overheating eine aiins 7 16  Overloading                ssssssses 4 12  P  Paint Damage                                     8 57  Parking Brake                                   5 7  Parking in an Emergency                      7 2  Parking Sensor System                       5 46  Park assist sensor switch              5 48  Parking sensor warning beep       5 50  Sensor detection range                 5 48  When warning indicator beep is  activated           5 51  Personalization Features                     10 8  Power Door Locks                              3 30  Power Liftgate                                   3 35  Power Outlet                  sss 6 177  Power                                                   5 18  Fluids 8 25  Power Windows                                  3 40  Push Starting                   sess 7 20  R  Rear Coat                                         6 174  Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA         5 39  Rear Door Child Safety Locks            3 33  11 5          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page604  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Index  R  Rear Entertainment System                 6 64  Before operation                           6 77  Country code list                        6 108  Language code list                     6 106  Sound output                                6 83  Rear View Monitor                          
9.             D Power Volume Display Sound Controls                   eese page 6 30   2  Operating the        rede e de ei te is page 6 34   3  Operating the Satellite                               entren page 6 38    Operating the Compact Disc  CD  Player                  sese page 6 46      Operating the Auxiliary jack USB port                 sse page 6 49   6  Error Indications                essere eene page 6 49                 t e dem                      6 50   6 29       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page304  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  304 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    V Power Volume Display Sound Controls        C 8                                        Audio button Setup button    Phone button    Navigation  button                      Power Volume  dial                                  Power ON OFF Contrast adjustment  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON       Higher contrast  Press the power volume dial to turn the      Lower contrast    audio system on  Press the power volume     gt  E  1  dial again to turn the audio system off  Tint adjustment             Green tint enhancement color                   Volume adjustment      Red tint enhancement color  To adjust the volume  turn the power     Adjustment can be performed only  volume dial  while in the rear view camera mode     Turn the power volume dial to the right to       1  increase volume  to the left to decrease it  Color adjustment            To deepen a col
10.            5 70  Tire inflation pressure warning    5 71  Before Starting the Engine                    4 5  After getting in                               4 5  Before getting in                            4 5  Blind Spot Monitoring   BSM  System                                    5 35  Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM      5 37  BSM OFF Indicator Light            5 42  BSM OFF Switch    eee 5 43  Care of radar sensors                    5 43  Rear Cross Traffic Alert   RETA  ae          aoni 5 39  Warning Light Beep                     5 42  Bluetooth   0                    6 116  Bluetooth   Audio                      6 141  Bluetooth   Hands Free             6 122  Safety Certification                    6 149  Troubleshooting                         6 145  Body Lubrication                                8 27  Bottle Holder                                     6 171  Brake                      8 25       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page601  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM       B  Brakes  Anti lock brake system  ABS        5 8  Brakes     515                                5 10  Foot brake      5 5  Pad wear indicator                        5 10  Parking brake                                 5 7  Warning           5 8  Break In Period                                     4 6  Bulb                                                     8 40  C  C apacities ye ertt 10 5  Carbon Monoxide                                 4 4  Cargo Securing Loops                      6 173  Cargo Sub Compartme
11.            Lever    After performing this emergency measure   have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible     Manually closing the liftgate    Use both hands to push the liftgate down  until the lock snaps shut  Do not slam it   Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is  securely latched     Y Power Liftgate      The power liftgate opens closes  electrically by operating switches in the  vehicle or the buttons on the keyless entry  system transmitter    Refer to Keyless Entry System on page  3 13      Some models  3 35        gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page124  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks        WARNING    Be sure to watch the power liftgate as   it opens or closes  and make sure that   it closes completely   Opening or closing the power liftgate  while not watching it move is  dangerous  Because of unseen  obstacles and the jam safe feature  a  liftgate may not close completely  and  if left unnoticed  could result in  serious injury or death if an occupant  were to fall out of the vehicle   Always be sure that the area around  the liftgate is clear before activating  it    Always confirm the safety of the area   around the power liftgate before   operating it electrically   Not checking the area around the  liftgate for people before operating it  using the power liftgate switch or the  button on the keyless entry system is  dangerous  A person could become  caught between the liftgate and
12.           23 WIPER 30A Windshield wiper and washer   24 P WIND 30A Power windows  Driver side    8 56       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page533  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    How to Minimize       Environmental Paint Damage    The paintwork on your Mazda represents  the latest technical developments in  composition and methods of application     Environmental hazards  however  can  harm the paint s protective properties  if  proper care is not taken     Here are some examples of possible  damage  with tips on how to prevent  them     V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or  Industrial Fallout    Occurrence    Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions  drift into the air and mix with rain or dew  to form acids  These acids can settle on a  vehicle s finish  As the water evaporates   the acid becomes concentrated and can  damage the finish    And the longer the acid remains on the  surface  the greater the chance is for  damage     Prevention    It is necessary to wash and wax your  vehicle to preserve its finish according to  the instructions in this section  These  steps should be taken immediately after  you suspect that acid rain has settled on  your vehicle s finish        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  533 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care       Damage Caused by Bird  Dropping  Insects  or Tree Sap    Occurrence    Bird droppings contain acids  If these  aren t removed they can eat away the clear  and color base coat 
13.           Black plate  163 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    e    For more traction in starting on  slippery surfaces such as ice or packed  snow  use sand  rock salt  chains   carpeting  or other nonslip material  under the front wheels     NOTE    Use snow chains only on the front wheels     4 7          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel64  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  164 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    V Roll over    A WARNING    Avoid sharp turns  excessive speed and  abrupt maneuvers when driving this  vehicle   Sharp turns  excessive speed and  abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is  dangerous as it could result in the  increased risk of loss of vehicle  control  vehicle roll over  personal  injury or death   This vehicle has a higher center of  gravity  Vehicles with a higher center  of gravity such as utility and AWD  vehicles handle differently than  vehicles with a lower center of  gravity   Utility vehicles are not designed for  cornering at high speeds any more  than low profile sports cars are  designed to perform satisfactorily  under off road conditions   In addition  utility vehicles have a  significantly higher rollover rate than  other types of vehicles     In a rollover crash  an unbelted  person is significantly more likely to  die than a person wearing a seat  belt    RSC might help if you get into  trouble  but then it might not be able  to allow you to fully recover  always  drive carefully with the vehicl
14.           Condition detected by the  front passenger occupant    Front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light    Front passenger front and  side air bags    Front passenger seat  belt pretensioner                         classification system system  Empty  Not occupied  Off Deactivated Deactivated  Chila           Deactivated Deactivated  system  Adult  Off Ready Ready            Ifthe front passenger seat belt is buckled  the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates   however this does not indicate a malfunction     2   Ifa larger child sits on the front passenger seat  the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending  on the child s physique    3   Ifa smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat  the sensors might detect the person as being a child   depending on the person s physique    The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of what the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light   on off condition chart indicates     If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the  ignition Is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light on off condition chart  do not allow a child to sit in the front  passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible  The system  may not work properly in an accident     2 71       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page84  Monday  March
15.           sss 5 11  Power Steering                a die edendi etel ess 5 18  All Wheel Drive  AWD  Operation                                         5 18  Cruise Control   os e vtae e E       Traction Control System  TCS        Dynamic Stability Control  DSC  Roll Stability Control   RSC             sette v tu te a en ee Per 5 27  Tire Pressure Monitoring System                                              5 29  Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  System             ahs 5 35  lt P  Parking Sensor System                2               5 46  Instrument Cluster and Indicators                              eres 5 52  Meters and Gauges          c cccccescescesseeseeeeeeseceseeseceeeseseeeeaeeeeneees 5 52  Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds                              5 56  Warning Indicator Lights                      essen 5 56  Beep Soundsi n                   Ron 5 70  Switches and Controls                       eeeeeeee eee eren eene ene etn nena tnaen 5 72  Lighting Control                                              5 72  Turn and Lane Change Signals                       sss 5 78  Fo Disi  ai sien cantio Mese Re                  5 79  Windshield Wipers and Washer                     sss 5 80  Rear Window Wiper and Washer                    ssssssssesss 5 84  Rear Window Defogger                 sse 5 85                e IR ness 5 86  Hazard Warning Flasher                     sse 5 87  HomeLink Wireless Control System                                       5 88    Some model
16.          Incorrect region code    An error message is displayed if a disc  other than one with region code 1 or  including region 1 is inserted     The region of disc  can not be played     High temperature malfunction    If the temperature surrounding the DVD  player area exceeds 88      190 F   the  DVD player operation is stopped to  protect the unit  When the temperature  decreases to 70 C  158 F  or less  the  protective circuit function is cleared and  the operation is restored     HOT PROTECT  DVD  SHUTDOWN          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page387  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  387 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    System errors  Common to each mode   Power malfunction    An error message is displayed if the  power supply to the rear entertainment  system drops  About 9 5 V or less   and  the power is turned off    The power is restored when the power  supply to the rear entertainment system is  10 V or more     BATTERY ERROR    High temperature malfunction    If the temperature around the LCD area  exceeds 95 C  203 F   the power supply  is turned off to protect the LCD    When the temperature around the LCD  area is 85 C  185 F  or less  the  protective circuit function is cleared and  the operation is restored     HOT PROTECT  RSES SHUTDOWN       6 113       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page388  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Black plate  388 1     Sy
17.         1  Stop the vehicle and close all the doors     Switch the ignition ON       Press and hold the lock side of the  driver s door lock switch within 10  seconds of switching the ignition ON   and make sure a beep sound is heard  about eight seconds afterwards       Referring to the auto lock unlock  function setting table  determine the  function number for the desired setting  and press the unlock side of the driver s  door lock switch only in the amount of  the selected function number  Ex  If  you select function 2  press the unlock  side of the switch only 2 times         3 32       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE   There are only a total of five auto lock unlock  settings available  Be sure to press the unlock  side of the driver s door lock switch the correct  number of times according to the selected  function number  If the switch is mistakenly  pressed six times  the procedure will be  invalidated  If this occurs  start the procedure  from the beginning     5  Three seconds after the function setting  has been changed  a beep sound will  beep in the amount of the selected  function number           Current Function Number          Press unlock side of  lock switch once    Function Number 1      Press 2 times  Function Number 2        Press 3 times      Function Number 3    Press lock side of  lock switch    Cancel setting    Wait for 3 second           Function set  The  number of beeps  heard is the same as  the selected function  number             Press 4 times 
18.         6 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE     The air conditioning operates when the A C  switch is pressed even if the fan is off      The air conditioner may not function when  the outside temperature approaches 0   C     32   F      Air intake selector    CJ      e      Outside or recirculated air positions can  be selected  Press the switch to select  outside recirculated air positions   Recirculated air position  indicator  light illuminated    Use this position when going through  tunnels  driving in congested traffic  high  engine exhaust areas  or when quick  cooling is desired     Outside air position  indicator light  turned off    Use this position for normal conditions  and defogging     A WARNING    Do not use the  lt  amp  gt  position in cold or  rainy weather   Using the  lt  amp  position      cold or  rainy weather is dangerous as it will  cause the windows to fog up  Your  vision will be hampered  which could  lead to a serious accident           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page283  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    OUTSIDE  Ambient Temperature     Switch       OUTSIDE  TEMP       Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the  ambient temperature     NOTE     The displayed ambient temperature may  vary from the actual ambient temperature  depending on the surrounding area and  vehicle conditions        Press the OUTSIDE switch for three  seconds or longer to switch the display  from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice  versa      Press the OUTSIDE switch again to sw
19.         CAUTION     gt  Do not shade the rain sensor by  adhering a sticker or a label on  the windshield  Otherwise the rain  sensor will not operate correctly              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page261  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM       When the wiper lever is in the  AUTO position and the ignition is  switched ON  the wipers may  move automatically in the  following cases    gt  If the windshield above the rain   sensor is touched or wiped with  a cloth    gt  If the windshield is struck with  a hand or other object from  either outside or inside the  vehicle   Keep hands and scrapers clear of  the windshield when the wiper  lever is in the AUTO position and  the ignition is switched ON as  fingers could be pinched or the  wipers and wiper blades damaged  when the wipers activate  automatically   If you are going to clean the  windshield  be sure the wipers are  turned off completely   this is  particularly important when  clearing ice and snow   when it is  most likely that the engine is left  running     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  261 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    NOTE     Switching the auto wiper lever from the  OFF to the AUTO position while driving at  a vehicle speed of 4 km h  2 mph  or higher   or after driving the vehicle  activates the  windshield wipers once  after which they  operate according to the rainfall amount      The auto wiper control may not operate  when the rain sensor temperature is about     10
20.        14   F  or lower  or about 85        185   F  or higher        If the windshield is coated with water  repellent  the rain sensor may not be able to  sense the amount of rainfall correctly and  auto wiper control may not operate  properly        If dirt or foreign matter  Such as ice or  matter containing salt water  adheres to the  windshield above the rain sensor or if the  windshield is iced  it could cause the wipers  to move automatically  However  if the  wipers cannot remove this ice  dirt or  foreign matter  the auto wiper control will  stop operation  In this case  set the wiper  lever to the low speed position or high  speed position for manual operation  or  remove the ice  dirt or foreign matter by  hand to restore the auto wiper operation        Ifthe auto wiper lever is left in the AUTO  position  the wipers could operate  automatically from the effect of strong light  sources  electromagnetic waves  or infrared  light because the rain sensor uses an  optical sensor  It is recommended that the  auto wiper lever be switched to the OFF  position other than when driving the vehicle  under rainy conditions     5 83    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page262  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    V Windshield Washer    Pull the lever toward you and hold it to  spray washer fluid         Washer    NOTE   With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent  position AUTO position  the wipers will  operate continuously un
21.        Black plate  510 1     NOTE       Tire Rotation        WARNING    Rotate tires periodically     Always check tire pressure when tires are  cold    Warm tires normally exceed recommended  pressures  Don t release air from warm tires  to adjust the pressure    Underinflation can cause reduced fuel  economy  uneven and accelerated tire wear   and poor sealing of the tire bead  which  will deform the wheel and cause separation  of tire from rim    Overinflation can produce a harsh ride   uneven and accelerated tire wear  and a  greater possibility of damage from road  hazards    Keep your tire pressure at the correct  levels  If one frequently needs inflating   have it inspected        Irregular tire wear is dangerous  To  equalize tread wear for maintaining  good performance in handling and  braking  rotate the tires according to  the scheduled maintenance charts   Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on    page 8 4     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         511  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM       During rotation  inspect them for correct  balance         Z     C  267    Do not include  TEMPORARY USE ONLY   spare tire in rotation     Also  inspect them for uneven wear and  damage  Abnormal wear is usually caused  by one or a combination of the following        ncorrect tire pressure     Improper wheel alignment    Out of balance wheel     Severe braking    After rotation  inflate all tire pressures to  specification  page 10 7  and inspect the  lug nuts for tightness     A CAUTION  
22.       A WARNING    Do not seat a child in a child restraint  system on the front passenger seat if  the front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light does not  illuminate  With Driver and Front  Passenger Occupant Classification  System    While it is always better to install any  child restraint system on the rear  seat  it is imperative that a child   restraint system ONLY be used on the  front passenger seat if the  deactivation indicator light  illuminates when the child is seated  in the child restraint system  page  2 70   Seating a child in a child   restraint system installed on the front  passenger seat with the front  passenger air bag deactivation  indicator light not illuminated is  dangerous  If this indicator light does  not illuminate  this means that the  front passenger front and side air  bags  and seat belt pretensioner are  ready for deployment  If an accident  were to deploy an air bag  a child in  a child restraint system sitting in the  front passenger seat could be  seriously injured or killed  If the  indicator light does not illuminate  after seating a child in a child   restraint system on the front  passenger seat  seat a child in a  child restraint system on the rear  seat and consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible        2 48       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page61  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  61 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    LATCH Child Restraint Syste
23.      6 98       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  372 1     Changing to a language other than  English and Japanese    NOTE     Languages other than English and  Japanese can be set by entering the  language code in the language code list   Refer to Language Code List on page  6 106    If the selected language is not recorded in  the disc  the language is not available       Move the cursor to    Other    by  operating the select button up or down       Press the ENTER button  and then  operate the select button to the right     Rating Mark Audio Aspect    Japanese  English   gt  Other  Japanese   gt  English  Other  Japanese   gt  English  Other    Menu Language                 Audio Language       ok ok ok ok  Sub Title   Language 4  ok ok ok ok         Enter the desired language code by  pressing the number keys  0 to 9  or  operating the select button up or down       Press the ENTER button to set the  language of the entered language code     NOTE   If    English    or    Japanese    is selected  afterward  the previously entered language  code is cleared     Rating   If the disc has a parental lock code   viewing can be restricted  Also  the setting  can be protected by a password to prevent  someone changing the setting                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page373  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Viewing can be restricted by setting the  parent lock level    For example  if the level is set to 6  level 7  or higher viewing is locked and cannot be  play
24.      8 49       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page526  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  526 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance             4  Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse  puller provided on the fuse block  located in the engine compartment           5  Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s       blown   A A    d    0 U  Normal Blown  8 50       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    6  Insert a new fuse of the same amperage  rating  and make sure it fits tightly  If it  does not fit tightly  have an expert  install it  We recommend an  Authorized Mazda Dealer    If you have no spare fuses  borrow one  of the same rating from a circuit not  essential to vehicle operation  such as  the ROOM circuit     A CAUTION    Always replace a fuse with one of the  same rating  Otherwise you may  damage the electric system     7  Reinstall the cover and make sure that  it is securely installed     Replacing the fuses under the hood   If the headlights or other electrical  components do not work and the fuses in  the cabin are normal  inspect the fuse  block under the hood  If a fuse is blown  it  must be replaced  Follow these steps     1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and other switches are off     2  Remove the fuse block cover or the  relay box cover         Fuse block             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page527  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  527 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance       Relay box    3  If an
25.      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page318  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    Storing songs  artists  and sports team  names    NOTE     Amaximum of 10 songs  artists  and sports  team names each can be stored        If the song title  artist name  sports team  name cannot be displayed     No available items for this program   is  displayed      Even ifthe song title  and artist name are  displayed in the main screen  it may not be  possible to record information for old  songs      Ifa song name is stored  the song seek  function is turned on       fan artist name is stored  the artist seek  function is turned on      Ifa sports team name is stored  the game  alert function is turned on     1  Touch the on screen button to  display the current song and artist  names currently being received  The  sports team name is displayed while  the sports program is being received     2  Select the item you want to store from  song title  artist name and sports team  name        XXXXX  song  artist  sports team  name  stored  is displayed     NOTE   If there is not enough available storage space    Song Memory Full  or  Artist Memory Full   or  Team Memory Full  and    Delete one to store new one  are displayed   Delete from the list        6 44       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  318 1     Seek alert setting    On or off switching to song seek  artist  seek  or game alert function  and deletion  of stored information can be performed   Touch the     
26.      ENGINE       Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years  Replace every 240 000 km    Drive belts                                                                                                                                                                               Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R RR   Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R  R R R   COOLING SYSTEM   Cooling system I   1 1     Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years  after that  eve   Engine coolant FL22 type     i 60 000 km or 3 ine i AS  Others R   R R   FUEL SYSTEM   Air filter R R R R R R   Fuel lines and hoses p p I   Hoses and tubes for emission Ik           Fuel filter R R R   IGNITION SYSTEM   Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km   CHASSIS and BODY   Brake lines  hoses and connections I I I I I I   Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I   Brake fluid R R R   Disc brakes I I I I   Tire  Rotation    Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I   Steering operation and linkages I I I I   Power steering fluid level I I I I   Front and rear suspension  ball joints and wheel 1 1   bearing axial play   Rear differential oil  AWD  Ex   Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I   Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T   Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I        locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L   Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I   8 11       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page488    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       Num
27.      Jack head       p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page462  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    4  Place the jack under the jack up  position closest to the tire being  changed with the jack head squarely  under the jack up point        5  Continue raising the jack head  gradually by rotating the screw with  your hand until the jack head is  inserted into the jack up position        Tire blocks    7 10    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                       Black plate  462 1       A WARNING    Use only the front and rear jaching   positions recommended in this manual   Attempting to jack the vehicle in  positions other than those  recommended in this manual is  dangerous  The vehicle could slip off  the jack and seriously injure or even  kill someone  Use only the front and  rear jacking positions recommended  in this manual     Do not jach up the vehicle in a position  other than the designated jach up  position or place any objects on or  under the jach   Jaching up the vehicle in a position  other than the designated jach up  position or placing objects on or  under the jack is dangerous as it  could deform the vehicle body or the  vehicle could fall off the jack  resulting in an accident     Use only the jack provided with your  Mazda   Using a jack that is not designed for  your Mazda is dangerous  The vehicle  could slip off the jack and seriously  injure someone     Never place objects under the jach   Jacking the vehicle with an objec
28.      Left sensor    Corner right sensor          Right sensor          5 51       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page230  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  230 1     Driving Your Mazda    Instrument Cluster and Indicators    Meters and Gauges              I9 Speedomeler                     t            ee adr          5 53    Odometer  Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector           ccccccccsccsesseseseeceseeseseeeeseees page 5 53  O Tachometer    256i      cere      tede    ERR Res          5 54    Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge                                   nenne page 5 54   5b  Euel Gauge                      mt betonte d iri te UI Eth page 5 55     Dashboard Illumination                   sese page 5 55  NOTE    When the ignition is switched ON  the dashboard gauges illuminate     5 52       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page231  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM               Black plate  231 1     Driving Your Mazda    Instrument Cluster and Indicators       Speedometer    The speedometer indicates the speed of  the vehicle        Odometer  Trip Meter and Trip  Meter Selector    The display mode can be changed  between trip meter A and trip meter B by  pressing the selector while one of them is  displayed  The selected mode will be  displayed        Odometer    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          i TRIP  Trip meter A nm    Odometer    Press the selector 1    Tri ter B TRIP   rip meter B        Odometer    Press the selector    Odometer       The odom
29.     1  Touch the  Message   on screen tab    2  Touch the message to which you want  to reply    3  Touch the             on screen button    4  Select the sentence to be sent from the  preset messages    5  Press the  Send  on screen button    NOTE    The preset messages cannot be changed        Erasing messages  Downloaded messages can be erased     1  Touch the       Message       on screen tab        2  Touch the message you want to erase   3  Touch the  4  Touch the  NOTE    The messages stored in a device cannot be  erased        Delete    on screen button                  Yes   on screen button     V Don t Disturb Me function    A setting can be made to not notify you of  incoming phone calls and messages                 1  Touch the  80  on screen tab   2  Touch the  Don t Disturb        on screen  button     2       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page403  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM          3          3  To set  touch the  On  on screen button  or the  9f  on screen button     4  Touch the Back  on screen button   NOTE    The following operations are possible even   when the Don t Disturb Me function is on      Downloading messages     Downloading phone books     Downloading the incoming outgoing call  record               Sending messages       Audio Operation Using Voice  Recognition    Audio on off  audio mode switching  and  audio operations can be done using voice  recognition     NOTE    When playing a USB or iPod    When a track is selected using voice  recogniti
30.     A      Turn the socket and bulb assembly  counterclockwise and remove it             Remove the bulb by pushing it in  slightly and turning it  counterclockwise           8 44       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  520 1     6  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     Front side marker lights  Front turn  signal lights    1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch is off     2  Lift the hood     3   Right side   Remove the attachment bolts and the  coolant reservoir before replacing the  light bulb        4  Turn the socket and bulb assembly  counterclockwise and remove it     5  Remove the bulb by pushing it in  slightly and turning it  counterclockwise        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page521  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  521 1     Front side marker lights       6  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     7  Install the coolant reservoir  If you are  unsure of how tight the bolts should be   have them inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     Bolt tightening torque    6 9   11 8   0 7   1 2  5 1   8 7        N m  kgfm  ft lbf                 Fog lights      1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch is off     2  Turn the screws counterclockwise and  remove them        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    3  Turn the screws and the center section  of the plastic retainers  counterclockwise and 
31.     Fog Lights      Use this switch to turn on the fog lights   The fog lights will improve visibility at  night and during foggy conditions     To turn the fog lights on  rotate the fog  light switch to the  0  position    The headlight switch must be in the 2D  position before turning on the fog lights   Type A       Fog light switch    Type B    4D    OFF       Fog light switch    To turn them off  rotate the fog light  switch to the OFF position or turn the  headlight switch to the 2002  Type Aye   Type B  position        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    NOTE     The fog lights will turn off when the  headlights are set at high beam       With auto light control   If the fog light switch is in the ON position  and the headlight switch is in the AUTO  position  the fog lights will turn on when  the headlights  the exterior lights and  dashboard illumination turn automatically          Some models  5 79       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page258  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Windshield Wipers                              The ignition must be switched ON        WARNING    Use only windshield washer fluid or  plain water in the reservoir   Using radiator antifreeze as washer  fluid is dangerous  If sprayed on the  windshield  it will dirty the  windshield  affect your visibility  and  could result in an accident     Only use windshield washer fluid  mixed with anti freeze protection in  fre
32.     Some functions do not turn off     2 Standard audio   3 Bose  Sound System    6 31       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page306  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  306 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Automatic Level Control  ALC    The automatic level control is a feature  that automatically adjusts audio volume  and sound quality according to the vehicle  speed  The volume increases in  accordance with the increase in vehicle  speed  and decreases as vehicle speed  decreases     AudioPilot   2   AudioPilot   2 automatically adjusts audio  volume and sound quality in accordance  with the level of noise entering the vehicle  interior while driving  When AudioPilot    2 is turned on  the system automatically  calculates the conditions for optimum  hearing of sound which may be difficult  to hear depending on exterior noise   AudioPilot  2 can be set on or off    4 AudioPilot  2 is a registered  trademark of Bose Corporation     Centerpoint      Centerpoint  offers you the experience of   5 1 channel surround sound in your   vehicle even with your conventional 2    channel stereo CDs  Centerpoint  can be   set on or off     5 Centerpoint  is a registered trademark  of Bose Corporation     NOTE     Centerpoinf  operates optimally with a 2   channel stereo CD  Audio files encoded  with high compression can be played   however  they may result in poor sound  quality        Centerpoint  is available for 2 channel  stereo audio except for AM radio FM radio   AUX Blue
33.     The vehicle is reversed at a speed of 12 km h or faster      The radar is obstructed by objects such as a large vehicle parked adjacently or by a wall    Reverse vehicle to position in which radar is not obstructed               Your vehicle                                   Avehicle approaches from straight behind    B           vehicle  SZ  Po BBBBB      The vehicle is parked at a highly acute angle                                                                                              Your vehicle         Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM     OFF switch again afier it has been turned off  Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  OFF indicator light  in instrument panel illuminates  by pressing the switch     5 41       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page220  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       BSM Warning Light Beep    BSM warning light    Equipped on the left and right door  mirrors        This warning light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition 1s switched  ON     Driving forward    If the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM   system detects a vehicle in the detection  area while the vehicle is driven at a speed  of about 10 km h  6 2mph  or more  the  BSM warning light illuminates on the side  of the vehicle where the rear on coming  vehicle is detected  A warning indicator  light flashes when the turn signal lever is  operated to the side where the
34.     blade        A CAUTION    To prevent damage to the rear  window let the wiper arm down  easily  don t let it slap down on the     Cp  rear window     3  Pull down the blade rubber and slide it  out of the blade holder                      8 30    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  506 1     4  Remove the metal stiffeners from each    blade rubber and install them in the  new blade          A CAUTION    Don t bend or discard the stiffeners   You need to use them again     5  Carefully insert the new blade rubber     gt    Then install the blade assembly in the    reverse order of removal                   CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page507  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  507 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance          WARNING       Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories   Battery posts  terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds   chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm     Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting  to ensure safe and correct handling     en   Always wear eye protection when worhing near the battery   Worhing without eye protection is dangerous  Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID  which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes  Also  hydrogen gas produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode     Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact w
35.    4 12       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    The gross axle weight rating  GAWR   and the gross vehicle weight rating   GVWR  of your vehicle are on the  Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label  on the driver s door frame  Exceeding  these ratings can cause an accident  or vehicle damage  You can estimate  the weight of your load by weighing  the items  or people  before putting  them in the vehicle           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         169  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  169 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips       Driving on Uneven Road    Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads  or over speed bumps at excessive speeds  Use care and reduce speed when traveling on  rough uneven roads or over speed bumps     Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody  bumpers or muffler s  when driving under  the following conditions      Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle     Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle       Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and  handling  As a result  the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be  damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds  Use  care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes     4 13       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel70  Monday  March 9
36.    4 SOURCE   EJ    DISPLAY             DISPLAY MODE    soe                         PREV          PAUSE       REW                     NEXT    id    SLOW       e                                         eeoo    e                                                 No  Name No  Name   D RETURN button    PLAY button   0           button 02 Slow playback button    3    ENTER Select button 09  POWER button   D STOP button  a SOURCE button    5  PAUSE button 09 Picture adjust mode button     Fast forward button 009 Picture adjust button   e Rewind button 07 SET UP button  PREVIOUS  Track down  button Number keys   9 NEXT  Track up  button  9 DISPLAY MODE button  DISPLAY button       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       6 75    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page350  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Headphone    Power button Volume dial    Power indicator R  right  side       6 76       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  350 1     Infrared receiver             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page351  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM               Black plate  351 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Before Operation    V Display Opening Closing    A CAUTION       Close the display while the Rear  Entertainment System is not in  use  If the display is left open  a  passenger could be injured by  hitting the display  or the display  could be damaged       Do not press the monitor screen  while opening the display  It may  cause a malfunction  
37.    6 166  Climate control display              6 166  Glock    ntes 6 166  Information display functions    6 165  Trip computer                             6 167    2                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page603  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM               I  Instrument Cluster                           5 52  Interior Care        8 64  Interior         6 163  J  Jump Starting              sss 7 18  K  Keyless Entry System                         3 22                            ioo eee ces 3 21  L  Label Information                               10 2  Lane Change Signals                          5 78                               3 33  Light Bulbs                                                        8 40  Specifications                               10 6  Lighting Control                                 5 72  Lubricant Quality                              10 4  Luggage Compartment Light            6 164  M  Maintenance  Introduction                   sss 8 2  Owner maintenance  precautions                                   8 18  Owner maintenance schedule       8 17  Scheduled                      ssusse 8 4  Map Lights                           6 164  Mirror Defogger                                 5 86  Mirrors  Outside mirrors                            3 65  Rearview mirror                           3 67    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Black plate  603 1     Index  M  Moonroof f nennen 3 51      Odometer and Trip                              5 53  Outside Mirrors    
38.    Doot lock  unire rrr ttn pn          page 3 29   5                               A eA hese Nee E eec eh Re etes page 3 48   QNUM nS page 8 33  CD Eigbtbulbs    REN                                                   8 40   The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel2  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  12 1     Your Vehicle at a Glance    Exterior Overview    Rear                                               1  Taftgate i ctt cette                     page 3 33   2 Rear wiper blade    eee t Pen DOR TE Ree Re LH    page 8 29  C Child safety lock           dtt b e e NE Deere page 3 33   2  O  tslde        56 5              UR HERE Pug page 3 65       E esie tet oe ette d erbe edi tee dh AMR Edna E ches page 8 33   AETATIS                      wea eae           8 40  REAL VIEW monito             Ee           ORE eie  page 6 151  1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel3  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  13 1        Essential Safety Equipment    Use of safety equipment  including seats  seat belt system  child restraint  systems and SRS air bags     Nic iru E 2 2  Front Seats  Manually Operated                                                  2 2  Front Seats  Electrically Operated                                               2 4  Second Row Seats  2    eene ettet tne A eae  2 9  Third
39.    English   gt  Other   Japanese   English   gt  Other    Menu Language              Audio Language               Sub Title  Language                  4  Select the item to be set by operating  the select button up or down     Rating Mark Audio Aspect    Japanese PR     gt  English  Other           Audio Language     Japanese    Menu Language       English  Other             Japanese   gt  English  lt   Other             Sub Title  Language       6 97       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page372  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System      Press the ENTER button  The  highlighted color returns to the  previous color to indicate that the  selected item is set     Rating   Mark Audio   Aspect    Japanese   P English  Other    gt  Japanese  English  Other  Japanese   P   English  Other    Menu Language              Audio Language    ok ok ok ok   Sub Title  Language 4                  6  To finish the function menu on the  monitor display  press the SET UP   MENU  or STOP button     Lang  Language     Sound and subtitles can be changed to the  desired language     Rating    Mark Audio   Aspect  Japanese  P English  Other     gt  Japanese    Menu Language              Audio Language    English  Other    K KR OK    Sub Title  Language    Japanese   gt  English  Other    4                 Menu language  Language used for top  menu disc menu   Sound language  Language used for  movie sound  voice    Subtitle language  Language used for  subtitles  
40.    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Safety Certification    FCC  FCC  CB2MAZGEN6HFT    NOTE   This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to the following two   conditions     1  This device may not cause harmful interference  and    2  This device must accept any interference received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation     A WARNING    Changes or modifications made to this equipment not expressly approved by the  manufacturer may void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment     NOTE   This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device   pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules  These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection  against harmful interference in a residential installation  This equipment generates  uses and can  radiate radio frequency energy and  if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions     gt    may cause harmful interference to radio communications  However  there is no guarantee that   interference will not occur in a particular installation  If this equipment does cause harmful  interference to radio or television reception  which can be determined by turning the equipment off  and on  the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following  measures          Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna      Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver      Connect the equipment
41.    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Updating the database    The Gracenote media database can be updated using USB device     1  Connect a USB device containing the software for updating Gracenote       Touch the  See  on screen button     2  3  Touch the  4     Gracenote Update   on screen button       Touch the  v  on screen button to scroll the display   When the display is scrolled to the end of the explanation  the   Update Now   on screen  button is displayed     5  Touch the  6  Touch the  NOTE    Do not switch the ignition off or disconnect the USB device while updating the database  Otherwise        Update Now                      data could be lost     6 140       on screen button  The update is initiated            on screen button        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page415  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Bluetooth   Audio    Applicable Bluetooth  specification  Ver  2 0 or higher    Response profile   e A2DP  Advanced Audio Distribution  Profile  Ver  1 0 1 2   e AVRCP  Audio Video Remote Control  Profile  Ver  1 0 1 3 1 4    A2DP is a profile which transmits only  audio to the Bluetooth  unit  If your  Bluetooth  audio device corresponds only  to A2DP  but not AVRCP  you cannot  operate it using the control panel of the  vehicle s audio system  In this case  the  Bluetooth  audio device can be operated  by controlling the device itself  the same  as when a portable audio system without  the Bluetooth  communication function is  con
42.    NOTE      tire pressure sensor is not installed to the  temporary spare tire  The warning light will  flash continuously while the temporary spare  tire is being used     Warning light flashes    When the warning light flashes  there may  be a system malfunction  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        KEY Warning Light  Red KEY  Indicator Light  Green   with  Advanced Key     This indicator has two colors   KEY Warning Light  Red    When illuminated      When the ignition is switched ON  it  illuminates momentarily and then goes  out         fany malfunction occurs in the  advanced keyless system  it illuminates  continuously           S 65     gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page244  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  244 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds        WARNING    Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY   warning light illuminated   If the KEY warning light remains  illuminated  do not continue to drive  using the advanced key system  Park  the vehicle in a safe place and use  the auxiliary key to continue driving  the vehicle  Have the vehicle  inspected at an Authorized Mazda  Dealer as soon as possible     When flashing      Under the following conditions  the  KEY warning light  red  flashes to  inform the driver that the start knob  will not rotate to the ACC position  even if it is pushed in from the OFF  position      The advanced key battery is dead      The advanced key is not within  operatio
43.    Opening the display   Press the monitor screen release knob and  open the display until it is in the lock  position           Monitor screen    release Knob Ns    Closing the displa    Close and press the display until a  clicking sound can be heard        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       NOTE       If the display is closed while the power is  on  it automatically turns off        The display locks in two positions when  opened to 100 or 120 degrees        V Disc Insertion Ejection         A CAUTION    If the signal surface of a disc is   touched  it could cause the sound to  ship  Pick up a disc by grasping the  edge of the hole and the outer edge        NOTE  When no disc is inserted   No Disc  is  displayed on the monitor     No Disc  DISC    6 77       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page352  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  352 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Inserting the disc    Insert the disc into the disc slot with the  label side up        Disc slot       CAUTION    Insert the disc with its label side   decorated side  facing upward  If the  disc is inserted upside down  it may  cause a malfunction     NOTE   If a disc is inserted while the Rear  Entertainment System is turned off but the  display is open  and when the ignition is  switched to ACC or ON  the system  automatically turns on and starts playback     Ejecting the disc  Press the eject button to eject the disc         Eject button       6 78       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE     Wh
44.    Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3 13     The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system  from a distance  Lock Unlock Panic Liftgate   button    e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate     Opening closing the power liftgate       Opening the power windows and the moonroof      Operating the theft deterrent system       Turning on the alarm     Locking unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key        WARNING    Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where  your children will not find or play with them   Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous  This could result in someone  being badly injured or even killed  Children may find these new kinds of keys to be  an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls  to operate  or even make the vehicle move     Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as  pacemakers   Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment  ask the  medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the  advanced key will affect the equipment     NOTE     The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly    Refer to Immobilizer System  page 3 54  for information regarding keys and engine starting    With theft deterrent system    Refer to Theft Deterrent System  page 3 62  for informat
45.    V Locking  Unlocking with Request  Switch  With Advanced Key     The doors can be locked unlocked by  operating the request switch while  carrying the advanced key outside the  vehicle  refer to Operations Using  Advanced Keyless Functions  page 3 7         Locking  Unlocking with  Transmitter  With Advanced Key     The doors can be locked unlocked by  operating the keyless entry system  transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry System     page 3 13      V Locking  Unlocking with Transmitter   With Retractable Type Key     The doors can be locked unlocked by  operating the keyless entry system  transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry System   page 3 22      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  117 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks       Locking  Unlocking with Door   Lock Knob    To lock any door from the inside  press  the door lock knob    To unlock  pull it outward    This does not operate the other door  locks        To lock any door with the door lock knob  from the outside  press the door lock knob  to the lock position and close the door   This does not operate the other door  locks     AU                  3 29    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell8  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE     When locking the doors this way  be careful  not to leave the key inside the vehicle       With advanced key   The driver s door cannot be locked using  the door lock knob from the outside       With retractable ty
46.    With Driver and Front Passenger  Occupant Classification System    The pretensioner system for the front  passenger is designed to only deploy in  accordance with the total seated weight on  the front passenger seat      Some smoke  non toxic gas  will be  released when the air bags and  pretensioners deploy  This does not indicate  a fire  This gas normally has no effect on  occupants  however  those with sensitive  skin may experience light skin irritation  If  residue from the deployment of the air bags  or the front pretensioner system gets on the  skin or in the eyes  wash it off as soon as    possible  A         Air Bag Front Seat Belt  Pretensioner System Warning Light    os    x       If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner  system is working properly  the warning  light illuminates when the ignition is  switched ON or after the engine is  cranked  The warning light turns off after  a specified period of time        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page39  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    A system malfunction is indicated if the  warning light constantly flashes   constantly illuminates or does not  illuminate at all when the ignition is  switched ON  If any of these occur   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as  soon as possible  The system may not  operate in an accident        WARNING    Never tamper with the air bag   pretensioner systems and always have  an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform  all servicing and repairs   Self servicing or tampering with the  systems i
47.    can do that in many ways     Illustrations complement the words of the  manual to best explain how to enjoy your  Mazda  By reading your manual  you can  find out about the features  important  safety information  and driving under  various road conditions     The symbol below in this manual means   Do not do this  or  Do not let this  happen      Index     good place to start is the Index   an alphabetical listing of all information  in your manual     You ll find several WARNINGS   CAUTIONSs  and NOTEs in the manual       A WARNING    A WARNING indicates a situation in  which serious injury or death could  result if the warning is ignored        CAUTION    A CAUTION indicates a situation in  which bodily injury or damage to  your vehicle  or both  could result if  the caution is ignored           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE   A NOTE provides information and sometimes  suggests how to make better use of your  vehicle     The symbol below  located on some parts  of the vehicle  indicates that this manual  contains information related to the part   Please refer to the manual for a detailed    explanation        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page5  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  5 1     Table of Contents    Your Vehicle at a Glance  Interior  exterior views and part identification of your Mazda           Essential Safety Equipment    Use of safety equipment  including seats  seat belt system  child restraint  systems and SRS air bags        Knowing Your Mazda    Expl
48.    correct tether anchor position   Attaching the tether strap to the  incorrect tether anchor position is  dangerous  In a collision  the tether  strap could come off and loosen the  child restraint system  If the child   restraint system moves it could result  in death or injury to the child        Tether strap                2 43       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page56  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    WV Third Row Seats Child Restraint  System Installation    The third row seats cannot accommodate  LATCH type child restraint systems or  tethers  therefore these systems must be  installed on the other seat positions such  as the second row seat  If this is not  possible  LATCH type child restraint  systems should be installed to a third row  seat using the seat belt depending on  whether the child restraint manufacturer  allows their use without LATCH  attachments and tether anchors     Follow these manufacturer s instructions  when using a child restraint system     NOTE     Follow the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions carefully   Depending on the type of child restraint  system  it may not employ seat belts which  are in automatic locking mode       With foldable head restraints   The third row outboard head restraints  cannot be adjusted     1   Without foldable head restraints   Raise the head restraint to the top  locked position  Refer to Head  Restraints on page 2 15     2  
49.    from online servers  or embedded databases  collectively     Gracenote Servers   and to perform other functions   You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this  application or device    You agree that you will use Gracenote Data  the Gracenote Software  and Gracenote  Servers for your own personal non commercial use only  You agree not to assign  copy   transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party  YOU  AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA  THE GRACENOTE  SOFTWARE  OR GRACENOTE SERVERS  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED  HEREIN    You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data  the Gracenote  Software  and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions  If your  license terminates  you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data  the Gracenote  Software  and Gracenote Servers  Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data  the  Gracenote Software  and the Gracenote Servers  including all ownership rights  Under no  circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information  that you provide  You agree that Gracenote  Inc  may enforce its rights under this    gt    Agreement against you directly in its own name    The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes  The  purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to  count queries without kn
50.    on screen button and the  TW   On screen button  Touch the button  you want to change from  Song      Artist     or  Team     On or off switching    Touch the  Song Seek       Artist Seek     and  Game Alert   on screen button    Deletion                                                                                   1  Select song title  artist name  or sports  team name that you want to delete from  the list              2  Touch the Yes   on screen button to  display     XXXXX  song  artist  sports team  name  deleted               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page319  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  319 1     MEMO    6 45       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page320  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    V Operating the Compact Disc  CD  Player    CD eject button CD slot    Black plate  320 1                                Audio button                                        Type Playable data         Music data  CD DA     MP3 WMA AAC file    Music MP3 WMA   AAC CD player    NOTE   Ifa disc has both music data  CD DA  and  MP3 WMA AAC files  playback of the two or  three file types differs depending on how the    disc was recorded              Inserting the CD   Insert the CD into the slot  label side up   The auto loading mechanism will set the  CD and begin play    NOTE   There will be a short lapse before play begins    while the player reads the digital signals on  the CD        6 46       Form No 8DU
51.   1  After tires have been changed  switch  the ignition ON  then back to ACC or  OFF     2  Wait for about 15 minutes     5 33       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page212  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  212 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    3  After about 15 minutes  drive the  vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h   16 mph  for 10 minutes and the tire  pressure sensor ID signal code will be  registered automatically     NOTE   If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes  of changing tires  the tire pressure monitoring  system warning light will flash because the  sensor ID signal code would not have been  registered  If this happens  park the vehicle for  about 15 minutes  afier which the sensor ID  signal code will register upon driving the  vehicle for 10 minutes     Replacing tires and wheels       CAUTION       When replacing repairing the tires  or wheels or both  have the work  done by an Authorized Mazda  Dealer  or the tire pressure sensors  may be damaged       The wheels equipped on your  Mazda are specially designed for  installation of the tire pressure  sensors  Do not use non genuine  wheels  otherwise it may not be  possible to install the tire pressure  sensors     Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors   installed whenever tires or wheels are   replaced    When having a tire or wheel or both   replaced  the following types of tire   pressure sensor installations are possible      The tire pressure sensor is removed  from t
52.   6 171  Operating Tips for Audio System       6 17 Storage Compartments          6 172  Audio Set         6 29 Accessory Sockets                            6 175  Audio Control Switch Operation        6 50 Power Outlet                                    6 177  AUX USB iPod Mode                        6 52  Safety Certification                             6 63   Rear Entertainment System                   6 64  Rear Entertainment System uin 6 64  Part  Names                  6 74  Before Operation                                 6 77  Sound Output                   sess 6 83  Rear Entertainment System  Functions                 esee 6 87  DVD video  DVD audio  Video CD  Audio  CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback  Disc  Mode  ror 6 88  Auxiliary Input  AUX mode             6 102  Language Code List                          6 106  Country Code List                             6 108  Error Message                                   6 112  Symptoms and Actions                     6 114   Bluetooth                                               6 116  Bluetooth                                     6 116  Bluetooth   Hands Free                    6 122  Bluetooth   Audio                               Troubleshooting             Safety Certification   Some models  6 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page276  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    Operating Tips       Operating the Climate Control  System    Operate the climate c
53.   7  Say   Beep                    Ex     Rock       Genre name        6 131          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page406  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      8  The name spoken will be searched for  in the USB device or iPod   If a contact is matched  go to Step 10   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 9     9  Prompt      Would you like to play XXXXX      Choice 1        Genre you would like to play     Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 10      Genre you do not want to play   Say   Beep     No     Then go to Step 9    Maximum 3 times     10  Tracks from the selected genre are  played     Scan     When playing a Radio  Sirius satellite  radio  CD  or BT audio  AVRCP1 4    The scan function for the radio  Sirius  satellite radio  CD and BT audio   AVRCP1 4  can be launched using voice  recognition    Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34    Refer to Operating the Satellite Radio on  page 6 38    Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46    Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Scan  or Scan Off    4  Scan is performed or stopped   Mute    Muting of the audio can be done using  voice recognition     1  Press the talk button     6 132    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  406 1     2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Mute  or Mute Off    4  Mute is performed or stopped     Track search     
54.   Black plate  139 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE   Before washing your Mazda  make sure the  moonroof is completely closed so that water  does not get inside the cabin area  After  washing your Mazda or after it rains  wipe the  water off the moonroof before operating it to  avoid water penetration which could cause  rust and water damage to your headliner     V Tilt Operation    The rear of the moonroof can be tilted  open to provide more ventilation     To fully tilt automatically  momentarily  press the tilt switch    To fully close automatically  momentarily  pull the tilt switch or press the front of the  slide switch    To stop tilting partway  press any part of    the tilt or slide switch  raam          e   v Tilt down  Close     ilt up     Tilt down   T      Some models  3 51       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         140  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    V Slide Operation    To fully open automatically  momentarily  press the rear of the slide switch    To fully close automatically  momentarily  press the front of the slide switch or pull  the tilt switch    To stop sliding partway  press any part of  the tilt or slide switch        Tilt down   Close        Power Moonroof Re set Procedure    If the battery is disconnected  the  moonroof will not operate  The moonroof  will not operate correctly until it is re set   Carry out the following procedure to re   set the moonroof and resume operation     1  Switch t
55.   CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel05  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  105 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    V Auxiliary Key Function    Use the auxiliary key stored in the  advanced key in the event of a dead  transmitter battery or malfunction     Removing the auxiliary key  Pull out the auxiliary key from the  advanced key     T    d    Locking  unlocking the doors    The doors can be locked unlocked using  the auxiliary key  refer to Locking   Unlocking with Key  page 3 29      Starting the engine    The engine can be started with the  auxiliary key  refer to Ignition Switch     page 5 2      Locking  unlocking the glove box    The glove box can be locked unlocked  using the auxiliary key  refer to Glove  Box  page 6 172         Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Advanced Key Suspend    Function       If one advanced key is left in the vehicle  and a second advanced key is used to lock  it  the functions of the advanced key left  in the vehicle are temporarily suspended  to prevent theft of the vehicle    To restore the functions  press the unlock  button on the functions suspended  advanced key in the vehicle     3 17          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel06  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda               Black plate  106 1     Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Warning and Beep Sounds    V System Malfunction Warning Beep    If any malfunction occurs in the advanced  keyless function  the KEY warning light 
56.   If one  wheel is about to lock up  the ABS  responds by automatically releasing and  reapplying that wheel s brake        The driver will feel a slight vibration in  the brake pedal and may hear a chattering  noise from the brake system  This is  normal ABS system operation  Continue  to depress the brake pedal without  pumping the brakes     A WARNING    Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a   substitute for safe driving   The ABS and RSC cannot compensate  for unsafe and reckless driving   excessive speed  tailgating  following  another vehicle too closely   driving  on ice and snow  and hydroplaning   reduced tire friction and road  contact because of water on the road  surface   You can still have an  accident     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         187  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    NOTE     Braking distances may be longer on loose  surfaces  snow or gravel  for example   which usually have a hard foundation  A  vehicle with a normal braking system may  require less distance to stop under these  conditions because the tires will build up a  wedge of surface layer when the wheels  skid      The sound of the ABS operating may be  heard when starting the engine or  immediately after starting the vehicle   however  it does not indicate a malfunction     V ABS Warning Light          The warning light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     If the ABS warning light stays on while  you re driving  the ABS control unit has  detected a system malfu
57.   If your key is lost  consult your Authorized  Mazda Dealer and have your code number  ready      Some types of key chains cannot be  attached to the retractable type key  In this  case  use the key ring provided with the  transmitter which has the key code number  plate attached        Key ring    3 21       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         110  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  110 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Kev extend retract method  Retractable  type key     To extend the key  press the release  button           To retract the key  rotate it into the holder  while pressing the release button           3 22   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Keyless Entry System      This system remotely locks and unlocks  the doors and the liftgate  and opens the  power windows and the moonroof    It can also help you signal for attention   Press the buttons slowly and carefully     A CAUTION    To avoid damage to the transmitter    do not       Drop the transmitter       Get the transmitter wet       Disassemble the transmitter       Expose the transmitter to any hind  of magnetic field       Expose the transmitter to high  temperatures on places such as  the dashboard or hood  under    direct sunlight  a     NOTE     The keyless entry system is designed to  operate up to about 2 5 m  8 ft  from the  center of the vehicle  but this may vary due  to local conditions      The system does not operate when the key is  in the ignition switch        If t
58.   Indicator light                                                             CAUTION    Do not use sharp instruments or  window cleaners with abrasives to  clean the inside of the rear window  surface  They may damage the  defogger grid inside the window     NOTE   This defogger is not designed for melting snow   If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear  window  remove it before using the defogger     S 85    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page264  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  264 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Y              To turn on the mirror defoggers  switch  the ignition ON and press the rear window  defogger switch  page 5 85      To sound the horn  press the kc mark on  the steering wheel           5 86   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page265  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  265 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Hazard Warning Flasher    The hazard warning lights should always  be used when you stop on or near a  roadway in an emergency     The hazard warning lights warn other  drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard  and that they must take extreme caution  when near it        Depress the hazard warning flasher and all  the turn signals will flash     NOTE     The turn signals do not work when the  hazard warning lights are on      Check local regulations about the use of  hazard warning lights while the vehicle is  being towed to verify th
59.   March 9 2015 9 58 AM      For example  the folder numbers for  folders  1    3   and  5  in the figure are  not displayed because they do not  contain MP3 WMA files      Folders and files in a hierarchy are  played in the order that they are  recorded on the disc by the writing  software      Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be  played      The loading time may be longer  depending on the disc         Folder  M 5         file    WMA file  0 0 0    Order of playback    Cm                          2  19 r  4       DM  Mh     EN    Level 1  Level2   Level3   Level4    Function menu    If MP3 WMA files are to be played   operate the select button and move the  cursor to select the playback file   playback mode  and display mode     D Folder number Playback list number     File number    8  Playback elapsed time    4  Playback mode    5  Playback status       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  369 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Folder File information display    window        Display mode  vyoo1            00 03 00 ALL P gt      PARENT FOLDER   00000000        1        BBB  CCOCCOC CCCCCCC  DDD DDD DDD  EEE   AAA   FFFFFF  AAA     6666              HHHHH         FOLDER    Changing the display mode    1  Move the cursor to the display mode  by operating the select button to the left  or right     2  Change the display mode by operating PE  the select button up or down           Display  FOLDER    Displayed information  All folders and
60.   Pushto ps 2518 Urdu ur 3017  Persian fa 1500 Uzbek uz 3025  Polish pl 2511 Vietnamese vi 3108  Portuguese pt 2519 Volapuk vo 3114  Quechua qu 2620 Welsh cy 1224  Rhaeto Romance rm 2712 Wolof wo 3214  Romanian      2714 Xhosa xh 3307  Russian ru 2720 Yiddish ji 1908  Samoan sm 2812 Yoruba yo 3414  Sangho sg 2806 Zulu zu 3520  SanSkrit sa 2800  Scots Gaelic gd 1603  Serbian sr 2817  Serbo Croatian sh 2807  Sesotho st 2819  Setswana tn 2913  Shona sn 2813  Sindhi sd 2803  Singhalese si 2808  Siswaiti 55 2818  Slovak sk 2810  Slovenian 51 2811  Somali 50 2814  Spanish es 1418  Sundanese su 2820  Swahili sw 2822  Swedish sv 2821  Tagalog tl 2911  Tajik tg 2906  Tamil ta 2900  Tatar tt 2919  Telugu te 2904  Thai th 2907  Tibetan bo 1114   6 107       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page382  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Black plate  382 1     Country Code List                                                                                                                                                                                           Country Code Country Code  Afghanistan AF 1005 Cape Verde CV 1221  Albania AL 1011 Cayman Islands KY 2024  Algeria DZ 1325 Central African Republic CF 1205  American Samoa Chad TD 2903  Andorra Chile CL 1211  Angola China CN 1213  Anguilla Christmas Island CX 1223  Antarctica Cocos  Keeling  Islands CC 1202  Antigua and Barbuda Colombia CO 1214  Argentina Comoros 
61.   Rotate unidirectional tires and radial  tires that have an asymmetrical tread  pattern or studs only from front to  rear  not from side to side  Tire  performance will be reduced if  rotated from side to side        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  511 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    V Replacing a Tire    A WARNING    Always use tires that are in good  condition   Driving with worn tires is dangerous   Reduced braking  steering  and  traction could result in an accident     Replace all four tires at the same time   Replacing just one tire is dangerous   It could cause poor handling and  poor braking resulting in loss of  vehicle control  Mazda strongly  recommends that you replace all four  tires at the same time     A CAUTION     With Tire Pressure Monitoring  System    When replacing repairing the tires or  wheels or both  have the work done  by an Authorized Mazda Dealer  or  the tire pressure sensors may be  damaged     NOTE    With Tire Pressure Monitoring System        When tires with steel wire reinforcement in  the sidewalls are used  the system may not  function correctly even with a genuine  wheel   Refer to System Error Activation on page  5 33      Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors  whenever tires or wheels are replaced   Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 33     8 35          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page512  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  512 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    If a ti
62.   Row  Seat    notte ati attese 2 13  Head    Restraints  2 2  Renee te t 2 15  Seat Warmer ook c docte toc    P UE Ee e t 2 17   Seat Belt Systems              eee e eese eee eee eene entente setas tn sensa aun 2 19  Seat Belt Precautions                               2 19  3 Point Type Seat Belt                 essere 2 23  Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems         2 25  Center Rear Position Seat Belt  Second Row Seats                 2 28  Seat Belt Extender        he Su Epod dS 2 32  Seat Belt Warning                                             2 33  Seat Belt                    2                2 34   Child Restraint e 2 35  Child Restraint Precautions            c cceseeseeseeseeeeeeteeseeeseeteeneeees 2 35  Child Restraint System Installation Position                            2 40  Installing Child Restraint Systems                      sss 2 41  LATCH Child Restraint Systems                   esses 2 49   SRS Air Bag M                         eass 2 54  Supplemental Restraint System  SRS  Precautions                  2 54  Supplemental Restraint System Components                           2 60  How the SRS Air Bags                                                  2 62  SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria                     eee 2 67  Limitations to SRS Air Bag                                  2 68  Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification         DL de e ELE eR E 2 70  Monitoring and Maintenance                 sse 2 75     Some models  2 
63.   VVVVVV V    Tire fit   Wheel and bearing life  Ground clearance  Snow chain clearance  Speedometer calibration  Headlight aim   Bumper height   Tire Pressure Monitoring  System        With Tire Pressure Monitoring  System      When replacing repairing the    NOTE    tires or wheels or both  have the  work done by an Authorized  Mazda Dealer  or the tire  pressure sensors may be    damaged      The wheels equipped on your         Mazda are specially designed  for installation of the tire  pressure sensors  Do not use  non genuine wheels  otherwise  it may not be possible to install  the tire pressure sensors            Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors  whenever tires or wheels are replaced   Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 33      When replacing a wheel  make sure the new  one is the same as the original factory  wheel in diameter  rim width  and offset   inset outset       For details  contact an Authorized Mazda    Dealer     8 37       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page514  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  514 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Proper tire balancing provides the best  riding comfort and helps reduce tread  wear  Out of balance tires can cause  vibration and uneven wear  such as  cupping and flat spots        8 38       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page515  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    MEMO       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  515 1        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page516  Monday  Mar
64.   Video CD   DVD audio and audio CD     DVD video function           EE   RT  Br 001 1c T        eros HR  gt               T                            DVD audio function menu           G 001 T 001  00 01 03 1       91  89                1    LPOM     1    6 91       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page366  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Video CD audio CD function menu    T 001    300 03 03 A LR ALL DP    NOTE       In the function menu  the title group  number  chapter track number  and  playback elapsed time cannot be selected   changed      Settings set in the function menu are  available only for the current disc  Settings  set in the initial setting function menu are  available for the Rear Entertainment  System unit itself so that the settings remain  after the disc is changed  Refer to Initial  Setting Function on page 6 97     Displaying the function menu    Press the DISPLAY button while in  playback to display the function menu on  the monitor screen    Press the DISPLAY button again to  cancel     NOTE   For audio CD  the function menu is  automatically displayed when playback is  started     Language  sound and subtitles   selection  DVD video and DVD audio     Sound and subtitles can be changed to the  desired language        6 92       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  366 1     NOTE  Available languages varies depending on the  DVD disc     1  Press the DISPLAY button to display  the function menu     2  
65.   and  input of the registered code is possible   To enter a number  use the numerical  keypad     5  After inputting the four digits  touch  the  Pere O  on screen button to confirm  the four digits                 6  If the four digits match the registered  code   Channel XXX locked  appears  and mute is turned on  If they do not  match the registered code       Wrong code  appears and then the  display returns to   Input Parental Code         6 42       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                 Black plate  316 1     Parental unlock    Channels locked using the parental lock  function can be unlocked     l       Touch the  12593      Touch the      After inputting the four digits  touch      If the four digits match the registered    Select a channel to be unlocked by  turning the manual tuning dial     on screen button to  display the settings screen           Current Channel   on screen  button to display the parental unlock    settings screen                 Input Parental Code  is displayed  and    input of the registered code is possible   To enter a number  use the numerical  keypad           Done  2       the on screen button to confirm  the four digits        code   Channel XXX unlocked   appears and mute is canceled  If they  do not match the registered code    Wrong code  appears and then the  display returns to    Input Parental Code         Parental lock code change    When changing the code  the new code is  input after the previous one is input first     l       To
66.   being stuck or in a ditch is  dangerous  The drive assembly could  be seriously damaged which could  lead to an accident or could even  lead to overheating  oil leakage  and  a fire        Tire Pressure Monitoring System   TPMS  Warning Light    This warning light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     Thereafter  the warning light illuminates  and a beep is heard when tire pressure is  too low in one or more tires  and flashes  when there is a system malfunction      Some models  5 63          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page242  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  242 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds        WARNING    If the tire pressure monitoring system  warning light illuminates or flashes  or  the tire pressure warning beep sound is  heard  decrease vehicle speed  immediately and avoid sudden  maneuvering and braking   If the tire pressure monitoring system  warning light illuminates or flashes   or the tire pressure warning beep  sound is heard  it is dangerous to  drive the vehicle at high speeds  or  perform sudden maneuvering or  braking  Vehicle drivability could  worsen and result in an accident   To determine if you have a slow leak  ora flat  pull over to a safe position  where you can check the visual  condition of the tire and determine if  you have enough air to proceed to a  place where air may be added and  the system monitored again by an  Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire  repair st
67.   in  some accidents  the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its  severity     Limitations to front near front collision detection   The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be  detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment     Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle          Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate              LATION  22 LS  Oxo ooo    J  Limitations to side collision detection    The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as  severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment     Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles          2 68       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page81  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  81 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Limitations to roll over detection    The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a roll   over accident  Therefore  the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not  deploy     Pitch end over end             2 69       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page82  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  82 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System      First  please read    Supplemental Restraint System  SRS  Precautions     
68.   one shorter in length if the distance  between the extender s buckle and  the center of the user s body is less  than 15 cm  6 in            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page45  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  45 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Do not leave a seat belt extender   connected to the buckle  Seat Belt Warning Light  Leaving a seat belt extender  connected to the buckle without  using the seat belt is dangerous   When the seat belt extender is  connected to the driver s seat belt  buckle  or front passenger  seat  the  SRS driver s  or front passenger s  air    bag system will determine that the The seat belt warning light illuminates if  driver  or front passenger  is wearing the driver or front passenger s seat is   the seat belt even if the driver  or occupied and the seat belt is not fastened  front passenger  is not wearing it  when the ignition switched ON     This condition could cause the  driver s  or front passenger s  air bag  to not activate correctly and result in  death or serious injury in the event of  collision  Always wear the seat belt  with the seat belt extender     Do not use the seat belt extender when   installing a child restraint system on Pe   the front or rear passenger seat   Using a seat belt extender to fasten a  child restraint system on any seat is  dangerous  Always follow the child   restraint system manufacturer s  installation instructions and never  use a seat belt extender        NOTE   When
69.   output terminal   connect the terminal to  either of the sound input terminals  Red   and  White   The sound is output from the  speaker to which the terminal has been  connected      Noise may occur depending on the  connected equipment     4  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page379  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  379 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    5  Press the SOURCE button and select  the AUX mode   Refer to Mode on page 6 87                                                                       6  Operate the equipment following the  instruction manual accompanying the  equipment           6 105       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page380  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  380 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Language Code List                                                                                                                                                       Language Code Language Code  Abkhazian ab 1001 Greek el 1411  Afar aa 1000 Greenlandic kl 2011  Afrekaans af 1005 Guarani gn 1613  Albanian sq 2816 Gujarati gu 1620  Amharic am 1012 Hausa ha 1700  Arabic ar 1017 Hebrew iw 1822  Armenian hy 1724 Hindi hi 1708  Assamase as 1018 Hungarian hu 1720  Aymara ay 1024 Icelandic is 1818  Azerbaijani az 1025 Indonesian in 1813  Bashkir ba 1100 Interlingua ja 1800  Basque eu 1420 Interlingue ie 1804  Bengali bn 1113 Inupiak ik 1810  
70.   playback     NOTE     When the iPod is connected to the USB  port  the 1088   on screen tab changes to  the  iPod   on screen tab      Do not remove the iPod while in the iPod  mode  Otherwise  the data could be  damaged                             Pause             Touch the    amp  W   on screen button to  pause playback  Touch the  gt  M  on   screen button while playback 15 paused to  cancel the pause                 CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page335  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Fast forward Reverse    Operations using audio panel    Press and hold the fast forward button    gt  gt I   to advance through a track at high  speed    Press and hold the reverse button  14   to  reverse through a track at high speed     Operations on screen    Touch and hold            on screen  button to advance through a track at high  speed   Touch and hold the   1   on screen  button to reverse through a track at high  speed                       Track search    Operations using audio panel    Press the track up button   gt  gt I   or turn the  file dial clockwise once to skip forward to  the beginning of the next track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial counterclockwise within a few  seconds  depends on iPod software  version  after playback begins to track  down to the beginning of the previous  track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial counterclockwise after a few  seconds  depends on iPod software  version  have elapsed to start pl
71.   red  in the instrument cluster illuminates  continuously and beep sounds will be  heard     A CAUTION    If the KEY warning light  red  remains  illuminated  do not continue to drive  the vehicle with the advanced keyless  function  Park the vehicle in a safe  place and use the auxiliary key to  continue driving the vehicle  Have the  vehicle inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible   Refer to Ignition Switch  page 5 2         Ignition Not Switched Off  Warning Beep    If the driver s door is opened while the  ignition is switched to ACC  a continuous  beep sound will be heard to notify the  driver that the ignition has not been  switched off  Left in this condition  the  keyless entry system will not operate  the  car cannot be locked  and the battery  power will be depleted        3 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    V Advanced Key Removed from  Vehicle Warning Beep    Under the following conditions  a beep  sound will be heard and the KEY warning  light  red  will flash continuously when  the ignition has not been switched off to  notify the driver that the advanced key has  been removed  The KEY warning light   red  will stop flashing when the advanced  key is back inside the vehicle    The ignition has not been switched off   the driver s door is open  and the  advanced key is removed from the  vehicle   A beep sound will be heard 3  times     However the beep sound will be heard  continuously when the ignition is  switched to ACC and the door is open 
72.   service personnel   If servicing is required  contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer     gt  Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those  specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure  Never operate the CD  player with the top case of the unit removed       Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for  compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment     NOTE   For CD player section    This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to the following two  conditions   1  This device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must accept any  interference received  including interference that may cause undesired operation     gt      NOTE   This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device   pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules  These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection  against harmful interference in a residential installation  This equipment generates  uses  and can  radiate radio frequency energy and  if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions   may cause harmful interference to radio communications  However  there is no guarantee that  interference will not occur in a particular installation        6 63       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page338  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  338 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment Sy
73.   shown        If you are unsure of how tight the nuts  should be  have them inspected at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     Nut tightening torque            108   147    N m  kgfm  ft lbf   12   14  80   108         WARNING    Always securely and correctly tighten  the lug nuts   Improperly or loosely tightened lug  nuts are dangerous  The wheel could  wobble or come off  This could result  in loss of vehicle control and cause a  serious accident              Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you   removed or replace them with metric   nuts of the same configuration   Because the wheel studs and lug nuts  on your Mazda have metric threads   using a non metric nut is dangerous   On a metric stud  it would not secure  the wheel and would damage the  stud  which could cause the wheel to  slip off and cause an accident     7 13          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page466  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire      Open the cargo sub compartment   Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on  page 6 173       Remove the cover          Remove the belt for securing the flat  tire       Return the third row seatback to its  original position   Refer to Split Folding the Third Row  Seat on page 2 14       Remove the tire blocks and store the  tools and jack     10  Place the flat tire in the cargo sub   compartment                       7 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  466 1     11  Thread the belt through the wheel as  shown in the figure  t
74.   vehicles approaching both sides of the  vehicle are detected to alert the driver of a possible collision by flashing the Blind Spot  Monitoring  BSM  warning light and activating the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning  beep sound     Your vehicle                                                                       Detection areas      Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA  system operation    1  The Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA  system operates when the selector lever is shifted  to the R position    With rearview monitor   The rearview monitor is displayed        5 39       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page218  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  218 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    2  If a vehicle approaches which may hit you  the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system  warning light flashes and the Blind Spot Monitoring system  BSM  warning beep  sounds at the same time     With rearview monitor    The Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA  warning indication in the rearview monitor also  synchronizes with the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system warning light on the door  mirrors      With rearview monitor                                                     5 40       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page219    Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  219 1     Driving Your Mazda  Starting and Driving  NOTE  Under the following conditions  the system may be unable to detect vehicles  or detection may be  delayed   
75.  1        Operating tips for           NOTE   Supply of this product only conveys a license  for private  non commercial use and does not  convey a license nor imply any right to use this  product in any commercial  i e  revenue   generating  real time broadcasting  terrestrial   satellite  cable and or any other media    broadcasting streaming via the Internet   intranets and or other networks or in other  electronic content distribution systems  such as  pay audio or audio on demand applications   An independent license for such use is  required  For details  please visit  http   www mp3licensing com     This audio system handles MP3 files  that have been recorded on CD R CD   RW CD ROMs  Discs that have been  recorded using the following formats  can be played       SO 9660 level 1     ISO 9660 level 2     Joliet extended format     Romeo extended format   This unit handles MP3 files  conforming to the MP3 format  containing both header frames and data  frames    This unit can play multi session  recorded discs that have up to 50  sessions    This unit can play MP3s with sampling  frequencies of 8 11 025 12 16 22 05   24 32 44 1 48 kHz    This unit can play MP3 files that have  been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to  320 kbps  Nonetheless  to insure  enjoyment of music with consistent  sound quality  it is recommended to use  discs that have been recorded at a bit  rate of 128 kbps or more           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page297  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    e  fa 
76.  1  Check under the hood area to make    certain all filler caps are in place and  all loose items  e g  tools  oil  containers  etc   have been removed     hood open     2  Lift the hood  grasp the padded area on  the support rod  and secure the support  rod in the clip  Verify that the support  rod is secured in the clip before closing  the hood              Pad                   3  Lower the hood slowly to a height of  about 20 cm  7 9 in  above its closed  position and then let it drop        CAUTION    When closing the hood  do not push  it excessively such as by applying  your weight  Otherwise  the hood  could be deformed        3 50       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page139  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Moonroof     The moonroof can be opened or closed  electrically only when the ignition is  switched ON     Slide switch  Tilt switch       A WARNING    Do not let passengers stand up or  extend part of their body through the  open moonroof while the vehicle is  moving   Extending the head  arms  or other  parts of the body through the  moonroof is dangerous  The head or  arms could hit something while the  vehicle is moving  This could cause  serious injury or death     Make sure the opening is clear before  closing the moonroof   A closing moonroof is dangerous  The  hands  head  or even neck of a  person  especially a child  could be  caught in it as it closes  causing  serious injury or even death        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                
77.  1 400 kg  3 086 Ibs  1 458 kg  3 214 Ibs        V Air Conditioner    Item    Classification          Refrigerant Type    HFC134a  R 134a        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       10 5          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page596  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM       Black plate  596 1                                                                                               Specifications     Light Bulbs  Exterior light  Light bulb Category      Wattage UNECE  SAE   High beam 65 HB3  9005   PARE Low beam 55 HII  HII   Headlights     Xenon fusion          35 DAS  045   Daytime With halogen headlights 65 HB3  9005   running lights  With xenon fusion headlights LED             NS With halogen headlights 5 WSW        Parking lights        2  With xenon fusion headlights LED           Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W  7443NA   Front side marker lights 5 WYSW        Fog lights   55 H11  H11   Side turn signal lights   LED            High mount brake light LED             Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W  7443NA   Taillights Brake lights 21 5 W21 5W  7443   Taillights  Liftgate side  5 WSW        Reverse lights 18 WI6W  921   License plate lights 5 WSW        Rear side marker lights 5 WSW           UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe    2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode   Interior light  Light bulb Category      Wattage UNECE  Overhead lights  Front  Map lights 8      Overhead light  Center  10      Overhead light  Rear  10      Courtesy lights 5 
78.  2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  170 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing    Trailer Towing  U S A  and Canada     Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo    If you tow a trailer  follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends  on proper equipment and safe driving habits  Towing a trailer will affect handling  braking   durability  performance  and economy    Never overload vehicle or trailer  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further  details     A CAUTION    Do not tow a trailer during the first 11000 km         miles  of your new Mazda  If you  do  you may damage the engine  transaxle  differential  wheel bearings  and other  power train components        Weight Limits    TTW and GCWR    The total trailer weight  TTW   gross combination weight rating  GCWR   gross axle  weight rating  GAWR   trailer load  and trailer tongue load must be within the    prescribed limits    The total trailer weight  TTW  is the sum of the weights of the trailer load  trailer    9   weight plus cargo   trailer hitch  vehicle passengers  and vehicle load  Never allow  the total trailer weight  TTW  to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing Load  Table    The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the  towing vehicle  including trailer hitch  vehicle passengers  and load   It must not  exceed specifications in the load table     GAWR and GVWR    Do not exceed front and rear GAWR  gross axle we
79.  3 214 Ib     2 645 kg  5 831 Ib     MAX  GVWR p an       3  Yel 2 720 kg  5 997 Ib   Tongue load B  A   e        TRAILER        109 0   TONGUE Tongue load Trailer load x 100   10   to 15 96  LOAD  Trailer load REA      Front 60    DISTRIBU   TION OF     TRAILER                40   LOAD     i e  baggage  food  camp gear   2 2WD   3 AWD    GCWR  Gross Combination Weight Rating  sum of TTW  vehicle weights and 2    passengers     GAWR  Gross Axle Weight Rating    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       4 15          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel72  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  172 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing    GVWR  Gross Vehicle Weight Rating      A WARNING    Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing Load  Table   Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause  serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or  vehicle damage  or both     Load your trailer with the weight about        toward the front and 40   toward the  rear   Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous   Doing so could cause you to lose control  The trailer tongue load must be 10  6   15    of the total trailer load  sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo      Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure   Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue  load is dangerous  Tra
80.  444 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    V Front V Rear  To use the cup holder  push the release Second row seat  button     Cup holders are located in the armrest        To fit small items in the cup holder     Third  t  remove the flexible divider  1              sea    Cup holders are located in the third row  seat side trims     Right side    gt            a I       6 170       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page445  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Left side    PEE                          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  445 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    Bottle Holder    Bottle holders are on the inside of the  doors          lem  AN       CAUTION    Do not use the bottle holders for    containers without caps  The  contents may spill when the door is    gt      opened or closed         LA               6 171      Some models      gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page446  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    Storage Compartments  A WARNING       Keep storage boxes closed when  driving   Driving with the storage boxes open  is dangerous  To reduce the  possibility of injury in an accident or  a sudden stop  keep the storage  boxes closed when driving     Do not put articles in storage spaces   with no lid   Putting articles in storage spaces  with no lid is dangerous as they  could be thrown around the cabin if  the vehicle is suddenly accelerated  and cause injury depending on h
81.  6 151  Rear Window Defogger                      5 85  Rear Window Washer                         5 85  Rear Window                                      5 84  Rearview Mirror                  eee 3 67  Recreational Towing                           7 24  Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign  Country  eaedem rin eee 9 18  Rocking the Vehicle                              4 9  Roll overs i ook 4 8  S  Safety Defects  Reporting                   9 44  Saving Fuel and Protection of the  Environment                eee 4 6  Seat Belt System  3 point                          2 23  Automatic locking                        2 22  Center rear lap shoulder               2 28  Emergency locking                      2 21  Extender   eheu 2 32  Pregnant women                          2 21  Pretensioner and load limiting      2 25  Seat belt precautions                    2 19  Seat belt reminder                         2 34  Warning light                              2 33  11 6    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  604 1     S  Seats  Front seat   Electrically operated seats            2 4  Front seat   Manually operated seats               2 2  Seat warmer                                 2 17  Second row seats                           2 9  Third row seat                              2 13  Second Row Seats                                2 9    Security System  Immobilizer system     with advanced key                      3 54   Immobilizer system    without advanced key  
82.  6 62       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Error Messages    If the message    iPod Error  is displayed   it indicates that there are no playable files  in the iPod or there is a malfunction   Verify that the content recorded in the  iPod has playable files and re connect  correctly  If the message reappears  have  the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda  Dealer     V Error Indications    If you see an error indication on the  display  find the cause in the chart  If you  cannot clear the error indication  take the  vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer        Indication Cause Solution       Verify that the content  recorded in the USB  device has  MP3 WMA AAC files  and re connect correctly   If the error indication  continues to display   consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     USB device    USE rer malfunction          Verify that the content  recorded in the iPod has  playable files and   iPod re connect correctly   malfunction  If the error indication  continues to display   consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     iPod Error                      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page337  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  337 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Safety Certification    This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards  It meets FCC  requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S  Department of  Health and Human Services        CAUTION       This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
83.  9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  84 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    A WARNING    Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat    When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat  decreasing the total   seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is   dangerous  The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total  seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat  belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident  The front passenger will  not have the supplementary protection of the air bag  which could result in serious  injury  Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in  an air bag not deploying under the following conditions  for example       Arear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet       Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the  front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat  bottom       The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire  weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door   grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback  reclined too far     gt  Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front  passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat    The front passenger fr
84.  9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  429 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    V Rear View Monitor Operation    The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the  traffic  road  and vehicle conditions  The amount of steering and the timing also varies  depending on conditions  so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes  and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions    Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor     NOTE    Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images  mirror    images    1  Shift the shift lever to    to switch the display to the rear view monitor display     2  Confirming the surrounding conditions  reverse the vehicle      Display condition   Vehicle condition     ce       pe       _       Please check surroundings for safety       3  After your vehicle begins entering the parking space  continue backing up slowly so that  the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the  left and right are roughly equal     4  Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to  the left and right sides of the parking space     6 155       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page430  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  430 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    5  Once they are parallel  straighten the wheels and back your vehicle s
85.  9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Bluetooth Setup            Touch the  button     on screen       3  Touch the device name which you  want to delete                          4  Touch the  iwe  on screen button   5  Touch the   Yes   on screen button   NOTE    If you want to delete all of the pairing devices   restore the default settings     Changing PIN code  PIN code  4 digits  can be changed   1  Touch the    2  Touch the  button     3  Touch the on screen button       Delete the PIN code which is currently  set           Setup  On screen tab                 Bluetooth Setup  On screen       5  Input the new PIN code to be set   6  Touch the  Done 2    Restoring default settings    All the pairing device information and  phonebook data can be deleted     1  Touch the    2  Touch the  button     3  Touch the  4  Touch the       on screen button        Setup       on screen tab           Restore Defaults       on screen             Continue  on screen button           Yes          on screen button           Available Language    The Bluetooth   Hands Free System  applies to the following languages     English     Spanish     French       6 120       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  394 1     Refer to Setup on page 6 50        Voice Recognition    The Mazda Bluetooth  Hands free system  can be used to make calls or operate the  audio unit using voice recognition which  includes numerous convenient commands   In this section  the basic operation o
86.  All power windows on each door can be  operated     Locked position       Unlocked position       V Opening Closing the Power Windows  and the Moonroof from Outside    The front power windows and the  moonroof can be opened or closed from  outside the vehicle after the doors and the  liftgate are closed    The front power windows may be  operated remotely when the power  window lock switch on the driver s door is  in the lock or unlocked position     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         133  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM        WARNING    Make sure the opening is clear before   closing a window and the moonroof   Closing power windows and the  moonroof are dangerous  A person s  hands  head  or even neck could be  caught by the window or the  moonroof and result in serious injury  or even death   This warning applies especially to  children     NOTE    The power windows and the moonroof  cannot be opened or closed from outside  the vehicle under the following condition     A door or the liftgate is opened     The key is inserted into the ignition  switch     The ignition is in any position except  OFF   With advanced key     The power windows and the moonroof may  not close completely  Make sure all the  windows and the moonroof are closed     If the power windows and the moonroof  cannot be closed completely  operate each  power window switch or the tilt slide switch  from inside the vehicle  After closing the  windows and the moonroof from outside the  vehicle  veri
87.  BSM  warning lights is illuminated to alert the  driver     Reversing    If vehicles approach from the rear on the  left and right  the BSM warning lights on  both sides flash     5 42    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  220 1     NOTE      fice or snow adhere to the outer mirror  surface  the BSM warning light may not be  visible     If the door window glass is tinted  it may  affect the visibility of the BSM warning  light  making it difficult to confirm the  illumination of the light     BSM warning beep  Driving forward  The warning beep operates when the turn    signal lever is operated to the side where  the BSM warning light is illuminated     NOTE   The system can be personalized so that the  BSM warning beep does not operate  Refer to  Personalization Features on page 10 8     Reversing  If vehicles approach from the rear on the    left and right  the BSM warning beep  operates     V BSM OFF Indicator Light    BSM  OFF    This indicator light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates  when the BSM system 15 turned off by  pressing the BSM OFF switch    The indicator light flashes if the BSM  system has a malfunction  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     2                   CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page221  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    NOTE   If the vehicle is driven on a road with less  traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors  can detect  the system may pause  The BSM 
88.  Beep Sounds                2 2           When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated                                Doors        LOCKS                   TII LE 3 21           E E A A               STEYR 3 21  Keyless Entry System    3 22  Door LOCKS  aee err Bae RU RE 3 28         c ese ei IER IU PIC 3 33  Power Wand OWS  si iet OU RR IRI I 3 40 S  Fuel Filler Lid and                         3 48  HOO usse e eet ete tog T ree TRES 3 49               oorr arn Ma        3 51   Security System              eerie eee eee eese eee eene s ene tn setas tns          3 54  Immobilizer System  With Advanced Key                               3 54  Immobilizer System  Without Advanced Key                          3 58  Theft Deterrent System NEEE E Re 3 62   Steering Wheel and Mirrors   e s sessessesereesorseeoesesoesoeseeoeseeoesereeseee 3 65  Steering  Wheel         25 eet nee eee 3 65                           3 65      Some models  3 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page90  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  90 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Advanced Keys      The advanced keyless functions  advanced keyless entry and start system  enable the  following operations while the advanced key is being carried  page 3 7      Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key     Starting the engine without operating the key   Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key
89.  CAUTION       Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield   Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly           AN     gt  The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control  Keep  hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO  position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers  and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically  If you are  going to clean the windshield  be sure the wipers are turned off completely     this  is particularly important when clearing ice and snow     when it is particularly  tempting to leave the engine running     5 74       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page253  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  253 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    NOTE     The headlights  other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately  even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is  nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long  tunnels  traffic jams inside tunnels  or in indoor parking lots    In this case  the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position      The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster  Also   the day night mode can be changed by pressing the knob  To adjust the bright
90.  DC AC converter      When excess snow or ice adheres to  the vehicle  especially around the  wheels      When the tire pressure sensor batteries  are exhausted      When using a wheel with no tire  pressure sensor installed      When using tires with steel wire  reinforcement in the side walls      When using tire chains        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  211 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Tires and Wheels    A CAUTION    When inspecting or adjusting the tire  air pressures  do not apply excessive  force to the stem part of the wheel  unit  The stem part could be  damaged     Changing tires and wheels    The following procedure allows the  TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s  unique ID signal code whenever tires or  wheels are changed  such as changing to  and from winter tires     NOTE   Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID  signal code  The signal code must be  registered with the TPMS before it can work   The easiest way to do it is to have an    gt    Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and  complete ID signal code registration        When having tires changed at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer    When an Authorized Mazda Dealer  changes your vehicle s tires  they will  complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal  code registration     When changing tires yourself    If you or someone else changes tires  you  or someone else can also undertake the  steps for the TPMS to complete the ID  signal code registration   
91.  Electronic Brake Force  Distribution System Warning    Q    If the electronic brake force distribution GI  control unit determines that some   components are operating incorrectly  the  control unit may illuminate the brake  system warning light and the ABS  warning light on simultaneously  The  problem is likely to be the electronic  brake force distribution system        WARNING    Do not drive with both the ABS warning  light and brake warning light  illuminated  Have the vehicle towed to  an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  the brakes inspected as soon as  possible   Driving when the brake system  warning light and ABS warning light  are illuminated simultaneously is  dangerous   When both lights are illuminated  the  rear wheels could lock more quickly  in an emergency stop than under  normal circumstances        5 59       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page238  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  238 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    V Charging System Warning Light    E    This warning light illuminates when the  ignition is switched ON and turns off  when the engine is started     If the warning light illuminates while  driving  it indicates a malfunction of the  alternator or of the charging system   Drive to the side of the road and park off  the right of way  Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer        CAUTION    Do not continue driving when the  charging system warning light is  illuminated because the engine co
92.  Function Number 4    4 Press 5 times  Function Number 5                      Press 6 times    Cancel setting                NOTE       The doors cannot be locked or unlocked  while the setting function is being  performed      The procedure can be cancelled by pressing  the lock side of the driver s door lock  switch        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel21  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  121 1        Rear Door Child Safety Locks    These locks are intended to help prevent  children from accidentally opening the  rear doors  Use them both whenever a  child rides in the vehicle     If you slide the child safety lock to the  lock position before closing that door  the  door cannot be opened from the inside   The door can be opened only by pulling  the outside handle           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    AWARNING       Never allow a person to ride in the   luggage compartment   Allowing a person to ride in the  luggage compartment is dangerous   The person in the luggage  compartment could be seriously  injured or killed during sudden  braking or a collision     Do not drive with the liftgate open   Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle  is dangerous  An open liftgate in a  moving vehicle will cause exhaust  gas to be drawn into the cabin  This  gas contains CO  carbon monoxide    which is colorless  odorless  and  highly poisonous  and it can cause  loss of consciousness and death        Moreover  an open liftgate could  cause
93.  GB 1601  Samoa United States US 3018  San Marino ze med States Minor Outlying UM 3012  Sao Tome and Principe Stands  Saudi Arabia Uruguay UY 3024  Senegal Uzbekistan UZ 3025  Seychelles Vanuatu VU 3120  Siena eoe ao City State See Holy VA 3100  Singapore   7 SE zm  Slovakia  Slovak Republic           3  7 Viet Nam VN 3113  a Virgin Islands  British VG 3106  Solomon Islands TEN  slands  Britis  Somalia Virgin Islands  U S  VI 3108  6 110             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page385    Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Black plate  385 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System                                     Country Code  Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205  Western Sahara EH 1407  Yemen YE 3404  Yugoslavia YU 3420  ce c E  Zambia ZM 3512  Zimbabwe ZW 3522          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          6 111          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page386  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort               Rear Entertainment System    Black plate  386 1     Error Message       Message    Disc mode error message    Use of Non supported Disc   An error message is displayed if a non   supported DVD ROM disc  a non   supported disc format or a disc  PAL   other  with a different image signal  encoding 15 read     DISC    This type of disc         not be played     If the disc content cannot be read     An error message is displayed if the disc  cannot be read due to scratches or the  content cannot be read     Please check this disc   DISC    6 112    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 
94.  HD button to turn off   HD Radio  HD Radio button is not  illuminated     Once an analog broadcast is received when  HDI is selected from the preset channels  it  is switched to HD Radio automatically  If  the radio reception conditions are poor  or  HD  is off  switching to HD Radio  broadcasts is not possible    When an HD specialty channel  HD2 to    gt    HD8  is selected from the preset channels     No HD signal  is displayed and no audio  is output until HD Radio is received  If  the radio reception conditions are poor    No HD signal  continues to be displayed   If the    is not illuminated or does not  illuminate in orange  information such as  song titles of the HD Radio station are  received  however  the audio output is  analog  If information can no longer be  received and the non reception condition  continues     Rado   qand      12345678  on   screen buttons disappear                                                                    6 37       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page312  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    Y Operating the Satellite Radio      Black plate  312 1                                      Audio button                Seek tuning  buttons                      NOTE   This equipment has been tested and found to  comply with the limits for a Class B digital  device  pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules   These limits are designed to provide  reasonable protection against harmful  interference in a residential install
95.  Hands Free phonebook using  Bluetooth        1  Touch the  Sete  on screen tab           2  Touch the  Download Phonebook  on screen  button                          3  Touch the  Single Contact  or  All Contacts  on screen button to switch to the  device operation              Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  397 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      NOTE       Ifthe phonebook has been already  registered to the Hands Free unit  the  current phonebook is overwritten during     all phonebooks download           A maximum of 1000 contacts can be  registered to the phonebook    e Phonebook  incoming outgoing call record   and speed dialing memory are exclusive to  each mobile phone to protect privacy     4  Download will be started from the  mobile phone     Phonebook data deletion             1  Touch the  gue  on screen tab        2  Touch the contact information which  you want to delete     3  Touch the on screen button     Call History Usage PE    A call can be made using the call history   incoming outgoing history  downloaded  from the mobile phone  Redial Call back    The call history is downloaded  automatically when connecting or pairing  the Hands Free and mobile phone     NOTE   If an anonymous call is received  the phone  number displayed in the Incoming Call History  may be random numbers  This is because a  mobile phone sends random numbers to the  vehicle  In this case  please be aware that the  Redial and Call back functions below may not  
96.  I I  Tire  Rotation  Rotate every 10 000 km  Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I  Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I  Power steering fluid level I I I I I I  Front and rear suspension  ball joints and wheel 1 1 1  bearing axial play  Rear differential oil  AWD  ae  Driveshaft dust boots I I I  Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T  Exhaust system and heat shields I I I  All locks and hinges L L L L L L  Washer fluid level I I I I I I  8 15       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page492    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       Black plate  492 1     Number of months or kilometers  whichever comes first                                                       Maintenance Interval Months 39   42   45   48   51   54   57   60   63   66   69   72  x1000 km   65   70   75   80   85   90   95  100   105 110   115   120   AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM  Cabin air filter R   R R       Chart symbols     I  Inspect  Inspect and clean  repair  adjust  fill up  or replace if necessary     R  Replace  C  Clean   T  Tighten  L  Lubricate    Remarks      1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription  FL22  on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding    area  Use FL22 when replacing the coolant    2 According to state provincial and federal regulations  failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  void your emissions warranties  However  Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be 
97.  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  8 1     Your Vehicle at a Glance    Interior Overview       Interior Equipment  View A                                         SNO                          D Doorclock knob     tute etm tete          page 3 29   2  Power door lock switch                 r E rnnt rennes page 3 30     Power window lock switch    it ett t ee e Ue Peas page 3 44    Power window switches sestap e                         page 3 40   5  O  tside mirror Switch  3  x4 tt edes the Re les    hen e read page 3 65  OOTES ORF Switch  5                       tete ERU Meth rends page 5 24   Power hfteate switchez aenean E lain A    page 3 35  Lighting control                                      nnne page 5 72   8  Turn and lane change signal                  sese page 5 78   9 Dashboard illumination knob                                   page 5 55   Ub Tnstr  menb clusteE oreet Aretes page 5 52  02 Wiper and washer lever        ccceccccccsessesseseeseeseeseesecesecseeseesecseesesseeseeseneeseeeeseeees page 5 80   9 Ienition SWILCh                 te e         page 5 2  09 Lock    release lever              ote he eb ee etu d trees page 3 65   Parkingi braken o    n Rand quii page 5 7   O BSM OFF            en rr rette Nate Line Mat e rete page 5 43  dP Headlight leveling Switch 24 2  ettet tree te ett et teet page 5 77  1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle    2          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page9  Monday  March 9 
98.  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM       CAUTION    Insert the disc with its label side   decorated side  facing upward  If the  disc is inserted upside down  it may  cause a malfunction     When a disc has been inserted  1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Turn on the Rear Entertainment  System     3  Press the PLAY button to start  playback     NOTE   If the Rear Entertainment System has been  turned off during a previous playback   playback automatically resumes when the  system is turned on     Stopping the playback   Press the STOP button to stop the  playback    To resume the playback  press the PLAY  button     Resume playback function    The Rear Entertainment System stores the  position where the playback has been  stopped using the resume playback  function    Press the PLAY button to resume the  playback from the position previously  stopped     NOTE   If the RETURN button is pressed after the  playback has been stopped  the resume  playback function is canceled  Once the  resume playback function is canceled  the  playback starts from the first chapter  DVD  video  track  video CD  audio CD  DVD  audio  or MP3 WMA CD  when the PLAY    button is pressed        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  363 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Pausing the playback    Press the PAUSE button to pause the  playback    Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to  resume the playback     Fast forward Reverse    Fast forward    Image and sound is fast for
99.  OFF indicator light in the instrument panel  flashes   However  it does not indicate a  malfunction     WV BSM OFF Switch    When the BSM switch is pressed  the  BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF  indicator light illuminates     SS                2    Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn  on the BSM system  The BSM OFF  indicator light turns off     NOTE     The system may not operate normally when  towing a trailer  Turn off the system by  operating the BSM OFF switch when  towing a trailer        If the ignition is switched off with the BSM  system turned off  the system becomes  operable automatically when the ignition is    switched ON                      Black plate  221 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       Care of Radar Sensors    The radar sensors are equipped inside the  rear bumper        Radar sensors    Always keep the bumper surface near the  radar sensor area clean so that the BSM  system operates normally  Refer to the  Exterior Care  page 8 59      NOTE     The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the  radar sensors cannot operate normally  If  the light remains flashing afier cleaning the  bumper surface near the radar sensor area   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer      For repairs or paintwork around the radar  sensors  or replacement of the bumper   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     S 43    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page222    Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  222 1     Driving Your M
100.  OWNER S MANUAL     This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation  system  This is not a technician s manual        9 47       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page590  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  590 1     9 48       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page591  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Black plate  591 1        Specifications    Technical information about your Mazda           Identification Numbers             cssessssssssssssssssccccccccssssesesssssccesenscees 10 2  Vehicle Information Labels                      esseeeee 10 2  Specifications                 eese eee esee eese eese nete sena                10 4  Specificatlonss  oa ERES NB R 10 4  Personalization Features                    4 eese eee eee eee eene e                           10 8  Personalization Features                essseeeeeeeeee 10 8  10 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page592  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  592 1     Identification Numbers    Vehicle Information Labels       Vehicle Identification Number    The vehicle identification number legally  identifies your vehicle  The number is on  a plate attached to the cowl panel located  on the left corner of the dashboard  This  plate can easily be seen through the  windshield        Y Motor Vehicle Safety Standard  Label     E    10 2   Some models     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          WV Chassis Number    Open
101.  Page606  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Index            Air bag system                              Automatic transaxle                        Brake system                                 Charging                                       Check                                             Check fuel                                     Door aJat    eG  Engine oil pressure                        Front seat belt pretensioner  SISTENT                     a  KEY warning light   red  KEY indicator light   STEEN                         as yt  Low fuel   eee  Low washer fluid level                  Malfunction                     sess  Seat belt    cem  Tire pressure monitoring  SVSIGI zie               Re Pues                             Washer Fluid                          sss  Weights    n Oud  Wheel Replacement                             Windows  Power windows                             Windshield Washer                              Windshield Wipers                               Blades replacement                       Winter Driving               seeees    11 8    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Black plate  606 1        
102.  Refer to Bluetooth   Preparation on page  6 118     1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Turn on the Bluetooth  audio device s    power   Make sure that the       symbol is  displayed in the audio unit s display     NOTE    Some Bluetooth  audio devices need a certain  amount of time before the          symbol is  displayed in the audio unit s display     6 141    p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page416  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      3  Press the audio button  AUDIO   and  then touch the on screen tab to  switch to the Bluetooth   audio mode  and start playback     NOTE       If the Bluetooth   audio device does not  begin playback  press the     M  button    If the mode is switched from Bluetooth   audio mode to another mode  radio mode    audio playback from the Bluetooth  audio  device stops           Bluetooth                   on screen       Playback    1  To listen to a Bluetooth    audio device  over the vehicle s speaker system   switch the mode to Bluetooth    audio  mode   Refer to    Switching to  Bluetooth   audio mode          To stop playback  press the on   screen button     3  Press the button again to resume  playback     Selecting a file  track    Selects the next file  track   Short press the track up button   gt  gt I   or  touch the   9     on screen button     Selects the beginning of the current file   track    Short press the track down button  M     or  touch the   M     on screen button   Fast forwar
103.  S A  and Canada     This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder  EDR   The main purpose of an EDR  is to record  in certain crash or near crash like situations  such as an air bag deployment or  hitting a road obstacle  data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle   s systems  performed  The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety  systems for a short period of time  typically 30 seconds or less  The EDR in this vehicle is  designed to record such data as      How various systems in your vehicle were operating      Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened      How far  if at all  the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal  and      How fast the vehicle was traveling    These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes  and injuries occur    NOTE    EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash or near crash like  situation occurs  no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no  personal data  e g   name  gender  age  and crash location  are recorded  However  other  parties  such as law enforcement  could combine the EDR data with the type of personally  identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation    To read data recorded by an EDR  special equipment is required  and access to the vehicle    gt    or the EDR is needed  In addition to the vehicle manufacturer  other parties  s
104.  Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria    This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type          A rear collision                                     of collision    The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions    Types of collision  A severe frontal near frontal A severe side A roll over near  collision collision roll over  PEN DN  WAIL  CATS  CLE SGI  SRS  equipment  e Se  ane  D  Front seat    belt X    both sides  X    impact side only  X    both sides   pretensioner  Driver air x  bag  Front  passenger air x   bag  Side air bag X    impact side only   n att X  impact side only   X  both sides                 No air bag and front  seat belt  pretensioner will be  activated in a rear  collision           X  The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision        With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System   The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed  to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger    seat        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      2 67    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page80  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  80 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Limitations to SRS Air Bag    In severe collisions or roll overs such as those described previously in    SRS Air Bag  Deployment Criteria     the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy  However
105.  Seat Belt   Improper positioning of the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is dangerous   Always make sure the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is positioned  across your shoulder and near your  neck  but never under your arm  on  your neck  or on your upper arm     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  41 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    4  Position the lap belt as low as possible   not on the abdominal area  then adjust  the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly  against your body        Pa  Take up slack       Keep low on    hip bone BN     A WARNING    Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat   Belt   The lap portion of the seat belt worn  too high is dangerous  In a collision   this would concentrate the impact  force directly on the abdominal area   causing serious injury  Wear the lap  portion of the belt snugly and as low  as possible     2 29          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page42  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  42 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    V Unfastening the Seat Belt    Depress the button on the seat belt buckle   If the belt does not fully retract  pull it out  and check for kinks or twists  Then make  sure it remains untwisted as it retracts         2       m  gt      CSI  SS    Button  NOTE    If a belt does not fully retract  inspect it for  kinks and twists  If it is still not retracting  properly  have it inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     V Retracting the Center Se
106.  Specification                   Sampling rate 16 22 05 24 kHz  32 44 1 48 kHz  Bit rate 16   320 kbps          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  301 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    A CAUTION    This unit plays files with the file  extension   aac  m4a  as an AAC file   Do not use the AAC file extension for  files other than AAC files  Otherwise   it could result in noise or a  malfunction     AAC files written under specifications  other than the indicated specification  may not play normally or files or folder  names may not display correctly    The file extension may not be provided  depending on the computer operating  system  version  software  or settings   In this case  add the file extension     mp4    or     m4a    to the end of the file  name  and then write it to the memory        Operating Tips for iPod    This unit supports playback of music files  recorded to an iPod     IPod is a trademark of Apple Inc    registered in the U S  and other  countries    IPod classic is a trademark of Apple  Inc   registered in the U S  and other  countries    iPod nano is a trademark of Apple Inc    registered in the U S  and other  countries    iPod touch is a trademark of Apple  Inc   registered in the U S  and other  countries    iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc    registered in the U S  and other  countries     6 27          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page302  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    Connectable iPods are 
107.  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Press the power volume dial to turn the  audio system on     3  Press the audio button  AUDIO   to  display the audio screen     4  Press the LAYX  on screen tab to switch  to the AUX mode                    6 54      Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  328 1     NOTE    When the device is not connected to the  auxiliary jack  the mode does not switch to  the AUX mode    Set the volume of the portable audio unit to  the maximum within the range that the  sound does not become distorted  then  adjust the volume using the power volume    dial       Audio adjustments other than audio volume    can only be done using the portable audio  device         If the connection plug is pulled out from the    auxiliary jack while in AUX mode  noise  may occur           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page329  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  329 1     MEMO    6 55       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page330  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System       How to use USB mode    Black plate  330 1                                      Audio button       Power Volume                            Track up Fast   forward button    Track down   Reverse button    File dial       dial                Type Playable data  USB mode MP3 WMA AAC file  Playback    1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Press the power volume dial to turn the  audio system on     3  Press the audi
108.  Technology     Information    The song title  artist name and genre will  appear on the screen when available by  the radio station     Multicast    On the FM radio frequency most digital  stations have  multiple  or supplemental  programs on each FM station     Listening to HD Radio    Technology    If turns on by selecting a radio  station which is an HD Radio  broadcasting station  the analog broadcast  is switched to an HD Radio broadcast  automatically after a few seconds and then  received  For FM    fede     and for AM    is displayed  and the illuminates  in orange    If the HD Radio broadcast is stopped and  changed to an analog broadcast  press  down  HD  to turn off  uo       Multicast channel selection  FM     Press  9 12345678  on screen button to  switch to the multi cast channel for the  displayed number    The number of multi cast channels which  can be received differs depending on the  radio station                                                        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  311 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE       fan analog broadcast is received once and    HD Radio is received while HD1 is  selected  the audio unit switches to the   HD Radio station automatically    When the HD Radio button is  illuminated  there could be a noticeable  difference in sound quality and volume  when a change from digital to analog  signals occurs  If the sound quality and  volume become noticeably diminished or  cut off  touch the
109.  This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA  Operation is  subject to the following two conditions   1  this device may not cause  interference  and  2  this device must accept any interference  including  interference that may cause undesired operation of the device      MEXICO    Este equipo opera a titulo secundario  consecuentemente  debe aceptar    gt    interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede  no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario       Sistema de acceso normal sin llave  Modelo   SKE125 01  Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RCPMAIM05 615       3 27       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell6  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  116 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    AWARNING       Always take all children and pets with  you or leave a responsible person with  them   Leaving a child or a pet unattended  in a parked vehicle is dangerous  In  hot weather  temperatures inside a  vehicle can become high enough to  cause brain damage or even death     Do not leave the key in your vehicle  with children and keep them in    place  where your children will not find or  play with them   Leaving children in a vehicle with the  key is dangerous  This could result in  someone being badly injured or even  killed     Keep all doors locked when driving   Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle  are dangerous  Passengers can fall  o
110.  Using Advanced       Key Functions    V Keyless Entry System    This system uses the more traditional  keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and  unlock the doors and the liftgate  and  opens the power windows and the  moonroof    It can also help you signal for attention   Press the buttons slowly and carefully     NOTE     The keyless entry system is designed to  operate up to about 2 5 m  8 fi  from the  center of the vehicle  but this may vary due  to local conditions        The system does not operate when the  auxiliary key is in the ignition switch      With the start knob in the OFF position  the  system is fully operational  If the ignition is  not switched off or the start knob is pushed  in  the system does not operate        All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked  by pressing the lock button while any door  or the liftgate is open  The hazard warning  lights will also not flash       fthe transmitter does not operate when  pressing a button or the operational range  becomes too small  the battery may be  dead  To install a new battery  refer to  Maintenance  page 3 5      3 13    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel02  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  102 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Transmitter  with power liftgate    Operation indicator Lock button  light           Unlock button    Power liftgate button          Panic button    without power liftgate  Lock      Operation indicator light    Unlock b
111.  V Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster    Adjust the height of the shoulder belt 1f  the seat belt touches your neck  or if it  crosses your arm instead of your shoulder   To raise the shoulder belt adjuster  push  the adjuster up  To lower the shoulder belt  adjuster  pull the adjuster and slide it  down  Make sure the adjuster is locked     To raise To lower       ee    G    A         A WARNING    Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the   Seat Belt   Improper positioning of the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is dangerous   Always make sure the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is positioned  across your shoulder and near your  neck  but never under your arm  on  your neck  or on your upper arm           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page37  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Front Seat Belt Pretensioner       and Load Limiting Systems    For optimum protection  the driver and  front passenger seat belts are equipped  with pretensioner and load limiting  systems  For both these systems to work  properly you must wear the seat belt  properly     Pretensioners    The front seat belt retractors remove slack  quickly as the air bags are expanding   Any time the air bags and seat belt  pretensioners have deployed they must be  replaced    For deployment details  refer to the SRS  Air Bag Deployment Criteria  page 2 67     With Driver and Front Passenger  Occupant Classification System    In addition  the pretensioner system for  the front passenger  like the front  passenger air bag  is d
112.  VSTEP 1    Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer  This is the quickest and best way to  address the issue  If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS   SALES  SERVICE  or PARTS MANAGER  then please contact the GENERAL  MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER    V STEP 2   If  after following STEP 1  you feel the need for further assistance  please contact your  area s Mazda representative  Indicated on the next page      Please help us by providing the following information     1  Your name  address  and telephone number  2  Year and model of vehicle    3  Vehicle Identification Number  17 digits  noted on your registration or title or located on  the upper driver s side corner of the dash     4  Purchase date and current mileage  5  Your dealer s name and location    6  Your question s     9 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page553  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  553 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    Customer Assistance  Mexico     Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business  We are here to serve you        Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle  in top condition    If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of  your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel  we recommend that you take  the following steps        Contact Your Mazda Dealer    
113.  XXXXXXXXXXX   Ex    5551234       Telephone number  first choice         7  Prompt    Press the pick up button to dial  or  continue to add numbers  You can also  say    Option A    or    Option B    to replace  the last block of digits with the  displayed alternate  or say    Go Back    to  delete the last block of digits        NOTE   Option A is the second candidate  Option B is  the third  and they may not be presented  depending on the conditions     8   Dialing   Press the pick up button or say     Dial      then go to Step 9    Adding inputting telephone  number   Say     XXXX     desired telephone  number   Then go to Step 5    The last recognized telephone  number is replaced by Option A or  B   Say     Option A  or    Option B   Then  go to Step 6    Telephone number correction   Say          Back   The prompt replies    The last entered numbers have been  removed   Then go back to Step 4 or  Step 7     9  The call is made   Screen operation    1  Input the telephone number using the  numerical keypad        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  399 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth               2  Touch        lt   on screen button to  make the call        Numeral or symbol entry    Use the numerical keypad    Long press the   9    on screen button to  input       Touch the on screen button to delete  the currently input value     Emergency calls   A call can be made to the emergency  phone number  911  U S A Canada  066   Mexico  using the voice in
114.  a safe place  and use the  auxiliary key to continue driving the  vehicle  Have the vehicle inspected at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible           3 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel09  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  109 1          A WARNING    Do not leave the key in your vehicle  with children and keep them in a place  where your children will not find or  play with them   Leaving children in a vehicle with the  key is dangerous  This could result in  someone being badly injured or even  killed  Children may find these new  kinds of keys to be an interesting toy  to play with and could cause the  power windows or other controls to  operate  or even make the vehicle  move     NOTE     Refer to Immobilizer System  page 3 58  for  information regarding keys and engine  starting       With theft deterrent system   Refer to Theft Deterrent System  page 3 62   for information regarding keys and the  prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents    theft     The keys operate all locks     Retractable  type key      amp     J    Key code number plate       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    A code number is stamped on the plate  attached to the key set  detach this plate  and store it in a safe place  not in the  vehicle  for use if you need to make a  replacement key     NOTE     Write down the code number and keep it in  a separate  safe and convenient place  but  not in the vehicle  
115.  adjusted when the headlight switch  is in the 2005 or SO position      When the dashboard illumination  brightness cannot be adjusted any more  a  beep sound will be heard        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Canceling the illumination dimmer        Black out meter and dashboard  illuminations    When the headlight switch is in the 2002  or  O position  the illumination of the  instrument cluster and the information  display dims     When driving on snowy or foggy roads   or in other situations when the instrument  cluster or information display s visibility  is reduced due to glare from surrounding  brightness  cancel the illumination  dimmer and increase the illumination  intensity        To cancel the illumination dimmer  press  the dashboard illumination knob     NOTE     This symbol       indicates the knob to  adjust the brightness of the dashboard  illumination        If the illumination dimmer is cancelled  the  instrument cluster and the information  display will not dim when the headlight  switch is turned to the 2005 or SO position  again  Press the dashboard illumination  knob to activate the illumination dimmer     5 55    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page234  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  234 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    Warning Indicator Lights                     x1000r min        Cp  Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas PE                      Signal Warning Indicator Lights 
116.  an  obstruction while it is opening  electrically or between the liftgate  and vehicle while it is closing  electrically  resulting in an accident  and serious injury     Never allow children to operate the   power liftgate system   Allowing children to operate the  power liftgate switch and the keyless  entry system is dangerous  Children  are not aware of the dangers of  people getting fingers and hands  caught in a moving liftgate  If  someone s neck  head or hands get  caught in a closing door  it could  result in death or serious injury     3 36    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  124 1        CAUTION       When closing the power liftgate   make sure there are no foreign  objects around the striker  If  foreign objects are obstructing the  striker  the liftgate may not close  properly      ite    L    Striker        gt  Do not install accessories to the  power liftgate other than specified  accessories  Otherwise  it cannot  be opened closed automatically  and could result in a malfunction       Be careful when switching the  power liftgate from electrical to  manual operation  The power  liftgate may open close  unexpectedly depending on its  position which could result in  injury     e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel25  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    NOTE     Do not apply unnecessary force to the  power liftgate when it is opening closing  electrically  Unnecessary force on the  lifigate may cause it to reverse direction of  movement auto
117.  bag system warning light flashes    The air bag system warning light remains illuminated    The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON   The air bag system warning beep sound is heard    The air bags have deployed     With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System    Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition  18 switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart  For more details about  this indicator light and this chart  refer to    Front passenger seat weight sensors   page  2 70           e          2 75       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H  t          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page88  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  88 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags        WARNING    Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system   components   Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be  replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them  Only a  trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they  will work in any subsequent accident  Driving with an expended or damaged air bag  or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any  subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death     Do not remove interior air bag parts   Removing any components such as the front seats  front dashboard  the 
118.  before  attempting to work near the cooling  fan   Working near the cooling fan when it  is running is dangerous  The fan  could continue running indefinitely  even if the engine has stopped and  the engine compartment temperature  is high  You could be hit by the fan  and seriously injured     Zg         Do not remove either cooling    system caps when the engine and  radiator are hot   When the engine and radiator are  hot  scalding coolant and steam may  shoot out under pressure and cause  serious injury     Open the hood ONLY after steam is no   longer escaping from the engine   Steam from an overheated engine is  dangerous  The escaping steam could  seriously burn you     If the temperature gauge indicates  overheating     1  Drive safely to the side of the road and  park off the right of way     2  Shift into park  P         7 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               A CAUTION    Black plate  468 1     3  Apply the parking brake   4  Turn off the air conditioner     5  Check whether coolant or steam is    escaping from under the hood or from  the engine compartment     If steam is coming from the engine    compartment   Do not go near the front of the vehicle     Stop the engine   Wait until the steam dissipates  then  open the hood and start the engine     If neither coolant nor steam is  Open the hood and idle the engine until  it cools     If the cooling fan does not operate d    while the engine is running  the  engine temperature will increase   Stop the engine 
119.  button to  return to the FM1 or FM2 main screen         t may not be possible to receive any station  even if the Genre Seek function is used      Ifa program in the selected genre is not  broadcast to a region  reception is not  possible even if the Genre Seek function is  used                   The Genre Seek function searches for genre  code  program type  which FM analog  broadcasts transmit  HD Radio specialty  programs  HD2 HD 6  cannot be searched  because they are not FM analog  broadcasts        Ifradio stations which are selected by  scanning using the Genre Seek function are  HD Radio broadcasting stations  they are  changed from analog broadcasts to  HD Radio broadcasts after a few seconds  if the reception conditions are good  The  genre is displayed after the switch   however  the genre for FM analog  broadcasts may differ     HD Radio    What is HD Radio   Technology and  how does it work     HD Radio    Technology is the digital  evolution of analog AM FM radio  Your  radio product has a special receiver which  allows it to receive digital broadcasts   where available  in addition to the analog  broadcasts it already receives  Digital  broadcasts have better sound quality than  analog broadcasts as digital broadcasts  provide free  crystal clear audio  For more  information  and a guide to available radio  stations and programming  please visit  www hdradio com           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page311  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Benefits of HD Radio  
120.  c  Extended periods of idling or low speed operation    d  Repeated short trips of less than 16 km   4  f this component has been submerged in water  the oil should be replaced     8 14    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page491  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  491 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Cont    Number of months or kilometers  whichever comes first  Maintenance Interval Months 39   42   45   48   51   54   57   60   63   66   69   72  x1000km   65   70   75   80   85   90   95   100  105   110   115   120  ENGINE     Inspect every 40 000 km      2 years  Drive belts  Replace every 240 000 km  Engine oil            R R R R                   Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R  R R  R  COOLING SYSTEM  Cooling system I   1       FL22 type   Replace at first poe    Mig after that  every  Others R R  Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I  FUEL SYSTEM  Air filter C R C R C R  Fuel lines and hoses I  I  Hoses and tubes for emission I  I  Fuel filter R R  IGNITION SYSTEM  Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km  ELECTRICAL SYSTEM  Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I  CHASSIS and BODY  Brake lines  hoses and connections I I I  Brake fluid level I I I I  Brake fluid R R  Disc brakes I I I I
121.  changed  when On Screen Mark and Angle Mark is    off   Mode Priority    The priority of the inserted discs  CD R   CD RW  can be selected     Audio   Digital Output   Not used with this unit   Audio DRC    The audio dynamic range can be adjusted  to reduce the difference between the  maximum and minimum audio output   Audio compression of the DVD video  playback can be selected or deselected  during playback using the following  modes                          Mode Function   NONE Playback with normal volume  Lower volume is increased to   LINE       reduce difference in volume range   Use when it is still difficult to hear   RF sound while using LINE   Sound quality is reduced while  using RF   NOTE    Only sound output from the headphones is  available        6 102       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Auxiliary Input  AUX mode     In AUX mode  AV equipment such as a  video game player or a video camera can  be used by connecting the image and  sound cables to the auxiliary terminals     NOTE     Before operating  read the instruction  manual accompanying the AV equipment to  be used      To listen to the Rear Entertainment System  sound from the vehicle speakers  change the  audio sound to the Rear Entertainment  System sound    Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle  Speakers on page 6 83    To listen to audio other than from the  speakers of the rear entertainment system  it  is necessary to use the wireless headphones  that are included  For headphone  specification  refer to      
122.  child of any age or size     Some child restraint systems now come  with tethers and therefore must be  installed on the seats that take tethers to  be effective  In your Mazda  tethered  child restraint systems can only be  accommodated in the three positions on  the second row seats     Some child restraint systems also employ  specially designed LATCH attachments   refer to    LATCH Child Restraint  Systems   page 2 49         Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  53 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint      A WARNING    Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work   Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats   Installation of a tether equipped  child restraint system in the front  passenger s seat or the third row  seats defeats the safety design of the  system and will result in an increased  chance of serious injury if the child   restraint system goes forward  without benefit of being tethered   Place tether equipped child restraint  systems where there are tether  anchors     V Second Row Seats Child   Restraint System Installation    Follow these instructions when using a  child restraint system  unless you are  attaching a LATCH equipped child   restraint system to the rear LATCH lower  anchors  Refer to    LATCH Child   Restraint Systems   page 2 49      NOTE   Follow the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions carefully  If you  are not sure whether you have a LATCH  system or tether  check in the child restraint  system manufacturer s ins
123.  cm  or bar  36 psi         CAUTION       Do not use your temporary spare  tire rim with a snow tire or a  conventional tire  Neither will  properly fit and could damage  both tire and rim       The temporary spare tire has a  tread life of less than 5 000 hm   The tread life may be shorter  depending on driving conditions       The temporary spare tire is for  limited use  however  if the tread  wear solid band indicator  appears  replace the tire with the  same type of temporary spare   page 8 35            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page513  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    NOTE   Tires degrade over time  even when they are  not being used on the road  It is recommended  that tires generally be replaced when they are  6 years or older  Heat caused by hot climates  or frequent high loading conditions can  accelerate the aging process  You should  replace the spare tire when you replace the  other road tires due to the aging of the spare  tire  The period in which the tire was  manufactured  both week and year  is  indicated by a 4 digit number    Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 24     V Replacing a Wheel    A WARNING    Always use wheels of the correct size  on your vehicle   Using a wrong sized wheel is  dangerous  Braking and handling  could be affected  leading to loss of  control and an accident     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  513 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance       CAUTION       Awrong sized wheel may  adversely affect         
124.  connected to the body   Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous  Exhaust gas entering the  vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death   When mounting the trailer hitch  make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust  system               Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads  Do not load and unload vehicle  while adjusting hitch  This action will change the vehicle height      Do not use an axle mounted hitch  This may damage the axle and related parts        V Tires    When towing a trailer  make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold tire  pressure  as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver s door frame  Trailer tire size   load rating  and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications     A WARNING    Never use the temporary spare tire when towing   Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as  it could result in tire failure  loss of control  and injury to vehicle occupants     4 17       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel74  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  174 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing       Safety Chains    Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become  unintentionally unhitched  They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the  hitch  Leave enough slack to allow full turns  Consult literature published by your trailer or  hitch manufacturer for more detai
125.  doors and  the lifigate are closed while the advanced  key is being carried  All doors and the  lifigate are locked automatically after about  3 seconds when the advanced key is out of  the operational range  Also  the hazard  warning lights flash once   Even if the  driver is in the operational range  all doors  and the lifigate are locked automatically  after about 30 seconds    If you are out of the operational range  before the doors and the lifigate are  completely closed or another advanced key  is left in the vehicle  the auto lock function  will not work  Always make sure that all  doors and the lifigate are closed and locked  before leaving the vehicle   The auto lock function does not close the  power windows and the moonroof    Auto re lock function   After unlocking doors and the lifigate by  pressing the request switch  all doors and  the lifigate will automatically lock if any of  the following operations are not performed  within about 30 seconds  If your vehicle has  a thefi deterrent system  the hazard  warning lights will flash for confirmation     A door or the liftgate is opened     The auxiliary key is inserted into the  ignition switch     The start knob is pushed     3 10    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          V Starting the Engine    Ignition switch positions    As there is no traditional key  some of the  ignition switch functions are different        Start knob    OFF   Knob Released   The power supply to electrical devices is  turned off    OFF   Knob Dep
126.  doors manufactured before April 1   1982    Using these garage door openers can  increase the risk of serious injury or  death  For further information   contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515  or www homelink com or your  Authorized Mazda Dealer     Always check the areas surrounding  garage doors and gates for people or  obstructions before programming or  during operation of the HomeLink  system   Programming or operating the  HomeLink system without verifying  the safety of areas surrounding  garage doors and gates is dangerous  and could result in an unexpected  accident and serious injury if  someone were to be hit     A CAUTION    HomeLink has been tested and  complies with FCC and Industry  Canada rules  Changes or  modifications not expressly approved  by the party responsible for  compliance could void the user s  authority to operate the device        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  267 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    NOTE   FCC ID  NZLMOBHL4   CANADA  4112A MOBHL4   This device complies with part 15 of the FCC  Rules  Operation is subject to the following  two conditions    1  This device may not cause harmful  interference  and   2  This device must accept any interference  received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation     NOTE  The programming will not be erased even if  the battery is disconnected     Pre programming the HomeLink  System    NOTE   It is recommended that a new battery be  placed in the h
127.  due to the activation of the warning  beep sound indicating that the ignition  is not switched off    The ignition has not been switched off  and all the doors are closed after  removing the advanced key from the  vehicle   A beep sound will be heard 6  times      NOTE   Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity  radio waves  the Advanced Key Removed From  Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced  key is carried together with a metal object or it  is placed in a poor signal reception area  within the vehicle           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel07  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  107 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    V Request Switch Inoperable     The advanced key is placed in areas   Warning Beep where it is difficult for the system to     detect the signal  page 3 7     If the request switch for a front door or the   A key from another manufacturer   liftgate is pressed under the following similar to the advanced key is in the   conditions while the advanced key 1s operational range    being carried  a beep will be heard 6 times   to indicate that the front doors and the Y Advanced Key Left in vehicle    liftgate cannot be locked          A door or the liftgate is open  door ajar Warning Beep  included   If an advanced key is left in the vehicle  e The ignition has not been switched off  cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are    The auxiliary key is inserted into the locked using a separate advanced key  
128.  engine is off unless safety  requires them        If the light switch is left on  the lights will automatically switch off  if equipped  approximately 30  seconds after switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off  The time setting can be  changed  Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8     Without AUTO position  Type A             5 72       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page251  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Black plate  251 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls                   Side marker lights  Dashboard illumination                Type A OFF 2005    Switch Position  Type B OFF e  D  Headlights Off Off On  Taillights  Parking lights  License lights Off On On       With AUTO position  Type A          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    5 73          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page252  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  252 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls                                  OFF AUTO 2005    Switch Position                          e AUTO  Headlights Off Off On  Taillights  Parking lights Auto Auto  License lights Off On On  Side marker lights  Dashboard illumination                            AUTO  Auto light control    When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON  the  light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the  headlights  other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off  see chart above      A
129.  files display  File tag display   FOLDER name  FILE name   TITLE name  ARTIST name   and ALBUM name  display    Folder tree display          TAG INFO       TREE IDX       Playlist display    If there is a playlist on the  disc     Files on playlist display    If the files on the playlist are  being played     CD track display    If CD tracks on a disc which  has both MP3 WMA and CD  audio files are being played      PLSTIDX       PLAYLIST       CD TRACK             Changing the playback mode    1  Move the cursor to the playback mode  by operating the select button to the left  or right     6 95    2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page370  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    2  Change the display mode by operating  the select button up or down                                   Display Playback mode  ALL      files are played repeatedly   1 The current file is played  repeatedly   NON AII files are played once and the  playback stops        files in the current folder are  RPF  played repeatedly   Files in the current folder are  NOF played once and the playback  stops   RND      files are played randomly   RNF Files in the current folder are  played randomly   NOTE    If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist  playback  files on the playlist are played  randomly  Refer to on page 6 96     Selection file  While in FOLDER display mode    1  Move the cursor to the folder file  information display window by  operating the sel
130.  front seats  1  Turn the front air conditioning on     2  Press the rear switch  The rear air    conditioning operates      j        NE             This switch controls temperature  Press REAR        forhotand W for cold        Fan control switch      Selection of the airflow mode  airflow  amount and temperature will be  automatically controlled to the same  temperature setting as the front air  conditioner for the driver s side     o2          The fan has five speeds        6 15       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page290  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    NOTE       Ifthe AUTO switch is pressed while the  front A C switch is off  the rear air  conditioning operates only to circulate air      Setting the temperature to the maximum  high or low will not provide the desired  temperature at a faster rate      When selecting heat  the system will restrict  airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold  air from blowing out of the vents      When the rear air conditioner is controlled  to the same temperature setting as the front  air conditioner for the driver s side       SYNC    is displayed on the rear screen     Operation from rear seats    1  Turn the front air conditioning on   2  Press the AUTO switch  The selection  of the airflow mode and airflow    amount will be automatically  controlled     AUTO ON    3  Use the temperature control switch to  set the desired temperature        6 16       Form No 
131.  functions can also be disabled so  that they do not operate     Auto lock unlock function setting  change using door lock switch    The doors and the liftgate can set to lock  or unlock automatically by selecting any  one of the functions from the following  table and using the driver s door lock  switch on the interior to perform the  setting change as indicated in the  procedure which follows     3 31          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         120  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Black plate  120 1        Settings can be changed using the  following operation        Function    Function  number       The auto door lock function is  disabled     1       All the doors and the liftgate lock  automatically when the vehicle speed  is about 20 km h  12 mph  or more     All the doors and the liftgate lock  automatically when the vehicle speed  is about 20 km h  12 mph  or more   All the doors and the liftgate unlock  when the ignition is switched from ON  to ACC or Off     When the ignition is switched ON and  the shift lever is shifted from park  P   to any other gear position  all the  doors and the liftgate lock  automatically     When the ignition is switched ON and  the shift lever is shifted from park  P   to any other gear position  all the  doors and the liftgate lock  automatically    When the shift lever is shifted to park   P  while the ignition is switched ON   all the doors and the liftgate unlock  automatically               
132.  held up firmly       throughout window closure because the  auto closing function will be inoperable      The two step down function is inoperable  during engine off operation        3 43       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         132  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    V Operating the Rear Power Windows    The power windows may be operated  when the power window lock switch on  the driver s door is in the unlocked  position     The rear power windows may be opened  or closed using the master control  switches on the driver s door     Master control yis  Left rear  window N    Right rear window         Power window lock                switch    hi    To open the power window to the desired  position  hold down the switch    To close the power window to the desired  position  pull up the switch     Close 4            3 44       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  132 1     Engine off power window operation    The power windows can be operated for  about 40 seconds after the ignition 1s  switched from ON to ACC or OFF with  all doors closed  If any door is opened  the  power windows will stop operating     V Power Window Lock Switch    This feature prevents all power windows  from operating  except the driver s power  window  Keep this switch in the locked  position while children are in the vehicle   Locked position  button depressed    Only the driver s power window can be  operated    Unlocked position  button not  depressed    
133.  indicator light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON  If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating   the indicator light flashes     If the light stays on  the TCS  DSC RSC  or the brake assist system may have a  malfunction and they may not operate  correctly  Take your vehicle to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     NOTE       In addition to the indicator light flashing  a  slight lugging sound will come from the  engine  This indicates that the TCS is  operating properly    On slippery surfaces  such as fresh snow  it  will be impossible to achieve high rpm  when the TCS is on        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  203 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V TCS OFF Indicator Light    TCS  OFF    This indicator light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition 1s switched  ON    It also illuminates when the TCS OFF  switch is pressed and TCS is switched off   Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 26   If the light remains illuminated and the  TCS 15 not switched off  take your vehicle  to an Authorized Mazda Dealer  The  dynamic stability control may have a  malfunction     NOTE Pe    If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS  OFF indicator light remain illuminated even  after switching the ignition from ON to OFF   and back to ON  attempt the procedure again   If this still does not resolve the issue  consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer        5 25       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page204  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Yo
134.  into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is  connected      Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help     IC   IC 279B MAZGEN6HFT   Licence exempt   This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s   Operation is   subject to the following two conditions     1  This device may not cause interference  and    2  This device must accept any interference  including interference that may cause  undesired operation of the device     6 149       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page424  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  424 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      The term    IC      before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada  technical specifications were met  The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co   located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter  End users and  installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating  conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance        6 150       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page425  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  425 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    Rear View Monitor      The rear view monitor provides visual images of the rear of the vehicle when reversing     A WARNING    The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle  The  images on the screen may be di
135.  is closer than it appears        Power mirror   The ignition must be switched to ACC or  ON    To adjust     1  Press the left or right side of the  selector switch to choose the left or  right side mirror     3 65       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel54  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  154 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Steering Wheel and Mirrors    2  Depress the mirror switch in the  appropriate direction         NNN N    Outside mirror Selector switch    ay    Mirror switch       After adjusting the mirror  lock the control  by placing the selector switch in the  center position     NOTE    With seat position memory function    The on road outside mirror position can be  programmed in conjunction with the seat  position memory function    Refer to Seat Position Memory on page 2 6     Power mirrors with reverse tilt down  function      When the ignition is switched ON and the  selector lever is shifted to the R position   the outside mirrors tilt downward to  facilitate the view of the lower area on  each side of the vehicle     1  Switch the left right power door mirror  selector switch to the left or right side     2  Shift the selector lever to the R position  while depressing the brake pedal  The  outside mirrors tilt downward  automatically        3 66  Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE   If the left right power outside mirror selector  switch is in the center position  or the selector  lever is shifted to a position other than the R  position  t
136.  is switched to ACC or  ON  the time 1s displayed     n        r1  LI                IL            I            Time setting  1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Adjust the time using the time setting  buttons  H   M      The hours advance while the time  setting button  H   is pressed    The minutes advance while the time    setting button  M   is pressed     Time resetting  1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Press the  00 button     3  When the button is released  the time  will be reset as follows      Example   12 01   12 29   12 00  12 30   12 59   1 00    NOTE  When the button is released  the seconds will  start at  00         6 166       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  440 1        Ambient Temperature Display    When the ignition is switched ON  press  the OUTSIDE switch  page 6 6  to  display the ambient temperature     OUTSIDE E  10             NOTE     Under the following conditions  the ambient  temperature display may differ from the  actual ambient temperature depending on  the surroundings and vehicle conditions     Significantly cold or hot temperatures     Sudden changes in ambient temperature          The vehicle is parked     The vehicle is driven at low speeds        Press the OUTSIDE switch for a few  seconds or more to switch the display from  Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa      Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch  the display from ambient temperature to the  temperature set for the air conditioner        Climat
137.  listed below        Province Territory    CAMVAP Number       British Columbia  amp  Yukon Territories    1  800  207 0685       Alberta  amp  Northwest Territories    1  800  207 0685             Saskatchewan 1  800  207 0685  Manitoba 1  800  207 0685  Ontario 1  800  207 0685                                  Atlantic Canada 1  800  207 0685  Quebec 1  800  207 0685  V Regional Offices Eur  REGIONAL OFFICES COVERING AREAS  MAZDA CANADA INC   WESTERN REGION ALBERTA   5011 275 STREET BRITISH COLUMBIA   LANGLEY  BRITISH COLUMBIA MANITOBA   V4W 0A8 SASKATCHEWAN    778  369 2100 YUKON  1  800  663 0908  MAZDA CANADA INC   ONTARIO  CENTRAL REGION 3  55 VOGELL ROAD  COR  RICHMOND        PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND   ONTARIO  L4B 3K5 NEWFOUNDLAND  1  800  263 4680  MAZDA CANADA INC   QUEBEC REGION  6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE QUEBEC    POINTE CLAIRE  QUEBEC  H9R 5A5   514  694 6390             Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page552  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  552 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    Customer Assistance  Puerto Rico     Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business  That is why all Authorized  Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top  condition    If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of  your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel  we recommend that you take  the following steps   
138.  metal parts repaired or replaced   make sure the body shop applies  anti corrosion materials to all parts   both repaired and new  This will  prevent them from rusting     V Bright Metal Maintenance      Use tar remover to remove road tar and  insects  Never do this with a knife or  similar tool      To prevent corrosion on bright metal  surfaces  apply wax or chrome  preservative and rub it to a high luster     8 61    2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page538  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  538 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    During cold weather or in coastal areas   cover bright metal parts with a coating  of wax or preservative heavier than  usual  It would also help to coat them  with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or  some other protective compound     A CAUTION    Do not use steel wool  abrasive  cleaners  or strong detergents  containing highly alkaline or caustic  agents on chrome plated or anodized  aluminum parts  This may result in  damage to the protective coating and  cause discoloration or paint  deterioration     V Underbody Maintenance    Road chemicals and salt used for ice and  snow removal and solvents used for dust  control may collect on the underbody  If  not removed  they will speed up rusting  and deterioration of such underbody parts  as fuel lines  frame  floor pan  and exhaust  system  even though these parts may be  coated with anti corrosive material     Thoroughly flush the underbody and  wheel housings with luk
139.  not in use  remove the seat belt extender  and store it in the vehicle  If the seat belt  extender is left connected  the seat belt  extender might get damaged as it will not  retract with the rest of the seat belt and can  easily fall out of the door when not in use and  be damaged  In addition  the seat belt warning  light will not illuminate and function properly        2 33       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page46  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Seat Belt Reminder    If the vehicle is driven with the driver or  front passenger s seat belt unfastened  the  seat belt warning light illuminates and a  warning chime sounds    If the driver or front passenger s seat belt  is unfastened  only when the front  passenger seat is occupied  and the  vehicle is driven at a speed faster than  about 20 km h  12 mph   the warning  light will flash and a beep sound will be  heard  After a short time  the warning  light stops flashing  but remains  illuminated  and the beep sound stops     Until a seat belt is fastened or a given  period of time has elapsed  the beep sound  will not stop even if the vehicle speed  falls below 20 km h  12 mph         2 34       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  46 1     NOTE    The warning light flashes and a beep sound  will be heard for about 6 seconds if the  driver s seat belt is not fastened when the  ignition is switched ON    If a driver or front passenger s sea
140.  occupants to fall out in an  accident        Do not stach or leave loaded luggage   unsecured in the luggage   compartment   Otherwise  the luggage may move or  collapse  resulting in injury or an  accident  In addition  do not load  luggage higher than the seatbacks  It  may affect the side or rear field of  view     3 33       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         122  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    A CAUTION       Before opening the liftgate   remove any snow and ice  accumulation on it  Otherwise  the  liftgate could close under the  weight of the snow and ice  resulting in injury     gt  Be careful when opening closing  the liftgate during strong winds  If  a strong gust blows against the  liftgate  it could close suddenly  resulting in injury     gt  Fully open the liftgate and make  sure that it stays open  If the  liftgate is only opened partially  it  could slam shut by vibration or  wind gusts resulting in injury     gt  When loading or unloading  luggage in the luggage  compartment  turn off the engine   Otherwise  you could get burned  by the heat of the exhaust gas     gt  Be careful not to apply excessive  force to the damper stay on the  liftgate such as by putting your  hand on the stay  Otherwise  the  damper stay may bend and affect  the liftgate operation           3 34    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  122 1     V Locking  Unlocking with Request  Switch  With Advanced Key     The liftgate can be 
141.  of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer  refer to the  chart below     If they do not have what you need in stock  they can order it for you                                         PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION  9999 95 003B 15 2015 WORKSHOP MANUAL  English   9999 MX 003B 15 2015 WORKSHOP MANUAL  Spanish   9999 95 009G 15 2015 WIRING DIAGRAM  English    9999 M X 009G 15 2015 WIRING DIAGRAM  Spanish   9999 95 011   15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL  English   9999 EC 011C 15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL  English and French   9999 PR 011C 15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL  Spanish   9999 95 MODL 15 2015 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS   9999 95 NAV1 13    ao SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL  9999 EC NAV1 13 Ga      SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL  9999 PR NAV1 13 ae a ee SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL                   WORKSHOP MANUAL     Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train  body and  chassis        WIRING DIAGRAM     Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical  system        OWNER S MANUAL     This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle   This 1s not a technician s manual     9 46       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page589  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  589 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Service Publications    V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS     Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda        NAVIGATION SYSTEM
142.  off        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  393 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      NOTE  If the device name cannot be displayed            is  added at the end of the title which is displayed     E    Connecting other devices  1  Press the phone button  PHONE     2  Touch the  Sete  on screen tab     3  Touch the   Bluetooth Setup  On screen  button                 4  Touch the device name which you  want to connect to display the device  information screen              5  Touch the Brr  on screen button to  connect as a Hands Free device  Touch  the   25  on screen button to connect  as a Bluetooth   audio device                             6  Touch the  Poe Q  on screen button     If the connection is completed  the device    gt    name is displayed  Touch the  Pone Q  on   screen button to display the device list  screen and display the 8 or J icon in the  new device name which is connected              Disconnecting a device  1  Touch the  See  on screen tab              2  Touch the  Bluetooth Setup  On screen  button        3  Touch the device name which is  currently connected to display the  device information screen        4  Touch the B   on screen button to  disconnect the Hands Free device   Touch the  2    on screen button to  disconnect the audio device     5  Touch the  Dore     on screen button              Deleting a device  1  Touch the  See  on screen tab        6 119    P       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page394  Monday  March 9 2015
143.  pairing is still not  possible after this  contact an  Authorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda  Bluetooth   Hands Free Customer  Service        Unable to perform pairing       Does not connect automatically  when starting the engine       Automatically connects  but then  disconnects suddenly    The Bluetooth  function and the  Find Mode Visible setting   on the  device may turn off automatically  after a period of time has elapsed  depending on the device     Check whether the Bluetooth   function and the Find Mode Visible  setting     on the device are turned on  and pairing or reconnect        Disconnects intermittently          The device is in a location in which  radio wave interference can occur  easily  such as inside a bag in a rear  seat  in a rear pocket of a pair of  pants        Move the device to a location in  which radio wave interference is less  likely to occur           Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth  unit    6 146       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page421  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Black plate  421 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Voice recognition related problems       Symptom    Cause    Solution method       Poor voice recognition       False recognition of numbers      Excessive  slow speech      Excessive  forceful speech   shouting       Speaking before the beep sound  has ended      Loud noise   speaking or noise from outside   inside vehicle     e Airflow from A 
144.  plate  101 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    NOTE      n extremely cold weather or after the  vehicle has not been driven in several days   let the engine warm up without operating  the accelerator        Whether the engine is cold or warm  it  should be started without use of the  accelerator     Turning the engine off  1  Move the shift lever to the P position   2  Switch the ignition from ON to ACC     NOTE   When the engine is turned off and the ignition  is switched from ACC to OFF  the KEY  indicator light  green  flashes in the instrument  cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery  power of the advanced key is low  Replace the  battery with a new one    Refer to Battery Replacement  page 3 7      3  Push in the start knob from the ACC  position and turn it to the OFF        CAUTION    When leaving the vehicle  make sure  the ignition is switched to OFF     NOTE     When switching the ignition to OFF  the  ignition switch has to be pushed in from the  ACC position and turned  Without being  pushed in  the ignition switch stops at the  ACC position and the vehicle battery may  be discharged if the ignition switch is left in  the ACC position  When leaving the vehicle   make sure the ignition is switched to OFF        Ifthe vehicle is left with the ignition not  switched to OFF  a beep sound is heard and  the indicator light flashes to notify the  driver    Refer to Warning Beep  page 3 18      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Operation
145.  programmed HomeLink button  Repeat  the    press hold release    sequence a  second time  and  depending on the  brand of the garage door opener  or  other rolling code equipped device    repeat this sequence a third time to  complete the programming process     HomeLink should now activate your  rolling code equipped device     NOTE  To program the remaining two HomeLink  buttons  begin with  Programming      step 1     For questions or comments  please contact  HomeLink at www homelink com or 1   800 355 3515     2       e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page269  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Gate operator Canadian Programming    Canadian radio frequency laws require  transmitter signals to    time out     or quit   after several seconds of transmission      which may not be long enough for  HomeLink to pick up the signal during  programming  Similar to this Canadian  law  some U S  gate operators are  designed to    time out    in the same  manner     If you live in Canada or you are having  difficulties programming a gate operator  by using the  Programming  procedures   regardless of where you live   replace   Programming HomeLink  step 2 with  the following     NOTE   If programming a garage door opener or gate  operator  it is advised to unplug the device  during the  cycling  process to prevent  possible overheating     Continue to press and hold the HomeLink  button while you press and release      every two seconds     cycle     your hand   held transmitter un
146.  releasing the  HomeLink button  proceed with   Programming    step 2     Erasing Programmed HomeLink  Buttons    To erase the existing programming from  all three operating channels  press and  hold the two outside buttons             on the auto dimming mirror until the  HomeLink indicator light begins to flash  after approximately 20 seconds    Verify that the programming has been  erased when you resell the vehicle     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            Black plate  273 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    S 95          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page274  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  274 1     5 96       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page275  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  275 1        Interior Comfort    Use of various features for drive comfort  including air conditioning and audio                   system    Climate Control System                            Rear View Monitor                               6 151  Operating Tips       Rear View Monitor                         6 151  Vent Operation  Front                             Fully Automatic Type      Interior Equipment                               6 162  Vent Operation  Rear         SunvisOrs         6 162  Fully Automatic Type  Rear               6 14 Interior Lights    6 163   Information Display                          6 165   Audio System                   eese 6 17 Cup Holder                      6 169  Antenna Bottle Holder                   uw
147.  resulting  in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious  injuries        Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired  Always have an   Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door   Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous  Each front  door has a side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system  If  holes are drilled in a front door  a door speaker is left removed  or a damaged door is  left unrepaired  the sensor could be adversely affected causing it to not detect the  pressure of an impact correctly during a side collision  If a sensor does not detect a  side impact correctly  the side and curtain air bags may not operate normally which  could result in serious injury to occupants     2 58       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page71  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  71 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Do not modify the supplemental restraint system   Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is  dangerous  You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable  Do not make  any modifications to the supplemental restraint system  This includes installing trim   badges  or anything else over the air bag modules  It also includes installing extra  electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring  An Authorized Mazda  Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and in
148.  resulting in  serious injuries or death  The child in  the baggage area could be thrown  into other occupants and cause  serious injury        CAUTION    Be careful not to place your hands  and fingers around moving parts of  the second row seat when adjusting  the seat positions to prevent injury     NOTE    The second row seats cannot be removed     e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page22  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seats       Seat Slide    To move the seat forward or backward   raise the bar and slide the seat to the  desired position and release the bar        Make sure the bar returns to its original  position and the seat 15 locked in place by  attempting to push it forward and  backward        2 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  22 1        Seat Recline    A WARNING    Do not drive with the seats reclined   Sitting in a reclined position while the  vehicle is moving is dangerous  because you do not get the full  protection from the seat belts  During  sudden braking or a collision  you  can slide under the lap belt and  suffer serious internal injuries  For  maximum protection  sit well back  and upright     Do not recline a second row seatback   when the third row seat is occupied   Reclining the second row seatback  when the third row seat is occupied  is dangerous  Because the clearance  in the third row seat is limited   occupants in the third row seat could  be hurt seriously on a reclined  second row 
149.  safety of the surroundings but is not a complete substitute  The driver is responsible  for assuring lane changes and other maneuvers  Always pay attention to the  direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the vehicle s surroundings          Some models  5 35       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page214    Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  214 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    NOTE     The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations  The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  System  may not operate properly under the following conditions      Ice  snow  or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors      During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow  or under conditions where water is  sprayed      The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material  such as  stickers or a bicycle carrier       The radar sensors do not detect human  animal  shopping cart  bicycle  or static objects such as  fences      The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle  especially the  following types of vehicles      Motorcycles    Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo     Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars        Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and  operate the warning light beep  it does not indicate a malfunction        If
150.  scratch or chip    gt      aluminum wheels     NOTE     Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped  with P245 50R20 specification tires could  cause interference with the vehicle body  and scratching  If tire chains are to be used   replace both front and rear tires with P  245 60R18 tires  Please consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        Ifyour vehicle is equipped with the tire       pressure monitoring system  the system may  not function correctly when using tire  chains     Install the chains on the front tires only   Do not use chains on the rear tires   Please consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer        4 11       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel68  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  168 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    Overloading  A WARNING A WARNING    Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly Be careful not to overload your vehicle     Driving In Flooded Area          and applying the brakes lightly until   brake performance returns to normal   Driving with wet brakes is  dangerous  Increased stopping  distance or the vehicle pulling to one  side when braking could result in a  serious accident  Light braking will  indicate whether the brakes have  been affected     A CAUTION    Do not drive the vehicle on flooded  roads as it could cause short  circuiting of electrical electronic  parts  or engine damage or stalling  from water absorption  If the vehicle  has been immersed in water  consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer     
151.  sound quality        V Operating Tips for WMA    WMA is short for Windows Media Audio  and is the audio compression format used  by Microsoft    Audio data can be created and stored at a   higher compression ratio than MP3      Microsoft and Windows Media are  registered trademarks of Microsoft  Corporation U S  in the United States  and other countries        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page299  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Playable WMA files are as follows        Item Content  Ver 7 0  8 0  9 0  Specification  standard     Ver 10  standard   Sampling rate 32 44 1 48 kHz  Bit rate 32   320 kbps    A CAUTION    This unit plays files with the   wma   file extension as a WMA file  Do not  use the WMA file extension for files  other than WMA files  Otherwise  it  could result in noise or a  malfunction                         Track  artist and album name  information is recorded as data termed     WMA Tag     and this information is  displayable      WMA files written under specifications  other than the indicated specification  may not play normally or files or folder  names may not display correctly      The file extension may not be provided  depending on the computer operating  system  version  software  or settings   In this case  add the file extension    wma  to the end of the file name  and  then write it to the disc     V Operating Tips for AAC    Advanced Audio Coding  AAC  is  standardized voice compression  established by the ISO  working group   MPEG   Audio data 
152.  sudden  maneuvering and braking   If the tire pressure monitoring system  warning light illuminates or flashes   or the tire pressure warning beep  sound is heard  it is dangerous to  drive the vehicle at high speeds  or  perform sudden maneuvering or  braking  Vehicle drivability could  worsen and result in an accident   To determine if you have a slow leak  or a flat  pull over to a safe position  where you can check the visual  condition of the tire and determine if  you have enough air to proceed to a    gt    place where air may be added and  the system monitored again by an  Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire  repair station        Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light   Ignoring the TPMS warning light is  dangerous  even if you know why it is  illuminated  Have the problem taken  care of as soon as possible before it  develops into a more serious  situation that could lead to tire  failure and a dangerous accident     Warning light illuminates Warning  beep sounds   When the warning light illuminates  and  the warning beep sound is heard  about 3  seconds   tire pressure is too low in one or  more tires     5 31       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page210  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire  pressure  Refer to the specification charts     page 10 7      A CAUTION    When replacing repairing the tires or  wheels or both  have the work done  by an Authorized Mazda Dealer  or  the tire pres
153.  the baggage area could be thrown  into other occupants and cause  serious injury     NOTE    The third row seat cannot be removed     V Split Folding the Third Row Seat    To create a flat luggage compartment  space  fold the seatbacks forward     To fold third row seat    1   With foldable head restraints   Fold the head restraint all the way  down  page 2 15     Without foldable head restraints   Lower the head restraints all the way  down  page 2 15         2 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    2  Pull the strap and fold the seatback  forward        3  Fasten the strap to its original position   NOTE    To create a flat luggage compartment space  from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the  front seats  fold the second row and third row    seats  page 2 12   A            To return third row seat to its original  position    1  Return the seatback to its original  position by pulling its strap   Make sure the seatback is secured by  attempting to lightly move it forward  and back        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page27  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    2  Fasten the strap to its original position    between the seatback and folding  board        3   With foldable head restraints   Lift the head restraint upward to its  upright position        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  27 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Head Restraints    Your vehicle is equipped with head  restraints on all outboard seats and the  second row center seat  The head  res
154.  the button 1s being pressed    When touching and holding the button  until the end of the program  the instant    gt    replay mode is canceled     Instant replay  PAUSE     If the L gt  IH  on screen button is touched   instant replay mode is turned on in a  paused condition  PAUSE     Touch the    amp  W   on screen button again  to resume playback from the point at  which it was paused                                                                             Parental lock    Parental lock  parental unlock  parental  lock code change  and parental lock code  reset can be set     6 41       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page316  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE     Touch the on screen button during  all the settings to return to the previous  display      Touch the LE  on screen button during the  code and master code input to delete an  input number      Ifonly a four digit code or master code is  input   Done  can be selected        If the registered code has been forgotten   reset the code in    Initialize Parental Code     to  0000               Cancel          Parental lock    If a channel is locked  the channel is  muted     1  Turn the manual tuning dial to select  the desired channel     2  Touch the on screen button to  display the settings screen     3  Touch the on screen  button to display the parental lock  settings screen        Parental  Lockout                   Current Channel       4   Input Parental Code  is displayed
155.  the cover shown in the figure to  check the chassis number           Vehicle Emission Control  Information Label                   CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page593  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  593 1     Identification Numbers    YW Tire Pressure Label               T       Forward   atm             Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page594    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  594 1                                Specifications  Specifications  V Engine  Item Specification  Type DOHC 24V 60 V  6 cylinder  BorexStroke 95 5 x 86 7 mm  3 75 x 3 41 in   Displacement 3 726 2 ml  3 726 2 cc   Compression ratio 10 3  V Electrical System  Item Classification  Battery 12V 65Ah 20HR  Spark plug number Mazda Genuine spark plug CY02 18 110                      CAUTION    When cleaning the platinum plugs  do not use a wire brush  The fine particulate  coating on the platinum alloy could be damaged                                      Lubricant Quality  Lubricant Classification  Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8 21   Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309  Transfer case oil API Service GL 5  SAE 75W 140   Rear differential oil API Service GL 5  SAE 80W 90   Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF        M V  or equivalent  e g  Dexron        Brake fluid SAE 11703  or FMVSS116 DOT 3  NOTE    Refer to Introduction on  page 8 2  for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment     10 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       15 
156.  the following procedure      Switch the ignition off      Press the SET button next to the  programming button  1  2  or 3  and  then the lock button on the advanced  key retractable type key within about 5  seconds  A beep sound is heard after the  operation is completed        2 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    V Lumbar Support Adjustment   Driver s Seat     Manually operated    To increase the seat firmness  pull the  lever forward  Push the lever backward to  decrease firmness     e    Electrically operated de    The amount of lumbar support can be  adjusted by pressing the switch    To increase the seat firmness  press and  hold the front part of the switch to the  desired position  then release it    Press the rear part of the switch to  decrease firmness           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page21  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM       Second Row Seats       A WARNING    Do not stack cargo higher than the   seatbacks   Stacking luggage or other cargo  higher than the seatbacks is  dangerous  During a sudden stop or  collision  objects can fly around and  become projectiles that could hit and  injure passengers        Make sure luggage and cargo are  secured before driving   Not securing cargo while driving is  dangerous as it could move or be  crushed during sudden braking or a  collision and cause injury     Make sure the adjustable components  of a seat are locked in place by  attempting to slide the seat forward  and backward and rocking the  seatback   Adjustable seats 
157.  the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can  detect  the system may pause  the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  OFF indicator light in the  instrument panel flashes   However  it does not indicate a malfunction        The following conditions may affect the visibility of the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning    gt    lights on the outside mirror  making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights      Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors     The door window glass is tinted      The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper   page 5 43      Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the  rear bumper  even in a minor accident  If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor  the       system may not operate properly resulting in an accident      For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors  or replacement of the bumper  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer      The radar sensors of the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system may be regulated under the radio  wave related laws of the country where the vehicle is driven  The sensors in this system are  approved for use in the U S A   including territories   Canada  and Mexico  If a vehicle with a  Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system is driven in a country other than the U S A   Canada  or  Mexico  the system has to be turned off using the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  OFF switch     5 36       Fo
158.  this case  add the file extension     wma    to the end of  the file name  and then write the disc     Operating tips for Dolby    Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories      Dolby        MLP Lossless     and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories     005587     DIGITAL       6 72       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 1       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page347  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  347 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    V Operation Tips for Headphones    To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System  it is  necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included                 Specification  Item Content  Transmission system Infrared light  Modulation system Frequency modulation  Carrier frequency Right channel 2 8 MHz  left channel 2 3 MHz             6 73       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page348  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  348 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    V Rear Entertainment System Main Unit    Monitor screen release knob    DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button                                        Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote  control signal receiver    Monitor screen    6 74       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page349  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Black plate  349 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       V Remote Controller    e       13    
159.  time after pressing the ENTER  button may be longer depending on the disc           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page371  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    V Initial Setting Function    The settings set in the initial setting  function remain after the unit is turned off  or the disc 1s changed    The following items can be set in the  initial setting    Lang  Sound and subtitle setting   Rating  Parental lock setting   Mark  On Screen Mark  Angle Mark and  Mode Priority settings   Audio  Audio DRC setting   Aspect  Not available    Displaving selecting the initial setting  function menu    1  Press the SET UP button while the disc  is not being played to display the initial  setting function menu on the monitor  screen     NOTE     The initial setting can be performed with no  disc inserted      Afier setting the initial setting  the playback  starts from the first chapter track     Rating Mark Audio   Aspect    Japanese   English  P Other   Japanese    Menu Language     ckckoe 4d  Audio Language    English   gt  Other                Sub Title  Language    Japanese  English    POthr xk    4       2  Move the cursor to the desired menu  by operating the select button up down  or left right        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  371 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    3  Press the ENTER button  The selected  menu is highlighted to indicate that the  menu is selected     Rating    Mark Audio    Aspect    Japanese   English   gt  Other   Japanese
160.  to another shift lever position  the screen returns to the previous  display     6 152       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page427  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  427 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    V Displayable Range on the Screen    The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions      Screen display        Garnish    Bumper  rh            Please check surroundings   Please check surroundings for safety     Please check surroundings for safety       Actual view                       NOTE     The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions      The displayable range is limited  Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be  displayed      The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the  rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens      Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera  Do not install any  optional parts that can interfere with the camera view  such as illuminating parts or parts made of  reflective material      It        be difficult to see the display under the following conditions  however  it does not indicate a  malfunction      In darkened areas     When the temperature around the lens is high low     When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity     When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera     When 
161.  to play DVD video  DVD audio  video CD  audio CD  and MP3 WMA CD  according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been  restricted by the producer    Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video  video CD  DVD audio  audio CD        6 66       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page341  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Black plate  341 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System          Recording method and disc                Playable DVD size Applicable digital sound  DVD video              Region code must include  DVD videos bearing the following logo can be    1 or    ALL     laved      Dolby digital  play   NTSC   National Television Sys       DOLBY  tem Committee  recorded DIGITAL  type          EL     8       3 in  or 12cm Tages UM  VIDE Oo  5 in  size  DVD audio  DVD audio bearing the following logo can be  played   8 cm  3 in  or 12 cm  5 in    Linear PCM  size   Packed PCM  TM  AUDIO       DVD R and DVD RW    DVD Rs and DVD RWSs bearing each of the  following logos can be played                         4 7  Video CD  audio CD  CD R         CD RW    Video CDs  audio CDs  CD Rs  and CD RWs  bearing each of the following logos can be played        8 cm  3 in  or 12 cm  5 in   size             supported   DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO e 8 a  3       or 12 cm EET  Recordable  5 in  size    dise    disc      Recordable ee ReWritable                 1  Stereo playback is produced     Regarding digi
162.  to reach a  mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns  If the BBB is not able to  facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator     You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking  remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act  15 U S C     2301 et seq  To the  extent permitted by the applicable state    Lemon Law     you are also required to resort to  BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the    Lemon  Law     If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty  Act or the applicable state    Lemon Law     you are not required to first use BBB AUTO  LINE     9 3       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page546  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  546 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    The whole process normally takes 40 days or less  The arbitration decision is not binding  on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision  For more information about BBB AUTO  LINE  including current eligibility standards  please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB  website at www lemonlaw bbb org     Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda  We hope  to satisfy every customer directly  but if there is ever a question about our decision  Mazda  believes in providing a fast  fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ens
163.  traffic and  weather    Sign up for SIRIUS Satellite Radio today     p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page313  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    NOTE   Exclusive to Sirius  If your vehicle is equipped  with Sirius  your new Mazda includes a free  introductory subscription with a limited term  trial offer  Call 888 539 7474 to activate  For  more information  visit www siriusxm com   Satellite radio is only available in regions  providing satellite radio service  some areas of  the United States and Canada   Contact  Authorized Mazda Dealer for details     How to Activate Satellite Radio    You must call SIRIUS to activate your  service  Activation is free and takes only a  few minutes    SIRIUS service uses an ID code to  identify your radio  This code is needed to  activate SIRIUS service  and report any  problems     Please have the following information   ready      SIRIUS ID  12 digit electronic serial  no  or               Valid credit card information  may not  be required at initial sign up       ESN  Electronic Serial Number   Be sure you are parked outside with a   clear view of open sky  you will be   instructed to turn on your radio  in   SIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184     Activation typically takes only 2   5   minutes     Displaying the SIRIUS ID  ESN     Turn the manual tuning dial and select  channel 0 to display the twelve digit  Electronic Serial Number  ESN  for the  SIRIUS tuner     SIRIUS operation    All operations of the satellite radio are  co
164.  warning indicator light in  the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the    advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle  page 3 18         Warning    How to check       When a door is open  a continuous beep sound will be heard     Check whether the ignition has been  switched off        When a door is open  3 beep sounds are heard  and the KEY warning  light  red  in the instrument cluster flashes     Check whether the advanced key has  been removed from the vehicle        When a door is closed  a beep sound is heard 6 times  and the KEY  warning light  red  in the instrument cluster flashes     When locking the doors   the chime sounds for about ten seconds     Check whether the advanced key has  been removed from the vehicle   Check whether the advanced key has  been left in the vehicle        When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on  the front doors  and six beep sounds are heard     Check whether the advanced key has  been left in the vehicle        Check whether the ignition has been  switched off        Check whether a door or the liftgate is  open        When the KEY indicator light  green  flashes in the instrument cluster     The advanced key battery power is low   Replace the battery with a new one   Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on  page 3 5        When the KEY warning light  red  remains illuminated in the  instrument cluster           The advanced key is malfunctioning  Park  the vehicle in
165.  will have an  SRS AIRBAG  marking  V If You Must Use the Front Seat on the window pillars along the roof edge    for Children    A WARNING    Always move the front passenger seat  as far back as possible if installing a  front facing child restraint system on it  is unavoidable     NEVER put a rear facing child restraint As your vehicle has front air bags  system on the front passenger seat and doubly so because your vehicle  whether your vehicle is equipped with a has side air bags  a front facing   seat weight sensor or not  child restraint system should be put    gt    This seat is also not set up for tethered on the front passenger seat only  child restraint systems  put them in one of when it is unavoidable      the rear seat positions set up with tether Even if the fr ont passenger air bag  anchors  deactivation indicator light   Likewise the LATCH child restraint illuminates  always move the seat as  system cannot be secured in the front far back as possible  because the  passenger s seat and should be used in the force of a deploying air bag could  second Tow seats  cause serious injury or death to the  Do not allow anyone to sleep against the child    side window if you have optional side and  curtain air bags  it could cause serious  injuries to an out of position occupant  As  children more often sleep in cars  it is  better to put them in the rear seat  If  installing the child restraint system on the  front seat is unavoidable  follow these  instructions when us
166. 0  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  150 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    Theft Deterrent System      If the theft deterrent system detects an  inappropriate entry into the vehicle  which  could result in the vehicle or its contents  being stolen  the alarm alerts the  surrounding area of an abnormality by  sounding the horn and flashing the hazard  warning lights    Refer to Operation on page 3 62     NOTE     The thefi deterrent system operates with the  advanced keyless function  keyless entry  system or the auxiliary key    The system operates only when the driver is  in the vehicle or within operational range  while the advanced key is being carried      The system will not function unless it is  properly armed  To properly secure the  vehicle  always make sure all windows are  completely closed and all doors and the  lifigate are locked before leaving the  vehicle  Remember to take your advanced  key     V Operation    What turns it on       Forcing open a door  the hood or the  liftgate      Opening a door or the hood by  operating an inside door lock knob or  the hood release handle     What it does       The horn sounds intermittently and the  hazard warning lights flash      The alarm continues for about 30  seconds  then stops    If the system is triggered again  the lights   and horn will activate until a door or the   liftgate is unlocked with the key or with   the transmitter        3 62   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE   I
167. 0  seconds   Do not hold the buttons for  longer than 30 seconds and do not  repeat step 1 to program a second and   or third hand held transmitter to the  remaining two HomeLink buttons     2  Position the end of your hand held  transmitter 2 5   7 5 cm  1   3 inches   away from the HomeLink button you  wish to program while keeping the  indicator light in view     3  Simultaneously press and hold both the  chosen HomeLink and hand held       transmitter buttons  Do not release the  buttons until step 4 has been  completed     NOTE   Some gate operators and garage door openers  may require you to replace this Programming  Step 3 with procedures noted in the  Gate  Operator Canadian Programming   section        4  After the HomeLink indicator light  changes from a slow to a rapidly  blinking light  release both the  HomeLink and hand held transmitter  buttons     NOTE   If the HomeLink indicator light does not  change to a rapidly blinking light  contact  HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1   800 355 3515 for assistance     5 93       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page272  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    5  Press and hold the just trained  HomeLink button and observe the  indicator light     If the indicator light stays on constantly   programming is complete and your  device should activate when the  HomeLink button is pressed and released     NOTE   To program the remaining two HomeLink  buttons  begin with  Programming      ste
168. 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel4  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Front Seats  Manually    Operated Seats        A WARNING    Do not modify or replace the front   seats   Modifying or replacing the front seats  such as replacing the upholstery or  loosening any bolts is dangerous  The  front seats contain air bag  components essential to the  supplemental restraint system  Such  modifications could damage the  supplemental restraint system and  result in serious injury  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is  any need to remove or reinstall the  front seats     Do not drive with damaged front seats   Driving with damaged front seats is  dangerous  A collision  even one not  strong enough to inflate the air bags   could damage the front seats which  contain essential air bag  components  If there was a  subsequent collision  an air bag may  not deploy which could lead to  injuries  Always have an Authorized  Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats   front seat belt pretensioners and air  bags after a collision     2 2    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  14 1     Make sure the adjustable components   of a seat are loched in place   Adjustable seats and seatbacks that  are not securely locked are  dangerous  In a sudden stop or  collision  the seat or seatback could  move  causing injury  Make sure the  adjustable components of the seat  are locked in place by attem
169. 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Dynamic Stability Control AWARNING        DSC  Roll Stability Do not rely on the dynamic stability  Control  RSC  control as a substitute for safe driving   The dynamic stability control  DSC    The Dynamic Stability Control  DSC  Roll Stability Control  RSC  cannot  automatically controls braking and engine compensate for unsafe and reckless  torque in conjunction with systems such driving  excessive speed  tailgating  as ABS and TCS to help control side slip  following another vehicle too  when driving on slippery surfaces or closely   and hydroplaning  reduced  during sudden or evasive maneuvering  tire friction and road contact because  enhancing vehicle safety  of water on the road surface   You    can still have an accident     The Roll Stability Control  RSC   automatically controls braking and engine  torque in conjunction with systems such  as ABS and TCS to help control rolling  when cornering at a higher speed or  during sudden or evasive maneuvering   enhancing vehicle safety     When driving under bad road  conditions  lower the vehicle speed and  drive carefully   Reckless driving and excessive speed  under any road conditions is  dangerous as it reduces vehicle  stability and operability which could           Refer to ABS  page 5 8  and        page           5 24         DSC RSC operation is possible at speeds  greater than 15 km h  9 mph         5 27       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 P
170. 101  Georgia GE 1604 Lesotho LS 2118  Germany DE 1304 Liberia LR 2117  Ghana GH 1607 Libyan Arab Jamahiriya LY 2124  Gibraltar GI 1608 Liechtenstein LI 2108  Greece GR 1617 Lithuania LT 2119  Greenland GL 1611 Luxembourg LU 2120  Grenada GD 1603 Macau MO 2214  Guadeloupe GP 1615 Macedonia  the Former MK 2210  Guam GU 1620 Yugoslav Republic of  Guatemala GT 1619 Madagascar MG   2206  Guinea GN 1613 Malawi Mw   222   Guinea Bissau      GW   162   Malaysia MY 2224  Guyana GY 1624 Maldives MV 2221  Haiti HT 1719 Mali ML 2211  Heard and McDonald Islands        1712 Malta MT 2219  Holy See  Vatican City State         3100 Marshall Islands MH 2207  LN  Honduras HN 1713 Martinique MQ   2216 ML  Hong Kong HK 1710 Mauritania MR 2217  Hungary HU 1720 Mauritius MU 2220  llceland   IS   1818   Mayotte YT 3419  India IN 1813 Mexico MX 2223  Indonesia ID 1803 Micronesia  Federated States FM 1512  Iran  Islamic Republic of IR 1817 Moldova  Republic MD 2203  Iraq IQ 1816 Monaco MC 2202  Ireland IE 1804 Mongolia MN 2213  Israel IL 1811 Montserrat MS 2218  Italy IT 1819 Morocco MA 2200  Jamaica JM 1912 Mozambique MZ 2225  Japan JP 1915 Myanmar  Burma  MM 2212  Jordan JO 1914 Namibia NA 2300  Kazakstan KZ 2025 Nauru NR 2317  Kenya KE 2004 Nepal NP 2315  Kiribati KI 2008 Netherlands NL 2311  Korea  North   Democratic      3015 Netherlands Antilles AN 1013  People s Republic New Caledonia NC 2302  Korea  South   Republic of KR 2017 New Zealand NZ 2325  Kuwait KW 2022 Nicaragua NI 2308  Kyrgyzstan 
171. 14H Edition3         198  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  198 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    A WARNING    Never spin a wheel that is off the   ground   Spinning a wheel that is off the  ground as a result of the vehicle  being stuck or in a ditch is  dangerous  The drive assembly could  be seriously damaged which could  lead to an accident or could even  lead to overheating  oil leakage  and  a fire     V Tires and Tire Chains    The condition of the tires plays a large  role in the performance of the vehicle   Moreover  to prevent adverse effects to  the drive assembly  please note the  following     Tires    e    When replacing tires  always replace  all front and rear tires at the same time   All tires must be of the same size   manufacture  brand and tread pattern   Pay particular attention when  equipping snow or other types of  winter tires    Do not mix tread worn tires with  normal tires    Inspect tire inflation pressures at the  specified periods and adjust to the  specified pressures     NOTE   Check the tire inflation pressure label attached  to driver s door frame for the correct tire  inflation pressure       Make sure to equip the vehicle with  genuine wheels of the specified size   on all wheels  With AWD  the system  is calibrated for all four wheels being  of the same dimensions        5 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Tire chains    Install tire chains to the front tires    Do not use tire chains on the rear   wheels      Do 
172. 15 9 58 AM  Black plate  365 1        Assist Functions  DVD video  DVD  audio  video CD and audio CD     Top menu and disc menu  NOTE    Operation may vary or cannot be performed  depending on the disc  Refer to the instruction  manual attached to the disc     Top menu    Multiple titles may have been recorded on  some discs    For these DVD discs  the desired title can  be selected in the top menu     Disc menu    The unique functions of each DVD disc  are recorded as the menu  This is referred  to as the disc menu    Various menu related images and sound  are recorded in the disc menu     Displaying selecting top menu disc  menu    1  To display the top menu on the screen   press the MENU button while the disc  is not being played  To display the disc  menu on the screen  press the MENU  button during playback     2  Move the cursor to the desired menu  by operating the select button up down  or left right     3  Press the ENTER button to operate the  selected menu     4  To return to playback  press the MENU  button or the STOP button  then the  PLAY button     Function menu    In the function menu  the following items  can be selected operated while in  playback        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System     D Language  sound and subtitle   selection  DVD video and DVD audio   0  Subtitle ON OFF  DVD video     9  Display angle change  DVD video and  DVD audio       Sound output balance adjustment   Video CD     5  Repeat random playback
173. 2   36   40   44   48  x1000 km 8   16   24   32   40   48   56   64   72   80   88   96    1000 miles   5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55   60    Maintenance Interval                                           AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM  Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km  25 000 miles  or 2 years                Chart symbols     I  Inspect  Inspect and clean  repair  adjust  fill up  or replace if necessary   R  Replace   C  Clean   L  Lubricate   T  Tighten    Remarks        Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription    FL22    on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding  area  Use FL22 when replacing the coolant     2 According to state provincial and federal regulations  failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  void your emissions warranties  However  Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at  the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability     3  f the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the spark plugs at every  96 000 km  60 000 miles  or shorter    a  Repeated short distance driving  b  Extended periods of idling or low speed operation    gt    c  Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates    4 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the rear differential oil at   every 48 000 km  30 000 miles     a  Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier   b  Drivi
174. 2 EC 14H    Ejecting the CD       Track up Fast   forward button    Track down   Reverse button    File dial       Press the CD eject button  4   to eject the    CD   Playback    Press the audio button  AUDIO                             on screen tab with a CD inserted     Pause             To pause playback  touch the L gt  IL  on   screen button     Touch the                             on screen button during    a pause to cancel it        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page321  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Fast forward Reverse    Operations using audio panel    Press and hold the fast forward button    gt  gt I   to advance through a track at high  speed    Press and hold the reverse button  M4   to  reverse through a track at high speed     Operations on screen    Touch and hold            on screen  button to advance through a track at high  speed   Touch and hold the         on screen  button to reverse through a track at high  speed                       Track search    Operations using audio panel    Press the track up button  FM   or turn the  file dial clockwise once to skip forward to  the beginning of the next track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial counterclockwise within a few  seconds after playback begins to track  down to the beginning of the previous  track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial counterclockwise after a few  seconds have elapsed to start playback  from the beginning of the current track     Opera
175. 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  9 1     Your Vehicle at a Glance    Interior Overview    Interior Equipment  View B                                                                                                                    CD Audio control switches                   a                        6 50    SRS ait bags              qr re edd ee        page 2 54     Cruise control Switches  ice dem le ert as page 5 21     Information display    ac tete rto ne P e         page 6 165   5  Climate control system is tetas eh De toe det re ha            page 6 2   6  Hazard warning flasher switch                  sess page 5 87   2  Navigation system  if                                                        Refer to the separate manual  CB  AMICIO S VSUEI uis teet rumen                      page 6 17     Glove compartment          tre trate tdi anto tee ite eed page 6 172  AcCessory SOCkelois ao saa                               teet page 6 175  Q Automatic transaxle selector lever                  sss page 5 11   9 Seat warmer switches              sse eene nnne nnns page 2 17   3 Rear window defogger switch                   esses page 5 85  Hood release handle         ete orte hene eR Ii Duis page 3 49   The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         10  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  10 1     Your Vehicle at a Glance    Interior Overview       Interior Equipment  View C                
176. 3         188  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Brake Assist    During emergency braking situations  when it is necessary to depress the brake  pedal with greater force  the brake assist  system provides braking assistance  thus  enhancing braking performance     When the brake pedal is depressed hard or  depressed more quickly  the brakes apply  more firmly     NOTE     When the brake pedal is depressed hard or  depressed more quickly  the pedal will feel  softer but the brakes will apply more firmly   This is a normal effect of the brake assist  operation and does not indicate a  malfunction      When the brake pedal is depressed hard or  depressed more quickly  a motor pump  operation noise        be heard  This is a  normal effect of the brake assist and does  not indicate a malfunction      The brake assist equipment does not  supersede the functionality of the vehicle s  main braking system        S 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  188 1     V Brake Pad Wear Indicator    When the disc brake pads become worn   the built in wear indicators contact the  disc plates  This causes a loud screeching  noise to warn that the pads should be  replaced        When you hear this noise  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible     A WARNING    Do not drive with worn disc pads   Driving with worn disc pads is  dangerous  The brakes could fail and  cause a serious accident  As soon as  you hear a scre
177. 46 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    Gear position indicator   When the shift lever is in the D or M  position  the numeral for the selected gear  displays     Y TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light         cc    This indicator light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition 1s switched  ON  If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating   the indicator light flashes     If the light stays on  the TCS  DSC RSC  or the brake assist system may have a  malfunction and they may not operate  correctly  Take your vehicle to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     NOTE   In addition to the indicator light flashing  a  slight lugging sound will come from the  engine  This indicates that the TCS is  operating properly    On slippery surfaces  such as fresh snow  it  will be impossible to achieve high rpm  when the TCS is on        S 68       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    V TCS OFF Indicator Light    TCS  OFF    This indicator light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON    It also illuminates when the TCS OFF  switch is pressed and TCS is switched off   Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 26   If the light remains illuminated and the  TCS is not switched off  take your vehicle  to an Authorized Mazda Dealer  The  dynamic stability control may have a  malfunction     NOTE   If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS  OFF indicator light remain illuminated even  after switching the ignition from ON to OFF   and back to ON  attempt the procedure again   If this still does not resolv
178. 6 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing    Ascending a hill    Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine  or  both     Descending a hill  Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect     A WARNING    Always use lower gears to reduce speed   Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could  cause the brakes to overheat and lose power  resulting in loss of control and a  serious accident  Use lower gears to help reduce speed  Pull off the road and allow  brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced     Overheated engine    The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep  upgrades    If the temperature gauge indicates overheating  turn off the air conditioner  drive safely to  the side of the road  park off the right of way and wait for engine to cool  Refer to  Overheating  page 7 16      Parking    Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked   Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P     Avoid parking on an incline  but if you must  follow these instructions    1  Depress and hold down the brake pedal    2  Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires   3  Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load       Ifthe grade is downhill  turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front ti
179. 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  290 1     NOTE      To turn off the system  press the OFF    If the AUTO switch is pressed while the  front A C switch is off  the rear air  conditioning operates only to circulate air   Setting the temperature to the maximum  high or low will not provide the desired  temperature at a faster rate    When selecting heat  the system will restrict  airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold  air from blowing out of the vents    When the rear air conditioner is operated  automatically     AUTO    is displayed on the  rear screen    When the rear air conditioner is controlled  to the same temperature setting as the front  air conditioner for the driver s side       SYNC    is displayed on the rear screen     switch           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page291  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Y AM FM Radio Antenna    The antenna is printed onto the window  glass     A CAUTION    When washing the inside of the  window which has an antenna  use a  soft cloth dampened in lukewarm  water  gently wiping the antenna  lines    Use of glass cleaning products could  damage the antenna     Y Satellite Radio Antenna      The satellite radio antenna receives  SIRIUS signals     Satellite radio antenna          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  291 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Operating Tips for Audio       System      A WARNING    Do not adjust the audio control   switches while driving the vehicle   Adjusting the audio while driving the  v
180. 9 59 AM    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page595  Monday  March 9 20    Black plate  595 1                          Specifications  V Capacities   Approximate Quantities   Item Capacity      With oil filter replacement 5 2 L  5 5 US qt  4 6 Imp qt   Engine oil      Without oil filter replacement 4 7 L  5 0 US qt  4 2 Imp qt   Mexico 12 1 L  12 8 US qt  10 6 Imp qt   Coolant   With Towing Package 12 1 L  12 8 US qt  10 6 Imp qt   Except Mexico        Without Towing Package 11 5 L  12 2 US qt  10 1 Imp qt           Automatic trans    axle fluid    6 6 L  7 0 US qt  5 8 Imp qt        Transfer case oi    1    0 53 L  0 56 US qt  0 47 Imp qt              Rear differential oil    1 0 L  1 1 US qt  0 9 Imp qt        Washer fluid    4 5 L  4 8 US qt  4 0 Imp qt           Fuel tank       76 0 L  20 1 US gal  16 7 Imp gal        Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges     V Dimensions       Item    Without license plate holder    Vehicle specification  5 096 mm  200 6 in           Overall length       With license plate holder    5 106 mm  201 0 in                          Overall width 1 936 mm  76 2 in   Overall height 1 728 mm  68 0 in   Front tread 1 654 mm  65 1 in   Rear tread 1 644 mm  64 7 in   Wheelbase 2 875 mm  113 2 in   V Weights       Item    Weight       2WD AWD       GVWR  Gross Vehicle Weight Rating     2 645 kg  5 831 Ibs  2 720 kg  5 997 Ibs        GAWR  Gross Axle Weight Rating     Front    1 276 kg  2 813 Ibs  1 307 kg  2 881 Ibs           Rear   
181. Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your  vehicle     The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries     9 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page561  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  561 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories    Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores    These may fit your vehicle  but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda  vehicles  When you install non genuine parts or accessories  they could affect your  vehicle s performance or safety systems  the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this  Before you  install any non genuine parts or accessories  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     A WARNING    Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or  accessories   Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s  performance or safety systems  This could cause you to have an accident or increase  your chances of injuries in an accident     Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment  such as   mobile telephones  two way radios  stereo systems  and car alarm systems   Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an  improper installer is dangerous  Essential systems could be damaged  causing engine  stalling  air bag  SRS  activation  ABS TCS DSC inactivation  or a 
182. Bhutani dz 1325 Trish ga 1600  Bihari bh 1107 Italian it 1819  Bislama bi 1108 Japanese ja 1900  Breton br 1117 Javanese jw 1922  Bulgarian bg 1106 Kannada kn 2013  Burmese my 2224 Kashmiri ks 2018  Byelorussian be 1104 Kazakh kk 2010  Cambodian km 2012 Kinyarwanda IW 2722  Catalan ca 1200 Kirghiz ky 2024  Chinese zh 3507 Kirundi      2713  Corsican co 1214 Korean ko 2014  Croatian hr 1717 Kurdish ku 2020  Czech cs 1218 Laothian lo 2114  Danish da 1300 Latin la 2100  Dutch nl 2311 Latvian lv 2121  English en 1413 Lingala In 2113  Esperanto eo 1414 Lithuanian It 2119  Estonian et 1419 Macedonian mk 2210  Faroese fo 1514 Malagasy mg 2206  Fiji fj 1509 Malay ms 2218  Finnish fi 1508 Malayalam ml 2211  French fr 1517 Maltese mt 2219  Friesian fy 1524 Maori mi 2208  Galician gl 1611 Marathi mr 2217  German de 1304 Moldavian mo 2214  Gorgian ka 2000 Mongolian mn 2213  6 106       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page381  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  381 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System                                                                                                                                                                                                 Language Code Language Code  Nauru na 2300 Tigrinya ti 2908  Nepali ne 2304 Tonga to 2914  Norwegian no 2314 Tsonga ts 2918  Occtian oc 2402 Tukmen tk 2910  Oriya or 2417 Turkish tr 2917  Oromo om 2412 Twi tw 2922  Panjabi pa 2500 Ukrainian uk 3010  Pashto
183. C 14H    AWARNING    Using the Seat Belt Guide   Not using the seat belt guide is  dangerous  If the seat belt guide is  not used  the shoulder portion of the  center rear seat belt could be  mistakenly positioned under the  head restraint  a position that cannot  provide adequate protection in a  collision and could result in the  center rear passenger being seriously  injured or killed  Always make sure  the shoulder portion of the center   rear seat belt is on the right side of  the left rear head restraint and  guided correctly through the seat belt  guide        Seat belt guide          V Fastening the Seat Belt  1  Grasp the seat belt tongue  C    2  Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page41  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    3  Insert the seat belt tongue  C  into the  seat belt buckle  D  until you hear a  click sound                    WARNING    Fastening the Center Rear Seat Belt   with Only One Buckle   Fastening the center rear seat belt  with only one buckle is dangerous  If  only one pair of seat belt tongues  and buckles is fastened  either seat  belt tongue  C  and seat belt anchor  buckle  D  or seat belt tongue  A  and  seat belt buckle  B    then the seat  belt cannot provide full protection  In  a sudden stop or collision  the user  could slide under the belt and suffer  serious injuries  Always make sure  that both pairs of seat belt tongues  and buckles are fastened properly     Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the  
184. C is blowing  against the microphone      Speaking in off standard  expressions  dialect      Regarding the causes indicated on  the left  be careful with how you  speak  In addition  when numbers are  spoken in a sequence  recognition  ability will improve if no stop is  placed between the numbers        Names in the phonebook are not  easily recognized    You want to skip guidance    The Bluetooth  system is under a  condition in which recognition is  difficult        By carrying out the following  measures  the rate of recognition will  improve      Clear memory from the  phonebook which is not used  very often        Avoid shortened names  use full  names     Recognition improves the longer  the name is  By not using names  such as                  Dad     recogni   tion will improve      Guidance can be skipped by quickly  pressing and releasing the Talk  button           When the Talk button is pressed   voice recognition ends    The Talk button is pressed for too  long     Operate the Talk button as follows      Press the button and release it  within 0 7 seconds to start voice  recognition and skip the  guidance      Press the button for longer than  0 7 seconds to turn off voice  recognition or end a  conversation        Regarding problems with calls       Symptom    Cause    Solution method       When starting a call  vehicle noise  from the other party can be heard    For about three seconds after starting  a call  the Bluetooth  unit s Noise  Suppression function 
185. CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  1 1     Loom Zoom    All children instinctively know it   A few adults still remember it   One unique car company refuses to outgrow it   In grown up language  it means the exhilaration and  liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion     or But as usual  children put it much better and simply call it   Go Zoom Zoom         We practice it every day   It s why we build the kind of cars we do   Zoom Zoom     Can we re awaken it in you today        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page2  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  2 1        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page3  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  3 1     A Word to Mazda Owners       Thank you for choosing a Mazda  We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete  customer satisfaction in mind     To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda  read this manual  carefully and follow its recommendations     An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best  So when maintenance or service is  necessary  that s the place to go     Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best  possible service     We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure  and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product     Mazda Motor Corporation  HIROSHIMA  JAPAN       Important Notes About 
186. Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer when the replacement  is necessary     Never touch the glass portion of a   halogen bulb with your bare hands and   always wear eye protection when   handling or working around the bulbs   When a halogen bulb breaks  it is  dangerous  These bulbs contain  pressurized gas  If one is broken  it  will explode and serious injuries  could be caused by the flying glass   If the glass portion is touched with  bare hands  body oil could cause the  bulb to overheat and explode when  lit     Always keep halogen bulbs out of the  reach of children   Playing with a halogen bulb is  dangerous  Serious injuries could be  caused by dropping a halogen bulb  or breaking it some other way        CAUTION    When removing the lens or lamp unit  using a flathead screwdriver  make  sure that the flathead screwdriver  does not contact the interior  terminal  If the flathead screwdriver  contacts the terminal  a short circuit  may occur        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  517 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs   Headlights  With xenon fusion   headlights    Low High beam bulbs   You cannot replace the low high beam   bulbs by yourself  The bulbs must be   replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer    Headlights  With halogen headlights    High beam bulbs Daytime running   lights   1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch 1s off     2  Lift the hood     3  Tum the cover co
187. DA    This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA  Operation is  subject to the following two conditions   1  this device may not cause  interference  and  2  this device must accept any interference  including  interference that may cause undesired operation of the device      MEXICO   Este equipo opera a titulo secundario  consecuentemente  debe aceptar Pe  interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede  no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario       Sistema inmovilizador  Modelo   IMB111 02  Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614       Sistema inmovilizador  Modelo   IMB111 03  Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935       3 60       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel49  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       V Operation    Arming   The system is armed when the ignition is  switched from ON to ACC or OFF    The security indicator light in the  instrument cluster flashes every two  seconds until the system is disarmed     Disarming    The system is disarmed when the ignition  is switched ON with the correct ignition  key    The security indicator light illuminates for  about three seconds and goes out     If the engine does not start with the  correct ignition key  and the security  indicator light keeps illuminating or  flashing  the system may have a  malfunction  Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     Fo
188. Data System  RBDS     Radio text information display                A maximum of 64 characters of radio text  information sent from a broadcasting  station is displayed in the audio display     6 35       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page310  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  310 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE   Radio text information is a function of FM  radio  Text information is not displayed in the  following      During HD Radio reception     Notan RBDS broadcast     During HD reception     RBDS broadcast  but radio text is not   transmitted from the radio station    Genre Seek    Some FM stations transmit Genre codes   Program type like a Rock  News  and so  on   This code enables alternative stations  transmitting the same Genre code to be  found quickly  To select from the genre  list  touch the  Sze  on screen button  while in the FM mode and the desired  Genre Seek                  To scan for Genre Seek      1  Touch the genre type which you want  to select     2  Touch the       on screen  button     Ex     89 3 1s currently being received  With  Rock selected as the Genre  the radio  stations broadcasting Rock are at the  following frequencies    98 35  98 7  104 3   107 1      Radio stations with good reception  The frequency changes as follows each  time the Genre Seek on screen button 1s  pressed    89 3   98 3   104 3   98 3       6 36       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE     Only one Genre can be selected        Touch the  9Back  on screen
189. Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer  This is the quickest and best way to  address the issue      If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS  SALES   SERVICE  or PARTS MANAGER  then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of  the dealership or the OWNER    If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary  restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in  accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid  the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is  hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system     gt      e    Log on  at www MazdaMexico com mx       Answers to many questions  including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in  Mexico  can be found here     E mail  click on    Contactanos    at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx  By phone at  01 800 01 MAZDA  62932     By letter at    Attn  Customer Assistance   Mazda Motor de Mexico   Mario Pani  150  PB Col  Lomas de Santa Fe  Mexico  D F  C P  05300   Del  Cuajimalpa de Morelos   Tel  Customer Assistance   01 800 01 MAZDA  62932      In order to serve you efficiently and effectively  please help us by providing the following  information     1  Your name  address  and telephone number    9 11       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page554  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plat
190. Driving with the temporary spare tire  on one of the front driving wheels is  dangerous  Especially on ice or snow   Handling will be affected  You could  lose control of the vehicle and have  an accident  Move a regular tire to  the front wheel and install the  temporary spare tire to the rear        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  457 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    A CAUTION       When using the temporary spare  tire  driving stability may decrease  compared to when using only the  conventional tire  Drive carefully       To avoid damage to the temporary  spare tire or to the vehicle  observe  the following precautions       Do not exceed 80 km h  so  mph        Avoid driving over obstacles   Also  do not drive through an  automatic car wash  This tire s  diameter is smaller than a  conventional tire  so the ground  clearance is reduced       Do not use a tire chain on this  tire because it will not fit  properly       Do not use your temporary    gt    spare tire on any other vehicle   it has been designed only for  your Mazda     gt  Use only one temporary spare  tire on your vehicle at the same  time        NOTE    With Tire Pressure Monitoring System    A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the  temporary spare tire  The warning light will  flash continuously while the temporary spare  tire is being used  page 5 31      To remove the spare tire    1  Have everyone get out of the vehicle  and away from the vehicle and traffic     2  
191. Entertainment System       CAUTION       Ifthe battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly  If any of  the following occurs  replace the batteries      The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on      Noise is mixed with the sound      The reception range narrows      Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage      Ifthe headphones are not to be used for an extended period  remove the batteries    gt       careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose    gt  Install the batteries with the             poles correctly positioned  Battery leakage  could occur if they are not installed correctly      When replacing the batteries  be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get  oil on them    gt       careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them   The following points regarding the battery must be observed   If the batteries are not handled properly  it could result in a headphone malfunction      Do not use rechargeable batteries      When replacing the batteries  replace both batteries at the same time  Do not use  a new battery and an old battery  or the different types of battery        6 86       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page361  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Black plate  361 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Rear Entertainment System Functions             Mode  The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes   Mod
192. HI 2 High speed  With AUTO position  qa   i  OFF  1     H      t             Switch Position    Type   Type  No  A B    CD   MIST   MIST  Single wipe cycle  mist        Wiper operation              AUTO   AUTO  Auto control  Q LO 1   D   HI 2    Variable speed intermittent wipers    Set the lever to the intermittent position  and choose the interval timing by rotating  the ring        Low speed                   High speed          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                    Black plate  259 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Type A       SLOW    INT ring    Type B          INT ring    AUTO  Auto wiper control    When the wiper lever is in the AUTO  position  the rain sensor senses the  amount of rainfall on the windshield and  turns the wipers on or off automatically   off   intermittent   low speed   high  speed         The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be  adjusted by turning the switch on the  wiper lever    From the center position  normal   rotate  the switch downward for higher  sensitivity  faster response  or rotate it  upward for less sensitivity  slower  response      S 81    B           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page260  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  260 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Type A    Higher sensitivity         y Center          position    Less sensitivity    Switch            Type B    Less sensitivity  Switch _  S   Center  pla    position       Higher sensitivity    5 82    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H     
193. ION    Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled  so try to keep  them clean  For more details about cleaning the seat belts  refer to  Cleaning the  Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing   page 8 66      V Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions    Pregnant women should always wear seat belts  Ask your doctor for specific  recommendations    The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS   The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly  but never across the  stomach area    Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts  Check with your raan  doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions        V Emergency Locking Mode    In the emergency locking mode  the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the  retractor will lock in position during a collision  When the seat belt is fastened  it will  always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by  pulling it all the way out to its full length  If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable  movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion  it may be in the automatic locking  mode because the belt has been pulled too far out  To return the belt to the more  comfortable emergency locking mode  wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe  level  area  retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it  around you again    If t
194. If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO   European Tire and Rim Technical Organization  or JATMA  Japan Tire Manufacturing Association      215       215    is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters  This three digit number gives the  width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge  In general  the larger raam  the number  the wider the tire     65     65    is the aspect ratio  This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width   R             15 the tire construction symbol  R indicates    Radial ply construction    15   15  1s the wheel rim diameter in inches     95       95    is the Load Index  This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each  tire can support        9 25       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page568  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  568 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     H       H    is the speed rating  The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of  the tire 15 rated     Letter Rating Speed Rating  99 mph  106 mph  112 mph  118 mph  124 mph  130 mph  149 mph   168   mph   186   mph                                      lt      lt                           For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph  tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR  For  tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph  tire manufacturers alway
195. In 4    ette eds   Driving Tips                        4 6  Break In Penod                    tin eae hE 4 6  Saving Fuel and Protection of the Environment                         4 6  Hazardous  Driving    nette etre RE dd 4 7        Floor Mat    eet edere Rand 4 9 Sue  Rocking the Vehicle                    sese 4 9  Winter Driving esee                 4 10  Driving In Flooded Area                      see 4 12  Overloading       etaient a erre        4 12  Driving on Uneven Road                     sse 4 13   to appo E M 4 14   Trailer Towing  U S A  and Canada                                         4 14    4 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page158  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  158 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions    Fuel Requirements    Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL   which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum     Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness  It  could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage     Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table     Fuel Octane Rating  Anti knock index   Regular unleaded fuel 87    R M  2 method  or above  91 RON or above                         U S  federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps     Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane  91 RON  could cause the emi
196. KG 2006 Niger NE 2304   6 109       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page384  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Black plate  384 1                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                                        2       Country Country Code  Nigeria South Africa 7   3500  Niue South Georgia and the South GS 1618  Norfolk Island Sandwich Islands  Northern Mariana Islands Spain ES 1418  Norway Sri Lanka LK 2110  Oman Sudan SD 2803  Pakistan Suriname SR 2817  Palau Svalbard and Jan Mayen SI 2809  I    Islands  Palestinian Territory     Occupied Swaziland SZ 2825  Panama Sweden SE 2804  Papua New Guinea Switzerland CH 1207  Paraguay Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824  Peru Taiwan  Province of China TW 2922  Philippines Tajikistan TJ 2909  Pitcairn Tanzania  United Republic TZ 2925  Poland Thailand TH 2907  Portugal Togo TG 2906  GIES Puerto Rico Tokelau TK 2910      Qatar Tonga TO 2914  Reunion Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919  Romania Tunisia TN 2913  Russian Federation Turkey TR 2917  Rwanda Turkmenistan TM 2912  Saint Helena Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902  Saint Kitts and Tuvalu TV 2921  Saint Lucia Uganda UG 3006  Saint Pierre and Miquelon Ukraine UA 3000  Saint Vincent and the United Arab Emirates AE 1004  Grenadines United Kingdom
197. KM 2012  Armenia Congo CG 1206  Aruba ongo  The Democratic  Australia       of the      1203  Austria Cook Islands CK 1210  Azerbaijan Costa Rica CR 1217  Bahamas Cote D Ivoire CI 1208  Bahrain Croatia  Hrvatska  HR 1717  Bangladesh Cuba CU 1220  Barbados Cyprus UY 1224  Belarus Czech Republic CZ 1225  Belgium Denmark DK 1310  Belize Djibouti DJ 1309  Benin Dominica DM 1312  Bermuda Dominican Republic DO 1314  Bhutan East Timor TP 2915  Bolivia Ecuador EC 1402  Bosnia and Herzegovina Egypt EG 1406  Botswana El Salvador SV 2821  Bouvet Island Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616  Brazil Eritrea ER 1417  British Indian Ocean Estonia EE 1404  Territory Ethiopia ET 1419  Brunei Falkland Islands  Malvinas  FK 1510  Bulgaria Faroe Islands FO 1514  Burkina Faso Fiji FJ 1509  Burundi Finland FI 1508  Cambodia KH 2007 France FR 1517  Cameroon CM 1212 French Guiana GF 1605  Canada CA 1200 French PF 2505  6 108       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page383  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  383 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Country Code Country Code  French Southern Territories TF 2905 Lao People s Democratic LA 2100  Gabon GA 1600 Latvia LV 2121  Gambia GM 1612 Lebanon LB 2
198. Lights Page    0 02 Lights On Indicator Light 5 69            B Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 69             V Brake System Warning Light    BRAKE    This warning has the following functions     Parking brake warning Warning light  inspection   The light illuminates when the parking  brake is applied with the ignition switched  to START or ON  It turns off when the  parking brake is fully released        Low brake fluid level warning    If the brake warning light remains  illuminated even though the parking brake  is released  the brake fluid may be low or  there could be a problem with the brake  system  Park the vehicle in a safe place  immediately and contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer        5 58       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A WARNING    Do not drive with the brake system  warning light illuminated  Contact an  Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the  brakes inspected as soon as possible   Driving with the brake system  warning light illuminated is  dangerous  It indicates that your  brakes may not work at all or that  they could completely fail at any  time  If this light remains  illuminated  after checking that the  parking brake is fully released  have  the brakes inspected immediately     A CAUTION    In addition  the effectiveness of the  braking may diminish so you may  need to depress the brake pedal more  strongly than normal to stop the  vehicle           Malfunction Warning Light    9    This warning light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ig
199. Mode on page 2 22    Refer to Installing Child Restraint Systems on page 2 41    We recommend you put all children in the rear seats  if you must use the front passenger  seat for a child  slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any  child restraint system is secured properly        2 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page32  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  32 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems      A WARNING    Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained   Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous  During a collision  occupants not  wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown  out of the vehicle  They could be seriously injured or even killed  In the same  collision  occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer     Do not wear twisted seat belts   Twisted seat belts are dangerous  In a collision  the full width of the belt is not  available to absorb the impact  This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt   which could cause serious injury or death  So  if your seat belt is twisted  you must  straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to  be used     Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time   Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous  A seat belt  used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two 
200. Move the cursor and select the sound  select mode or subtitle select mode by  operating the select button to the left or  right       T 001 0 001  00 03 03  lt         gt       n gut    B                               1      00     3  Move the cursor and select      desired    language by operating the select button  up or down     4  Press the DISPLAY button to finish the  function menu     Subtitle ON OFF  DVD video   Subtitle on off can be set     1  Press the DISPLAY button to display  the function menu        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page367  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    2  Move the cursor to the subtitle ON   OFF mode by operating the select  button to the left or right       T 001    001 00 03 03    1  gt     91  8 01       899      1 Ja DOD    3  Select ON to display the subtitles  or  OFF to hide them by operating the  select button up or down     4  Press the DISPLAY button to finish the     Cp  function menu     Display angle change  DVD video and  DVD audio     The image can be displayed at the desired  angle     NOTE     Display angle change is not available for  discs other than multi angle recorded DVD  discs  Refer to the instruction manual  attached to the disc for details    The available angles vary depending on the  disc                 Press the DISPLAY button to display  the function menu                      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  367 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    2  Move the cursor to the display angle  change 
201. N      Say   Beep      XXXXX     Tutorial item        6  Follow the prompts to receive the    appropriate voice guidance  instructions     Commands useable anytime during  voice recognition      Help         Go Back         Cancel          Display OFF Display ON    are  commands which can be used at anytime  during voice recognition     Help function use    The help function informs the user of all  the available voice commands under the  current conditions     1  Say   Beep     Help          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  395 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      2  Follow the prompts to receive the  appropriate voice guidance  instructions     Returning to previous operation    This command is for returning to the  previous operation while in the voice  recognition mode    Say   Beep     Go Back       Cancel    The Bluetooth   Hands Free system  transitions to standby status if the  following operation is performed while  the system is activated    Say   Beep     Cancel       Display OFF Display ON   The audio unit display can be switched  off on by voice recognition operation   Say   Beep     Display OFF     or      Display ON           To prevent a deterioration in the voice  recognition rate and voice quality  the  following points should be observed       The Hands free system cannot perform  voice recognition while voice guidance  or a beep sound is operating  Wait until  the voice guidance or the beep sound is  finished before saying your command
202. No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page571  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  571 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     70     70    is the aspect ratio  This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width     D             is the tire construction symbol  D indicates    diagonal ply construction      16     16  1s the wheel rim diameter in inches     90       90    is the Load Index  This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each  tire can support     M       M    is the speed rating  The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of  the tire is rated           Letter Rating Speed Rating  M 81 mph             9 29       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page572  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  572 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada        Location of the Tire Label  Placard     You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important  information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame     SAMPLE    TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION  RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT  ZF SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR    NOMBRE DE PLACES   TOTAL 5   AVANT 2   ARRIERE      The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs    Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais 
203. Open the cargo sub compartment   Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on  page 6 173     7 5       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page458  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  458 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    3  Remove the cover  5  Slowly turn the lug wrench  counterclockwise until the spare tire  reaches the ground and the cable  becomes loose        4  Attach the socket to the spare tire  carrier bolt  the jack lever to the socket   and the lug wrench to the opposite end    of the jack lever  A CAUTION    Do not loosen the cable too much as  this may cause damage to the spare          tire carrier     6  Rotate the small lever on top of the  retaining plate and pull the retaining  plate out from the center hole of the  tire                    7 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page459  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  459 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    NOTE To secure the spare tire    A flat tire which has been removed from the          ASA 1  Place the tire with the outer side facing  vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the          11 t f  spare tire carrier  Secure the flat tire with the b MIS Veen eee di        the retaining plate and slide the  flat tire belt in the cargo sub compartment es   page 7 12  retaining plate through the center hole    of the tire   7  If the temporary spare tire is not Rotate the small lever into place     reinstalled in the spare tire carrier   tighten the spare tire carri
204. Operation Tips for Headphones     page  6 73       The cooling fan for this unit may activate if  the temperature of the unit is high  however   this does not indicate a malfunction     V Auxiliary Terminals and Power  Outlet    The auxiliary terminals and power outlet  are positioned as shown in the figure     Power outlet   ACII5V     Auxiliary  terminals             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page377  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Auxiliary terminals   The auxiliary terminals consist of one  image input terminal and two sound input  terminals  for left and right     Image input terminal  Yellow   Sound input  Right  terminal  Red   Sound input  Left  terminal  White   To use  open the cover     A CAUTION    Close the cover when the terminals  are not in use  If foreign material  penetrates  or liquid is spilled on it  it  may cause a malfunction     NOTE     For monaural equipment  with one sound  output terminal   connect the terminal to  the sound input terminal  White   The  sound is output from the speaker to which  the terminal has been connected      Noise may occur depending on the  connected equipment     Power Outlet    The power outlet can be used as a power  supply for electrical devices when the  ignition 1s switched to ACC or ON   Only use AC 115 V electrical appliances  requiring no greater than 100 W   Open the cover to use the power outlet     A WARNING     gt  Never use medical instruments  with the power outlet     gt  Follow the cautions below to  preve
205. Page     Brake System Warning Light 5 58  BRAKE     Malfunction Warning Light 5 58   2   Charging System Warning Light 5 60   Tz Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 60       I Y Check Engine Light 5 60      ABS Warning Light 5 59    Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 61                         5 56       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page235  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Black plate  235 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds       Warning Indicator Lights       Low Fuel Warning Light       Check Fuel Cap Warning Light       Seat Belt Warning Light                Door Ajar Warning Light     J g Lig  Pp        Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light  AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light  4WD AWD Warning Light       Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light       KEY Warning Light  Red  KEY Indicator Light  Green           eri    Security Indicator Light       Headlight High Beam Indicator Light                               Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 1    PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light     TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light   ee   TCS TCS OFF Indicator Light 5 68   OFF  CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light  Amber  Cruise Set Indicator Light  Green  5 68  BSM BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 69  OFF   5 57       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page236  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  236 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds                Signal Warning Indicator 
206. Page529    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  529 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance                                                                                              DESCRIPTION         PROTECTED COMPONENT  16 ABS  SOL  30A   ABS  17 D L 25A Power door locks  18 ROOM 15A Overhead light  19 OUTLET CTR 15A Accessory socket  Center   20 OUTLET RR 15A Accessory socket  Rear   21 AC PWR 15A   Moonroof    DC AC inverter    22 S  WARM 15A   Seat warmer   23 A C MAG 10A Air conditioner  24 BOSE 25A Audio system  Bose   Sound System equipped model   30A     25 FAN 2 x     Cooling fan  40A   26 ABS 50A   ABS  27 IG COIL 25A Engine control system  D H LL   15A Headlight  LH    H L LOW 12 15A  Headlight low beam  LH    I   29             H LLOWR 15A Headlight low beam  RH     I   Cp  30               C3  H L HIGH 20A   Headlight high beam   7   31 HAZARD 15A Hazard warning flashers  Turn signal lights  32 ENG     10A Engine control system  33 HORN 15A Horn  34 STOP 7 5    Brake lights  35 EGI INJ 10A Engine control system  36 ENG BAR 20A Engine control system  37 ENG BAR 2 7 5     Engine control system             With xenon fusion headlights   2 With halogen headlights      Some models  8 53       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page530    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  530 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Relay box  Engine compartment  T                                     1  2  3  DESCRIPTION BUSE PROTEC
207. Prompt      Would you like to play XXXXX      Choice 1        Artist you would like to play   Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 10    Artist you do not want to play   Say   Beep     No     Then go to Step 9    Maximum 3 times     10  The tracks for the selected artist are  played     Playing selected album    When playing a USB or iPod    The tracks from a desired album on a  USB device or iPod can be played using  voice recognition    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56 Refer to How to use iPod mode on  page 6 60     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Play       4  Prompt      Would you like to play by Artist   Album  Playlist  or Genre        5  Say   Beep     Album       6  Prompt      What album would you like to play        7  Say   Beep   XXXXX     Ex     I am     Album name              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page405  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    8  The name spoken will be searched for  in the USB device or iPod   If a contact is matched  go to Step 10   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 9     9  Prompt      Would you like to play XXXXX      Choice 1      Album you would like to play   Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 10    Album you do not want to play   Say   Beep     No     Then go to Step 9    Maximum 3 times     10  The tracks from the selected album  are played     Playing selected playlist    When playing a USB or iPod    The tracks from a desired playlist on a  USB device or iPod can be playe
208. RETURN        3  Enter the new password by pressing the  number keys  0 to 9  or operating the  select button up or down     4  Press the ENTER button to set the new  password     Mark Audio Aspect    This player change  a 4 digit password     OOOO    To Menu    RETURN                         Black plate  375 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Mark    The DVD video playback status and angle  display on off  and priority of the inserted    discs can be set     Lang Rating    On Screen Mark On   gt  Off        Mark    Audio   Aspect       Angle Mark On   gt  Off    Mode Priority  gt          Video CD    On Screen Mark    Select ON to display  OFF not to display  the DVD video playback status on the  upper right corner of the screen     When the screen display is on  the  following marks are displayed on the  upper right corner of the screen  in Disc  mode               Mark Condition      gt  Playback   R  Stop  Resume standby            Pause       Pp Fast forward             44 Reverse       Angle display    The camera mark display when multi   angle can be performed     6 101    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page376  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  376 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    NOTE     The display angle change is not available  for discs other than multi angle recorded  DVD discs  Refer to the instruction manual  accompanying the disc for details      The screen size and angle can be
209. RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING   MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER  NEVER EXCEED 40 psi  275 kPa   TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT  TIRES    TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE   FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY  CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE        e    9 27       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page570  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  570 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     V Information on Temporary Tires    Please refer to the sample below           N TS  T  Qo                   1  Temporary tires     Nominal width of tire in millimeters     Ratio of height to width  aspect ratio     Diagonal      Rim diameter code       tn A Ut N      Load index  amp  speed symbol    T115 70D16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating  Here is an explanation  of the various components of that tire size and load index rating  Note that the tire size and  load index rating may be different from the example     T    Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars  SUVs  minivans and light trucks as designated  by the Tire and Rim Association  T amp RA      115     115  is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters  This three digit number gives the  width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge  In general  the larger  the number  the wider the tire     9 28       Form 
210. Refer to AUX USB iPod Mode on page  6 52     With auxiliary jack   Audio can be heard from the vehicle s  speakers by connecting a commercially   available portable audio unit to the  auxiliary jack    Use a commercially available  non   impedance  3 56   stereo mini plug cable   Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for  details    In addition  audio can be played from the  vehicle audio device by connecting a USB    gt    device or an iPod to the USB port    Refer to AUX USB iPod Mode on page  6 52        V Error Indications    If you see an error indication on the  display  find the cause in the chart  If you  cannot clear the error indication  take the  vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer        Solution  Insert the CD  properly  If the error  indication continues  to display  consult an    Indication Cause       CD is inserted  upside down       Authorized Mazda  CD Dealer   Error Insert another CD    properly  If the error  indication continues  to display  consult an  Authorized Mazda  Dealer     CD is defective             6 49       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page324  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    V Setup    You can customize settings in the setup  display as follows    Display   Refer to Power Volume Display Sound  Controls on page 6 30     Sound    Refer to Power Volume Display Sound  Controls on page 6 30     Language     Press the setup button  SETUP                2  Touch the  Language  on screen tab to  display the language 
211. Secure the child restraint system with  the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt   See the manufacturer s instructions on  the child restraint system for belt  routing instructions     2 44    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  56 1     3  To get the retractor into the automatic  locking mode  pull the shoulder belt  portion of the seat belt until the entire  length of the belt is out of the retractor        4  Push the child restraint system firmly  into the vehicle seat  Be sure the belt  retracts as snugly as possible  Clicking  from the retractor will be heard during  retraction if the system is in the  automatic locking mode  If the belt  does not lock the seat down tight   repeat this step              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page57  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  57 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint   NOTE NOTE  Inspect this function before each use of the   To check if your front seats have side air  child restraint system  You should not be able bags   to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag  while the system is in the automatic locking will have a  SRS AIRBAG  tag on the  mode  When you remove the child restraint outboard shoulder of the front seats   system  be sure the belt fully retracts to return   To check if your vehicle has curtain air  the system to emergency locking mode before bags   occupants use the seat belts  Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air   bag
212. TED COMPONENT  RATING  1 INJ 7 5      Engine control system    5                                8 54  Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page531    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Black plate  531 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance       Fuse block  Glove box                                                                                                                                         DESCRIPTION E G PROTECTED COMPONENT  1 OUTLET FR 15A Accessory socket  Front   2 MIRROR 7 5A  Power control mirror  3 C U IG1 15A For protection of various circuits  4 METER 10A Instrument cluster  5 SAS 7 5A   ABS  Air bag  6 ENG  IGA 7 5     Engine control system  7 STA 7 5     Engine control system  8 um      9 A C 7 5 A  Air conditioner  10 R WIPER 15A Rear window wiper  11 TRAILER          12 P LIFT GATE 20A Power liftgate    13 SUNROOF 15A      Moonroof   14 AUDIO 10A Audio system  15 M DEF 10A            defogger    16 P W 25A Power windows  Passenger side   17         10   Der M Parking lights  License plate lights  Side marker  18 ILLUMI 10A Instrument panel illumination       8 55      Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 1    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page532    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  532 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance                                           DESCRIPTION SIE G PROTECTED COMPONENT   19 INJ 7 5A   Engine control system   20               21 OUTLET CTR           22 OUTLET RR 
213. This Manual  Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda  Should you  resell the vehicle  leave this manual with it for the next owner      2         specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing  Because improvement is a constant goal at  Mazda  we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation              Air Conditioning and the Environment  Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s  ozone layer  If the air conditioner does not operate properly  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     Perchlorate   Certain components of this vehicle such as  air bag modules  seat belt pretensioners  lithium batteries      may contain Perchlorate Material    Special handling  may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal  See   www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate           Please be aware that this manual applies to all models  equipment and options  As a result  you may find  some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle             2014 Mazda Motor Corporation  Printed in Japan Mar  2015  Print3        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H  t       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page4  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  4 1     How to Use This Manual    We want to help you get the most driving  pleasure from your vehicle  Your owner s  manual  when read from cover to cover
214. U2 EC 14H                  Black plate  201 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Your vehicle has a tap down feature that  allows you to decrease your current speed  in decrements of 1 6 km h  1 mph  by a  momentary tap of the cruise control SET    switch  Multiple taps will decrease your  vehicle speed 1 6 km h  1 mph  for each  tap     V To Resume Cruising Speed at  More Than 30 km h  19 mph     If some other method besides the OFF  switch was used to cancel cruising speed   such as applying the brake pedal  and the  system is still activated  the most recent  set speed will automatically resume when  the RES switch is pressed    If vehicle speed is below 30 km h  19  mph   increase the vehicle speed up to 30  km h  19 mph  or more and press the RES    switch  PE                                  WV To Cancel    To cancel the system  use one of these  methods      Press the OFF switch      Slightly depress the brake pedal     5 23       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page202  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving      Press the CANCEL switch                       The system turns off when the ignition is  switched off     NOTE   Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h  9  mph  below the preset speed  such as may  happen when climbing a long  steep grade         5 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  202 1     Traction Control System        TCS     The Traction Control System  TCS   enhances traction and sa
215. U2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page51  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  51 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time   Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous  A seat belt  used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers  could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed  Never use one belt for  more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant  properly restrained     A CAUTION    A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during  warm weather  To avoid burning yourself or a child  check them before you or your  child touches them     NOTE   Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH  child restraint systems in the rear seats  When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system   refer to  LATCH Child Restraint Systems     page 2 49         2 39       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page52  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  52 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Child Restraint System    Installation Position       In this owner s manual  explanation of  child restraint systems is provided for the  following three types of popular child   restraint systems  infant seat  child seat   booster seat     NOTE     Installation position is determined b
216. WSW  Vanity mirror lights      Luggage compartment light 10                       UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe     10 6   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page597    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  597 1     Specifications    V Tires  NOTE    The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle     When replacing tires  Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to    your vehicle  For details  contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer     Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure   Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 33     Standard tire                                           M  Inflation pressure  Tire size  Front Rear   P245 60R18 104H 250 kPa  36 psi  250 kPa  36 psi   P245 50R20 102V 230 kPa  34 psi  230 kPa  34 psi   Temporary spare tire   Except Mexico    Tire size Inflation pressure  T155 90D18 103M 420 kPa  60 psi    Mexico    Tire size Inflation pressure  195 80R17 99M 250 kPa  36 psi              Lug nut tightening torque    When installing a tire  tighten the lug nut to the following torque   108   147 N m  12   14 kgfm  80   108 ft lbf     V Fuses  Refer to Fuses on page 8 49        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         10 7       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H    Edition3 Page598    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Personalization Features       Black plate  598 1     Personalization Features    The following    Persona
217. When playing a CD  USB  iPod  BT  audio  AVRCP1 0 1 3 1 4     The track up down function can be run  using voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56    Refer to How to use 1Pod mode on page  6 60    Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141     Track up   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Next track      4  The next track is played   Track down   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Previous track     4  The previous track is played     Folder search     When playing BT audio  AVRCP1 4    The folder up down function can be run  using voice recognition    Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141     Folder up  1  Press the talk button     2                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page407  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Next folder    4  The next folder is played   Folder down   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Previous folder     4  The previous folder is played     Pause Resume     When playing a CD  USB  iPod  BT  audio  AVRCP1 0 1 3 1 4   Pandora      Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56    Refer to How to use iPod mode on page  6 60    Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141    Refer to How to Use P
218. a  ignition switch  beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds  to remind the driver that the advanced key  V Advanced Key Battery Dead has been left in the vehicle cabin  If this  Warning happens  the doors and the liftgate lock  aU P    but the functions of      advanced key left  When the ignition is switched to ACC or in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily  switched off from ON  the KEY indicator suspended  Perform the following  light  green  flashes for approximately 30 procedure to restore the functions of the  seconds indicating that the remaining advanced key  page 3 17      gt    battery power is low  Replace with a new  battery before the advanced key becomes  unusable   Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance   page 3 5    NOTE    The advanced key can be set so that the KEY  indicator light  green  does not flash even if  the battery power is low    Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8     V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning    Under the following conditions  the KEY   warning light  red  flashes to inform the   driver that the ignition cannot be switched   from off      The advanced key battery is dead      The advanced key is not within  operational range        3 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel08  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Black plate  108 1     Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System       When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated    Under the following conditions  warning beeps are heard and a
219. a  station you  would like      5  Say   Beep    XXXXX     Ex     90   classic     Station name      6  The system searches for the announced  radio station   If a contact is matched  go to Step 8   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 7        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page411  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  411 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      7  Prompt      Would you like to play XXXXX      Choice 1        Station you would like to play   Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 8    Station you do not want to play   Say   Beep     No     Then go to Step 7    Maximum 3 times     8  The specified radio station is selected     Bookmark function     When playing Pandora     The bookmark function can be run using  voice recognition    Refer to How to Use Pandora   on page  6 143     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Bookmark     4      Prompt      Would you like to bookmark Track  or  artist        5  Say   Beep     Track  or Artist      6  Track or artist is bookmarked        6 137       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page412  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  412 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Gracenote Database    The Gracenote media database is used to improve voice recognition of artist and album  names with the Mazda Hands Free system  To make best use of the voice recognition   install the most recent database     A CAUTION    For information related to the mo
220. afety Equipment    Seats    NOTE     WARNING     If the ignition is switched off while the seat     gt       careful when using the seat warmer is operating  High or Low  and  warmer  The heat from the seat then switched ON again  the seat warmer  warmer may be too hot for some will automatically operate at the  people  as indicated below  and temperature set before switching off the  could cause a low temperature ignition   burn    Use the seat warmer when the engine is     Infants  small babies  elderly running  and do not continue to use it for a  people  and physically long period of time   challenged people   The temperature of the seat warmer cannot   gt  People with delicate skin be adjusted beyond High and Low because     People who are excessively the seat warmer is controlled by a  fatigued thermostat      gt  People who are intoxicated   gt  People who have taken sleep   inducing medicine such as  sleeping pills or cold medicine    gt  Do not use the seat warmer with  anything having high moisture   retention ability such as a blanket C  or cushion on the seat  The seat  may be heated excessively and  cause a low temperature burn       Do not use the seat warmer even  when taking a short nap in the  vehicle  The seat may be heated  excessively and cause a low   temperature burn     gt  Do not place heavy objects with  sharp projections on the seat  or  insert needles or pins into it  This  could cause the seat to become  excessively heated and result in  injury fro
221. affecting the image         Some models  6 151       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page426  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  426 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    NOTE     If water  snow  or mud is stuck on the camera lens  wipe it off using a soft cloth  If it cannot be  wiped off  use a mild detergent        Ifthe camera temperature changes rapidly  such as by pouring hot water on it under cold  temperature conditions  the rear view monitor may not operate correctly      When replacing the tires  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer  Replacing the tires could result in  deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display        If the vehicle s front  side  or rear has been involved in a collision  the alignment of the rear view  parking camera  location  installation angle  may have deviated  Always consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected       With navigation system    The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated  immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected  If this occurs  activate the rear view  monitor camera again soon after the navigation system     V Rear View Parking Camera Location    Rear View Parking Camera                V Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display    Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched ON to switch the display to the rear  view monitor display     NOTE    When the shift lever is shifted from R
222. age206  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  206 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    A CAUTION       The DSC RSC may not operate  correctly unless the following are  observed    gt  Use tires of the correct size  specified for your Mazda on all  four wheels     gt  Use tires of the same  manufacturer  brand and tread  pattern on all four wheels       Do not mix worn tires       The DSC RSC may not operate  correctly when tire chains are used  or a temporary spare tire is  installed because the tire diameter  changes       Do not modify the suspension   steering wheel  and tires  It may  affect the DSC RSC     gt  Do not install non genuine  speakers since their vibration may  affect the Dynamic Stability  Control  DSC  Roll Stability  Control  RSC  sensors     V TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light         cc    This indicator light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition 1s switched  ON  If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating   the indicator light flashes        5 28       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    If the light stays on  the TCS  DSC RSC  or the brake assist system may have a  malfunction and they may not operate  correctly  Take your vehicle to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page207  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  207 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Tire Pressure Monitoring System      The tire pressure monitoring system  TPMS  monitors the pressure for each tire   If tire pressure is too low in on
223. age314  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE   Do not perform the following operation while   Updating Channels XXX 95      Updating Receiver  is displayed  Otherwise   the updating procedure will be canceled      Turning off the audio power     Switching to other modes     Switching the ignition off    When the SIRIUS mode is switched to  another mode  or when the power is  turned off  the present channel which is  being received is stored as the last  channel     Channel up    Turn the manual tuning dial to the right or  press the seek up button  M       Channel down    Turn the manual tuning dial to the left or  press the seek down button  144      NOTE   The channel is continuously switched to the  next or previous channel while the seek tuning  button  vl    144   is continuously pressed     Unsubscribed channel    When a channel which has been preset  becomes unsubscribed or the current  channel being listened to becomes  unsubscribed  the following is displayed      Call 888 539 SIRIUS       to subscribe     NOTE   When the subscription contract is canceled  all  of the channels including channel 184 appear  as unsubscribed     Preset channel programming    1  Select the desired channel to be  programmed        6 40       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  314 1     2  Long press any of the preset on screen  buttons     NOTE  Six stations can be stored in each bank   SIRIUSI  SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 for    convenient access t
224. ainment System      A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters  If a disc with rough  edges is used  proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc   Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below   To remove the rough edges  rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer  perimeter of the discs     Disc cleaning   Do not use record sprays  antistatic agents  or household spray cleaners  Volatile chemicals  such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used   Anything that can damage  warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs     Condensation    Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold  the disc or optical  components  prism and lens  in the unit may become clouded with condensation  At this  time  the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit  A clouded disc can be  corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth  Clouded optical components will clear  naturally in about an hour  Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the  unit     Operating tips for DVD video    Region code    gt      The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video  The playback restriction area is  indicated by a region code  and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area   The region code for U S A  and Canada are    1     DVD videos bearing region code  including    1    or    ALL    o
225. aintenance worh done by a  qualified technician   Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly  You  can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures     If you must run the engine while working under the hood  make certain that you  remove all jewelry  especially rings  bracelets  watches  and necklaces  and all  neckties  scarves  and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling  fan which may turn on unexpectedly    Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous  It becomes even   more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing    Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury     Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to  work near the cooling fan   Worhing near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous  The fan could  continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine  compartment temperature is high  You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured     Do not leave items in the engine compartment  T  After you have finished cheching or doing servicing in the engine compartment  do  not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment    Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a  fire leading to an unexpected accident        8 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page496  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Blac
226. ajimalpa   TEL  Center of Attention to Clients   01  800  016 2932  in Mexico    V GUAM    Triple J Motors   157 South Marine Drive  Tamuning   GUAM 96911 USA   P O  Box 6066 Tamuning  Guam 96931  TEL   671  649 6555       9 13       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H s       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page556  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  556 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Warranties for Your Mazda    New Vehicle Limited Warranty   Powertrain Limited Warranty   Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty   Anti perforation Limited Warranty   Federal Emission Control Warranty California Emission Control Warranty    Emission Defect Warranty     Emission Performance Warranty     Emission Control Warranty     Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty     Tire Warranty    NOTE  Warranty information varies depending on the country  Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed  warranty information        e  e             9 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page557  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  557 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Outside the United States and Canada    Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet  specific emission regulations and safety standards  Therefore  vehicles built for use in the  United States  its territories  and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries     The differences may mak
227. always remove the  original floor mat   Loose floor mat s  will interfere with  the foot pedal and could result in an  accident        When setting a floor mat  position the  floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted  over the pointed end of the retention  posts        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  165 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    Rocking the Vehicle     WARNING       Do not spin the wheels at more than 56  km h  35 mph   and do not allow  anyone to stand behind a wheel when  pushing the vehicle   When the vehicle is stuck  spinning  the wheels at high speed is  dangerous  The spinning tire could  overheat and explode  This could  cause serious injuries        CAUTION    Too much rocking may cause engine  overheating  transaxle failure  and  tire damage     If you must rock the vehicle to free it from  snow  sand or mud  depress the  accelerator slightly and slowly move the  shift lever from D to R           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel66  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    Winter Driving      Carry emergency gear  including tire  chains  window scraper  a small shovel   jumper cables  and a small bag of sand  or salt    Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to   perform the following precautions      Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in  the radiator    Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 23       nspect the battery and its cables  Cold  reduces battery capacity       nspect the ignition system 
228. amage the paint      Do not use wax containing compounds   polish   Otherwise  it could result in  paint damage      In addition  do not use an electrical or  air tool to apply wax  Otherwise  the  frictional heat generated could result in  deformation of plastic parts or paint  damage     8 63          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page540  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    AWARNING       Do not spray water in the cabin   Splashing water on electrical parts  such as the audio unit and switches  is dangerous as it could cause a  malfunction or a fire        Dashboard Precautions    Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume  and cosmetic oils from contacting the  dashboard  They ll damage and discolor  the dashboard  If these solutions get on  the dashboard  wipe them off  immediately     A CAUTION    Do not use glazing agents   Glazing agents contain ingredients  which may cause discoloration   wrinkling  cracks and peeling        Cleaning the Upholstery and  Interior Trim    Vinyl   Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl  with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner   Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl  cleaner        8 64       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  540 1     Leather    Remove dust and sand first using a  vacuum cleaner or other means  then wipe  dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather  cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild  soap    Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap  using a cloth soaked in clean water and  wru
229. ame   including a separator        and the three letters of the file exten   sion   ISO9660 level 1 12    1509660 level 2          Joliet extended format 64  Romeo extended format 128               English one byte characters  capitalized only  and underbar      are available     MP3           This unit plays files with the   mp3  file extension as a MP3 file  Do not use the MP3  file extension for files other than MP3 files  It may cause noise or a malfunction           na MP3 file  the track name  artist name  album name and category name are recorded  with data called  ID3 Tag   and the information can be displayed on the monitor      MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly  or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly      The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system   version  software  or settings  In this case  add the file extension     mp3    to the end of the  file name  and then write the disc     Playlist   This unit can play playlist files  Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the  playback order of MP3 files  The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of  playback is recorded 15    m3u  or    pls      Operating tips for WMA   WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by  Microsoft    Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3     Microsoft and Window Media are registered t
230. ame spoken will be searched for  in the phonebook    If a contact is matched  go to Step 7   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 6       Prompt        Would you like to call XXXXX      Choice 1       Person you would like to call    Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 7    Person you do not want to call   Say   Beep             Then go to Step 6   Maximum 3 times       Prompt      Would you like to call XXXXX     Ex     John   at home  at work  or mobile  or  other    or press the hang up button to  exit Hands Free mode        Say   Beep      XXXXX     Ex     at home             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page397  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    9  Prompt                    Ex  John    XXXX  Ex     at home    Press the pick   up button to call  or say Go Back to  enter a different name      10   Dialing  Press the pick up button or  say    Call     Then go to Step 11    Name correction  Say   Go Back    Then go back to Step 4     11  The call is made   NOTE    The name in the phonebook and location can  be combined    Ex  In Step 5  say     John home   then  Steps 6  to 8 can be skipped     Screen operation             1  Touch the  25   on screen tab to  display the phonebook screen        2  Touch the contact you would like to  call to display the details for the  contact     3  Touch the desired phone number to  make the call     Import contact  Download Phonebook     Phonebook data from your device  Mobile  phone  can be sent and registered to your  Bluetooth 
231. aming an MP3 file  be sure to  add an MP3 file extension   mp3  after  the file name    The number of characters which can be  displayed is restricted     A CAUTION    This unit can only play MP3 files that  have an MP3 file extension   mp3   attached  Do not attach an MP3 file  extension to any other type file as it  could cause noise to be emitted or a  malfunction in the unit     About ID3 Tag display      This unit can only display ID3 Tag  album  track and artist names that have  been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 4  formats  Any other data that may have  been input cannot be displayed    This unit cannot display some  characters  Characters which cannot be  displayed are indicated by an asterisk              6 23          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page298  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    Specialized glossary  MP3    Abbreviation for  MPEG Audio Layer 3    A technical standard for audio  compression as decided by the ISO    MPEG working group  Use of MP3  allows for audio data to be compressed to  approximately a tenth of the source data  size       International Organization for  Standardization    ISO 9660    An international standard for logical  formatting of CD ROM files and folders   It is divided into three separate levels  based on differences in file naming  procedures  data configuration and other  characteristics     Multi session    A session is the complete amount of data  recorded from the beginning to the end of  a s
232. an area of up to  80 cm  31 in  from the center of the  liftgate        Exterior transmitter       C    Operational range    NOTE    The system may not operate if you are too  close to the windows  door handles  or liftgate     3 7    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page96  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  96 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Starting the engine   The operational range for starting the  engine includes nearly the entire cabin  area except for the luggage compartment     Interior transmitter       NOTE     The luggage compartment is out of the  operational range  however  starting the  engine may be possible      The engine may not start if the advanced  key is placed in the following areas      Around the dashboard    Inthe storage compartments such as the  glove box     Starting the engine may be possible even if  the advanced key is outside of the vehicle  and extremely close to a door and window   however  always start the engine from the  driver s seat    If the vehicle is started and driven away  while the advanced key is not in the vehicle   the vehicle will not restart after it is turned  off and the ignition is switched off        If the advanced key is detected within  operational range  the operation indicator  light on the transmitter flashes  momentarily        3 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       V Locking  Unlocking with Request  Switch    AII doors and the liftgate can be locked   unlocked by p
233. anation of basic operations and controls  opening closing and adjustment  of various parts        Before Driving Your Mazda  Important information about driving your Mazda     Driving Your Mazda    Explanation of instruments and controls           Interior Comfort    Use of various features for drive comfort  including air conditioning and audio  system        In Case of an Emergency  Helpful information on what to do in an emergency        Maintenance and Care  How to keep your Mazda in top condition        Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects  Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment        Specifications  Technical information about your Mazda        Index          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page6  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  6 1        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page7  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  7 1        Your Vehicle at a Glance    Interior  exterior views and part identification of your Mazda        Interior                                  secures esce so ease eso nasa eae sone ines eURe Se ee Renan 1 2  Interior Equipment  View A                sss 1 2  Interior Equipment  View                 1 3  Interior Equipment  View C                  1 4   Exterior Overview          eee er teinte enero nones soin dose rana na Kanon ue epu 1 5  loud m 1 5  iom 1 6   1 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page8  Monday 
234. ance could  void the user s authority to  operate the equipment      To avoid damage to the key  do  not    gt  Drop the key    gt  Get the key wet    gt  Expose the key to any kind of  magnetic field    gt  Expose the key to high  temperatures on places such as  the dashboard or hood  under  direct sunlight     3 54    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  142 1     A CAUTION    Do not allow the following when  starting the engine with the auxiliary  key due to an advanced key dead  battery or other malfunction   Otherwise the signal from the  auxiliary key will not be received  correctly and the engine may not  start     gt  A key ring rests on the auxiliary    key grip        Metal parts of other keys or metal  objects touch the auxiliary key    grip      lt        Spare auxiliary keys or keys for  other vehicles equipped with an  immobilizer system touch or come  near the auxiliary key                 CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         143  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  143 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System       Devices for electronic purchases  or  security passage which touch or  come near the auxiliary key     NOTE     The advanced keys  including auxiliary key   carry a unique electronic code  For this  reason  and to assure your safety  obtaining  a replacement advanced key  including  auxiliary key  requires some waiting time   They are only available through an  Authorized Mazda Dealer      Always keep a spare advanced key in c
235. and call an  Authorized Mazda Dealer          Make sure the cooling fan is operating     then turn off the engine after the  temperature has decreased       When cool  check the coolant reservoir    level   If it s low  look for coolant leaks from  the radiator and hoses      gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page469  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    If you find a leak or other damage  or if  coolant is still leaking    Stop the engine and call an Authorized  Mazda Dealer           If vou find no problems  the engine is       cool  and no leaks are obvious   Carefully add coolant as required  page  8 23      A CAUTION    If the engine continues to overheat or  frequently overheats  have the  cooling system inspected  The engine  could be seriously damaged unless  repairs are made  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  469 1     In Case of an Emergency    Overheating    7 17          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page470  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  470 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emergency Starting    Jump Starting    Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly  So follow the procedure carefully  If you  feel unsure about jump starting  we strongly recommend that you have a competent service  technician do the work     AWARNING    Follow These Precautions Carefully   To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery  read the following precautions  carefully before using the battery or inspecting i
236. and held transmitter of the    gt    device being programmed to HomeLink for  quicker training and accurate transmission of  the radio frequency signal        e Verify that there is a remote control  transmitter available for the device you  would like to program    e Disconnect the power to the device     Programming the HomeLink System    A CAUTION    When programming a garage door  opener or a gate  disconnect the  power to these devices before  performing programming  as  continuous operation of the devices  could damage the motor     S 89       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page268  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons  which can be individually selected and  programmed using the transmitters for  current  on market devices as follows     1  Position the end of your hand held  transmitter 2 5   7 5 cm  1   3 inches   away from the HomeLink button you  wish to program while keeping the  indicator light in view     2  Simultaneously press and hold both the  chosen HomeLink and hand held  transmitter buttons  Do not release the  buttons until step 3 has been  completed     NOTE   Some gate operators and garage door openers  may require you to replace this Programming  Step 2 with procedures noted in the    Gate  Operator Canadian Programming   section     3  After the HomeLink indicator light  changes from a slow to a rapidly  blinking light  release both the  HomeLink and hand held transmitter  bu
237. and our dealers    Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that  goal  There is no charge for using CAMVAP  CAMVAP results are fast  fair and final as the  award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc        Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  CAMVAP     If a specific item of concern arises  where a solution cannot be reached between an owner   Mazda  and or one of its dealers  that all parties cannot agree upon   the owner may wish to  use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  CAMVAP      CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling    and preparing for their arbitration hearings  However  before you can proceed with  CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously     9 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page551  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Black plate  551 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance       CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories   Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the  Provincial Administrator at 1  800  207 0685  or by contacting the    Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at     Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  235 Yorkland Boulevard  suite 300  North York  Ontario   M2J 4Y8   http   camvap ca    Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as
238. andora     Selection from station list    Selection can be made from a  programmed radio station list              1  Press the  Stations   on screen button        2  Select the desired radio station   NOTE    When  QuickMix  is selected  songs randomly                selected from the radio station list are played     Thumbs up function    Press the d   on screen button to tell  Pandora     you like this track    and it helps  to bring in more tracks like it to your  station     Thumbs down function    Press the    on screen button to tell  Pandora  not to play this track     NOTE   If the    on screen button is touched when the  skip song function is running  the next song is  skipped     Bookmarking    You can bookmark song or artist to check  out later on the Web     Bookmark the song name    Press the    on screen button on the right  side of the song name     Bookmark the artist name    Press the    on screen button on the right  side of the artist name        6 144       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Display scroll    If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of the title    When the last character is displayed   touch the   gt   on screen button to display  the first character of the title           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page419  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  419 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Troubleshooting    Bluetooth    does not operate under the following conditions  Check whether 
239. andora amp  on page  6 143     Pause   1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Pause     4  Playback is paused   Resume playback   1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready       3   When playing a CD  USB  iPod  BT  audio  AVRCP1 0 1 3 1 4    Say   Beep   Resume    When playing Pandora      Say   Beep     Play          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  407 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      4  Playback is resumed     Repeat    When playing a CD  BT audio   AVRCP1 4     The repeat function can be run using  voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46    Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141    When playing a CD    1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Repeat  or Repeat Off    4  Repeat is performed or stopped      When playing BT audio   1  Press the talk button  Te    2  Prompt     Ready          3  Say   Beep     Repeat       4  Prompt      Available repeat options are Track    Folder  and Off     5  Say   Beep      XXXXX  Track  Folder or Off      6  If    Track    is spoken  track repeat is  performed   If    Folder    is spoken  folder repeat is  performed   If    Off    is spoken  repeat is stopped     Shuffle     When playing a CD  BT audio   AVRCP1 4     The shuffle function can be run using  voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46     6 133    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Ed
240. ap may  not be properly installed  If the  warning light illuminates  park your  vehicle safely off the right of way   remove the fuel filler cap and  reinstall it correctly  After the cap has  been correctly installed  the fuel cap  warning light may continue to  illuminate until a number of driving  cycles have been completed  A drive  cycle consists of starting the engine   after four or more hours with the  engine off  and driving the vehicle on  city and highway roads    Continuing to drive with the check  fuel cap warning light illuminated  could cause the check engine light to  illuminate as well        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  137 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    A WARNING       Always check that the hood is closed   and securely locked   A hood that is not closed and  securely locked is dangerous as it  could fly open while the vehicle is  moving and block the driver s vision  which could result in a serious  accident        Opening the Hood    1  With the vehicle parked  pull the  release handle to unlock the hood           Release handle       2  Insert your hand into the hood opening   slide the hood latch lever  and lift the    hood              m  3 49       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         138  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  138 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    3  Grasp the support rod in the padded V Closing the Hood  area and secure it in the support rod  hole indicated by the arrow to hold the
241. arch 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  67 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant  classification system  refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification  System  page 2 70  for details    If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification  system  the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified  time after the ignition is switched ON        Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every  state and province  In certain states and provinces  larger children must use a child restraint A    System  page 2 35         Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the  installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions     A WARNING    Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles   Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous   Alone  air bags may not prevent serious injuries  The appropriate air bags can be  expected to inflate only in the first accident  such as frontal  near frontal  side  collisions or roll over accident that are at least moderate  Vehicle occupants should  always wear seat belts     Children should not ride in the front passenger seat    Placing a child  12 years or under  in the front seat is dangerous  Th
242. are unlocked by pressing  the unlock button on the transmitter while  the theft deterrent system is turned off  the  hazard warning lights will flash twice to  indicate that the system is turned off   Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page  3 62        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       NOTE    Auto re lock function    After unlocking with the transmitter  all doors   and the lifigate will automatically lock if any   of the following operations are not performed   within about 30 seconds  If your vehicle has a   thefi deterrent system  the hazard warning   lights will flash for confirmation    The time required for the doors to lock   automatically can be changed    Refer to Personalization Features on page   10 8         door or the liftgate is opened      The auxiliary key is inserted into the  ignition switch      The start knob is pressed     Power liftgate button    If your Mazda has a power liftgate  page  3 35   the transmitter can open close the    liftgate     gt      Panic button       If you witness from a distance someone  attempting to break into or damage your  vehicle  pressing the panic button will  activate the vehicle s alarm     NOTE    The panic button will work whether any door  or the liftgate is open or closed      Turning on the alarm    Pressing the panic button for 1 second or  more will trigger the alarm for about 2  minutes and 30 seconds  and the  following will occur      The horn sounds intermittently      The hazard warning lights flash    Turning off 
243. as follows     iPod classic     iPod nano  4 5 6G       iPod touch       2 3 4G     iPhone    3GS 4 4S    1 Only iPod function    A CAUTION       Remove the iPod when it is not in  use  Because the iPod is not  designed to withstand excessive  changes in temperature inside the  cabin  it could be damaged or the  battery may deteriorate due to the  excessive temperature or humidity  inside the cabin if it is left in the  vehicle       If data in the iPod is lost while it is  connected to the unit  Mazda  cannot guarantee recovery of any  lost data       Ifthe iPod battery is deteriorated   the iPod may not recharge and  playback may not be possible  when it is connected to the unit   Replace the iPod battery  immediately     gt       careful not to pinch the iPod  connecting cable when opening   closing the center console       For the details on using the iPod   refer to the iPod instruction  manual       When connecting the iPod to a  USB port  all commands are made  from the audio unit  iPod control is  not possible     NOTE  The audio unit cannot display the images or  videos stored in an iPod        6 28       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      Black plate  302 1        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page303  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  303 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System         CAUTION    Do not press the panel strongly or press it with a sharp pointed object  Otherwise   the panel could be damaged                                                                  
244. ase  one is lost  If an advanced key is lost   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as  soon as possible      Ifyou lose an advanced key  including  auxiliary key   an Authorized Mazda Dealer  will reset the electronic codes of your  remaining advanced keys  including  auxiliary keys  and immobilizer system   Bring all the remaining advanced keys   including auxiliary keys  to an Authorized  Mazda Dealer to reset    Starting the vehicle with a key that has not  been reset is not possible        3 55       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel44  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  144 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    Declaration of Conformity    Immobilizer system   U S A   FCC WARNING  Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible  for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment   Note   This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to  the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must  accept any interference received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation      CANADA    This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA  Operation is  subject to the following two conditions   1  this device may not cause  interference  and  2  this device must accept any interference  including  interference that may cause undesired operation of the device      MEXICO   Este equipo opera a ti
245. ashing    ACAUTION       When the wiper lever is in the  AUTO position and the ignition is  switched ON  the wipers may  move automatically in the  following cases    gt  If the windshield above the rain   sensor is touched or wiped with  a cloth    gt  If the windshield is struck with  a hand or other object from  either outside or inside the  vehicle   Keep hands and scrapers clear of  the windshield when the wiper  lever is in the AUTO position and  the ignition is switched ON as    gt    fingers could be pinched or the  wipers and wiper blades damaged  when the wipers activate  automatically   If you are going to clean the  windshield  be sure the wipers are  turned off completely   this is  particularly important when  clearing ice and snow   when it is  most likely that the engine is left  running     gt  Do not spray water in the engine  compartment  Otherwise  it could  result in engine starting problems  or damage to electrical parts     gt  When washing and waxing the  vehicle  be careful not to apply  excessive force to any single area  of the vehicle roof or the antenna   Otherwise  you could dent the  vehicle or damage the antenna        8 59       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page536  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  536 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    To help protect the finish from rust and  deterioration  wash your Mazda  thoroughly and frequently  at least once a  month  with lukewarm or cold water     If the vehicle is washed imprope
246. at Belt   Middle Row  to Lower the  Seatbacks for Carrying Cargo    To retract the center belt and lower the  seatbacks for carrying cargo  insert a  small object such as a key in the seat belt  anchor buckle  B  slot           2 30       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CAUTION    Always unfasten the lap portion of  the belt before folding the left rear  seatback  Leaving the lap portion of  the belt fastened could cause  damage to the seat belt  seat belt  buckle and seatback     V Stowing and pulling out the  Center Rear Position Seat Belt    The center rear position seat belt can be  stowed using the following procedure     A CAUTION    When stowing the seat belt  make  sure the belt is locked securely into  the recess  If the seat belt is not  properly stowed  it might get caught  in the seats and be damaged     To stow the seat belt  retract the belt  put  the seat belt tongues  A  and  C  together  and insert each tongue into the respective  ceiling recess  Insert the seat belt tongues  until you hear a click sound     Ceiling recess             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page43  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    To pull out the seat belt  press the area  indicated in the figure upward with your  finger and slide the belt forward  Then  slowly pull out the seat belt from the  ceiling recess     iat      nta       2                           NOTE     To encourage rear seat passengers to wear  their seat belts  we suggest leaving the  center rear lap position of the belt fastene
247. at it is not in  violation of the law        S 87       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page266  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  266 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls       HomeLink Wireless Control System      There are two types of HomeLink Wireless Control systems  type A and B   Check the indication on the backside of the rearview mirror and the description    corresponding to your vehicle           eS    Indication See     Pd       Indication            A Type B   FCC ID  NZLMOBHL4 FCC ID  NZLOBIHL3  lt P  IC  4112A MOBHL4 IC  4112A OBIHL3    COFETEL  RLVCEMO11 0807  MODEL  MOBHL4       MODEL  OBIHL3          V Type A  NOTE    HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered  trademarks of Johnson Controls     5 88   Some models     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          The HomeLink system replaces up to 3  hand held transmitters with a single built   in component in the auto dimming mirror   Pressing the HomeLink button on the  auto dimming mirror activates garage  doors  gates and other devices  surrounding your home     Indicator light       HomeLink button          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page267  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM       WARNING    Do not use the HomeLink system with   any garage door opener that lachs the   safety stop and reverse feature   Using the HomeLink system with any  garage door opener that lacks the  safety stop and reverse feature as  required by federal safety standards  is dangerous   This includes garage 
248. ation     Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light   Ignoring the TPMS warning light is  dangerous  even if you know why it is  illuminated  Have the problem taken  care of as soon as possible before it  develops into a more serious  situation that could lead to tire  failure and a dangerous accident     Warning light illuminates Warning  beep sounds   When the warning light illuminates  and  the warning beep sound is heard  about 3  seconds   tire pressure is too low in one or  more tires        5 64       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire  pressure  Refer to the specification charts   page 10 7      A CAUTION    When replacing repairing the tires or  wheels or both  have the work done  by an Authorized Mazda Dealer  or  the tire pressure sensors may be  damaged           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page243  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM               Black plate  243 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    NOTE     Perform tire pressure adjustment when the  tires are cold  Tire pressure will vary  according to the tire temperature  therefore  let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive  it 1 6 km  1 mile  or less before adjusting  the tire pressures  When pressure is  adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation  pressure  the TPMS warning light beep may  turn on afier the tires cool and pressure  drops below specification    Also  an illuminated TPMS warning light   resulting from the tire air pressure dropping  
249. ation  This  equipment generates  uses  and can radiate  radio frequency energy and if not installed and  used in accordance with the instructions  may  cause harmful interference to radio  communications  However  there is no  guarantee that interference will not occur in a  particular installation  If this equipment does  cause harmful interference to radio or  television reception  which can be determined  by turning the equipment off and on  the user  is encouraged to try to correct the interference  by one or more of the following measures      Increase the separation between the  equipment and tuner      Connect the equipment into an outlet on a  circuit different from that to which the tuner is  connected      Consult the dealer or an experienced radio   TV technician for help        6 38      Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       What is satellite radio     With over 130 channels  SIRIUS Satellite  Radio brings you more of what you love   Get channels and channels of commercial   free music  plus sports  news  talk   entertainment and more   Commercial free music from nearly  every genre    rock to pop  hip hop to  country  jazz  classical and more  Plus live  performances and artist dedicated  channels    Live sports Play by Play  amp  Expert Talk     every NFL game  every NASCAR   race  24 7 sports talk  college sports and  more    Exclusive entertainment  comedy and  talk    The biggest names  compelling  talk  hilarious comedy    World class news plus local
250. ation  except Canada     Tire Labeling    Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of  all tires  This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire  and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and      case of  a recall     V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires    Please refer to the sample below                    TIN  0 6  DOT tire identification number    Passenger car tire     Nominal width of tire in millimeters     Ratio of height to width  aspect ratio      Radial   Run flat tire     Rim diameter code      Load index  amp  speed symbol      Severe snow conditions    10  Tire ply composition and materials used    9 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page567  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  567 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     11  Max  load rating   12  Tread wear  traction and temperature grades  13  Max  permissible inflation pressure   14  SAFETY WARNING    P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating  Here is an explanation  of the various components of that tire size and load index rating  Note that the tire size and  load index rating may be different from the example     P    Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars  SUVs  minivans and light trucks as designated  by the Tire and Rim Association  T amp RA      NOTE  
251. ation regarding the channel  which is currently being received is  displayed     NOTE   If channels have not been subscribed to or  parental locked  the channel name  category  name  artist name  song title and information  is not displayed     Display scroll   If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of the title  When the last  character is displayed  touch the   gt   on   screen button to display the first character  of the title     NOTE  The   gt   on screen button is displayed only if a  whole title cannot be displayed at one time                    Instant replay   This function allows you to rewind and  replay the program that you were  previously or are currently listening to     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  315 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System       When the   M      on screen button is  touched  playback starts from the  beginning of the current program   When the   M      on screen button is  touched twice  playback starts from the  beginning of the previous program   Touch and hold the   1   on screen  button to reverse the program while the  button is being pressed    When the    l   on screen button is  touched  playback starts from the  beginning of the next program    When the          on screen button is  touched while the last program is being  played  the instant replay mode is  canceled    Touch and hold the PL  on screen  button to fast forward the program while 
252. aught by the  window           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page129  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Operating the Front Power Windows  NOTE      Each passenger power window can be  operated with each door switch when the  power window lock switch on the driver s  door is in the unlocked position  page  3 44       Each passenger power window can also be  operated using the master control switches  on the driver s door     window       Right rear window           The following functions can be performed  for the front power windows using the  power window master control switches on  the driver s door or front passenger s door  switch     Manual opening closing    Auto opening closing     Two step down function                     Black plate  129 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Normal opening closing   To open a power window to the desired  position  lightly hold down the switch    To close the power window to the desired  position  lightly pull up the switch     Master control switches    fp   Pi      Front passenger switch    Y e  Close          Auto opening closing    To fully open a power window  automatically  press the switch completely  down    To fully close the power window  automatically  pull the switch completely  up               To stop the power window partway  pull  or press the switch in the opposite  direction and then release it     3 41    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         130  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowin
253. aust pipe could be blocked by the snow  allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin   Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide  it could cause loss of  consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin        4 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         161  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  161 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Before Starting the Engine    Before Getting In After Getting In      Be sure the windows  outside mirrors    Are all doors closed and locked   and outside lights are clean    Is the seat adjusted properly      Inspect inflation pressures and   Are the inside and outside mirrors  condition of tires  adjusted      Look under the vehicle for any sign of   Is the steering wheel adjusted properly   fluid leaks     s everyone s seat belt fastened    e If you plan to back up  make sure   Check all gauges   nothing is in your way    Check all warning lights when the    ignition is switched ON   x          Release the parking brake and make  Engine oil  engine coolant  brake fluid  washer sure the brake warning light goes off             Gp Oher id Tevel should be Always be thoroughly familiar with your  inspected  See Maintenance  Section 8  Mazda    NOTE            4 5       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel62  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  162 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips    Break In Period    No special break in is necessary  but a few  precaution
254. ay  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Engine Coolant    V Inspecting Coolant Level    A WARNING    Do not use a match or live flame in the   engine compartment  DO NOT ADD   COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT   A hot engine is dangerous  If the  engine has been running  parts of the  engine compartment can become  very hot  You could be burned   Carefully inspect the engine coolant  in the coolant reservoir  but do not  open it     e      Switch the ignition to off and   make sure the fan is not running before   attempting to work near the cooling  an    f Working near the cooling fan when it  is running is dangerous  The fan  could continue running indefinitely  even if the engine has stopped and  the engine compartment temperature  is high  You could be hit by the fan  and seriously injured     xg      Y Do not remove either cooling    system cap when the engine and  radiator are hot   When the engine and radiator are  hot  scalding coolant and steam may  shoot out under pressure and cause  serious injury     NOTE  Changing the coolant should be done by an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  499 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Inspect the antifreeze protection and  coolant level in the coolant reservoir at  least once a year   at the beginning of the  winter season   and before traveling  where temperatures may drop below  freezing     Inspect the condition and connections of  all cooling system and heater hoses   Replac
255. ay have a problem  It is  important to note the driving conditions  when the light illuminated and consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     The check engine light may illuminate in   the following cases      The fuel tank level being very low or  approaching empty      The engine s electrical system has a  problem      The emission control system has a   problem    The fuel filler cap is missing or not   tightened securely     If the check engine light remains on or  flashes continuously  do not drive at high  speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer as soon as possible     V Air Bag Front Seat Belt  Pretensioner System Warning Light    o          If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner  system is working properly  the warning  light illuminates when the ignition is  switched ON or after the engine is  cranked  The warning light turns off after  a specified period of time     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            A system malfunction is indicated if the  warning light constantly flashes   constantly illuminates or does not  illuminate at all when the ignition is  switched ON  If any of these occur   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as  soon as possible  The system may not  operate in an accident     A WARNING    Never tamper with the air bag   pretensioner systems and always have  an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform  all servicing and repairs   Self servicing or tampering with the  systems is dangerous  An air bag   pretensioner could accidentally  activate or become disab
256. ayback    Touch the on screen button while     C     is displayed to cancel           Repeat              Repeat             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page417  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM       Shuffle playback  only AVRCP Ver  1 4   Folder shuffle    Touch the    on screen button during  playback to play the songs in the folder  shuffle    7    is displayed during  playback    Touch the on screen button two  times while   7    is displayed to cancel     Device shuffle    Touch the on screen button two  times during playback to play the songs in  the device shuffle            is displayed  during playback    Touch the Se  on screen button while            is displayed to cancel                                         Display scroll    If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of the title  When the last  character is displayed  touch the   gt   on   screen button to display the first character  of the title                 V Bluetooth   audio device  information display    If a Bluetooth   audio device is connected   the following information is displayed in  the display                       AVRCP AVRCP AVRCP  Ver  lower Ver  1 3 Ver  1 4 or  than 1 3 E higher  Device name X X X  Remaining  battery charge     X X  of device  Title     X X  Artist name     X X  Album name     X X  File number     X X  Playback time     X X  Folder number         X                      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l                     Blac
257. ayback  from the beginning of the current track     Operations on screen       Touch the L gt    on screen button once to  skip forward to the beginning of the next  track   Touch the L M      on screen button within  a few seconds  depends on iPod software  version  after playback begins to track  down to the beginning of the previous  track                    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  335 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System             Touch the   M     on screen button after a  few seconds  depends on iPod software  version  have elapsed to start playback  from the beginning of the current track     Displaying song list  The song list in the iPod can be viewed   NOTE    The song list may not display depending on the  conditions         Displaying optional list                 1  Touch the ke on screen button during  playback     2  Touch the category which you want to  select  The record list or song list is                               displayed    Displaying a list being played   Touch the    on screen button  Pe  NOTE  Press the        on screen button to display the  upper list     Selecting from list  Select the desired song to play     1  Press the on screen button to select  the song list     2  Touch the song you want to listen to     NOTE  The selected song list becomes the play list     Repeat playback    Touch the Fe  on screen button during  playback     J     is displayed during  playback   Touch the Fe  on screen button two  tim
258. azda    Starting and Driving       V Safety Certification    USA   FCC ID   OAYSRR2A    This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to the following two conditions    1  This device may not cause harmful interference  and     2  this device must accept any interference received  including interference that may cause undesired    operation     FCC Warning    Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the  user s authority to operate the equipment      Canada   This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s   Operation is subject to the following two  conditions      1  this device may not cause interference  and   2  this device must accept any interference  including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device     Frequency bands  24 05     24 25 Ghz        The field strength of SRR2 A is below 250 millivolts m measured at 3 metres with an average detector        Le pr  sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence   L exploitation est autoris  e aux deux conditions suivantes      1  l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage  et     2  l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio  lectrique subi  m  me si le brouillage est susceptible d en  compromettre le fonctionnement     Bande de fr  quence  24 05     24 25 GHz  L intensit   du champ de SRR2 A est en dessous de 250 
259. battery  or resetting the data    Average vehicle speed will be calculated  and displayed every 10 seconds     When this mode is selected  AV will be  displayed           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page443  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  443 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment         Cup Holder    A WARNING       AV Never use a cup holder to hold hot  H liquids while the vehicle is moving   mile h Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids  wA    while the vehicle is moving is  al    dangerous  If the contents spill  you      could be scalded    A  P m     Do not put anything other than cups or  drinh cans in cup holders    Putting objects other than cups or  CANADA drink cans in a cup holder is  dangerous    During sudden braking or  maneuvering  occupants could be hit   AV and injured  or objects could be  km  h thrown around the vehicle  causing  interference with the driver and the    Lt    possibility of      accident  Only use       9     cup holder for cups or drink cans           To reduce the possibility of injury in  TS an accident or a sudden stop  keep  To clear the data being displayed  press cup holders closed when not in use   the INFO switch for more than 1 5    second  After pressing the INFO switch         km h        mile h  will be displayed for  about 1 minute before the vehicle speed 15  recalculated and displayed           6 169       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page444  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate 
260. battery can cause serious burns and injuries     V Battery Maintenance       To get the best service from a battery   Keep it securely mounted    Keep the top clean and dry    Keep terminals and connections clean   tight  and coated with petroleum jelly  or terminal grease    Rinse off spilled electrolyte  immediately with a solution of water  and baking soda    If the vehicle will not be used for an  extended time  disconnect the battery  cables     V Battery Replacement    Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for a  battery replacement purchase        8 32       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H        gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page509  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Tires    For reasons of proper performance  safety   and better fuel economy  always maintain  recommended tire inflation pressures and  stay within the recommended load limits  and weight distribution     A WARNING    Using Different Tire Types   Driving your vehicle with different  types of tires is dangerous  It could  cause poor handling and poor  braking  leading to loss of control   Except for the limited use of the  temporary spare tire  use only the  same type tires  radial  bias belted   bias type  on all four wheels     Using Wrong Sized Tires   Using any other tire size than what is  specified for your Mazda  page 10 7   is dangerous  It could seriously affect  ride  handling  ground clearance  tire  clearance  and speedometer  calibration  This could cause you to  have an accident  Use only tires that  a
261. ber key  1     2 Press the number key  0     3 Press the ENTER button     NOTE     Ifa chapter track number not in the disc is  input  the last chapter track is played      Refer to the instruction manual attached to  the disc for chapter track numbers     Skipping to desired title eroup    The playback can be started from the  desired title group by entering the title   group number     1  Enter the title group number using the  number keys  0 to 9  while the    playback is stopped       Press the ENTER button to start the  playback from the selected title   Example  When selecting title number  sm    Press the number key  2    2 Press the ENTER button        6 90       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  364 1     NOTE     Ifa title group number not in the disc is  input  the last title group is played      Refer to the instruction manual attached to  the disc for the title group numbers     Bonus group playback    1  Press the number button  0  while a  disc is not being played   If the disc has a bonus group   the  display shows as follows     Bonus Group       2  Press the ENTER button to change the  display to the password input screen   then enter the password    For the password  see the instruction  manual attached to the disc     Please input a  4 digi t password           g     Set    ENTER   Cancel    RETURN       Bonus group means the  Bonus tracks   originally recorded in the disc     2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page365  Monday  March 9 20
262. ber of months or kilometers  whichever comes first    Black plate  488 1                                                        Maintenance Interval Months 6   12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54   60   66   72  x1000km   10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80   90  100  110   120  AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM  Cabin air filter R   R R       Chart symbols     I  Inspect  Inspect and clean  repair  adjust  fill up  or replace if necessary     R  Replace  T  Tighten  L  Lubricate    Remarks      1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription    FL22    on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding    area  Use FL22 when replacing the coolant    2 According to state provincial and federal regulations  failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  void your emissions warranties  However  Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at  the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability    3  f the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the rear differential oil at    every 40 000 km     a  Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier  b  Driving in dusty  sandy or wet conditions    c  Extended periods of idling or low speed operation  d  Repeated short trips of less than 16 km   4  f this component has been submerged in water  the oil should be replaced     8 12    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page489  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  489 1     Maintenan
263. board  or in the  glove compartment  Move the advanced key  to another place  switch the ignition off   and then restart the engine      Signals from a TVor radio station  or from  a transceiver or a mobile telephone could  interfere with your immobilizer system  If  you are using the proper advanced key and  the engine fails to start  check the security  indicator light  If the indicator light is  flashing  switch the ignition to ACC or  switch the ignition off and wait for a while   then restart the engine  If it does not start  after 3 or more tries  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer        If the security indicator light flashes  continuously while you are driving  do not  shut off the engine  Go to an Authorized  Mazda Dealer and have it checked  If the  engine is shut off while the indicator light is  flashing  you will not be able to restart it      Since the electronic codes are reset when  repairing the immobilizer system  the  advanced key  including auxiliary key  are  needed  Bring all the advanced keys   including auxiliary keys  to an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     3 57          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel46  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Security System       Modification and Add On  Equipment    Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer  system s operation if the system has been  modified or if any add on equipment has  been installed     A CAUTION    To avoid damage to your vehicle  do  not modify the system or install any  add on equ
264. button                    4  Prompt     Phone call will be at this volume   or       Voice guidance will be at this volume      NOTE    The volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth  Hands Free is being used     V Bluetooth   Preparation  Device programming  Pairing     To use Bluetooth  audio and Hands Free   the device equipped with Bluetooth  has  to be programmed to the unit using the  following procedure  A maximum of  seven devices including Bluetooth    audio  devices and Hands Free mobile phones  can be programmed     NOTE     For your safety  a device can be  programmed only when the vehicle is  parked  If the vehicle starts to move  the  pairing procedure will end  Park the car in  a safe place before programming        The communication range of a Bluetooth    equipped device is about 10 meters  32 ft   or less     6 118    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             CAUTION    Some Bluetooth mobile devices are  not compatible with the vehicle   Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer   Mazda s call center or Web support  center for information regarding  Bluetooth  mobile device  compatibility        U S A   Phone  800 430 0153  Web  www MazdaUSA com   bluetooth     Canada  Phone  800 430 0153  Web  www mazdahandsfree ca     Mexico  Center of Attention to Client  CAC   Phone  01 800 01  MAZDA  Web  www mazdamexico com mx    Pairing Procedure    1  Press the phone button  PHONE             2  Touch the        on screen tab                 3  Touch the  Bluetooth S
265. can be created and  stored at a higher compression ratio than  MP3      International Organization for  Standardization    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  299 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Playable AAC file specifications  This unit supports playback of AAC files  recorded in CD R and CD RW     Playable AAC files are as follows                       Item Content  Specification MPEG 4 AAC  8 11 025 12 kHz  Sampling rate 16 22 05 24 kHz  32 44 1 48 kHz  Bit rate 24   320 kbps       A CAUTION    This unit plays files with the file  extension   m4a  as an AAC file  Do  not use the AAC file extension for files  other than AAC files  Otherwise  it  could result in noise or a  malfunction     Song  artist  and album name  information in the AAC file is recorded  as data termed    iTunes  m4a  Meta Data applicable    and this information is displayable   AAC files written under specifications  other than the indicated specification  may not play normally or files or folder  names may not display correctly    The file extension may not be provided  depending on the computer operating  system  version  software  or settings   In this case  add the file extension     m4a    to the end of the file name  then  write it to the disc     6 25          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page300  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System       Operating Tips for USB device    This unit supports playback of MP3   WMA AAC files recorded to USB devic
266. can be received in           any location on the rear seats  However        rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable  range        A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats  however  the sound    may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals  are blocked       When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine       When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment System  transmitter       When the signal 1s blocked by an obstruction such as the seat     6 84    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page359  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  359 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Replacing the battery    1  Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent  and remove the cover  Remove the  batteries        Cover    Screw    2  Insert two AAA size batteries  Match the   polarity of the batteries with the   and      marks in the battery case              3  Install the cover   4  Install the screw     NOTE   Battery life  reference    Manganese batteries  About 20 hours   Alkaline batteries  About 40 hours   The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees  The battery life  varies depending on usage conditions  volume  surrounding environment      6 85       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page360  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  360 1     Interior Comfort    Rear 
267. careful not to allow the rubber  ring shown in the figure to be  scratched or damaged       Ifthe rubber ring detaches   reattach it before inserting a new  battery     Rubber ring       V Service    If you have a problem with the advanced  keyless functions  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     If your advanced key is lost or stolen   bring all remaining advanced keys to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible for a replacement and to make  the lost or stolen advanced key  inoperative        CAUTION    Radio equipment like this is governed  by laws in the United States   Changes or modifications not  expressly approved by the party  responsible for compliance could void  the user s authority to operate the  equipment        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Operation Using Advanced       Keyless Functions       Operational Range    The system operates only when the driver  is in the vehicle or within operational  range while the advanced key is being  carried     NOTE   When the battery power is low  or in places  where there are high intensity radio waves or  noise  the operational range may become  narrower or the system may not operate  For  determining battery replacement  Refer to  Advanced Keys on page 3 2     Locking  unlocking the doors and the  liftgate    The operational range for locking     gt    unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80    cm  31 in  from the center of the front  door handles    The operational range for locking   unlocking the liftgate is 
268. ce and Care    Scheduled Maintenance                                                                                                                                                                                                                   V Schedule 2  Number of months or kilometers  whichever comes first  Maintenance Interval Months 3   6   9   12  15   18   21   24   27   30   33   36  x1000 km 5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55   60  ENGINE     Inspect every 40 000 km      2 years  Drive belts  Replace every 240 000 km  Engine oil       R R R R R R R R R R R  Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R  R R  R  COOLING SYSTEM  Cooling system   1    Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years  after that  eve  Engine coolant        i 60 000 kmor3       e  Others R  Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I  FUEL SYSTEM  Air filter C R C R C R  Fuel lines and hoses      Hoses and tubes for emission ie  Fuel filter R  IGNITION SYSTEM  Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km  ELECTRICAL SYSTEM  Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I  CHASSIS and BODY  Brake lines  hoses and connections I I I  Brake fluid level I I I I I  Brake fluid R  Disc brakes I I I I I I  Tire  Rotation  Rotate every 10 000 km  Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I  Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I  Power steering fluid level I I I I I I  Front and rear suspension  ball joints and wheel 1 1 1  bearing axial play  Rear differential oil  AWD  E  Driveshaft dust boo
269. ch 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance               Black plate  516 1     Light Bulbs    With xenon fusion headlights   Overhead light  Front  Map lights   Overhead light  Center   Overhead light  Rear                  Side turn  signal lights           Front side   marker lights           Front turn  signal lights                Headlights   Low High beam                Fog lights  Parking lights Daytime running lights          High mount brake light       Luggage    With halogen headlights    Overhead light  Front  Map lights  Overhead light  Center   Overhead light  Rear                 Side turn  signal lights                 Front side   marker lights          Parking lights          Front turn  signal lights          Headlights   Low beam                    L             Fog lights  Headlights  High beam  Daytime running lights    Taillights  Liftgate side                    compartment light              Courtesy lights       License plate lights          Reverse lights  Brake lights Taillights              Rear side marker lights             8 40    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Rear turn signal lights    Some models     2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page517  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM       WARNING    Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs   yourself   Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs  yourself is dangerous  Because the  xenon fusion bulbs require high  voltage  you could receive an electric  shoch if the bulbs are handled  incorrectly  
270. ch can be selected   The method for unlocking the doors using the Press Presi  transmitter switch can be selected   The time required for the doors to relock  automatically after unlocking with the 30 seconds 60 90 seconds  transmitter can be changed   Daytime running The function of the daytime running lights can On off          Setting changes using the door lock switch can also be done  Refer to Power Door Locks on page 3 30     2 Only the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning beep can be changed  The Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA   warning beep cannot be changed     3 When the autolock function is operating  the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting     4 When the autolock function is enabled  windows will not automatically close  You must close them before    leaving vehicle     10 8    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page599  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  599 1     Index             Form No  SDUZ EC MH           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page600  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  600 1        Index  A  Accessory                                          6 175  Add On Non Genuine Parts and  ACCESSOLIES  tede orit 9 19  Advanced Key          cccccescesseeseesseereeeees 3 2  Advanced key maintenance           3 5  Advanced key suspend  function          3 17  Auxiliary key                              3 17  Locking  unlocking with request  SWItCH ioter 3 8  Operational range                           3 7  Rem
271. ches    The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and  side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off    The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or  other items are put on the front passenger seat  or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior  changes suddenly    The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total  seated weight on the front passenger seat changes    The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front  passenger seat receives a severe impact    If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a  child restraint system on the front passenger seat  first  re install your child restraint system  according to the procedure in this owner s manual  Then  if the front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate  install the child restraint system on the rear  seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible    If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in  the front passenger seat  have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the  floor  and then re fastening the seat belt  If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light  still illuminates  move the passenger to the rear seat  If s
272. ck  Connect a portable audio unit  or similar product on the market to the  auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over  the vehicle s speakers     6 129          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page404  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  404 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Playing selected track numbers   When playing a CD    A desired track number on a CD can be  played using voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Compact Disc   CD  Player on page 6 46     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Play track      4  Prompt      What track number would you like to  play       5  Say   Beep     XXX  Ex     15      Track    number        6  The selected track number is played     Playing selected artist    When playing a USB or iPod    Tracks from a desired artist on a USB  device or iPod can be played using voice  recognition    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56 Refer to How to use iPod mode on  page 6 60     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Play       4  Prompt      Would you like to play by Artist   Album  Playlist  or Genre        5  Say   Beep     Artist       6  Prompt      What artist would you like to play        7  Say   Beep      XXXXX     Ex   Michael    Artist  name           6 130       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    8  The name spoken will be searched for  in the USB device or iPod   If a contact is matched  go to Step 10   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 9     9  
273. cked     2 52    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  64 1     3  Expand the area between the seat  bottom and the seatback slightly to  verify the locations of the LATCH  lower anchors        NOTE   The markings above the LATCH lower anchors  indicate the locations of LATCH lower  anchors for the attachment of a child restraint  system     4  Raise the head restraint to the top  locked position   Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15     5  Secure the child restraint system using  BOTH LATCH lower anchors   following the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions  Pull on the  child restraint to be sure both anchors  are engaged     6  If your child restraint system came  equipped with a tether  that means it is  very important to properly secure the  tether for child safety  Please carefully  follow the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions when  installing tethers     e       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page65  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  65 1     Essential Safety Equipment                   Child Restraint  Anchor bracket position  Tether strap position  Tether strap  2 53       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page66  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  66 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Supplemental Restraint System  SRS  Precautions    The front and side supplemental restraint systems  SRS  include 6 air bags  Please verify  the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locat
274. cluded  For headphone  specification  refer to      Operation Tips for Headphones     page  6 73     The cooling fan of this unit may activate if  the temperature of the unit is high  however   this does not indicate a malfunction        6 88       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  362 1     V Basic Operation  Power ON OFF    Turning on the power    The Rear Entertainment System   automatically turns on when any of the   following operations are done with the   ignition switched to ACC or ON      The display is open and a disc is  inserted      The POWER button on the remote  controller is pressed     Turning off    The Rear Entertainment System turns off   when any of the following operations are   done      The POWER button on the remote  controller is pressed      The ignition is switched off      The display is closed     Playback   The top menu or disc menu may be  displayed on the monitor screen when a  disc is played  From these menus  the disc  functions can be performed    Refer to Assist Functions  DVD video   DVD audio  video CD and audio CD  on  page 6 91     NOTE     For some discs  the top menu or disc menu  may be displayed automatically after  playback      Refer to the instruction manual attached to  the disc for the top menu or disc menu        When no disc is inserted  1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Insert the disc into the disc slot   After the disc is inserted  the playback  starts     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page363 
275. come clouded with  condensation  At this time  the CD will  eject immediately when placed in the unit   A clouded CD can be corrected simply by  wiping it with a soft cloth  Clouded  optical components will clear naturally in       about an hour  Wait for normal operation   Do not use non conventional discs  to return before attempting to use the unit  such as heart shaped  octagonal discs     etc  The disc may not eject resulting in  Handling the CD player a malfunction   The following precautions should be  observed     Do not spill any liquid on the audio  system          Ifthe memory portion of the CD is  transparent or translucent  do not use  the disc          Do not insert any objects  other than  CDs  into the slot        Transparent          6 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page295  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM      Anew CD may have rough edges on  its inner and outer perimeters  If a disc  with rough edges is used  proper  setting will not be possible and the CD  player will not play the CD  In  addition  the disc may not eject  resulting in a malfunction  Remove the  rough edges in advance by using a ball   point pen or pencil as shown below  To  remove the rough edges  rub the side of  the pen or pencil against the inner and  outer perimeter of the CD          When driving over uneven surfaces   the sound may jump       The CD player has been designed to  play CDs bearing the identification  logo as shown below  No other di
276. coolant  page 8 23     Engine oil  page 8 21        8 17       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page494  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  494 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Owner Maintenance Precautions    Improper or incomplete service may result in problems  This section gives instructions only  for items that are easy to perform     As explained in the Introduction  page 8 2   several procedures can be done only by a  qualified service technician with special tools     Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage   Refer to Introduction  page 8 2  for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment   For details  read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle  If you  are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure  have it done by an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids  Please  dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment     We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized  Mazda Dealer        8 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page495  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  495 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance       WARNING    Do not perform maintenance worh if you lach sufficient knowledge and experience or  the proper tools and equipment to do the work  Have m
277. cy Towing    A CAUTION    If the tiedown eyelet is not securely  tightened  it may loosen or disengage  from the bumper when tying down  the vehicle  Make sure that the  tiedown eyelet is securely tightened  to the bumper        7 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Recreational Towing    An example of    recreational towing    is  towing your vehicle behind a motorhome   The transaxle is not designed for towing  this vehicle on all 4 wheels    When doing recreational towing refer to     Towing Description     page 7 21  and     Tiedown Hooks     page 7 22  and  carefully follow the instructions        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page477  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  477 1        Maintenance and Care    How to keep your Mazda in top condition           Introd  ctlOn                              En eae ee een re        8 2  Introduction  ione Ra             8 2  Scheduled Maintenance                       eee eeee ee eee eerte eee eee eene eee ee tone eee 8 4  Scheduled Maintenance  U S A   Canada  and Puerto Rico       8 4  Scheduled Maintenance                                                           8 10  Owner Maintenance                   eere eese ee eere eee eese eene sette eese ette ene eee 8 17  Owner Maintenance Schedule                                       8 17  Owner Maintenance Precautions              ccccccescesseesseeesseeseeeees 8 18  Engine Compartment Overview                essssseseeeeeee 8 20  Engine                       eed NI 8 21   Cp  Engin
278. d  at all times except when folding the rear  seat forward      Pulling the seat belt all the way out will  switch it to automatic locking mode  If  automatic locking mode is not needed   retract the seat belt fully to convert it back  to emergency locking mode     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  43 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    V Re attaching the Seat Belt after the  Middle Row Seatbacks are  Returned to their Upright Positions    To re attach the center seat belt after the  middle row seats are returned to their  upright positions  grasp the seat belt  tongue  A  and insert it into the seat belt  anchor buckle  B  until you hear a click  sound  It is now secure for passenger use     NOTE   After returning the lefi rear seatback to its  upright position  guide the shoulder portion of  the belt correctly through the seat belt guide  and fasten the lap portion of the belt        2 31       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page44  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Seat Belt Extender    If your seat belt is not long enough  even  when fully extended  a seat belt extender  may be available to you at no charge from  your Authorized Mazda Dealer    This extender will be only for you and for  the particular vehicle and seat  Even if it  plugs into other seat belts  it may not hold  in the critical moment of a crash    When ordering an extender  only order  one that provides the necessary additi
279. d  passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib       COLD TIRE PRESSURE  ZE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S  PNEU  DIMENSIONS  BREUS P FROD MANUAL FOR    FRONT   P195 70R14 200 kPa  29 psi                 VOIR LE MANUEL  ARRIERE P195 70R14  200 kPa  29 psi DE L USAGER e    POUR PLUS DE    pe SECOURS 112570015 420 kPa  60 psi              TIRE                               Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure    On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi  for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle  It is very important that the  inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure   You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is  maintained    Refer to Tires on page 10 7     NOTE   Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold  tire inflation pressure  measured when the tires are cold  after the vehicle has been parked for at least  3 hours  As you drive  the temperature in the tire warms up  increasing the tire pressure     9 30       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page573  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  573 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada        WARNING    Always chech the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the  recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with 
280. d 100     The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use  however   and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits  service  practices and differences in road characteristics and climate        Traction AA  A  B  C    The traction grades  from highest to lowest  are AA  A  B  and C  These grades represent  the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on  specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete  A tire marked C may have poor  traction performance         WARNING    The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking  straight ahead  traction  tests and does not include acceleration cornering  turning   hydroplaning  or peak  traction characteristics     V Temperature A  B  C    The temperature grades A  the highest   B  and C  represent the tire s resistance to the  generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions  on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel    Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire  life  and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure     Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet  under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No  109  Grades B and A represent  higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by  law     9 22       For
281. d Reverse  AVRCP Ver  1 3  or higher    Fast forward    Press and hold the fast forward button          or touch and hold the        on   screen button                    6 142       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  416 1     Reverse    Press and hold the reverse down button      lt    or touch and hold the   6   on   screen button     Folder search  only AVRCP Ver  1 4     To change to the previous folder  touch  the on screen button  or touch the      on screen button to advance to the  next folder     Music scan  only AVRCP Ver  1 4     This function scans the titles in a folder  currently being played and plays 10  seconds of each song to aid you in finding  a song you want to listen to     1  Touch the on screen button  during playback to play 10 seconds of  each subsequent track starting from the  next song       Touch the on screen button again  during playback of the song which you  want to listen to continue the playback  from that point     Repeat playback  only AVRCP Ver  1 4   Track repeat    Touch the on screen button to play  the song during playback repeatedly     2      is displayed during playback    Touch the on screen button two  times while         is displayed to cancel                              ia  Previous                      Scan                Scan                   Repeat                 Repeat        Folder repeat    Touch the on screen button two  times to play the songs in the folder  repeatedly            is displayed during  pl
282. d the seatbach   Routing the tether strap on top of the  head restraint is dangerous  In a  collision the tether strap could slide  off the head restraint and loosen the  child restraint system  The child   restraint system could move which  may result in death or injury to the  child     Always attach the tether strap to the   correct tether anchor position   Attaching the tether strap to the  incorrect tether anchor position is  dangerous  In a collision  the tether  strap could come off and loosen the  child restraint system  If the child   restraint system moves it could result  in death or injury to the child     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  63 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    WLATCH Child Restraint System  Installation Procedure  Second   Row Center Seat     The LATCH lower anchors at the center  of the second row seat are much further  apart than the sets of LATCH lower  anchors for child restraint system  installation at other seating positions   Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH  attachments cannot be installed on the  center seating position  Some LATCH  equipped child restraint systems can be  placed in the center position and will  reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors  which are 500 mm  19 7 in  apart   LATCH compatible child restraint  systems  with attachments on belt  webbing  can be used at this seating  position only if the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions state that the I  child restrai
283. d to ACC  the     Ignition Not Switched Off  STOP   Warning Beep     page 3 18  overrides the  lights on reminder          Some models  5 75       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    p                 CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page254  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Type A         High beam    Low beam    Type B    High beam    Low beam    5 76    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                        Black plate  254 1     V Flashing the Headlights    To flash the headlights  pull the lever fully  towards you  the headlight switch does  not need to be on   The lever will return to  the normal position when released    Type A       MP C ERN  Flashing           gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page255  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Y Headlight Leveling      The number of passengers and weight of  cargo in the luggage compartment change  the angle of the headlights    The headlight leveling switch is used to  adjust the angle of the headlights  manually                                                                      Select the proper headlight angle from the following  chart   Front seat Rear seat           Load Switch  Driver   Passenger SET      Position  row   row  x                 0  x x             0  x x     x     1  x x x x     1  x x x x x 2  x             x 3  x  Yes       No    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Black plate  255 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    V Daytime Running Lights    Some countries require moving ve
284. d using  voice recognition    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56 Refer to How to use iPod mode on  page 6 60     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Play      4  Prompt        Would you like to play by Artist   Album  Playlist  or Genre        5  Say   Beep     Playlist       6  Prompt      What playlist would you like to  play        7  Say   Beep      XXXXX     Ex     My favorite     Playlist name           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  405 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      8  The name spoken will be searched for  in the USB device or iPod   If a contact is matched  go to Step 10   If multiple contacts are matched  go to  Step 9     9  Prompt      Would you like to play XXXXX      Choice 1        Playlist you would like to play   Say   Beep     Yes     Then go to Step 10    Playlist you do not want to play   Say   Beep     No     Then go to Step 9    Maximum 3 times     10  The tracks from the selected playlist  are played     Playing selected genre    When playing a USB or iPod    Tracks from a desired genre on a USB  device or 1Pod can be played using voice  recognition    Refer to How to use USB mode on page  6 56 Refer to How to use iPod mode on  page 6 60     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Play       4  Prompt      Would you like to play by Artist   Album  Playlist  or Genre        5  Say   Beep     Genre       6  Prompt      What genre would you like to play      
285. d will be heard to  notify the driver that the parking brake  has not been released     V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning  Beep ii    The warning beep sound will be heard for  about 3 seconds when there 15 any  abnormality in tire inflation pressures   page 5 29      V Advanced Keyless Warning  with  Advanced Key     Warning indicators for the advanced key   such as         advanced key removed from  vehicle warning   use a beep sound and  warning indicator lights in the instrument  cluster    Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on  page 3 18     V Blind Spot Monitoring System  Warning Beep      Driving forward   The warning beep operates when the turn  signal lever is operated to the side where  the BSM warning light is illuminated     NOTE   The system can be personalized so that the  BSM warning beep does not operate  Refer to  Personalization Features on page 10 8     Reversing   If vehicles approach from the rear on the  left and right  the BSM warning beep  operates     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Black plate  249 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds     Some models     5 71       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page250  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  250 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Lighting Control    Y Headlights    Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights  other exterior lights and dashboard  illumination on or off     NOTE     To prevent discharging the battery  do not leave the lights on while the
286. day  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    NOTE   FCC ID  NZLOBIHL3  CANADA 4112A OBIHL3   This device complies with FCC rules part 15   Operation is subject to the following  conditions    1  This device may not cause any harmful  interference and   2  This device must accept any interference  that may be received including interference  that may cause undesired operation     NOTE  The programming will not be erased even if  the battery is disconnected     Pre programming the HomeLink  System    NOTE   It is recommended that a new battery be  placed in the hand held transmitter of the  device being programmed to HomeLink for  quicker training and accurate transmission of  the radio frequency signal       Verify that there is a remote control  transmitter available for the device you  would like to program      Disconnect the power to the device     Programming the HomeLink System    A CAUTION    When programming a garage door  opener or a gate  disconnect the  power to these devices before  performing programming  as  continuous operation of the devices  could damage the motor        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  271 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons  which can be individually selected and  programmed using the transmitters for  current  on market devices as follows     1  Press and hold the two outer  HomeLink buttons  buttons one and  three      releasing only when the  indicator light begins to flash  after 2
287. described in this manual     Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance  as opposed to defective  materials or authorized Mazda workmanship  will not be honored     8 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page479  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  479 1     Maintenance and Care    Introduction    Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may  perform maintenance  But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized  Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts           8 3       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page480  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  480 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance    Scheduled Maintenance  U S A   Canada  and Puerto Rico     Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions  apply    Repeated short distance driving   Driving in dusty conditions   Driving with extended use of brakes   Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used   Driving on rough or muddy roads   Extended periods of idling or low speed operation   Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates   Driving in extremely hot conditions     Driving in mountainous conditions continually   If any do apply  follow Schedule 2  Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2      NOTE  After the prescribed period  continue to follow the described maintenance at the recomm
288. disc has both music data  CD DA   and MP3 files  playback of the two file  types differs depending on how the  disc was recorded      Packet written discs cannot be played   on this unit    This unit does not play CDs recorded   using MP31         interactive            PRO and RIFF MP3 formats     About folders and files      The arrangement and playing order of a  recorded disc containing MP3 files is  as follows     Folder C3   Folder J   Track  File     No       89                 03                               no  2c L    n      05   A   m     JI  8   06   s mee  NE    0           nOD  Lt         n 0           4  Levell Level2 Level3 Level4    Playback may not occur in the above  hierarchy depending on the audio unit     The folder order is automatically  assigned and this order cannot be  optionally set    Any folder without an MP3 file will be  ignored   It will be skipped and the  folder number will not be displayed      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  297 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    MP3 files not conforming to the MP3  format containing both header frames  and data frames will be skipped and  not played    This unit will play MP3 files that have  up to eight levels  However  the more  levels a disc has  the longer it will take  to initially start playing  It is  recommended to record discs with two  levels or less    A single disc with up to 512 files can  be played and a single folder with up to  255 files can be played    When n
289. ds  A beep sound is  heard after the adjustment to the  programmed positions is completed           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page20  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  20 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    NOTE       If the seat and outside mirror angles are  already adjusted to the positions you are  activating  the seat and outside mirrors do  not move  a beep sound is not heard       The advanced key retractable key cannot be  programmed while the key is inserted in the  key cylinder        Ifany of the following operations is  performed while activating a seat and  outside mirror angle position  the  activation will cancel  After pressing a  programming button or unlocking the doors  with a programmed advanced key   retractable type key  and while the positions  are being adjusted       The selector lever is shified to a position  other than P  The ignition is switched  ON       Any of the seat adjustment switches  other than a lumbar support switch are  operated  Only the seat position  activation is canceled       The SET button is pressed      Aprogramming button  1  2  or 3  is  pressed      Any of the power mirror buttons is  operated  Only the outside mirror angle  position activation is canceled       Vehicle locking unlocking is done using  the transmitter      The vehicle starts moving       To cancel the seat and outside mirror  angle position activation when using a  programmed advanced key retractable  type key to unlock the doors    Perform
290. due to cold ambient temperature  may turn  off if the ambient temperature rises  In this  case  it will also be necessary to adjust the  tire air pressures  If the TPMS warning  light illuminates due to a drop in tire air  pressure  make sure to check and adjust the  tire air pressures        After adjusting the tire air pressures  it may  require some time for the TPMS warning  light to turn off  If the TPMS warning light  remains illuminated  drive the vehicle at a  speed of at least 25 km h  16 mph  for 10  minutes  and then verify that it turns off      Tires lose air naturally over time and the  TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too  soft over time or you have a flat  However   when you find one low tire in a set of four   that is an indication of trouble  you should  have someone drive the vehicle slowly  forward so you can inspect any low tire for  cuts and any metal objects sticking through  tread or sidewall  Put a few drops of water  in the valve stem to see if it bubbles  indicating a bad valve  Leaks need to be  addressed by more than simply refilling the  trouble tire as leaks are dangerous   take it  to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has  all the equipment to fix tires  TPMS systems  and order the best replacement tire for your  vehicle     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          If the warning light illuminates again even  after the tire pressures are adjusted  there  may be a tire puncture  Replace the  punctured tire with the temporary spare  tire  page 7 8   
291. e     NOTE     Music data  MP3 WMA AAC   m4a   format  stored in a USB mass storage class  compliant device  such as USB flash  memory  can be played      Playback may not be possible depending on  the type and condition of the USB flash  memory even if the audio file complies with  the standard above      Acopyright protected WMA AAC file  cannot be played in this unit      The order of the music data stored in the  device may differ from the playback order        To prevent loss or damage of stored data   we recommend that you always back up  your data      Ifa device exceeds the maximum electric  current value of 500 mA  it may not operate  or recharge when connected      Do not pull out the USB device while in the  USB mode  only pull it out while in FM AM  radio or CD mode       The device will not operate if the data is  password protected     6 26    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  300 1     Playable MP3 file specifications  Playable MP3 files are as follows        Item Content                  AUDIO LAYER       MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER               2 5    44 1 48 32 kHz   MPEG    22 05 24 16 kHz   MPEG2   11 025 12 8 kHz   MPEG2 5     32   320 kbps  MPEGI   Bit rate 8   160 kbps  MPEG2   8   160 kbps  MPEG2 5        CAUTION    This unit plays files with the file  extension  mp3  as an MP3 file  Do  not use the MP3 file extension for  files other than MP3 files  Otherwise   it could result in noise or a  malfunction     Specification       Sampling rate 
292. e  554 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    2  Year and model of vehicle   3  Vehicle Identification Number  17 digits  noted on your registration or title or located on  the upper driver s side corner of the dash    4  Purchase date and current mileage   5  Your dealer s name and location   6  Your question s     9 12       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page555  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  555 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Mazda Importer Distributors    Importer Distributor V SAIPAN    Pacific International Marianas  Inc   WU S A   d b a  Midway Motors   P O  Box 887 Saipan  MP 96950    Mazda North American Operations TEL   670  234 7524    7155 Irvine Center Drive  Irvine  CA 92618 2922 U S A  Triple J Sai I  P O  Box 19734 He priae arch                d b a  Triple J Motors   RE 5000023  8800 Rr aa P O  Box 500487 Saipan  MP 96950 0487     949  727 1990  outside U S A   TEL   670  234 7133 3051    V CANADA    Mazda Canada Inc    55 Vogell Road  Richmond Hill   Ontario  LAB 3K5 Canada   TEL  1  800  263 4680  in Canada    905  787 7000  outside Canada     Y PUERTO RICO U S  Virgin Island cane    International Automotive Distributor   Group  LLC   Mazda de Puerto Rico    P O  Box 191850  San Juan  Puerto Rico  00919 1850   TEL   787  641 1777          MEXICO    Mazda Motor de Mexico   Mario Pani   150  PB Col  Lomas de  Santa Fe Mexico  D F  C P  05300 Del   Cu
293. e  as a standard  call   Touch the    NOTE   If the ignition is switched off during a Hands   Free call  the line is transferred to the device   Mobile phone  automatically        Transfer to  Handset          on screen button           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page401  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    V Transferring a call from a device   mobile phone  to Hands Free    Communication between devices  mobile  phone  can be switched to Bluetooth   Hands Free    Touch the       on screen button        V Call interrupt    A call can be interrupted to receive an  incoming call from a third party    To switch to a new incoming call    Touch the   amp    on screen button or press  the pick up button on the steering wheel     NOTE      After receiving a new incoming call  the  previous call is placed on hold                            Touch the    on screen button or press  the hang up button on the steering wheel to  refuse a call        Switching between calls   Touch the             on screen button or  press the pick up button on the steering  wheel                 Three way call function  Touch the on screen button     WVDTMF  Dual Tone Multi   Frequency Signal  Transmission    This function is used when transmitting  DTMF via the Numerical Keypad  The  receiver of a DTMF transmission is  generally a home telephone answering  machine or a company s automated  guidance call center     1  Touch the  Number Pad  on screen button  after connecting to a home device or  service to dis
294. e  windshield  In the W position  the       amp 3    mode cannot be changed to the  lt    mode     V Operation of Automatic Air  Conditioning       Press the AUTO switch  Selection of  the airflow mode  air intake selector  and amount of airflow will be  automatically controlled             EN    AUTO ON       t      Use the temperature control dial to  select a desired temperature   Press the DUAL switch or turn the  front passenger temperature control  dial to control the set temperature  individually for the driver and front  passenger         PEN    AUTO ON       To turn off the system  press the OFF  switch        6 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l               Black plate  284 1     NOTE     Setting the temperature to the maximum  high or low will not provide the desired  temperature at a faster rate      When selecting heat  the system will restrict  airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold  air from blowing out of the vents     V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging                Press the windshield defroster switch    In this position  the  amp  gt  position is  automatically selected  and the air  conditioner automatically turns on  The  air conditioner will directly dehumidify  the air to the front windshield and side  windows  page 6 5   Airflow amount will  be increased     A WARNING    Set the temperature control to the hot   or warm position when defogging       position    Using the   position with the  temperature control set to the cold  position is dange
295. e Control Display    The climate control system status is  displayed  To operate the climate control  system  refer to    Climate Control System      page 6 2         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page441  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    V Trip Computer    The trip computer can display the   following      The current fuel economy      The average fuel economy      The approximate distance you can  travel on the available fuel      The average vehicle speed    Switch the ignition ON    Press the INFO switch to change the   display mode    If you have any problems with your trip   computer  consult an Authorized Mazda   Dealer     Current fuel economy mode    This mode displays the current fuel  economy by calculating the amount of  fuel consumption and the distance  traveled     Current fuel economy will be calculated  and displayed every 2 seconds     When this mode is selected  CONSUM  CUR will be displayed   U S A     CONSUM CUR  mpg              CE     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l                     Black plate  441 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    CANADA    CONSUM CUR  L 100km             Lt         When you ve slowed to about 5 km h  3  mph         L 100 km       mpg  will be  displayed     Average fuel economy mode   This mode displays the average fuel  economy by calculating the total fuel  consumption and the total traveled  distance since purchasing the vehicle  re   connecting the battery after disconnection   or resetting the data  The average fuel  economy i
296. e Coolant        tithe R i 8 23  Brake  Fluid stes ER 8 25  Power Steering Fluid                     essere 8 25  Washer               terit eg OR           8 26  Body Lubrication                              8 27  Wiper Blades  Bathory  eit ark tisk dere eq pea e d tata  dul EU  Light Bulbs    os teet i ees             dte a te d         Appearance Cale                      ee                 8 57  How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage                      8 57  EXERCITE tte ore Rea d 8 59  REAO Cale os    octo ite tte s ned ete 8 64    8 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page478  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  478 1     Maintenance and Care    Introduction    Introduction    Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle  when using this manual for inspection and maintenance     If you are unsure about any procedure it describes  we strongly urge you to have a reliable  and qualified service shop perform the work  preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer     Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle   Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your  Mazda  inadequate  incomplete  and insufficient servicing may result in problems  This  could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries     For expert advice and quality service  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     To continue warranty eligibility a
297. e Function Page     DVD video  video CD  DVD audio  and audio CD can be  Disc mode played 6 88    AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound   AUX  Auxiliary  mode   such as a video game player and a video camera  can be  used                 6 102         Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped   Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet on page 6 102     Mode change  Press the SOURCE button  The mode changes between Disc and AUX     Disc mode                AUX mode   C DISC  is displayed     AUX  is displayed                   Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       6 87       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page362  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    DVD video  DVD audio   Video CD  Audio CD and    MP3 WMA CD Playback   Disc Mode        DVD video  DVD audio  Video CD   Audio CD  and MP3 WMA CD can be  played in the Disc mode     A CAUTION    For safe driving  adjust the volume  while driving so that ambient sound  can be heard     NOTE   Do not use the Rear Entertainment System  for a long period with the engine off  The  vehicle battery could run down    To listen to the Rear Entertainment System  sound from the vehicle speakers  change the  audio sound to the Rear Entertainment  System sound    Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle  Speakers on page 6 83    To listen to audio other than from the  speakers of the rear entertainment system  it  is necessary to use the wireless headphones  that are in
298. e Satellite Radio on  page 6 38     Specify the preset number and select  1  Press the talk button     2  Prompt     Ready          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  409 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      3  Say   Beep     Preset       4  Prompt      Say a preset number between 1 and 6       5  Say   Beep      X  Ex  3   Preset number        6  The specified preset is selected   Next preset selection    When playing the Radio    1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Next preset      4  The next preset is selected     Previous preset selection   When playing the radio     1  Press the talk button     gt      2  Prompt     Ready          3  Say   Beep     Previous preset       4  The previous preset is selected     Switching channels     When playing a Sirius satellite radio   Selection of the channel to be received is  possible using voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Satellite Radio on  page 6 38     Select by specifying the channel  number    1  Press the talk button     2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Channel     4  Prompt      What channel number would you  like      6 135    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page410  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      5  Say   Beep      XXX  Ex  610   Channel number        6  The specified channel is selected   Selecting the next channel   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Next channel      4  T
299. e any that are swollen or  deteriorated     The coolant should be at full in the  radiator and between the F and L marks  on the coolant reservoir when the engine  is cool        If it is at or near L  add enough coolant to  the coolant reservoir to provide freezing  and corrosion protection and to bring the  level to F    Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank  cap after adding coolant     A CAUTION       Radiator coolant will damage  paint   Rinse it off quickly if spilled     8 23    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page500  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  500 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance     gt  Use only soft  demineralized   water in the coolant mixture   Water that contains minerals will  cut down on the coolant s  effectiveness       Do not add only water  Always  add a proper coolant mixture       The engine has aluminum parts  and must be protected by an  ethylene glycol based coolant to  prevent corrosion and freezing       DO NOT USE coolants Containing  Alcohol  methanol  Borate or  Silicate    These coolants could damage the  cooling system       DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol  with the coolant  This could  damage the cooling system       Do not use a solution that     Cp  contains more than 6096  antifreeze     This would reduce effectiveness     gt  If the  FL22  mark is shown on or  near the cooling system cap  use of  FL 22 is recommended when  replacing engine coolant  Using  engine coolant other than FL 22  may cause serious dama
300. e automatic transaxle warning  light illuminates  the transaxle has  an electrical problem  Continuing to  drive your Mazda in this condition  could cause damage to your  transaxle  Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page241  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM                  Black plate  241 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    V AWD Warning Light  AWD     4WD    This warning light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON    Thereafter  the warning light will  illuminate or flash under the following  conditions    e  lluminates when there is an  abnormality with the AWD system   Flashes when the differential oil  temperature is abnormally high   Flashes when there are continually  large differences between front and rear  wheel rotation  such as when trying to  pull away from an icy surface  or when  trying to extricate the vehicle from  mud  sand or similar conditions     If the AWD warning light illuminates     If the AWD warning light illuminates   contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer     If the AWD warning light flashes     Park the vehicle in a safe place  After a  few moments  if the warning light stops  flashing  you can resume driving  If the  light does not stop flashing  contact an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          WARNING    Never spin a wheel that is off the   ground   Spinning a wheel that is off the  ground as a result of the vehicle
301. e child could be  hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed  Even if the front  passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates  always move the front  passenger seat as far back as possible  A sleeping child is more likely to lean against  the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front  passenger  side of the vehicle  Whenever possible  always secure a child 12 years and under on  the rear seats with an appropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size     2 55       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page68  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  68 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that  could deploy   Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even  though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on  the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates  The  child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently  backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child        Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags   Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands  or feet on them is extremely dangerous  The driver and front passenger air bags  inflate with great force and speed  Serious injur
302. e displayed based on a flat surface  the distance to the  three dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance      Screen display      Actual condition             Please check surroundings for safety  Actual distance  B gt C A    Sensed distance on screen A gt B gt C                                  V Image Quality Adjustment    A WARNING    Always adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is  stopped   Do not adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while driving the vehicle   Adjusting the picture quality of the rear view monitor such as brightness  contrast   color  and tint while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your  attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to an accident     Picture quality adjustment can be done while the shift lever is in reverse  R    There are four settings which can be adjusted including  brightness  contrast  color  and  tint  When adjusting  pay sufficient attention to the vehicle surroundings     1  Press the setup button  SETUP   to display the picture quality adjustment screen                 2  Touch the      and         on screen buttons to change the set value                 Touch the  Back  on screen button to return to the camera image display        6 160       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page435  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  435 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    Reset        
303. e for such use is required  For  details  please visit http   www mp3licensing com     Playable MP3 file specification  Playable MP3 files are as follows                                            Item Content  MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3  Specification MPEG2 5 AUDIO LAYER3  MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3    MPEGI 32  44 1  48kHz  Sampling frequency  MPEG2 16  22 05  24kHz  MPEGI 32  40  48  56  64  80  96  112  128  160  192  224  256  320  Bit rate kbps  MPEG2  2 5 32  40  48  56  64  80  96  112  128  144  160 kbps  VBR  Variable Bit Rate  Supported  Channel mode Stereo  Joint stereo  Dual channel  Monaural  ID3 tag Ver  1 0  Ver  1 1 title  artist name  album name            This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3  format     6 70       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page345  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  345 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    This unit corresponds to multi session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49  sessions    Some data on multi session recorded discs cannot be played    Playback of discs with added sessions is possible    Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played    This unit does not correspond to MP3i  MP3 interactive   MP3 PRO  and RIFF style  MP3 formats      The maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows  however  the  displayable number of characters on this unit 1s limited                    Maximum number of characters in a file n
304. e has been equipped with a tire pressure  monitoring system  TPMS  that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or  more of your tires is significantly under inflated  Accordingly  when the low tire  pressure telltale illuminates  you should stop and chech your tires as soon as  possible  and inflate them to the proper pressure  Driving on a significantly under   inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure  Under inflation  also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life  and may affect the vehicle s handling  and stopping ability    Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance  and it is  the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure  even if under inflation  has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure  telltale    Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate  when the system is not operating properly    The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale   When the system detects a malfunction  the telltale will flash for approximately one  minute and then remain continuously illuminated  This sequence will continue upon  subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists  When the  malfunction indicator is illuminated  the system may not be able to detect or signal  low tire pressure as intended  TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons   including the installation of r
305. e headphones with the volume set at moderate level  Listening at an  excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on  your hearing ability     gt  If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage       Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet  Also  do not Cp   leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature  It  could cause a malfunction        NOTE       To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system  it is necessary to  use the wireless headphones that are included  For headphone specification  refer to     Operation Tips for Headphones     page 6 73       When the headphones are not in use  turn them off        If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is  turned on  or there is no signal reception  the headphone power turns off automatically      Ifthe headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received  the  headphone power turns off automatically     6 83       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page358  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  358 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    The acceptable range for signals  infrared rays  from the Rear Entertainment System is as  follows     Rear Entertainment System        Wireless headphone signal   infrared rays  transmitter    The signals  infrared rays  
306. e it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  satisfactory servicing in other countries  We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  Mazda outside these areas    You may have these problems if you do       Recommended fuel may be unavailable  Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will  affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine      Proper repair facilities  tools  testing equipment  and replacement parts may not be  available     The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in  the United States  its territories  and Canada        9 15       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page558  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  558 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Outside the United States    Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific  emission regulations and safety standards  Therefore  vehicles built for use in the United  States may differ from those sold in other countries     The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  satisfactory servicing in other countries  We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  Mazda outside the United States  However  in the event that you are moving to Canada  permanently  Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for  exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply wit
307. e or more tires  the system will inform the driver via the  warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound     The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to  the receiver unit in the vehicle        Tire pressure sensors    NOTE    9     When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes  tire temperatures are also lower   When the tire temperature decreases  the air pressure decreases as well  The TPMS warning light  may illuminate more frequently  Visually inspect the tires daily before driving  and check tire  pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge  When checking tire pressures  use of a digital tire  pressure gauge is recommended        TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires  regularly       Some models  5 29       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page208  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  208 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    A CAUTION    Each tire  including the spare  if provided   should be checked monthly when cold  and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on  the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label   If your vehicle has tires of a  different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure  label  you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires     As an added safety feature  your vehicl
308. e s  height in mind        4 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Drive carefully when the vehicle is   loaded by lowering vehicle speed and   applying the brakes earlier   Abrupt maneuvering and sudden  braking when driving a loaded  vehicle is dangerous as the driving  behavior of a vehicle with a high  center of gravity is different when it is  loaded compared to when it is not   and could result in the loss of vehicle  control and an accident     V Emergency Maneuvering    A WARNING    Do not perform abrupt maneuvers  when driving the vehicle in an  emergency situation   Performing abrupt maneuvers even  when driving in an emergency  situation is dangerous as it could    gt    reduce vehicle stability and  operability resulting in an accident   Operate the accelerator pedal  brake  pedal  and the steering wheel  smoothly        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         165  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       A WARNING    Make sure the floor mats are hooked  on the retention pins to prevent them  from bunching up under the foot  pedals   Using a floor mat that is not secured  is dangerous as it will interfere with  the accelerator and brake pedal  operation  which could result in an  accident        Do not install two floor mats  one on   top of the other  on the driver s side   Installing two floor mats  one on top  of the other  on the driver s side is  dangerous as the retention pins can  only keep one floor mat from sliding  forward   In using a heavy duty floor mat for  winter use 
309. e sure the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is positioned  across your shoulder and near your  neck  but never under your arm  on  your neck  or on your upper arm     4  Position the lap belt as low as possible   not on the abdominal area  then adjust  the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly  against your body         Keep low on    hip bone ENS    SES       A WARNING    Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat   Belt   The lap portion of the seat belt worn  too high is dangerous  In a collision   this would concentrate the impact  force directly on the abdominal area   causing serious injury  Wear the lap  portion of the belt snugly and as low  as possible     2 23       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page36  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  36 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    V Unfastening the Seat Belt    Depress the button on the seat belt buckle   If the belt does not fully retract  pull it out  and check for kinks or twists  Then make  sure it remains untwisted as it retracts         ZZ       m  gt      CSI  SS    Button  NOTE      When using the center rear seat belt  refer  to    Center Rear Position Seat Belt   page  2 28       Ifa belt does not fully retract  inspect it for  kinks and twists  If it is still not retracting  properly  have it inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     To secure the outboard third row seat  belts when not in use  insert the belts into  their seat belt retainers        2 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H     
310. e the issue  consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer        V Cruise Main Indicator Light   Amber  Cruise Set Indicator  Light  Green     CRUISE    The indicator light has two colors        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page247  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM               Black plate  247 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    Cruise Main Indicator Light  Amber     The indicator light illuminates amber  when the ON switch is pressed and the  cruise control system is activated     Cruise Set Indicator Light  Green    The indicator light illuminates green when  a cruising speed has been set        Y BSM OFF Indicator Light     BSM  OFF    This indicator light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates  when the BSM system 15 turned off by  pressing the BSM OFF switch    The indicator light flashes if the BSM  system has a malfunction  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     NOTE   If the vehicle is driven on a road with less  traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors  can detect  the system may pause  The BSM  OFF indicator light in the instrument panel  flashes   However  it does not indicate a  malfunction     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             Lights On Indicator Light     002    This indicator light illuminates when the  exterior lights and dashboard illumination  are on     V Turn Signal Hazard Warning  Indicator Lights           When operating the turn signal lights  the  left or 
311. e569  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  569 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     Tread Wear  Traction and Temperature Grades    Tread wear  The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire  when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course  For  example  a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half  1 1 2  times as well on the  government course as a tire graded 100    Traction  The traction grades  from highest to lowest are AA  A  B  and C  The grades  represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions  on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete  A tire marked C may have  poor traction performance    Temperature  The temperature grades are     the highest   B and C  representing the tire s  resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under  controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel     Snow Tires    In some heavy snow areas  local governments may require true snow tires  those with very  deeply cut tread  These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels   Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other  tires on your vehicle     SAFETY WARNING    The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall  Pe  SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM      EXPLOSION OF TIRE 
312. eats contact the front seats  remove the head  restraints for the second row seats        2 12       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    4  Pull the lever and fold the seatback  forward        A CAUTION    When folding a seatback  always  hold onto the seatback with your  other hand while operating the lever   If the seatback is not supported  it    will flip forward suddenly and could    gt    cause injury        NOTE   To create a flat luggage compartment space  from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the  front seats  fold the second row and third row  seats  page 2 14            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page25  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Returning seatbacks to their original  positions    1  Lift the seatback to its original  position   Make sure the seatback is secured by  attempting to lightly move it forward  and back     2  If the head restraints were removed  re   install them     3  Route the center rear seat belt through  the seat belt guide and fasten it  Check  that all seat belts are routed properly  for passenger use  page 2 28         Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  25 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Third Row Seat  AWARNING       Do not stack cargo higher than the   seatbacks   Stacking luggage or other cargo  higher than the seatbacks is  dangerous  During a sudden stop or  collision  objects can fly around and  become projectiles that could hit and  injure passengers     Make sure luggage and cargo are  secured before driving   N
313. eching noise consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page189  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  189 1     Driving Your Mazda  Starting and Driving       Automatic Transaxle Controls          Various Lockouts       Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift  The ignition  must be switched to ACC or ON       Cp    gt  Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position     gt               NOTE   The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the  driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears  Even if  you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic  you should also be  aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be  retained as the vehicle speed increases  If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the  engine racing  confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode  page 5 13      5 11    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page190  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Transaxle Ranges    The shift lever must be in P or N to  operate the starter     P  Park     P locks the transaxle and prevents the  front wheels from rotating       A WARNING    Always set the shift lever to P and set   the parking brake   Only setting the shift lever to the P  position 
314. ect button to the left or  right       Move the cursor to the desired folder   file by operating the select button up or  down     3  Press the ENTER button to play the  selected file or to move to the selected  folder     NOTE   To return to an upper hierarchy  move the  cursor to the  PARENT FOLDER    and press  the ENTER button        6 96       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  370 1     While in TREEIDX display mode    1  Move the cursor to the folder file  information display window by  operating the select button to the left or  right       Move the cursor to the folder where the  desired file is located by operating the  select button up or down     3  Press the ENTER button  Playback  starts from the first track in the selected  folder     NOTE              mark is attached to a folder if the  folder has a playable MP3 WMA file       fa disc including a playlist is being  played  the playlist file can be selected     Playlist file playback    Playlist files can be played using the  following procedure     1  Set the display mode to the TREEIDX  mode  Refer to Assist Functions  MP3   WMA CD  on page 6 94       Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by  operating the select button     3  Press the ENTER button to change the  display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX       Move the cursor to the desired playlist  file by operating the select button up or  down     5  Press the ENTER button  Playback  starts in the order programmed in the  playlist file     NOTE  The loading
315. ed     NOTE     Parent lock is not available depending on  the disc      The initial password setting  when  purchased  is  0000      Mark Audio   Aspect    Rating Change Level      Country Change             Password Change       Rating change  Parent lock level setting  Country change  Setting for the country  where the disc is being played   Password change  Registered password  changes       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  373 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Changing the Rating setting       Enter the password by pressing the  number keys  0 to 9  or operating the  select button up or down     Mark Audio   Aspect    Please input a  4 digit password     Es    ox    Set   ENTER  Cancel   RETURN        2  Press the ENTER button   If the password is confirmed  the  Rating change mode is displayed     NOTE         The setting cannot be changed without the  correct password  Note down the password so  you don t forget it        Mark Audio   Aspect    Level    NoLimit  lt 4    8  7  6  5  4  3  2  1    All Limit       3  Select the desired parent lock level and  press the ENTER button to set     6 99       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page374  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Country change  NOTE    It is necessary to set the country code because  the parent lock level is different depending on  the country  When using the unit in U S A   set  the country code to  3018   The parent lock  functi
316. ed to a  4 3 screen ratio    Wide screen   The center part of the image is   compressed toward the center  and the   surrounding area is enlarged toward the   edge          A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in  the above figure        6 80       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  354 1     Cinema screen   The image 1s enlarged upward and  downward     4 3 and 16 9 screen ratio  image are displayed with the upper lower  part of the image cut off     NOTE   Because images are enlarged lengthwise for  display  a horizontal streak may be seen   however  it does not indicate a malfunction          A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in  the above figure     NOTE   The display varies depending on the style of  the image recorded on the disc    Refer to the following table and set the screen  size                             Image style Recommendation  4 3 Normal or wide screen  16 9 Full screen  Letter box Full or cinema screen     Display Off  Only sound  without image  can be  played     Press and hold the DISPLAY button   DISPLAY   on the remote controller    DISPLAY OFF  is displayed  and then  image turns off    Press any button on the remote controller  to display the image     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page355  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM       V Remote Controller    Operate the Rear Entertainment System  with the remote controller except for disc  insertion ejection        CAUTION    Do not apply excessive force to the  remote controller or get it wet  Also   d
317. ehicle Safety Standards  FMVSS      NOTE  The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on  vacation     You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada     Recommended fuel may be unavailable  Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will  affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine     Proper repair facilities  tools  testing equipment  and replacement parts may not be  available  Pe  Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information        9 17       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page560  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  560 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country  Except       United States and Canada     Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it   meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be  driven  Consequently  your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order  to meet the regulations    In addition  you should be aware of the following issues    Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country     The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable     Parts  servicing techniques  and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be  unavailable     There might not be an 
318. ehicle is dangerous as it could  distract your attention from the  vehicle operation which could lead to  a serious accident  Always adjust the  audio while the vehicle is stopped   Even if the audio control switches are  equipped on the steering wheel  learn  to use the switches without looking  down at them so that you can keep  your maximum attention on the road  while driving the vehicle        CAUTION     gt  For the purposes of safe driving   adjust the audio volume to a level  that allows you to hear sounds  outside of the vehicle including car  horns and particularly emergency  vehicle sirens     gt  Do not install non genuine  speakers since their vibration may  affect the Dynamic Stability  Control  DSC  Roll Stability  Control  RSC  sensors     NOTE     To prevent the battery from being  discharged  do not leave the audio system  on for a long period of time when the  engine is not running    Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in  or near the vehicle  it could cause noise to  occur from the audio system  however  this  does not indicate that the system has been  damaged        6 17      Some models     P             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page292  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    V Radio Reception    AM characteristics    AM signals bend around such things as  buildings or mountains and bounce off the  ionosphere  Therefore  they can reach  longer distances than FM signals  Because  of this  two stations may sometimes be  p
319. els     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             Seat Belt Warning Beep    If the driver s seat belt is not fastened  when the ignition is switched ON  a beep  sound will be heard for about 6 seconds   If the driver or the front passenger s seat  belt is not fastened and the vehicle is  driven at a speed faster than about 20  km h  12 mph   a beep sound will be  heard again for a specified period of time   Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page  2 34        Ignition Key Reminder    If the ignition is switched off or the  ignition 1s switched to ACC with the key  inserted  a continuous beep sound will be  heard when the driver s door is opened     Y Lights On Reminder      If lights are on and the ignition is  switched to ACC or the ignition is  switched off  or the key 15 removed from  the ignition switch key slot  a continuous  beep sound will be heard when the  driver s door is opened     NOTE      With advanced key    When the advanced keyless function is used  and the ignition is switched to ACC  the   Ignition Not Switched Off  STOP   Warning Beep     page 3 18  overrides the  lights on reminder    When the ignition is switched to ACC or the  ignition is switched off  the  Ignition Key  Reminder   page 5 3  overrides the lights   on reminder           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page249  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    V Parking Brake Reminder    If the parking brake has not been  completely released and the vehicle is  driven at about 5 km h  3 mph  or faster  a  continuous beep soun
320. ely exceed the available cargo and luggage   load capacity calculated in Step 4    If your vehicle will be towing a trailer  load from your trailer will be   transferred to your vehicle  Consult this manual to determine how this 1     reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle      6               9 43       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page586  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  586 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Reporting Safety Defects    Reporting Safety Defects  U S A      If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could  cause injury or death  you should immediately inform the National Highway  Traffic Safety Administration  NHTSA  in addition to notifying Mazda Motor  Corporation  Your Mazda Importer Distributor      If NHTSA receives similar complaints  it may open an investigation  and if it  finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles  it may order a recall and  remedy campaign  However  NHTSA cannot become involved in individual  problems between you  your dealer  or Mazda Motor Corporation  Your Mazda  Importer Distributor      To contact NHTSA  you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888   327 4236  TTY  1 800 424 9153   go to http   www safercar gov  or write to   Administrator  NHTSA  1200 New Jersey Avenue  SE   Washington  DC   20590  You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from  http   www 
321. ementary restraint  system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a  certified physician  contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  For more information  go to NHTSA  website www safercar gov  VEHICLE SHOPPERS     Air Bags     Air Bag FAQs     Air Bag  Deactivation      W STEP 1  Contact Your Mazda Dealer    Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer  This is the quickest and best way to   address the issue         f your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS  SALES   SERVICE  or PARTS MANAGER  then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of  the dealership or the OWNER         fit becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary  restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in  accordance with a certified physician  go to STEP 2     WSTEP 2  Contact Mazda North American Operations    If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership  management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the  supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical  conditions in accordance with a certified physician  you can reach Mazda North American  Operations by one of the following ways     Log on  at www mazdaUSA com    Answers to many questions  including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in  the U S   can be found here     E mail  click on    Contac
322. en the eject button is pressed  the disc is  ejected halfway      A disc can be ejected with the Rear  Entertainment System turned off     V Picture Adjustment    The brightness  BRIGHT   color  adjustment  TINT   color density   COLOR   and contrast  CONTRAST  of  the screen can be adjusted    Press the picture adjust button   PICTURE  on the remote controller to  change to the picture adjustment mode   The picture mode changes in the order of  BRIGHT    TINT    COLOR     CONTRAST    OFF each time the  button is pressed in this mode    Press the picture adjust button  A   or  V     positioned to top bottom of the picture  adjustment mode button  PICTURE   to  adjust each picture mode     NOTE       If the picture adjustment mode is on and no  operation has been done for about 5  seconds  the mode is canceled  automatically        If the picture is no longer adjustable by  pressing the picture adjust button  A   or         it indicates that the adjustment value  has reached the maximum minimum value     Adjusting the brightness    1  Press the picture adjustment mode  button  PICTURE  and select the  BRIGHT mode     2  Press the picture adjust button  A   or   V   to adjust       Picture adjust button  A    Brighten       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page353  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM      Picture adjust button  V    Darken    BRIGHT  STS        Adjusting the color adjustment    1  Press the picture adjustment mode    button  PICTURE  and select the TINT    mode     2  Press 
323. ended  intervals                                  8 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page481  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  481 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       V Schedule 1                    Number of months or kilometers  miles   whichever comes first  Months  x1000 km  x1000 miles       Maintenance Interval                            ENGINE       Inspect every 168 000 km  105 000 miles   Replace every 240 000 km  150 000 miles     Drive belts                                     Engine oil R R R R R R R R  Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R  COOLING SYSTEM    Replace at first 192 000 km  120 000 miles  or 10 years  after  that  every 96 000 km  60 000 miles  or 5 years    Replace at first 96 000 km  60 000 miles  or 4 years  after that   every 2 years                  Engine coolant                                                          FUEL SYSTEM   Air filter C R C   Fuel lines and hoses   I I   Hoses and tubes for emission   I   Cp  IGNITION SYSTEM   Spark plugs Replace every 160 000 km  100 000 miles    CHASSIS and BODY   Brake lines  hoses and connections I I   Disc brakes I I I I   Tire  Rotation  Rotate every 12 000 km  7 500 miles    Steering operation and linkages I I       Front and rear suspension  ball joints and wheel  bearing axial play   Rear differential oil  AWD   Driveshaft dust boots I             Bolts and nuts on chassis and body       Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 
324. ensor is damaged while the liftgate  is closing automatically  the system  changes to manual operation        NOTE   The jam safe equipment does not activate  during easy closure operation when the power  lifigate is between the near shut position and  fully closed position     When the power liftgate is moving in the  open close direction and an obstruction is  detected  the beep sound will be heard and  the liftgate moves in the reverse direction     NOTE   If the system repeatedly detects an object  obstructing the power lifigate in the open close  direction several times  the beep sound will be  heard and the system changes to manual  operation     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  127 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Power liftgate drop prevention  mechanism    The power liftgate drop prevention  mechanism activates 1f the system detects  weight such as that caused by a snow   laden liftgate when it is opened  electrically  After the liftgate is fully  opened  the beep sound will be heard and  the liftgate closes automatically     NOTE       If the power liftgate is snow laden  remove  the snow before operating the liftgate      Trying to force the power liftgate closed  manually immediately after it has fully  opened automatically may activate the  liftgate drop prevention mechanism   However  this does not indicate a  malfunction     Liftgate easy closure   5   The Easy Closure system automatically   closes the liftgate completely from 
325. eople can be  programmed into the memory using the  three available programming buttons        CAUTION    When activating the seat position  do  not place your hands or fingers  around the seat bottom  The seat  moves to the desired position    gt    automatically  and if your hands or   fingers are placed around the seat  bottom  it could cause injury        NOTE     Only operate the seat memory function  while the vehicle is parked    Vehicle maintenance or other reasons  requiring the vehicle battery to be  disconnected will result in the seat position    memory being erased   In this case  re program the seat positions     Programming    1  Adjust the seat and outside mirror  angle to the desired positions   For each seat position adjustment  method refer to the following pages   Seat Slide  page 2 5   Seat Recline  page 2 5   Height Adjustment  page 2 6   Outside Mirrors  page 3 65     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel9  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    2  Press the SET button followed by one  of the programming buttons  1  2  or 3   within about 5 seconds  A beep sound  is heard after the programming is  completed        SET button    NOTE   If the programming button  1  2  or 3  you  have selected is already programmed  it will be  overwritten with the new setting     Activating the seat and outside mirrors  to their pre programmed positions    1  Shift the selector lever to the P  position     2  Press the programming button  1  2  or  3  that you selected whe
326. eplacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle  that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly  Always check the TPMS  malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to  ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to  continue to function properly    To avoid false readings  the system samples for a little while before indicating a  problem  As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow  out     NOTE   This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to the following two  conditions   1  This device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must accept any  interference received  including interference that may cause undesired operation     5 30       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page209  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       V Tire Pressure Monitoring System    Warning Light    This warning light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     Thereafter  the warning light illuminates  and a beep is heard when tire pressure is  too low in one or more tires  and flashes  when there is a system malfunction     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H             Black plate  209 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    AWARNING    If the tire pressure monitoring system  warning light illuminates or flashes  or  the tire pressure warning beep sound is  heard  decrease vehicle speed  immediately and avoid
327. er  securely until a click sound is heard   If it is not inserted securely  it could  detach from the transmitter     3 25    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell4  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  114 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks       Service    If you have a problem with the keyless  entry system  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     If your transmitter is lost or stolen  consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible for a replacement and to make  the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative     A CAUTION    Radio equipment like this is governed  by laws in the United States   Changes or modifications not  expressly approved by the party  responsible for compliance could void  the user s authority to operate the  equipment        3 26       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell5  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  115 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    V Declaration of Conformity    Keyless entry system   U S A   FCC WARNING  Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible  for compliance could void the user   s authority to operate the equipment   Note   This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to  the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must  accept any interference received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation      CANADA   
328. er bolt  completely to wind up the spare tire  carrier cable        NOTE A E  Secure the spare tire as shown below           A WARNING    Always tighten the spare tire carrier  bolt completely tight and make sure  the spare tire is locked in the highest  position   A loose spare tire carrier bolt is  dangerous  The cable could be cut  causing the spare tire to fall off  This  could result in someone being  seriously injured or even killed  Use a      lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt 2  Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse  and make sure to tighten it until a order of removal   click sound is heard           7 7       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page460  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  460 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire      A WARNING    Place the specialized temporary spare   tire in the spare tire carrier correctly   Placing the specialized temporary  spare tire in the spare tire carrier  wrong side up or using any tire other  than the small temporary spare tire  designed for use with this vehicle is  dangerous  It will result in poor  attachment and insufficient ground  clearance in the spare tire carrier and  the danger of the tire falling off  This  could result in someone being badly  injured or even killed     Always tighten the spare tire carrier  bolt completely tight and mahe sure  the spare tire is locked in the highest  position   A loose spare tire carrier bolt is  dangerous  The cable could be cut  causing 
329. er name from the  displayed list     3  The files in the selected folder are  displayed     4  Select the file you want to play     6 47    2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page322  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  322 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System     Selection from inside folder in which a  song is currently being played        1  Press the  355   on screen button to  select the song list     2  Touch the song you want to listen to   Music scan    During music CD playback    This function scans the titles on a CD and  plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you  in finding a song you want to listen to        1  Touch the          on screen button  during playback to play 10 seconds of  each subsequent track starting from the  next song        2  Touch the  Scan  on screen button  during playback of the song you want  to listen to and continue the playback  from that point     During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback    This function scans the titles in a folder  currently being played and plays 10  seconds of each song to aid you in finding  a song you want to listen to        1  Touch the          on screen button  during playback to play 10 seconds of  each subsequent track starting from the  next song        2  Touch the          on screen button  during playback of the song you want  to listen to and continue the playback  from that point     NOTE       If the unit is left in scan  normal playback  will resume where scan was selected       fall the tracks a
330. er of attempts  Mazda may be required to replace or  repurchase the vehicle  California Civil Code Section 1793 22  b  creates a presumption  that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its  applicable express warranties 1f  within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000  miles on the vehicle s odometer  whichever occurs first  one or more of the following  occurs      The same nonconformity  a failure to conform to the written warranty that  substantially impairs the use  value or safety of the vehicle  results in a condition that  is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the  nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents  AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the  nonconformity  OR     The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its  agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the  nonconformity  OR     The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its  agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the  vehicle to the buyer     NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE  FOLLOWING ADDRESS    Mazda North American Operations   7755 Irvine Center Drive   Irvine  CA 92618   ATTN  Customer Mediation    8  The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE  repairs  reimbursement  for 
331. erating     Distance between vehicle and obstruction       Rear Sensor    Rear Corner Sensor    Black plate  228 1        Beeper sound                        150   100       59 0   39 3                                 150   100       59 0   39 3                 Slow intermittent sound          Approx  100   50 cm  39 3   19 in     Ly    Medium intermittent  sound                Approx  50   30 cm  19   11 in            Fast intermittent sound                   Within approx  30 cm  11 in     d       Continuous sound        1 The speed of the intermittent sound increases as the vehicle approaches the obstruction     5 50       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page229    Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Black plate  229 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       V When Warning Beep is Activated    The system notifies the driver of an abnormality by activating the beep sound        Beep    How to check       The beep sound is not heard     The system may have a malfunction  Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible        1 consecutive beep    Corner Left Sensor       2 consecutive beeps    Left Sensor       3 consecutive beeps    Right Sensor          4 consecutive beeps       Corner Right Sensor       Remove any foreign material from the sensor area  If  the system does not recover  have the vehicle  inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer        Corner left sensor             Form No 8DU2 EC 14H        
332. erior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System                                                             Symptom Cause Action     S ts The LCD is high tech equipment with a  o  P 99 99  effective sensor resolution      However  please be aware that 0 01       luminescent            pixel failure or pixel continuous  spots on the             illuminated pixels may exist   screen   Subtitles   A      cannot be Other languages are not recorded on the Check the available language in the instruction manual  disc  accompanying the disc   changed  Display                  angle cannot Multiple angles are not recorded on the  Check the available angle in the instruction manual  be changed disc  accompanying the disc   The remote controller is not pointed Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit   toward the receiver on the unit  The receiver is near the disc slot   There is an obstruction between the Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction 50  Remote      that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit  The     remote controller and the unit         controller is receiver is near the disc slot   inoperable  The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones   weak  Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 81   Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction   pointed in the wrong direction  Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 81   No power to the headphones  Turn on the power to the headphones   T
333. ers which can be  displayed is restricted           Error Messages    If the message    USB Error  is displayed   it indicates that there is no playable file in  the USB device or there is an error in the  USB device  Verify that the content  recorded in the USB device has MP3   WMA AAC files and re connect correctly   If the message reappears  have the unit  checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer        6 58       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page333  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  333 1     MEMO    6 59       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page334  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  334 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System       How to use iPod mode                                     Audio button             Power Volume       Track up Fast   forward button    Track down   Reverse button             File dial             dial    The connectable iPods are as follows     iPod classic     iPod nano  4 5 6G     iPod touch    2 3 4G       iPhone    3GS 4 4S    1 Only iPod function    NOTE   The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be  operated while it is connected to the unit  because the unit controls the iPod functions     Playback  1  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON     2  Press the power volume dial to turn the  audio system on     3  Press the audio button  AUDIO   to  display the audio screen        6 60       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       4  Touch the on screen tab to  switch to the iPod mode and start
334. es while           is displayed to cancel        6 61       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page336  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  336 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Shuffle playback   Shuffling songs in list being played        Touch the      on screen button during  playback     C     is displayed during  playback   Touch the        on screen button two  times while     4     is displayed to cancel                           Shuffling album in list being played        Touch the      on screen button two  times during playback             is displayed  during playback   Touch the      on screen button while            is displayed to cancel     NOTE  The track number being shuffle played is in the  order of the iPod shuffle table                       Text scroll    If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of the title to display the  whole title  When the last character is  displayed  touch the   gt   on screen button  to display the first character of the title     NOTE       Thel  on screen button is displayed when  the whole title is not displayed        The information  artist name  music name   is displayed only when the iPod has  information which can be displayed on the  screen                        This unit cannot display some characters   Characters which cannot be displayed are  indicated by an asterisk ek          The number of characters which can be  displayed is restricted       
335. esigned to only  deploy in accordance with the total seated  weight on the front passenger seat  For  details  refer to the driver and front  passenger occupant classification system   page 2 70      Load limiter    The load limiting system releases belt  webbing in a controlled manner to reduce  belt force on the occupant s chest  While  the most severe load on a seat belt occurs  in frontal collisions  the load limiter has  an automatic mechanical function and can  activate in any accident mode with  sufficient occupant movement    Even if the pretensioners have not  deployed  the load limiting function must  be checked by an Authorized Mazda  Dealer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  37 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems        WARNING    Wear seat belts only as recommended   in this owner s manual   Incorrect positioning of the driver and  front passenger seat belts is  dangerous  Without proper  positioning  the pretensioner and  load limiting systems cannot provide  adequate protection in an accident  and this could result in serious injury   For more details about wearing seat  belts  refer to  Fastening the seat  belts   page 2 23      Have your seat belts changed   immediately if the pretensioner or load   limiter has been expended   Always have an Authorized Mazda  Dealer immediately inspect the front  seat belt pretensioners and air bags  after any collision  Like the air bags   the front seat belt pretensioners and  load li
336. eter records the total distance  the vehicle has been driven     Trip meter   The trip meter can record the total  distance of two trips  One is recorded in  trip meter A  and the other is recorded in  trip meter B     For instance  trip meter A can record the  distance from the point of origin  and trip  meter B can record the distance from  where the fuel tank is filled     When trip meter A is selected  pressing  the selector again within one second will  change to trip meter B mode     When trip meter A is selected  TRIP A    will be displayed  When trip meter B is  selected  TRIP B will be displayed     5 53    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page232  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  232 1     Instrument Cluster and Indicators    The trip meter records the total distance  the vehicle is driven until the meter is  again reset  Return it to    0 0    by holding  the selector depressed for 1 second or  more  Use this meter to measure trip  distances and to compute fuel  consumption     NOTE    Only the trip meters record tenths of  kilometers  miles      The trip record will be erased when   The power supply is interrupted  blown  fuse or the battery is disconnected      The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km   mile      V Tachometer    The tachometer shows engine speed in  thousands of revolutions per minute   rpm         CAUTION    Do not run the engine with the    tachometer needle in the RED ZONE     This may cause severe e
337. etup  on screen  button  The list of pairing devices is  displayed              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page393  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM       4  Touch the                 On screen button to  display the message and switch to the  device operation     5  Using your device  perform a search  for the Bluetooth  device  Peripheral  device      6  Select    Mazda    from the device list  searched by the device     7   Device with Bluetooth  version 2 0   Input the displayed 4 digit pairing code  into the device     Device with Bluetooth  version 2 1  or higher       Just Works is detected  The pairing is performed  automatically      Numeric Comparison is detected  Make sure the displayed 6 digit  code on the audio is also displayed  on the device  and touch the   ves  on screen button     connection  license agreement may be required  depending on the device    After a device is registered  the system  automatically identifies the device  By  activating Bluetooth  Hands Free again   or by activating Bluetooth    Hands Free  first after switching the ignition from OFF  to ACC  the device connection condition  is indicated in the display                 Device selection    If several devices have been programmed   the Bluetooth   unit links the device last  programmed  If you would like to link a  different programmed device  it is  necessary to change the link  The order of  device priority after the link has been  changed is maintained even when the  ignition is switched
338. ewarm or cold  water at the end of each winter  Try also  to do this every month     Pay special attention to these areas  because they easily hide mud and dirt  It  will do more harm than good to wet  down the road grime without removing  it     The lower edges of doors  rocker panels   and frame members have drain holes that  should not be clogged  Water trapped  there will cause rusting        8 62       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A WARNING    Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly   and applying the brakes lightly until   brake performance is normal   Driving with wet brakes is  dangerous  Increased stopping  distance or the vehicle pulling to one  side when braking could result in a  serious accident  Light braking will  indicate whether the brakes have  been affected     WV Aluminum Wheel Maintenance    A protective coating is provided over the  aluminum wheels  Special care 15 needed  to protect this coating        CAUTION    Do not use any detergent other than  mild detergent  Before using any  detergent  verify the ingredients   Otherwise  the product could discolor  or stain the aluminum wheels        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page539  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM       NOTE     Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive  cleaner  polishing compound  or solvent on  aluminum wheels  They may damage the  coating        Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean  the wheels    Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm  or cold water  Also  be sure to clean the  wheels after dr
339. ey becomes  unusable  page 3 7            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page245  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  245 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    NOTE Y Headlight High Beam Indicator  The advanced key can be set so that the KEY Light   indicator light  green  does not flash even if  the battery power is low     Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8    e       Security Indicator Light    This light indicates one of two things     The high beam headlights are on   eri   The turn signal lever is in the flash to   pass position     V Shift Position Indicator Light  This indicator light starts flashing every  E   uh  two seconds when the ignition is switched This indicates the selected shift position  from ON to ACC and the immobilizer when the ignition is switched ON    system is armed     The light stops flashing when the ignition  is switched ON with the correct ignition  key    At this time  the immobilizer system is  disarmed and the light illuminates for  about three seconds and then turns off        If the engine does not start with the  correct ignition key  and the security  indicator light keeps illuminating or  flashing  the system may have a  malfunction  Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer                   amp   9   5   59  S     Gear position indicator       5 67       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page246  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  2
340. ezing weather conditions   Using windshield washer fluid  without anti freeze protection in  freezing weather conditions is  dangerous as it could freeze on the  windshield and block your vision  which could cause an accident   In addition  make sure the  windshield is sufficiently warmed  using the defroster before spraying  the washer fluid     5 80    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l                     Black plate  258 1     NOTE   Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper  blades  the wiper motor is protected from  motor breakdown  overheating and possible  fire by a circuit breaker  This mechanism will  automatically stop operation of the blades  but  only for about 5 minutes    If this happens  turn off the wiper switch and  park off the right of way  and remove the snow  and ice    After 5 minutes  turn on the switch and the  blades should operate normally  If they do not  resume functioning  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible  Drive to  the side of the road and park off the right of   way  Wait until the weather clears before trying  to drive with the wipers inoperative     V Windshield Wipers    Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever  up or down     With INT position               es          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page259  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Switch Position    Type   Type  No  A B       Wiper operation       CD   MIST   MIST  Single wipe cycle  mist        0    INT   INT  Intermittent                             Lo 1  Low speed   D   
341. f car wash  machine  If the car washer nozzle is put  too close to the vehicle  the force of the  spray could damage or deform the  molding  affect the sealability of parts   and allow water to penetrate the interior   Keep a sufficient space  30 cm  12 in  or  more  between the nozzle and the vehicle   In addition  do not spend too much time  spraying the same area of the vehicle  and  be very careful when spraying between  gaps in doors and around windows     Waxing  Your vehicle needs to be waxed when  water no longer beads on the finish        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  537 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    Always wash and dry the vehicle before  waxing it  In addition to the vehicle body   wax the metal trim to maintain its luster     1  Use wax which contains no abrasives   Waxes containing abrasive will remove  paint and could damage bright metal  parts     2  Use a good grade of natural wax for  metallic  mica  and solid colors     3  When waxing  coat evenly with the  sponge supplied or a soft cloth     4  Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth   NOTE    A spot remover to remove oil  tar  and similar  materials will usually also take off the wax   Rewax these areas even if the rest of the  vehicle does not need it     V Repairing Damage to the Finish    Deep scratches or chips on the finish  should be repaired promptly  Exposed  metal quickly rusts and can lead to major  repairs          CAUTION    If your Mazda is damaged and needs 
342. f the  voice recognition is explained     Activating Voice Recognition    To Activate the Main Menu  Press the talk  button    To Activate the Phone Menu  After  activating the main menu  say    Phone      To Activate the Navi Menu  After  activating the main menu  say     Navigation        NOTE     When activating the Phone Menu from the  Main Menu  the user is informed of the  available options  Call  Dial  Redial  Call  back  Setup or Emergency  via voice  navigation      For voice recognition details with the  navigation system  refer to the separate   NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner s    Manual           Ending Voice Recognition    Use one of the following methods     Press and hold the talk button     Press the hang up button     Skipping Voice Guidance  for faster  operation     Press and release the talk button        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page395  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    NOTE       The Bluetooth   Hands Free system is  operable several seconds after the ignition  is switched to ACC or ON  requires less  than 15 seconds       When operating the audio unit or the A C  while using Bluetooth  Hands Free  the  beep sounds or voice guidance  audio unit    cannot be heard     Tutorial   The tutorial explains how to use  Bluetooth  Hands Free    The available tutorial items are General   Phone  and Audio    To activate the tutorial  do the following     1  Press the talk button     Prompt     Ready       Say   Beep     Tutorial         Prompt     Tutorial          A WwW 
343. f the battery goes dead while the thefi   deterrent system is armed  the horn will  activate and the hazard warning lights will  flash when the battery is charged or replaced        How to Arm the System    1  Close the windows and the moonroof   securely     2  Remove the key from the ignition  switch    With advanced key   Switch the ignition off with the start  knob     3  Make sure all the windows  the  moonroof     the hood are closed  Close  and lock all doors and the liftgate from  the outside using the key or press the  lock button on your keyless entry  system transmitter  d  The hazard warning lights will flash  once to indicate that the system 1s  armed    The following method will also arm the  theft deterrent system     With advanced key    Press a request switch or the lock  button on the transmitter     Without advanced key    Close the hood and the liftgate  Press  the area on the door lock switch  marked         once  Close all doors        The theft deterrent system can also be  armed by activating the auto re lock  function with all the doors  the liftgate and  the hood closed     4  After 20 seconds  the system is fully  armed        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         151  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  151 1     NOTE     Auto re lock function  After unlocking with the transmitter or the  request switch  all doors and the liftgate  will automatically lock and the hazard  warning lights will flash if any of the  following operations are not perfo
344. fety by  controlling engine torque and braking   When the TCS detects driving wheel  slippage  it lowers engine torque and  operates the brakes to prevent loss of  traction     This means that on a slick surface  the  engine adjusts automatically to provide  optimum power to the drive wheels   limiting wheel spin and loss of traction     A WARNING    Do not rely on the traction control  system as a substitute for safe driving   The traction control system  TCS    cannot compensate for unsafe and  reckless driving  excessive speed   tailgating  following another vehicle  too closely   and hydroplaning   reduced tire friction and road  contact because of water on the road  surface   You can still have an  accident     Use snow tires or tire chains and drive   at reduced speeds when roads are   covered with ice and or snow   Driving without proper traction  devices on snow and or ice covered  roads is dangerous  The traction  control system  TCS  alone cannot  provide adequate traction and you  could still have an accident           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page203  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       CAUTION    Do not rely on the TCS to maintain  constant control of the vehicle under  severe or maximum handling  conditions  If the TCS operates  frequently due to severe driving  conditions  the TCS may stop  operating to protect the brakes from  overheating  After the brakes have  cooled down  the TCS resumes  normal operation     V TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light         cc    This
345. fferent from the actual conditions  Always drive  carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking  directly with your eyes  Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause  an accident or a collision with an object     A CAUTION       Do not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions  Using the rear  view monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in  injury or vehicle damage or both       lcy or snow covered roads       Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed      The liftgate is not fully closed       The vehicle is on a road incline       When the display is cold  images may course across the monitor or the screen and    gt    may be dimmer than usual  which could cause difficulty in confirming the  surrounding conditions of the vehicle  Always drive carefully confirming the safety  of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes     gt  Do not apply excessive force to the camera  The camera position and angle may  deviate     gt  Do not disassemble  modify  or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof     gt  The camera cover is made of plastic  Do not apply degreasing agents  organic  solvents  wax  or glass coating agents to the camera cover  If any are spilled on  the cover  wipe off with a soft cloth immediately     gt  Do not rub the cover excessively  or polish it using an abrasive compound or a  hard brush  The cover may be damaged 
346. fire in the vehicle     Mazda assumes no responsibility for death  injury  or expenses that may result from the      installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories        9 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page562  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  562 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Cell Phones    Cell Phones Warning  A WARNING       Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication   equipment in vehicles in your State or Province   Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones  computers  portable radios  vehicle  navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous   Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands  Use of  these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious  accident  If a passenger is unable to use the device  pull off the right of way to a safe  area before use  If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning  use a hands   free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle  Never use a cell  phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and  instead   concentrate on the full time job of driving        9 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page563  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  563 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Event Data Recorder    Event Data Recorder  U
347. for about  five seconds    Touch the   c  on screen button one time  during reception to continue receiving a  broadcasting station                             Preset channel tuning    The six preset channels can be used to  store six AM and twelve FM stations     1  To set a channel  first select AM  FM1   or FM2  Tune to the desired station     2  Press and hold any of the preset on   screen buttons  The reception  frequency is programmed and  displayed on the preset button        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  309 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    3  Repeat this operation for the other  stations and bands you want to store   When receiving a programmed  frequency  select AM  FMI  or FM2  and touch the preset on screen button     NOTE  The programmed frequency is displayed on the  preset button     Auto memory tuning    This 1s especially useful when driving in  an area where the local stations are  unknown  Additional AM FM stations  can be stored without disturbing the  previously set channels              1  Touch the h     on screen button  The  auto memory preset list is displayed  and the previously tuned frequency is  received     2  Touch the          on screen button to    display the frequencies of up to ten  radio stations on the auto memory  preset list                       3  Touch the desired frequency   NOTE    Touch the             on screen button during  auto memory tuning to return to the AM FM  main screen     Radio Broadcast 
348. for damage  and loose connections      Use washer fluid made with  antifreeze   but do not use engine  coolant antifreeze for washer fluid   page 8 26       Do not use the parking brake in  freezing weather as it may freeze   Instead  shift to P and block the rear  wheels      Snow left on the windshield is  dangerous as it could obstruct vision   Remove snow before driving      Do not apply excessive force to a  window scraper when removing ice or  frozen snow on the mirror glass and  windshield      Never use warm or hot water for  removing snow or ice from windows  and mirrors as it could result in the  glass cracking      Braking performance can be adversely  affected 1f snow or ice adheres to the  brake equipment  If this situation  occurs  drive the vehicle slowly   releasing the accelerator pedal and  lightly applying the brakes several  times until the brake performance  returns to normal        4 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  166 1     V Snow Tires    Use snow tires on all four wheels    Do not go faster than 120 km h  75 mph   while driving with snow tires  Inflate  snow tires 30 kPa  0 3 kgf cm   4 3 psi   more than recommended on the tire  pressure label  driver s door frame   but  never more than the maximum cold tire  pressure shown on the tires    Your vehicle is originally equipped with  all season radials designed to be used all  year around  In some extreme climates  you may find it necessary to replace them  with snow tires during 
349. for installation  of the tire pressure sensors  Do not  use non genuine wheels  otherwise it  may not be possible to install the tire  pressure sensors     2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page461  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    NOTE     Make sure the jack is well lubricated before  using it     With Tire Pressure Monitoring System      Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor  ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are  changed  page 5 33               Park on a level surface off the right of   way and firmly set the parking brake     2  Shift into Park  P  and turn off the  engine     3  Turn on the hazard warning flasher     4  Have everyone get out of the vehicle  and away from the vehicle and traffic     5  Remove the jack  tool  and spare tire   page 7 3      6  Block the wheel diagonally opposite  the flat tire  When blocking a wheel   place a tire block both in front and  behind the tire        NOTE   When blocking a tire  use rocks or wood blocks  of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in  place     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  461 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    V Removing a Flat Tire    1  Loosen the lug nuts by turning them  counterclockwise one turn each  but do  not remove any lug nuts until the tire  has been raised off the ground        2  Place the jack on the ground     3  Turn the jack screw in the direction  shown in the figure and adjust the jack  head so that it 1s close to the jack up  position
350. fully with the vehicle s  height in mind     Drive carefully when the vehicle is   loaded by lowering vehicle speed and   applying the brakes earlier   Abrupt maneuvering and sudden  braking when driving a loaded  vehicle is dangerous as the driving  behavior of a vehicle with a high  center of gravity is different when it is  loaded compared to when it is not   and could result in the loss of vehicle  control and an accident     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  197 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V AWD Warning Light    4WD    This warning light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON    Thereafter  the warning light will  illuminate or flash under the following  conditions       lluminates when there is an  abnormality with the AWD system   Flashes when the differential oil  temperature is abnormally high   Flashes when there are continually  large differences between front and rear   wheel rotation  such as when trying to    9   pull away from an icy surface  or when  trying to extricate the vehicle from  mud  sand or similar conditions     If the AWD warning light illuminates     If the AWD warning light illuminates   contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer     If the AWD warning light flashes     Park the vehicle in a safe place  After a  few moments  if the warning light stops  flashing  you can resume driving  If the  light does not stop flashing  contact an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        S 19       CX 9 8DU2 EC 
351. fy that they are completely  closed     Opening   Because nobody likes getting into a very  hot car  Mazda has introduced a way to  open the two front windows and the  moonroof as you approach the vehicle to  get the air moving before you get in        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  133 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks       WARNING    Use the remote auto window and the  auto moonroof function only when you  can see the vehicle and it is in a secure  area   Do not let children play with your  keys  If they open the window and  moonroof without your knowing  the  open windows and moonroof are an  even bigger invitation to a thief than  leaving the doors unlocked     The windows and moonroof can be  opened for ventilating the cabin before  getting in the vehicle     With unlock button  Keyless entry  system     Press the unlock button on the transmitter  once  then press it again immediately and   hold        After the doors and the liftgate are  unlocked  the two front windows and the  moonroof open while the unlock button is  pressed    To stop the windows and the moonroof  while opening  release the button    If the operation is performed from the  beginning again  the windows and the  moonroof open    Advanced key       Operation indicator  light    Lock button         Unlock button    Power liftgate button          Panic button    3 45       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel34  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  134 1     Knowing Your Ma
352. g     NOTE  Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from  the same reservoir           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page503  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Body Lubrication    All moving points of the body  such as  door and hood hinges and locks  should  be lubricated each time the engine oil is  changed  Use a nonfreezing lubricant on  locks during cold weather     Make sure the hood s secondary latch  keeps the hood from opening when the  primary latch is released        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  503 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Wiper Blades  A CAUTION       Hot waxes applied by automatic  car washers have been known to  affect the wiper s ability to clean  windows       To prevent damage to the wiper  blades  do not use gasoline   kerosene  paint thinner  or other  solvents on or near them       When the wiper lever is in the  AUTO position and the ignition is  switched ON  the wipers may  move automatically in the  following cases    gt  If the windshield above the rain   sensor is touched    gt  If the windshield above the rain  sensor is wiped with a cloth     gt     gt  Ifthe windshield is struck with  a hand or other object    gt  Ifthe rain sensor is struck with  a hand or other object from  inside the vehicle   Be careful not to pinch hands or  fingers as it may cause injury  or  damage the wipers  When  washing or servicing your Mazda   make sure the wiper lever is in the  OFF position        Contamination of either the 
353. g Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Power window system initialization  procedure    If the battery was disconnected during  vehicle maintenance  or for other reasons   such as a switch continues to be operated  after the window is fully open closed   the  power windows will not fully open and  close automatically  Resetting of the  automatic function can be performed  using the master control switches or the  front passenger door switch    The power window auto function reset  procedure can be done on one or both  door switches  The power window auto  function will only resume on the side that  has been reset     1  Switch the ignition ON     2  Make sure that the power window lock  switch located on the driver s door is    not depressed       Press the switch and fully open the  power window       Pull up the switch to fully close the  power window and continue holding  the switch for about 2 seconds after the  window fully closes     5  Repeat Steps 3 4 for each front power  window       Make sure that the power windows  operate correctly using the door  switches     Two step down function    With the power window completely  closed  press the switch lightly and it will  open and stop about 3 cm  1 in  from the  top    If you continue to press and hold the  switch  the window will resume opening  all the way        3 42       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  130 1     NOTE  Pressing the power window switch once when  the window is fully closed will only open i
354. g discs in the CD  player     p        6 21       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page296  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    Do not insert any disc with a peel off  seal affixed to it    This unit may not be able to play  certain CD R CD RWs made using a  computer or music CD recorder due to  disc characteristics  scratches   smudges  dirt  etc   or due to dust or  condensation on the lens inside the  unit    Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to  direct sunlight or high temperature may  damage the CD R CD RWs  and make  them unplayable    CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB  cannot be played    This unit may not be able to play  certain discs made using a computer  due to the application  writing  software  setting used   For details   consult the store where the application  was purchased     It is possible that certain text data  such  as titles  recorded on a CD R CD RW  may not be displayed when musical  data  CD DA  is playing    The period from when a CD RW is  inserted to when it begins playing 15  longer than a normal CD or CD R   Completely read the instruction manual  and cautions for CD R CD RWs    Do not use discs with cellophane tape  adhering  partially peeled off labels  or  adhesive material exuding from the  edges of the CD label  Also  do not use  discs with a commercially available  CD R label affixed  The disc may not  eject resulting in a malfunction     e    LI             6 22       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  296
355. g wrench on top of the  special key  apply pressure  and turn it  clockwise        Nut tightening torque  108   147   12   14  80   108        N m  kgfm  ft lbf                    Mounting the Spare Tire    1  Remove dirt and grime from the    gt    mounting surfaces of the wheel and  hub  including the hub bolts  with a  cloth           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page465  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM          WARNING    Make sure the mounting surfaces of   the wheel  hub and lug nuts are clean   before changing or replacing tires   When changing or replacing a tire   not removing dirt and grime from the  mounting surfaces of the wheel  hub  and hub bolts is dangerous  The lug  nuts could loosen while driving and  cause the tire to come off  resulting in  an accident     2  Mount the spare tire     3  Install the lug nuts with the beveled  edge inward  tighten them by hand        A WARNING    Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts  and bolts and do not tighten the lug  nuts beyond the recommended  tightening torque   Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and  bolts is dangerous  The lug nuts  could loosen while driving and cause  the tire to come off  resulting in an  accident  In addition  lug nuts and  bolts could be damaged if tightened  more than necessary     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  465 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    4  Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise  and lower the vehicle  Use the lug  wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
356. ge to the  engine and cooling system           8 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    If the coolant reservoir is empty or new  coolant is required frequently  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page501  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Brake Fluid    V Inspecting Brake Fluid Level    A WARNING    If the brake fluid level is low  have the  brakes inspected   A low brake fluid level is dangerous   A low level could indicate brake  lining wear or a brake system leak  which could cause the brakes to fail  and lead to an accident     Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir  regularly  It should be kept between the  MAX and MIN lines    The level normally drops with  accumulated distance  a condition  associated with wear of brake linings  If it  is excessively low  have the brake system  inspected by an Authorized Mazda  Dealer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  501 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Power Steering Fluid    V Inspecting Power Steering Fluid  Level    A CAUTION    To avoid damage to the power  steering pump  do not operate the  vehicle for long periods when the  power steering fluid level is low     Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at  each engine oil change with the engine off  and cold                          The level must be kept between MAX and  MIN     Visually examine the lines and hoses for  leaks and damage     If the fluid decreases significantly or the  fluid level is arou
357. ge182  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  182 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Starting the Engine    NOTE   Engine starting is controlled by the spark  ignition system    This system meets all Canadian Interference   Causing Equipment Standard requirements  regulating the impulse electrical field strength  of radio noise     1  Occupants should fasten their seat  belts     2  Make sure the parking brake is on   3  Depress the brake pedal     4  Put the vehicle in park  P   If you must  restart the engine while the vehicle is  moving  shift into neutral  N      NOTE    The starter will not operate if the shift lever is  not in P or N     5  Switch the ignition to START and hold   up to 10 seconds at a time  until the  engine starts        CAUTION    Do not try the starter for more than  10 seconds at a time  If the engine  stalls or fails to start  wait 10 seconds  before trying again  Otherwise  you  may damage the starter and drain  the battery     6  After starting the engine  let it idle for  about 10 seconds        5 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE     In extremely cold weather or after the  vehicle has not been driven in several days   let the engine warm up without operating  the accelerator        Whether the engine is cold or warm  it  should be started without use of the  accelerator         gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page183  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Turning the Engine Off       A WARNING       Do not stop the engine w
358. gerant specifications are  indicated on a label attached to the back  of the hood  Check the label before  refilling the refrigerant  If the wrong type  of refrigerant is used  it could result in a  serious malfunction of the air conditioner   For details  consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer        V Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter    Your vehicle 1s equipped with an air filter  for the air conditioner  It is necessary to  change the filter periodically as indicated  in scheduled maintenance  page 8 4    Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for  replacement of the cabin air filter     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page277  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  277 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    V Sunlight Temperature Sensor    The fully automatic air conditioner  function measures inside and outside  temperatures  and the intensity of direct  sunlight  It then sets temperatures inside  the passenger compartment accordingly     A CAUTION    Do not obstruct either sensor   otherwise the automatic air  conditioner will not operate properly     Sunlight sensor                             Interior temperature sensor          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page278  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  278 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System       Vent Operation  Front                                      Adjusting the Vents    Directing airflow  You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob     Opening closi
359. h    The cruise main indicator light  illuminates     To deactivate the system  press the OFF  switch   The cruise main indicator light turns off                             WARNING    Always turn off the cruise control   system when it is not in use   Leaving the cruise control system in  an activation ready state while the  cruise control is not in use is  dangerous as the cruise control could  unexpectedly activate if the  activation button is accidentally  pressed  and result in loss of vehicle  control and an accident        To Set Speed    1  Activate the cruise control system by  pressing the ON switch     2  Accelerate to the desired speed  which  must be more than 30 km h  19 mph      5 21             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page200  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    3  Set the cruise control by pressing the  cruise control SET    SET   switch up  or down at the desired speed  The  cruise control is set at the moment the  cruise control SET    SET   switch is  pressed up or down  Release the  accelerator pedal simultaneously           NOTE     Release the cruise control switch at the  desired speed  otherwise the speed will  continue increasing while the switch is  pressed up  and continue decreasing while  it is pressed down  except when the  accelerator pedal is depressed       Ona steep grade  the vehicle may  momentarily slow down while ascending   or speed up while descending      Cruise control will turn off if the 
360. h 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  472 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emergency Starting    1  Make sure the booster battery is 12 V  and that its negative terminal is  grounded     2  If the booster battery is in another  vehicle  don t allow both vehicles to  touch  Turn offthe engine of the  vehicle with the booster battery and all  unnecessary electrical loads in both  vehicles     3  Connect the jumper cables in the exact  sequence as in the illustration     Connect one end of a cable to the  positive terminal on the discharged  battery  1     Attach the other end to the positive  terminal on the booster battery  2    Connect one end of the other cable  to the negative terminal of the  booster battery  3     Connect the other end to the ground  point indicated in the illustration  away from the discharged battery     4      4  Start the engine of the booster vehicle  and run it a few minutes  Then start the  engine of the other vehicle     5  When finished  carefully disconnect the  cables in the reverse order described in  the illustration        7 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Push Starting    Do not push start your Mazda   NOTE    You can t start a vehicle with an automatic  transaxle by pushing it           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page473  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  473 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emergency Towing    Towing Description    CAUTION    We recommend that towing be done only Do not tow the vehicle pointed  by an Authorized Mazda Dea
361. h as wire or rope    Things which absorb sonic waves easily such as cotton or snow    Angular shaped objects    Very tall objects  and those which are wide at the top    Small  short objects    Always have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the  bumpers  even in a minor accident  If the sensors are deviated  they cannot detect obstructions     The system may have a malfunction if the beep does not operate or the indicator light does not  illuminate when the park assist sensors switch is turned on  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     The system may have a malfunction if the beep sound which indicates a system malfunction is  heard and the indicator light flashes  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     The beeper which indicates a system malfunction may not be heard if the ambient temperature is       extremely cold  or mud  ice  or snow adheres to the sensor area  Remove any foreign material  from the sensor area     5 47       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page226  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  226 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Sensor Detection Range  The sensors detect obstructions within the following range     Unit  cm  in     A  About 150  About 59 1   B  About 150  About 59 1        Rear corner sensor detection range                Rear sensor detection range       Park Assist Sensors Switch    The switch can be activated when the ignition is switched ON  the shift 
362. h lap and shoulder  If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face  move the child closer to  the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats  and towards the buckle on the right 1f the  child is seated on the center seat     Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age   and more so with a supplemental restraint system  air bags      A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air  bag system activated  The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other  child restraint systems         With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System    To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag  the  front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system   This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front  passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation  indicator light illuminates     When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat  the system shuts off the front  passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system  so make sure the front  passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates    Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off  Mazda strongly recommends that children be  properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear  seat
363. h the Canadian  Motor Vehicle Safety Standards  CMVSS      NOTE  The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on  vacation     You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United   States      Recommended fuel may be unavailable  Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will  affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine      Proper repair facilities  tools  testing equipment  and replacement parts may not be    gt    available    Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information        9 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page559  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  559 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Warranty    Outside Canada    Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission  regulations and safety regulations  Therefore  vehicles built for use in Canada may differ  from those sold in other countries     The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive  satisfactory servicing in other countries  We strongly recommend that you NOT take your  Mazda outside Canada  However  in the event that you are moving to the United States  permanently  Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the  United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal  Motor V
364. h to the child or  other occupants  Even in a moderate accident  the child may be exposed to air bag  forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child  or the child may be  slammed into an adult  causing injury to both child and adult     Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that  could deploy   Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even  though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on  the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates  The  child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently  backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child        Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front  of it     2 36       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page49  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  49 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown  below  The warning label reminds you not to put a rear facing child restraint system  on the front passenger seat at any time           Do not install a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless  it is unavoidable    In a collision  the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to  Cp the child  If installing a front facing child re
365. he auxiliary  jack    or USB port  noise may occur  depending on the connected device  If the  device is connected to the vehicle s  accessory socket  the noise can be reduced  by unplugging it from the accessory socket       With auxiliary jack    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  327 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System       How to connect USB port   Auxiliary jack        USB port    TTR  07    Auxiliary jack    Connecting a device  1  Open the console lid     2  Connect the device plug to the USB  port     Connecting with connector cable  1  Open the console lid     2  Pass the connection plug cord through  the cutout of the console and insert the  plug into the auxiliary jack        WARNING    Do not allow the connection plug cord  to get tangled with the parhing brake  or the shift lever   Allowing the plug cord to become  tangled with the parking brake or  the shift lever is dangerous as it  could interfere with driving  resulting  in an accident     A CAUTION    Do not place objects or apply force to  the auxiliary jack USB port with the  plug connected     6 53          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page328  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE       Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack   USB  port securely      Insert or pull out the plug with the plug  perpendicular to the auxiliary jack   USB  port hole      Insert or remove the plug by holding its  base       With auxiliary jack    Y How to use AUX mode     1 
366. he belt is locked and cannot be pulled out  retract the belt once  and then try pulling it  out slowly  If this fails  pull the belt strongly one time and loosen  then pull it out again  slowly     2 21       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page34  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  34 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    V Automatic Locking Mode    Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to  an unsafe position in the event of an accident  To enable seat belt automatic locking mode   pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system  It will  retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it  See the section on child  restraint  page 2 35      2 22       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page35  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    3 Point Type Seat Belt    V Fastening the Seat Belt  1  Grasp the seat belt tongue   2  Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt        Lap shoulder  belt       Seat belt  tongue    3  Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat   Cp  belt buckle until you hear a click  sound           Seat belt tongue         Seat belt  buckle       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                    Black plate  35 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems        WARNING    Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the   Seat Belt   Improper positioning of the shoulder  portion of the seat belt is dangerous   Always mak
367. he headphones  optical receiver is not  Point the headphones  optical receiver towards the main  pointed towards the main unit s unit s transmitter  The main unit s transmitter is located  transmitter  near the disc insertion area   There is an obstruction between the Avoid the obstruction   headphones and the main unit   No audio  The headphones  batteries are depleted   Replace the batteries with new ones   output from  The headphones    batteries have not been  the correctly inserted in the        Insert the batteries correctly   headphones  directions   The 5 eadphones are exposed to direct Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight   sunlight   Tf there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer  or if the  Power tims offautomaticall headphones are continuously used for 4 hours  there is a      function which automatically turns the power off  Turn the  power to headphones back on   The  headphones   optical i            The headphones  batteries        weak  Replace the batteries with new ones   reception  range is too  narrow   There is  excessive  noise in the  The headphones  batteries are weak  Replace the batteries with new ones   headphone  audio          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    6 115       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page390  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  390 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Bluetooth      Bluetooth   Hands Free outline    When a Bluetooth    device  mobile phone  is connected to the vehicle s Hands Free unit  via radio wave tra
368. he ignition ON     2  Press the tilt switch  to partially tilt    open the rear of the moonroof       Repeat Step 2  The rear of the  moonroof tilts open to the fully open  position  then closes a little     NOTE   If the re set procedure is performed while the  moonroof is in the slide position  partially  open  it closes before the rear tilts opens        3 52       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  140 1     V Engine off Moonroof Operation    The moonroof can be operated for about  40 seconds after the ignition is switched  from ON to ACC or switched off with all  doors closed  If any door is opened  the  moonroof will be inoperable     V Opening Closing the Moonroof  from Outside    The moonroof can be opened or closed  from outside the vehicle after the doors  and the liftgate are closed    Refer to Opening Closing the Power  Windows and the Moonroof from Outside  on page 3 44     V Jam safe Moonroof    If a person s hands  head or an object  blocks the moonroof during closing  operation  the moonroof will stop and  open halfway       A WARNING    Make sure nothing blocks the  moonroof just before it reaches the  fully closed position   Blocking the moonroof just before it  reaches the closed position is  dangerous   In this case  the jam safe function  cannot prevent the moonroof from  closing  If fingers are caught  serious  injuries could occur        NOTE     Depending on driving conditions  a closing  moonroof could stop and start opening  when the moon
369. he next channel is selected   Selecting the previous channel   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Previous channel       4  The previous channel is selected     Skip track function    When playing Pandora      The skip track function can be run using  voice recognition    Refer to How to Use Pandora   on page  6 143     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Skip Track     4  The next track is skipped     Thumbs up function    When playing Pandora      The thumbs up function can be run using  voice recognition     Refer to How to Use Pandora   on page  6 143     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Thumbs Up          6 136       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  410 1     4  This tells Pandora  that you like this  track and helps to bring in more tracks  like it to your station     Thumbs down function     When playing Pandora      The thumbs down function can be run  using voice recognition    Refer to How to Use Pandora amp  on page  6 143     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep   Thumbs Down     4  This tells Pandora  not to play this  track     Pandora  radio station selection     When playing Pandora     A Pandora  radio station can be selected  using voice recognition    Refer to How to Use Pandora amp  on page  6 143     1  Press the talk button        2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep   Station    4  Prompt     Which Pandor
370. he old wheel and installed to the  new one      The same tire pressure sensor is used  with the same wheel  Only the tire is  replaced        5 34       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      A new tire pressure sensor is installed  to a new wheel     NOTE     The tire pressure sensor ID signal code  must be registered when a new tire pressure  sensor is purchased  For purchase of a tire  pressure sensor and registration of the tire  pressure sensor ID signal code  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer      When reinstalling a previously removed tire  pressure sensor to a wheel  replace the  grommet  seal between valve body sensor  and wheel  for the tire pressure sensor           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page213  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  213 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  System      The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring  blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when  changing lanes on roads and freeways or reversing the vehicle from a parking garage     The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  System consists of the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM   and Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA          WARNING    Do not rely completely on the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system  Always looh over   your shoulder before changing lanes or reversing the vehicle from a parking garage   The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system can assist the driver in confirming the 
371. he outside mirrors return to their on   road position automatically  The door mirrors  return to their on road position automatically  even when the ignition is switched from ON to    off     Folding the mirror    Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is  flush with the vehicle     Ca    AWARNING    Always return the outside mirrors to  the driving position before you start  driving   Driving with the outside mirrors  folded in is dangerous  Your rear view  will be restricted  and you could have  an accident           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel55  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Rearview Mirror       WARNING    Do not stack cargo or objects higher  than the seatbacks   Cargo stacked higher than the  seatbacks is dangerous  It can block  your view in the rearview mirror   which might cause you to hit another  car when changing lanes     Rearview mirror adjustment       Before driving  adjust the rearview mirror  to center on the scene through the rear  window        NOTE  For the manual day night mirror  perform the  adjustment with the day night lever in the day  position        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                    Black plate  155 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Steering Wheel and Mirrors    Reducing glare from headlights  Manual day night mirror    Push the day night lever forward for day  driving  Pull it back to reduce glare of  headlights from cars at the rear     Day Night lever  JT    2            Night    Auto dimming mirror    The auto dimming mirror automat
372. he parking  brake is applied with the ignition switched  to START or ON  It turns off when the  parking brake is fully released        Low brake fluid level warning    If the brake warning light remains  illuminated even though the parking brake  is released  the brake fluid may be low or  there could be a problem with the brake  system  Park the vehicle in a safe place  immediately and contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     A WARNING    Do not drive with the brake system  warning light illuminated  Contact an  Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the  brakes inspected as soon as possible   Driving with the brake system  warning light illuminated is  dangerous  It indicates that your  brakes may not work at all or that  they could completely fail at any  time  If this light remains  illuminated  after checking that the  parking brake is fully released  have  the brakes inspected immediately        5 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  186 1     A CAUTION    In addition  the effectiveness of the  braking may diminish so you may  need to depress the brake pedal more  strongly than normal to stop the  vehicle     V Parking Brake Reminder    If the parking brake has not been  completely released and the vehicle is  driven at about 5 km h  3 mph  or faster  a  continuous beep sound will be heard to  notify the driver that the parking brake  has not been released     V Anti Lock Brake System  ABS     The ABS control unit continuously  monitors the speed of each wheel
373. he shift  lever cannot be shified from P      To be sure the vehicle is in park  the  ignition key cannot be removed unless the  shift lever is in P       With Advanced Key    The ignition cannot be switched from ACC  to OFF when the shift lever is not in P        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  191 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       Manual Shift Mode    This mode gives you the feel of driving a  manual transaxle vehicle by operating the  shift lever and allows you to control  engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels  much like a manual transaxle when more  control is desired     To change to manual shift mode  shift the  lever from D to M           NOTE  Changing to manual shift mode while driving  will not damage the transaxle     To return to automatic shift mode  shift  the lever from M to D     NOTE        f you change to manual shift mode when  the vehicle is stopped  the gear will shift to  MI      Ifyou change to manual shift mode without  depressing the accelerator pedal when  driving in D range  5th gear  the gear will  shift to M4       f you change to manual shift mode without  depressing the accelerator pedal when  driving in D range  6th gear  the gear will  shift to M5     S 13       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         192  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Indicators    Manual shift mode indicator    In manual shift mode  the  M  of the shift  position indicator in the instrument 
374. he socket and switch the  ignition off  If the problem is not  resolved  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     NOTE    To prevent discharging of the battery  do not  use the socket for long periods with the engine  off or idling           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page451  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  451 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    Power Outlet      The power outlet is positioned as shown  in the figure           For more details  refer to     Auxiliary terminals and power outlet      page 6 102          Some models  6 177       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page452  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  452 1     6 178       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page453  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  453 1        In Case of an Emergency    Helpful information on what to do in an emergency              Parking in an Emergency                  eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eene nete sensns tn annn 7 2  Parking in an Emergency          cccccccscceseesseeseeeseeseeseeeseeseeeseeseeaees 7 2  Flat Tire                                           7 3  Spare Tire and Tool Storage                      eee 7 3  Changing a Flat Tire                               7 8  Overheating              7 16  Overhieating  REED 7 16  Emergency Starting                                         JUMP Starting        oo e ed tete ene rette   Cp  Push Starting         ert RN pe ede e  Emergency Towing                  ee
375. he transmitter does not operate when  pressing a button or the operation range  becomes too small  the battery may be  dead  To install a new battery  refer to  Maintenance  page 3 24       Additional transmitters can be obtained at  an Authorized Mazda Dealer  Up to 3  transmitters can be used with the keyless  entry system per vehicle  Bring all  transmitters to an Authorized Mazda  Dealer when additional transmitters are  required           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagelll  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  111 1     V Transmitter    Lock button       Unlock button    Panic button    NOTE   The unlock button can be used to open the  power windows and the moonroof  but the lock  button cannot be used to close the power  windows and the moonroof    Refer to Opening Closing the Power Windows  and the moonroof from Outside  page 3 44      The operation indicator light flashes when  the buttons are pressed     Lock button    To lock the doors and the liftgate  press  the lock button and the hazard warning  lights will flash once     To confirm that all doors and the liftgate  have been locked  press the lock button  again within 5 seconds  If they are closed  and locked  the horn will sound and the  hazard warning lights will flash once        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE     Doors and the lifigate can be locked by  pressing the lock button while any other  door or the lifigate is open  Also  the hazard  warning lights will n
376. he vehicle s weight ratings from the PE  vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels        Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all  standard equipment  It does not include passengers  cargo  or optional equipment     Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your  dealer plus any aftermarket equipment           PAYLOAD    9 36    2             Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page579  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  579 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle 15 designed to  carry  The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load  Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar  Look for    THE  COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER  EXCEED XXX kg or XXX Ibs  for your maximum payload  The payload listed on the tire  label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant  If any  aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle  the weight of  the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be  accurate     SAMPLE    TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION  RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT  ZF SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR    NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT ARRI  RE 3    The combi
377. he vinyl may  deteriorate and adhere to the genuine  leather     Fabric    Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric  with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner   Clean it with a mild soap solution good  for upholstery and carpets  Remove fresh  spots immediately with a fabric spot  cleaner        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Black plate  541 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    To keep the fabric looking clean and  fresh  take care of it  Otherwise its color  will be affected  it can be stained easily   and its fire resistance may be reduced     A CAUTION    Use only recommended cleaners and  procedures  Others may affect  appearance and fire  resistance     Panel    When the interior panels need to be  cleaned  use soft material such as a soft  cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out  well and lightly wipe off dirt from the  surface  If a panel requires further  cleaning  use the following procedure     1  Wipe dirt off using a soft cloth soaked  in mild detergent  about 5  solution      2  Wipe off any remaining detergent d    using a cloth soaked in clean water and    wrung out well   NOTE      Do not wipe leather parts using alcohol   chlorine bleach  or organic solvents such as  thinner  benzene  or gasoline  Otherwise  it  may cause discoloration or stains        Scratches or nicks on the panels and  metallic trim resulting from the use of a  hard brush or cloth may not be repairable      Be particularly careful when cleaning high  lustre panels and metallic trim as 
378. hen attach the  belt clips to the attachment loop                          NOTE  Attach location   1 of the belt to the attachment  loop on the right        Buckle    Belt clips       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page467  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  467 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    12  Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire        13  Check the tire inflation pressure   Refer to Tires on page 10 7     14  Have the flat tire repaired or replaced  as soon as possible     A WARNING    Do not drive with any tires that have   incorrect air pressure   Driving on tires with incorrect air  pressure is dangerous  Tires with  incorrect pressure could affect  handling and result in an accident   When you check the regular tires    air  pressure  check the spare tire  too     NOTE    With Tire Pressure Monitoring System       tire pressure sensor is not installed to the  temporary spare tire  The warning light will  flash continuously while the temporary spare  tire is being used  page 5 31      NOTE  To prevent the jack and tool from rattling  store  them properly        7 15       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page468  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    In Case of an Emergency    Overheating    If the temperature gauge indicates  overheating  the vehicle loses power  or  you hear a loud knocking or pinging  noise  the engine is probably too hot     A WARNING  er      Switch the ignition to off and  make sure the fan is not running
379. hicle is moving is  dangerous as it can take off weight  from the seat bottom and affect the  weight determination of the front  passenger sensing system  As a result  the front passenger will not have the  supplementary protection of the air  bag and seat belt pretensioner  which  could result in serious injury  Always  sit upright against the seatback with  your feet on the floor     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  15 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Do not drive with the seatback   unlocked   All of the seatbachs play an  important role in your protection in a  vehicle  Leaving the seatback  unlocked is dangerous as it can allow  passengers to be ejected or thrown  around and baggage to strike  occupants in a sudden stop or  collision  resulting in severe injury   After adjusting the seatback at any  time  even when there are no other  passengers  rock the seatback to  make sure it is locked in place     To change the seatback angle  lean  forward slightly while raising the lever   Then lean back to the desired position and  release the lever     Ge  D    Make sure the lever returns to its original  position and the seatback is locked in  place by attempting to push it forward and  backward           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel6  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  16 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats       CAUTION    When returning a rear reclined  seatback to its upright position   make sure you hold onto the  seatback 
380. hicles  to have their lights on  daytime running  lights  during the daytime     Daytime running lights turn on  automatically when the ignition is  switched ON    They turn off when the parking brake 15  operated     NOTE    Except Canada    The daytime running lights can be deactivated   Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8          Some models  5 77             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page256  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  256 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Turn and Lane Change       Signals    Turn signals    Move the signal lever down  for a left  turn  or up  for a right turn  to the stop  position  The signal will self cancel after  the turn is completed     If the indicator light continues to flash  after a turn  manually return the lever to  its original position     Type A     Right turn    t  Right lane change    Left lane change  Dem    Left turn    Right turn        Right lane change       Left turn    Green indicators on the dashboard show  which signal is working        5 78       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Lane change signals    Move the lever halfway toward the  direction of the change    until the  indicator flashes    and hold it there  It  will return to the off position when  released     NOTE   If an indicator light stays on without flashing  or if it flashes abnormally  one of the turn  signal bulbs may be burned out           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page257  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  257 1 
381. hift lever from N to  prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly     D  Drive    D is the normal driving position  From a  stop  the transaxle will automatically shift  through a 6 gear sequence     M  Manual     M is the manual shift mode position   Gears can be shifted up or down by  operating the shift lever    Refer to Manual Shift Mode  page 5 13         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         191  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Active Adaptive Shift  AAS     Active Adaptive Shift  AAS   automatically controls the transaxle shift  points to best suit the road conditions and  driver input  This improves driving feel   If the driver accelerates rapidly  or  accelerates and decelerates rapidly by  operating the accelerator and brake pedal  for a certain period of time while the shift  lever is in the D position  AAS mode  could activate    When cornering the vehicle  AAS mode  will hold the transaxle in the gear the  vehicle was in before entering the curve   allowing the vehicle to be accelerated  from the same gear after exiting the curve   AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in  the optimum gear and the driver may  sense that the transaxle is not shifting   however this does not indicate an  abnormality     WV Shift Lock System    The shift lock system prevents shifting  out of P unless the brake pedal is  depressed     To shift from P    1  Depress and hold the brake pedal   2  Start the engine    3  Move the shift lever     NOTE     When the ignition is switched off  t
382. hile the  vehicle is moving     Ww N    Stopping the engine while the vehicle  is moving for any reason other than  in an emergency is dangerous   Stopping the engine while the vehicle  is moving will result in reduced  braking ability due to the loss of  power braking  which could cause an  accident and serious injury       Stop the vehicle completely     Shift the shift lever to the P position     Switch the ignition from ON to OFF     A CAUTION    When leaving the vehicle  make sure  the ignition is switched off           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    1 Black plate  183 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Brake System       Foot Brake    Your Mazda has power assisted brakes  that adjust automatically through normal  use     Should power assist fail  you can stop by  applying greater force than normal to the  brake pedal  But the distance required to  stop will be greater than usual           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         184  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  184 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    A WARNING    Do not coast with the engine stalled or   turned off  find a safe place to stop   Coasting with the engine stalled or  turned off is dangerous  Braking will  require more effort  and the brake s  power assist could be depleted if you  pump the brake  This will cause  longer stopping distances or even an  accident     Shift to a lower gear when going down   steep hills   Driving with your foot continuously  on the brake pedal or 
383. hine  when cleaning  rubber floor mats   Cleaning the rubber floor mats with  rubber cleaning products makes the  floor mats slippery   This may cause an accident when  depressing the accelerator or brake  pedal or when getting in or out of the  vehicle     After removing the floor mats for  cleaning  always reinstall them  securely Refer to Floor Mat on page 4 9        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page543  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM               Black plate  543 1        Customer Information and Reporting  Safety Defects    Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment        Customer Assistance                                 9 2  Customer Assistance  U S A                9 2  Customer Assistance  Canada              9 7  Customer Assistance  Puerto Rico     9 10  Customer Assistance  Mexico            9 11   Mazda Importer Distributors                 9 13  Importer Distributor                            9 13   Warranty                    9 14  Warranties for Your Mazda                 9 14  Outside the United States and  Canada   ee tab etes 9 15    lt  Outside the United States                    9 16  Outside Canada                                   9 17  Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign  Country  Except United States and  Canada                          9 18  Add On Non Genuine Parts and                         Lesser 9 19   Cell Phones                   cerent 9 20  Cell Phones Warning                           9 20   Event Data Recorde
384. ically 4  reduces glare of headlights from cars at    the rear when the ignition is switched ON        Press the OFF button  O   to cancel the  automatic dimming function  The  indicator light will turn off    To reactivate the automatic dimming  function  press the ON button        The  indicator light will illuminate        OFF button    Indicator light  ON button    3 67    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel56  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  156 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Steering Wheel and Mirrors    NOTE     Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects  on or around the light sensor  Otherwise   light sensor sensitivity will be affected and  may not operate normally        Light sensor                      For information regarding the 3 buttons   1o  A A   on the auto dimming  mirror  refer to HomeLink Wireless Control  System  page 5 88       The auto dimmer function is canceled when    the ignition is switched ON and the shift  lever is in reverse  R         3 68       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel57  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  157 1        Before Driving Your Mazda    Important information about driving your Mazda     Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions  Fuel Requirement  2 5                   Emission Control System                     sse  Engine Exhaust  Carbon Monoxide              Before Starting the Engine                                      Before  Gettin g      uides tete Uer he            After Getting 
385. icked up on the same frequency at the  same time     Ionosphere       Station 1 Station 2    FM characteristics    An FM broadcast range is usually about  40   50 km  25   30 miles  from the  source  Because of extra coding needed to  break the sound into two channels  stereo  FM has even less range than monaural   non stereo  FM         amp  FM Station    40   50km     25   30 miles  i         6 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                 Black plate  292 1     Signals from an FM transmitter are similar  to beams of light because they do not  bend around corners  but they do reflect   Unlike AM signals  FM signals cannot  travel beyond the horizon  Therefore  FM  stations cannot be received at the great  distances possible with AM reception     Ionosphere  FM wave  AM wave    FU Poli pu     lt  a  100   200 km  60   120 miles              Atmospheric conditions can also affect  FM reception  High humidity will cause  poor reception  However  cloudy days  may provide better reception than clear  days     Multipath noise       Since FM signals can be reflected by  obstructions  it is possible to receive both  the direct signal and the reflected signal at  the same time  This causes a slight delay  in reception and may be heard as a broken  sound or a distortion  This problem may  also be encountered when in close  proximity to the transmitter         Reflected wave  Direct       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page293  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Flutter Skip noise    Signals f
386. icle is also subject to penalties     4 3       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel60  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  160 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions    Engine Exhaust  Carbon Monoxide   A WARNING       Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle   Engine exhaust gas is dangerous  This gas contains carbon monoxide  CO   which is  colorless  odorless  and poisonous  When inhaled  it can cause loss of consciousness  and death  If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle  keep all windows fully open  and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately     Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area   Running the engine inside an enclosed area  such as a garage  is dangerous  Exhaust  gas  which contains poisonous carbon monoxide  could easily enter the cabin  Loss  of consciousness or even death could occur     Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when  idling the engine   Exhaust gas is dangerous  When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed  and the engine running for a long time even in an open area  exhaust gas  which  contains poisonous carbon monoxide  could enter the cabin  Loss of consciousness or  even death could occur     Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle  particularly the tail pipe  1    before starting the engine   Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous  The  exh
387. ies could occur if someone is too  close  The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel  The  front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor  Front seat occupants should  adjust their seats as far bach as possible and always sit upright against the  seatbacks with seat belts worn properly     Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly   Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them  or sleeping  up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous  The side  and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the  door on the side the car is hit  Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too  close to the door or leaning against a window  or if rear seat occupants grab the  sides of the front seatbacks  Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by  sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn  properly    Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air   bags deploy   Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing  something in front of them is dangerous  In an accident  an object could interfere  with air bag inflation and injure the occupants     2 56       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page69  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  69 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Do not attach objects on 
388. ifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for  compliance could void the use s authority to operate the equipment     5 45    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page224  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  224 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Parking Sensor System    The parking sensor system uses ultrasonic sensors to detect obstructions around the vehicle  while parking the vehicle in a garage or during parallel parking when the vehicle is driven  at a speed of about 10 km h  6 mph  or less  The system is equipped with an assist device  to notify the driver of the approximate distance from the vehicle to the surrounding  obstruction using a beep sound     Rear corner sensor             A WARNING    Do not rely completely on the parking sensor system and be sure to confirm the  safety around your vehicle visually when driving   This system can assist the driver in operating the vehicle in the forward and  backward directions while parking  The detection ranges of the sensors are limited   therefore  driving the vehicle while relying only on the system may cause an accident   Always confirm the safety around your vehicle visually when driving     5 46       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page225  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  225 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       NOTE     Do not install any accessories within the detection ranges of the sensors  It may affect 
389. ight rating  and GVWR  gross vehicle  weight rating   If you do  vehicle handling  braking  and performance will be affected   These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver s  door frame     High altitude operation       CAUTION    Be aware of the towing load weight differences when towing at high altitudes  For  altitudes exceeding 1 000 m  always reduce the towing load by 1096 for every 1 000  m increase in altitude from the load indicated under the maximum GCWR heading in  the trailer towing load table  If the determined maximum total towing load weight is  exceeded  the engine and other power train parts may be damaged        e    4 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         171  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Black plate  171 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing       TRAILER TOWING LOAD TABLE    Because vehicle weights vary  adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this                                                                      table   Model  Item Without Towing 5     Package With Towing Package  MAX   FRONTAL   2 97 m   32  2  4 65 m   50  2   AREA  Add trailer s weight  load and hitch  vehicle  passengers and vehicle load      MAX  TTW EE 907kg 2 0001b    1 588 kg  3 500 Ib   3 101 kg  6 836 Ib      3 782 kg  8 337 Ib     MAX  GCWR m a5  3 196 kg  7 045 Ib     3 877 kg  8 547 Ib   1 276 kg  2 813 Ib     1 307 kg  2 881 Ib    MAX  GAWR  7  1 400 kg  3 086 1b   1 458 kg 
390. iler sway from crosswinds  rough roads or other causes could  result in loss of control and a serious accident        CAUTION    The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer  on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company     V Trailer Hitch    Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross  trailer weight requirement    When not towing a trailer  remove the trailer hitch  1f detachable  to reduce the possibility  of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear ended     4 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         173  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  173 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing      A WARNING    Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure   An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from  crosswinds  rough roads or other causes  resulting in loss of control and a serious  accident   Examine all trailer hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose  If  the hitch is removed  seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust  dust  water   dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in  possibly endangering personal  safety and damaging your vehicle   Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper s  performance     Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any  mounting bolts are
391. in air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard  passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window    For more details about air bag deployment  refer to    SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria      page 2 67     In a side impact    Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on  that side only to inflate     Only one side curtain air bag will deploy on the  side of the vehicle that receives the force of an  impact        2 64       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page77  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  77 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    In a roll over   In response to a vehicle roll over  both curtain air bags inflate         Both curtain air bags will deploy after  a roll over accident is detected     V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light              re             If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly  the warning light  illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked  The warning  light turns off after a specified period of time     A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes  constantly  illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON  If any of these  occur  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible  The system may not  operate in an accident     A WARNING    Neve
392. ing a front facing  child restraint system in the front  passenger s seat     If you cannot put all children in the rear  seats  at least put the smallest children in  the rear and be sure the largest child up  front uses the shoulder belt over the  shoulder           2 45       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page58  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  58 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Never use a rear facing child restraint   system in the front seat with an air bag   that could deploy   Rear facing child restraint systems  on the front seat are particularly  dangerous   Even in a moderate collision  the  child restraint system can be hit by a  deploying air bag and moved  violently backward resulting in  serious injury or death to the child   Even though you may feel assured  that the front passenger air bag will  not deploy based on the fact that the  front passenger air bag deactivation  indicator light illuminates  you  should not use a rear facing child   restraint system in the front seat        2 46       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Do not allow a child or anyone to lean  over or against the side window of a  vehicle with side and curtain air bags     It is dangerous to allow anyone to  lean over or against the side window   the area of the front passenger seat   the front and rear window pillars and  the roof edge along both sides from  which the side and curtain air bags  deploy  even if a child restraint  system is u
393. ing beneath a  low overhead clearance     Pay special attention to removing salt   dirt  mud  and other foreign material from  the underside of the fenders  and make  sure the drain holes in the lower edges of  the doors and rocker panels are clean     Insects  tar  tree sap  bird droppings   industrial fallout  and similar deposits can  damage the finish if not removed  immediately  When prompt washing with  plain water is ineffective  use a mild soap  made for use on vehicles     Thoroughly rinse off all soap with  lukewarm or cold water  Do not allow  soap to dry on the finish     After washing the vehicle  dry it with a  clean chamois to prevent water spots from  forming        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page537  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM         A WARNING    Dry off brakes that have become wet   by driving slowly  releasing the   accelerator pedal and lightly applying   the brakes several times until the brake   performance returns to normal   Driving with wet brakes is  dangerous  Increased stopping  distance or the vehicle pulling to one  side when braking could result in a  serious accident  Light braking will  indicate whether the brakes have  been affected     When using an automatic car wash      Retract the door mirrors      The automatic car wash brushes could  reduce the paint lustre or hasten paint  deterioration     When using a high water pressure car  wash    High water temperature and high water  pressure car washers are available  depending on the type o
394. ing feels stiffer than usual  during normal driving  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     A CAUTION    Never hold the steering wheel to the  extreme left or right for more than 5  seconds with the engine running   This could damage the power  steering system        5 18  Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    All Wheel Drive  AWD        Operation      AWD provides excellent driveability on  snow covered and ice packed roads  sand  and mud  as well as on steep slopes and  other slippery surfaces           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         197  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V AWD Driving    A WARNING    Avoid sharp turns  excessive speed and  abrupt maneuvers when driving this  vehicle   Sharp turns  excessive speed and  abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is  dangerous as it could result in the  increased risk of loss of vehicle  control  vehicle roll over  personal  injury or death   This vehicle has a higher center of  gravity  Vehicles with a higher center  of gravity such as utility and AWD  vehicles handle differently than  vehicles with a lower center of  gravity   Utility and AWD vehicles are not  designed for cornering at high speeds  any more than low profile sports cars  are designed to perform satisfactorily  under off road conditions   In addition  utility vehicles have a  significantly higher rollover rate than  other types of vehicles   RSC might help if you get into  trouble  but then it might not be able  to allow you to fully recover  always  drive care
395. ing screen      Shift to the R position to change to the  rear view camera mode    Shift to a position other than R to  return to the display off condition     NOTE   The screen can also be turned off using voice  recognition    Refer to Voice Recognition on page 6 120                                      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  305 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Display setting reset         of the screen setting values can be  reset to their initial settings     1  Touch the   Rest   on screen button              2  Touch thel Yes   on screen button        Audio sound adjustment  Press the audio control dial or touch the             sound setting screen     Sound  on screen button to display the                                                                      level adjustment                             Indication Setting value       Low pitch  p  Bass enhancement  Low pitch sound      Low pitch  p p  reduction  Treble      Treble   Treble sound  enhancement      Treble reduction                 Left     Right side   Lefv right volume volume reduction  banco  Right     Left side  volume reduction  Rear     Front speaker     volum volume reduction  balance  Front     Rear speaker  volume reduction  Button Beep 1  On Off      Audio operation sound    on off   Auto Level Control     ze   Automatic volume H i on P  adjustment  i  AudioPilot     Automatic volume On Off    on off  adjustment   Centerpoint     Automatic surround On Off    on off         
396. ing the    SRS AIRBAG    location  indicators  These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed    The air bags are installed in the following locations       The steering wheel hub  driver air bag      The front passenger dashboard  front passenger air bag      The outboard sides of the front seatbacks  side air bags      The front and rear window pillars  and the roof edge along both sides  curtain air bags     The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection       certain situations  so seat belts are always important in the following ways     Without seat belt usage  the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident   Seat belt usage is necessary to    Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag    Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag  inflation  such as rear impact    Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal  near frontal  side collisions or roll over    gt    accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags    Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle    Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the  air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body      Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle     e         e    e       e    2 54       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page67  Monday  M
397. ingle period of CD ROM  CD R CD   RW data recording  Multi session refers to  the existence of data from two or more  sessions on a single disc    Sampling   Refers to the process of encoding analog  audio data at regular intervals and  converting it to digital data  The sampling  rate refers to the number of times a  sample is taken in one second and is  expressed in Hz units  Increasing the  sampling rate improves the sound quality  but also increases the data size        6 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  298 1     Bit rate    Refers to the volume of data per second   expressed in bps  bits per second    Generally  the larger the number of the  transfer bit rate when compressing an  MP3 file  the more information regarding  musical reproduction it carries  and  therefore the better the sound quality     Packet writing    A general term for the method  similar to  that used for floppy discs or hard drives   of recording the required file in a single  increment on a CD R and similar     ID3 Tag    ID3 tag is a method for storing  information related to the music in an         file  Information such as track  artist  and album name can be stored  This  content can be freely edited using ID3  editing function software     VBR    Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate  While  CBR  Constant Bit Rate  is generally  used  VBR varies the bit rate for audio  compression according to compression  conditions and this allows for  compression with preference given to 
398. ion  d  Repeated short trips of less than 16 km  10 miles    4  f this component has been submerged in water  the oil should be replaced     8 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page483  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  483 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       WV Schedule 2                            Number of months or kilometers  miles   whichever comes first  Months  x1000 km    1000 miles          Maintenance Interval                                           ENGINE       Inspect every 160 000 km  100 000 miles   Replace every 240 000 km  150 000 miles    Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km  3 000 miles  or 3 months  Others R RR    Drive belts             Engine oil       Engine oil filter  COOLING SYSTEM                                           FL22 type     Replace at first 192 000 km  120 000 miles  or 10 years  after    ype that  every 96 000 km  60 000 miles  or 5 years  Engine coolant    Others Replace at first 96 000 km  60 000 miles  or 4 years  after that     every 2 years  Engine coolant level I I I I   1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  FUEL SYSTEM                                                                        Puerto Rico C R C R  Air filter   Cp  Others C R C   Fuel lines and hoses  I I  Hoses and tubes for emission   I  IGNITION SYSTEM   USA Replace every 96 000 km  60 000 miles   Spark plugs x     Others Replace every 160 000 km  100 000 miles   ELECTRICAL SYSTEM    Function of all lights                   For
399. ion regarding keys and the prevention of  vehicle and vehicle contents theft     3 2   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page91  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  91 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    With power liftgate button    Lock button Unlock button Power liftgate button          Panic button       Operation indicator light Auxiliary key   DB    Key code number plate  Without power liftgate button    Lock button Unlock button       Panic button             Operation indicator light   Auxiliary key     OB   j   Key code number plate       A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set  detach this plate and store it  in a safe place  not in the vehicle  for use if you need to make a replacement key     Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place  but not in    the vehicle     If your key 15 lost  consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page92  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  92 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    A CAUTION       Because the advanced hey uses low intensity radio waves  it may not function  correctly under the following conditions    gt  The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular  phones       The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object       The advanced 
400. ipment to the immobilizer  system or the vehicle     3 58    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  146 1     Immobilizer System     Without Advanced Key        The immobilizer system allows the engine  to start only with a key the system  recognizes     If someone attempts to start the engine  with an unrecognized key  the engine will  not start  thereby helping to prevent the  theft of your vehicle    If you have a problem with the  immobilizer system or the key  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     A CAUTION       Radio equipment like this is  governed by laws in the United  States    Changes or modifications not  expressly approved by the party  responsible for compliance could  void the user s authority to  operate the equipment     gt  To avoid damage to the key  do  not    gt  Drop the key    gt  Get the key wet       Expose the key to any kind of  magnetic field     gt  Expose the key to high  temperatures on places such as  the dashboard or hood  under  direct sunlight           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel47  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    A CAUTION    When starting the engine do not  allow the following  as the engine  may not start due to the electronic  signal from the ignition key not being  transmitted correctly     gt  A key ring rests on the key grip     e         Metal parts of other keys or metal  objects touch the key grip     e       Spare keys or keys for other  vehicles equipped with an  immobilizer system touch or come  near the ke
401. itch  the display from ambient temperature to the  temperature set for the air conditioner     DUAL switch       Use the DUAL switch to change the mode  between the individual operation  driver  and passenger  and interconnection   simultaneous  modes        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  283 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    Individual operation mode  indicator  light illuminated     The set temperature can be controlled  individually for the driver and front  passenger     Interconnection mode  indicator light  turned off     The set temperature for the driver and  front passenger is controlled  simultaneously     NOTE     The set temperature for the front passenger  changes to that of the driver while in the  interconnected mode      is displayed on the information  display while in the individual operation  mode      The system changes to the interconnection  mode automatically if the windshield c3  defroster switch is pressed  The system will  not change to the individual operation  mode by pressing the DUAL switch or  turning the front passenger temperature  control dial        Windshield defroster switch                Press the switch to defrost the windshield  and front door windows        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page284  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    NOTE   In the   position  the air conditioner is  automatically turned on and the  gt  mode is  automatically selected to defrost th
402. itch power liftgate close  switch power lifigate button on the transmitter  is pressed or the outside handle is operated  while the liftgate is opening closing  electrically  the beep sound is heard and the  lifigate moves in the reverse direction  automatically  If this operation is repeated the  system switches to manual operation     Jam safe equipment    While the power liftgate is opening   closing electrically and the system detects  a person or an object in the liftgate s path   the liftgate will move in the reverse  direction automatically     A WARNING    Always check the area around the   power liftgate before opening closing   it     gt    Not checking for occupants and  objects around the power liftgate  before opening closing it is  dangerous  The jam safe equipment  is designed to prevent jamming in the  event an obstruction is in the  liftgate s path  The system may not  detect certain objects obstructing the  liftgate depending on the way they  are positioned and their shape   However  if the jam safe function  detects an obstruction and moves the  liftgate in the reverse direction  an  occupant in the liftgate s path could  be seriously injured           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel27  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       CAUTION    Sensors are installed on both ends of  the power liftgate  Be careful not to  allow the sensors to be scratched or  damaged by sharp objects  otherwise  the liftgate may no longer open close  automatically  In addition  if the  s
403. ith battery  fluid   Spilled battery fluid is dangerous   Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in  eyes  or on the shin or clothing  If this happens  immediately flush your eyes with  water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention     e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children   Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous  Battery fluid could cause  serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin     Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal  tools to contact the positive      or negative        terminal of the battery when  working near a battery  Do not allow the positive      terminal to contact the vehicle  body   Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous  Hydrogen gas  produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode  An  exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries  Keep all flames including  cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells     8 31       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page508  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  508 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Keep all flames  including cigarettes  and sparks away from open battery cells   Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous  Hydrogen gas  produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode  An  exploding 
404. ition3 Page408  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System on page 6 141      When playing a CD    1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Shuffle  or Shuffle Off    4  Shuffle is performed or stopped    When playing BT audio    1   2   3    Press the talk button   Prompt     Ready       Say   Beep   Shuffle       Prompt      Available shuffle options are Folder          and Off       Say   Beep      XXXXX  Folder  All or Off        If    Folder    is spoken  folder shuffle is  performed   If  AII  is spoken  device shuffle is  performed   If  Off  is spoken  shuffle is stopped     Switching between display non display  of radio text information  U S A    Canada only     When playing FM Radio     Switching between display non display of  radio text information is possible using  voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34     l   2   3     Press the talk button   Prompt     Ready       Say   Beep      Radio text  or Radio text OFF         6 134       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  408 1     4  Radio text information 15 displayed not  displayed    Selection by specifying frequency    When playing the Radio    Selection by specifying the frequency 15   possible using voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Radio on page   6 34        Press the talk button     2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Frequency     4  Prompt      What f
405. itting in the rear seat is not possible  slide  the front passenger seat as far back as possible  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as    possible  A         The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are  securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags     2 74    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page87  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  87 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Monitoring and Maintenance    V Constant Monitoring    The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system     Crash sensors  and diagnostic module  SAS unit    Front air bag sensor   Air bag modules   Side crash sensors   Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light  Front seat belt pretensioners     Related wiring    With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System     Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light     Driver seat slide position sensor     Front passenger seat weight sensors     Front passenger seat weight sensor control module                        The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness  This begins when the  ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven        Maintenance    The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance  But if any of the following occurs   take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible      The air
406. iving on dusty or salted  roads to help prevent corrosion        Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic  car wash that uses high speed or hard  brushes      Ifyour aluminum wheels lose luster  wax  the wheels     With Tire Pressure Monitoring System    Check special requirements for Tire Pressure   Monitoring System    Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 33     V Plastic Part Maintenance      When cleaning the plastic lenses of the  lights  do not use gasoline  kerosene   rectified spirit  paint  thinner  highly  acidic detergents  or strongly alkaline  detergents  Otherwise  these chemical  agents can discolor or damage the  surfaces resulting in a significant loss  in functionality  If plastic parts become  inadvertently exposed to any of these  chemical agents  flush with water  immediately    e  f plastic parts such as the bumpers  become inadvertently exposed to  chemical agents or fluids such as  gasoline  oil  engine coolant  or battery  fluid  it could cause discoloration   staining  or paint peeling  Wipe off any  such chemical agents or fluids using a  soft cloth immediately     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  539 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care      High water temperature and high water  pressure car washers are available  depending on the type of high pressure  car washer device  If the car washer  nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or  aimed at one area for an extended  period of time  it could deform plastic  parts or d
407. jackknifing  especially   so on wet or slippery roads      Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when    e    heavily loaded     gt    The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting     Lane changes and turning   Avoid quick lane changes  sudden turns  and tight turns  Slow down before turning to  avoid the need of sudden braking    A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle  Compensate with turns that  are larger than normal     Passing   Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles  and provide plenty of room before changing lanes   Crosswinds from passing vehicles  especially larger ones  and the effects of rough roads  will affect handling    If swaying occurs  firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately  but  gradually    Steer straight ahead  If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made  the  combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability     Backing up   Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience  Back slowly  and have a  helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident    To turn the trailer  place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the  direction you want the trailer to go  Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or  prolonged turning        4 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel76  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  17
408. k plate  417 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      NOTE   Some information may not display depending  on the device  and if the information cannot be  displayed   No Song             is indicated        How to Use Pandora      What is Pandora       Pandora  is free personalized internet  radio  Simply enter a favorite artist  track   genre  and Pandora  will create a  personalized station that plays their music  and more like it  Rate songs by giving  thumbs up and thumbs down feedback to  further refine your station  discover new  music and help Pandora  play only music  you love       Pandora     the Pandora  logo  and the  Pandora  trade dress are trademarks or  registered trademarks of Pandora  Media  Inc   used with permission     NOTE   To operate Pandora  from your Bluetooth    device  perform the following in advance      Create Pandora   account on the web      Create Pandora  station using Pandora   application        Install Pandora  application on your  device     Playback    1  To listen to Pandora   touch the   Pandora  on screen tab     2  To stop playback  press        W  on   screen button           3  Press the button again to resume  playback     Skip song  Press the   9    on screen button                 6 143          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page418  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  418 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      NOTE     The skip function may not be available  depending on the device      The number of skips is limited by  P
409. k plate  432 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor       Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image    Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road  Such variance in  distance perspective could lead to an accident  Note the following conditions that may  cause a variance in distance perspective     When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load    When the vehicle rear is lowered  the object displayed on the screen appears farther than  the actual distance                 Variance    6 158       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page433  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  433 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle    When there is a steep upgrade  downgrade  behind the vehicle  the object displayed on the  screen appears farther  downgrade  closer  than the actual distance     Appears           Appears  A farther than B            actual actual  distance             Object at actual position Object on screen  Object on screen    A  Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen        Object at actual  B  Actual distance between the vehicle and object  position          6 159       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page434  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  434 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    Three dimensional object on vehicle rear    Because the distance guide lines ar
410. k plate  496 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Engine Compartment Overview    Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir    Power steering    fluid reservoir Battery Fuse block                 lt   e EA G     mem    C    Relay box                                                             Windscreen washer    fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick       Engine oil filler cap    8 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page497  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Engine Oil    NOTE   Changing the engine oil should be performed  by an Authorized Mazda Dealer    Refer to Introduction  page 8 2  for owner s  responsibility in protecting your investment     V Recommended Oil    U S A  and CANADA    Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil    Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazda  vehicle  Mazda Genuine 5W 20 Oil is  required to achieve optimum fuel  economy     For maintenance service  Mazda  recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and  Castrol   U S A  only      S Castrol        ILSAC     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  497 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Only use SAE 5W 20 oil    Certified For  Gasoline Engines    by the American  Petroleum Institute  API     Oil with this trademark symbol conforms  to the current engine and emission system  protection standards and fuel economy  requirements of the International  Lubricant Standardization and Approval  Committee  ILSAC   comprised of U S   and Japanese automobile manufactu
411. k switch in the up or  down position to seek all usable stations   at a higher or lower frequency whether  programmed or not     SIRIUS digital satellite radio    Press and hold the seek switch in the up or  down position to seek all usable stations   at a higher or lower channel whether  programmed or not     When playing a CD  USB  iPod or BT  audio   Press the seek switch up to skip to the  next track    Press the seek switch down to repeat the  current track    Press and hold the seek switch in the up or  down position to continuously switch the  tracks up or down        6 51       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page326  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Audio System    AUX USB iPod Mode    Without auxiliary jack    Audio can be played from the vehicle  audio device by connecting USB device  or an iPod to the USB port        With auxiliary jack   Audio can be heard from the vehicle s  speakers by connecting a commercially   available portable audio unit to the  auxiliary jack    A commercially available  non impedance   3 56   stereo mini plug cable is required   Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for  details    In addition  audio can be played from the  vehicle audio device by connecting USB  device or an iPod to the USB port           6 52       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  326 1       How to use AUX mode         page 6 54    How to use USB mode          page 6 56     How to use iPod mode           page 6 60        WARNING    Do not adjus
412. ke sure the seatback is securely  latched by pushing it back until it is  fully locked       Expand the area between the seat  bottom and the seatback slightly to  verify the locations of the LATCH  lower anchors        NOTE   The markings above the LATCH lower anchors  indicate the locations of LATCH lower  anchors for the attachment of a child restraint  system     4  Raise the head restraint to the top  locked position     Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15     5  Secure the child restraint system using  BOTH LATCH lower anchors   following the child restraint system  manufacturer s instruction  Pull on the  child restraint to be sure both anchors  are engaged        2 50       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  62 1       If your child restraint system came  equipped with a tether  that means it 1s  very important to properly secure the  tether for child safety  Please carefully  follow the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions when  installing tethers     Anchor bracket location    Me c       7 7    Tether strap position       Tether strap        gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page63  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM      A WARNING    Use the tether and tether anchor only  for a child restraint system   Using the tether or tether anchor to  secure anything but a child restraint  system is dangerous  This could  weaken or damage the tether or  tether anchor and result in injury     Always route the tether strap between   the head restraint an
413. key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell  phones       Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle       There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle     gt  If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain  gas stations       The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high   intensity radio waves  Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such  as televisions or personal computers       To avoid damage to the advanced key  DO NOT       Drop the advanced key     gt  Get the advanced key wet     gt  Disassemble the advanced key       Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the    gt    dashboard or hood  under direct sunlight     gt  Place heavy objects on the advanced key     gt  Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner     gt  Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key        NOTE     Battery life is about one year  Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY  indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine   otherwise  you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the  battery is completely dead  Refer to KEY Warning Light  Red  KEY Indicator Light  Green   with  Advanced Key  on page 5 65  If this occurs  you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need to  start the engine immediatel
414. km  45 000 miles  or 5 years       locks and hinges L L L L L   L L L                                     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page482  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       Black plate  482 1     Number of months or kilometers  miles   whichever comes first                                                 Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48  Maintenance Interval  x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96    1000 miles 7 5 15 225 30 37 5 45 52 5 60  AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM  Cabin air filter R R       Chart symbols     I  Inspect  Inspect and clean  repair  adjust  fill up  or replace if necessary   R  Replace   C  Clean   L  Lubricate   T  Tighten    Remarks      1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription    FL22    on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding    area  Use FL22 when replacing the coolant      2 According to state provincial and federal regulations  failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  void your emissions warranties  However  Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at    the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability      3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the rear differential oil at    every 48 000 km  30 000 miles    a  Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier  b  Driving in dusty  sandy or wet conditions  c  Extended periods of idling or low speed operat
415. kwise within a few  seconds after playback begins to track  down to the beginning of the previous  track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial counterclockwise after a few  seconds have elapsed to start playback  from the beginning of the current track     Operations on screen             Touch the   P    on screen button once to  skip forward to the beginning of the next  track    Touch the L4   on screen button within             a few seconds after playback begins to  track down to the beginning of the  previous track    Touch the   M     on screen button after a  few seconds have elapsed to start  playback from the beginning of the  current track                    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  331 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Displaying song list  The song list in the USB device can be  viewed     NOTE  The song list may not display depending on the  conditions      Displaying optional list              1  Touch the     on screen button during  playback        2  Touch the category which you want to  select  The record list or song list is  displayed     Displaying a list being played    Touch the on screen button     NOTE  Press the       on screen button to display the    upper list     gt      Selecting from list  Select the desired song to play                             1  Press the      on screen button to select  the song list        2  Touch the song you want to listen to     NOTE  The selected song list bec
416. layback mode by operating the select  button to the left or right    T 001       300 03 03    L R          6 94       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  368 1     3  Select the desired mode by operating  the select button up or down      1  During DVD audio    Each time the button is pressed  the  mode changes in the order of 1      NON     RPF     NOF     RND      RNF     ALL     1    ALL  Repeats all tracks    1  Repeats the current track    RPF  Repeats all tracks in the current  group   NOF  Stops playback after all tracks in  the current group are played    RND  Randomly selects and plays a  track from all tracks    RNF  Randomly selects and plays a  track from the current group     2  During video CD and audio CD  Each time the button is pressed  the  mode changes in the order of 1      NON     RND     ALL     1    ALL  Repeats all tracks   Returns to  the beginning of the disc after all tracks  are played     1  Repeats the current track    NON  Stops playback after all tracks in  the disc are played    RND  Randomly plays a track       Press the DISPLAY button to finish the  function menu     NOTE   The function menu is displayed during audio  CD playback and it cannot be canceled by  pressing the DISPLAY button during playback     V Assist Functions  MP3 WMA CD     Folders and files    The order of MP3 WMA file playback is   as follows      A folder number is assigned to each  folder on a disc     2                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page369  Monday
417. le inspected     9 35       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page578  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  578 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     Vehicle Loading    This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer  to keep  your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability  with or without a trailer   Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance   Before loading your vehicle  familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining  your vehicle s weight ratings  with or without a trailer  from the vehicle s Safety  Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label     A WARNING    Overloaded Vehicle   Overloading a vehicle is dangerous  The results of overloading can have serious  consequences in terms of passenger safety  Too much weight on a vehicle s  suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure  brake failure   handling or steering problems  irregular tire wear  tire failure or other damage   Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control  It also increases the  distance required for stopping  In cases of serious overloading  brakes can fail  completely  particularly on steep grades  The load a tire will carry safely is a  combination of the size of the tire  its load range  and corresponding inflation    pressure   Never overload the vehicle and always observe t
418. le the  vehicle is moving is dangerous  The  driver could lose control of the vehicle  and have an accident     e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel7  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM       CAUTION       The seat bottom power  adjustment is operated by motors   Avoid extended operation because  excessive use can damage the  motors       To prevent the battery from  running down  avoid using the  power adjustment when the  engine is stopped  The adjuster  uses a large amount of electrical  power       Do not use the switch to make  more than one adjustment at a  time     gt  Be careful not to place your hands  and fingers around moving parts  of the front seat when adjusting  the seat positions to prevent    injury      Seat Slide  To slide the seat  move the slide lifter  switch on the outside of the seat to the    front or back and hold it  Release the  switch at the desired position        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  17 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    V Seat Recline      A WARNING    Do not drive with either front seat   reclined   Sitting in a reclined position while the  vehicle is moving is dangerous  because you do not get the full  protection from seat belts  During  sudden braking or a collision  you  can slide under the lap belt and  suffer serious internal injuries  For  maximum protection  sit well back  and upright     Always sit in the front passenger seat  properly with the seatback upright and  feet on the floor  With Dri
419. led causing  serious injury or death     V Low Fuel Warning Light                  d Low fuel      warning light    9 d    This warning light in the fuel gauge  signals that the fuel tank will soon be  empty    Refuel as soon as possible     S 61          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page240  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  240 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    V Check Fuel Cap Warning Light    E     This warning light illuminates for a few  seconds when the ignition 1s switched  ON     If the check fuel cap warning light  illuminates while driving  the fuel filler  cap may not be installed properly  Stop  the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap   Refer to Fuel Filler Cap on page 3 48     V Seat Belt Warning Light    The seat belt warning light illuminates if  the driver s seat belt is not fastened when  the ignition switched ON     V Door Ajar Warning Light          N            This warning light illuminates when any  door or liftgate is not securely closed   Close the door or liftgate securely before  driving the vehicle        5 62       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    V Low Washer Fluid Level    Warning Light                This warning light indicates that little  washer fluid remains  Add fluid  page  8 26      V Automatic Transaxle Warning Light    AT    This warning light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON    The light illuminates when the transaxle  has a problem     A CAUTION    If th
420. ler or a backward with driving wheels on the  commercial tow truck service  ground  This may cause internal    damage to the transaxle     Proper lifting and towing are necessary to  prevent damage to the vehicle   Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle   where all the wheels are connected to the  drive train  proper transporting of the  vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid  damaging the drive system  Government  and local laws must be followed                    Wheel dollies    CAUTION  Do not tow with sling type    9                    ZEN equipment  This could damage your    vehicle  Use wheel lift or flatbed   o    equipment        A towed 2WD vehicle should have its  drive wheels  front wheels  off the  ground  If excessive damage or other  conditions prevent this  use wheel dollies                      When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear  wheels on the ground  release the parking  brake     A towed AWD vehicle must have all its  wheels off the ground        7 21       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page474  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    In Case of an Emergency    Emergency Towing       WARNING    Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four   wheels off the ground   Towing a AWD vehicle with either the  front or rear wheels on the ground is  dangerous as the drive train could be  damaged  or the vehicle could trail  away from the tow truck and cause  an accident  If the drive train has  been damaged  transport the vehicle  on    flat bed truch 
421. lete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda  All Authorized  Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition  In  our experience  any questions  problems  or complaints regarding the operation of your  Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your  dealer  If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal  dealership procedures  we recommend that you take the following steps     WSTEP 1  Contact the Mazda Dealer    Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management  If the Service Manager has  already reviewed your concerns  contact the owner of the dealership or its General  Manager     WSTEP 2  Contact the Mazda Regional Office    If you feel that you still require assistance  ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for  you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative  If more expedient  contact Mazda   Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements  Regional Office address    gt    and phone numbers are shown  page 9 9         Y STEP 3  Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department    If still not substantially satisfied  contact the Customer Relations Department  Mazda  Canada Inc   55 Vogell Road  Richmond Hill  Ontario  LAB 3K5 Canada TEL  1  800   263 4680    Provide the Department with the following information     1  Your name  address and telephone number    2  Year and model of vehicle     99       Vehicle Identifica
422. lever is in any  position except reverse  R   and the vehicle speed is about 10 km h  6 mph  or less    When the parking sensor switch is pressed  a beep sound is heard and the indicator light in  the switch illuminates     NS      EL                 NOTE    If the system is cancelled  it will not restore automatically even when the vehicle speed is decreased to    10 km h  6 mph  or less     5 48       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page227  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  227 1     Sensor detection condition    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    The system can be used when the ignition is switched ON and the Park Assist Sensor    Switch has been turned on     The system will then operate when the shift lever is placed in reverse  R    The sensors detect obstructions under the following conditions        Sensor    Condition       Rear Sensor The shift lever is in reverse  R               Rear Corner Sensor The shift lever is in reverse  R   and the vehicle speed is about 10 km h  6 mph  or less        The system is cancelled under the following conditions       The vehicle speed is 10 km h  6 mph  or more       The parking sensor switch is pressed while the parking sensor 1s in operation           5 49    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page228  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       V Parking Sensor Warning Beep    The beeper sounds as follows while the system is op
423. lights will flash once to indicate  that the system is armed   Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page  3 62     NOTE     All doors and the lifigate cannot be locked  when any door or the lifigate is open      Confirm that all doors and the lifigate are  locked visually or audibly by use of the  double click           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         103  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM               Black plate  103 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Unlock button    To unlock the driver s door  press the  unlock button  A beep will be heard twice  and the hazard warning lights will flash  twice     To unlock all doors and the liftgate  press  the unlock button again within 3 seconds  and two more beep sounds will be heard     NOTE     A beep sound can be heard for confirmation  when the doors are unlocked using the  advanced keyless transmitter  If you prefer   the beep sound can be turned off   Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8      The system can be set to unlock all doors by  performing a single operation   Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8       Without theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights will flash twice  to indicate that all doors and the liftgate  are unlocked    With theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights flash when the  theft deterrent system is turned off   The hazard warning lights do not flash  unless the theft deterrent system has been  properly turned off   When the doors 
424. lization Features    are available  These settings can only be changed by an Authorized    Mazda Dealer        Item    Feature    Factory Setting    Available Settings       Power door lock      Changes the auto lock unlock function setting  for all the doors according to the vehicle speed   the vehicle power supply condition  and the    Lock  Driving   Unlock  IGN Off    Off Lock When  Driving Lock  Shift  From P  Unlock  In       changed     average levels of    lector   iti P Lock When Shifting  selector lever position  Out OfP  The headlight illumination on off timing based         deg  Auto headlight on off on surrounding lightness darkness can be Later                            lights    be changed        darkness      The time required for headlights to turn off  Auto headlight off after ignition is switched off             changed  30 seconds 0 60 120 seconds  Blind Spot      Monitoring  BSM  The BSM Warming peep function canbe Activated Deactivated  changed   system  The advanced key s remaining battery level  warning light in the instrument cluster can be Activated Deactivated  deactivated   The beep sound which is heard when  locking unlocking all doors or the liftgate can Activated Deactivated  be deactivated   The function to automatically lock the doors  Advanced keyless and the liftgate when leaving the vehicle while Deactivated Activated  entry carrying the key can be activated     The method for unlocking the doors using the Press x 2 Press x 1  request swit
425. ller lid and cap                          3 48  run          5 55  Requirements                  sss 4 2  Tank capacity                              10 5  FUSES Dm 8 49  Panel description                          8 52  Replacement                       ssss 8 49  G  Glove Compartment                          6 172  11 4    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  602 1     H   Hazard Warning Flasher                      5 87   Hazardous                                               4 7   Headlights  Control ice  c eR 5 72  Flashing  etes 5 76  High low beam                            5 75  Leveling    easier 5 77  On reminder                      sss 5 75   HomeLink Wireless Control   SYSUEM  MEET                   5 88   Hood Release                                      3 49   Horn  iier Pete ect 5 86   I   Ignition  REYS Gui etii toS 3 21  Ky din                     5 2   Illuminated Entry System                 6 163   Immobilizer System    with Advanced                                 3 54   Immobilizer System    without Advanced Key                      3 58   Indicator Lights                         ss 5 56  BSM OFF spec 5 69  OE i avez  sh          5 68  Headlight high beam                    5 67                    5 67  Shift position                                5 67  TCS OFF i ege 5 68  TCS DSC RSC                             5 68  Turn signal hazard warning         5 69   Information Display                          6 165  Ambient temperature display   
426. locked unlocked by  operating the request switch while  carrying the advanced key outside the  vehicle  refer to Operations Using  Advanced Keyless Functions  page 3 7         Locking  Unlocking with  Transmitter  With Advanced Key     The liftgate can be locked unlocked by  operating the keyless entry system  transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry System   page 3 13      V Locking  Unlocking with Transmitter   With Retractable Type Key     The liftgate can be locked unlocked by  operating the keyless entry system  transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry System   page 3 22      V Locking  Unlocking with Door   Lock Switch    The liftgate can be locked unlocked by  operating the door lock switch  refer to  Power Door Locks  page 3 30            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel23  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Opening and Closing the Liftgate    Manually opening the liftgate  Pull up on the handle     NOTE   If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a  malfunction in the electrical system and the  liftgate cannot be unlocked  perform the  following procedure as an emergency measure  to unlock it     1  Remove the cap on the interior surface of  the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver        2   With power liftgate   Push the liftgate while pressing the lever  down    Without power liftgate   Turn the lever to the right to unlock the  liftgate    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  123 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks     With power liftgate     Lever  
427. lockwise and remove it     Brake lights Taillights          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page523  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  523 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Rear turn signal lights 2  Remove the cover        SS    P        3  Turn the socket and bulb assembly  counterclockwise and remove it     4  Disconnect the bulb from the socket   Taillights  Liftgate side        5  Disconnect the bulb from the socket     6  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     Taillights  Liftgate side   Reverse lights       1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch is off           8 47       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page524  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  524 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    5  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     NOTE  To replace the bulb  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     License plate lights    1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch 1s off     2  Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft  cloth to prevent damage to the lens   and then remove the lens by carefully  prying on the edge of the lens with a  flathead screwdriver     3  Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out                    CB    e    4  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     8 48    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs    Overhead light  Fro
428. lowly into the  parking space  Continue checking the vehicle s surroundings and then stop the vehicle in  the best possible position   If the parking space has division lines  check whether the  vehicle width guide lines are parallel to them       Display condition   Vehicle condition                   Cp  Please check surroundings for safety    gt                  6  When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position  the screen returns  to the previous display     6 156       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page431  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  431 1     Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor    NOTE    Because there may be a difference between the displayed image  such as indicated below  and the  actual conditions when parking  always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the  surrounding area directly with your eyes      In the image of the parking space  or garage  displayed below  even though the back end and  distance guide lines appear parallel in the monitor  they may not actually be parallel on the  ground      When parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space  the division    line and the vehicle width guide line may appear parallel on the monitor  but they may not  actually be parallel on the ground              D Please check surroundings for safety a 2          6 157       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page432  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Blac
429. ls     A WARNING    Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle  prior to departure   Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer  and the vehicle is dangerous  If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball  the  trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision     V Trailer Lights    Trailer lights must comply with all federal  state  and local regulations  Equip your trailer  as required before towing it day or night     A CAUTION    Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your    gt    Mazda  This may damage your vehicle s electrical system and lighting systems  Have   a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system  and inspect  the brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip        V Trailer Brakes    If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg  1 000 Ib   trailer brakes are required  If your  trailer has brakes  make sure they comply with all federal  state  and local regulations     A WARNING    Do not connect a hydraulic trailer brake system to your vehicle s brake system   Connecting a hydraulic trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is  dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury     V Trailer Towing Tips    Verify that your Mazda maintains a near normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded  trailer is connected  Do not drive if it has an abnormal front up o
430. lso this  one     NOTE     Inspect this function before each use of the  child restraint system  You should not be  able to pull the shoulder belt out of the  retractor while the system is in the  automatic locking mode  When you remove  the child restraint system  be sure the belt  fully retracts to return the system to  emergency locking mode before occupants  use the seat belts      Follow the child restraint system  manufacturer s instructions carefully   Depending on the type of child restraint  system  it may not employ seat belts which  are in automatic locking mode     6  Seat your child safely in the child   restraint system and secure the child  according to the instructions from the  child restraint system manufacturer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  59 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    7   With Driver and Front Passenger    Occupant Classification System   Make sure the front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light illuminates  after installing a child restraint system  on the front passenger seat    If the front passenger air bag  deactivation indicator light does not  illuminate  remove the child restraint  system  switch the ignition to OFF or  ACC  and then re install the child   restraint system    Refer to Front Passenger Seat Weight  Sensors on page 2 70        2 47       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page60  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  60 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint
431. m    In addition  the front passenger air bag 1s designed to only deploy in accordance with the  total seated weight on the front passenger seat  For details  refer to the driver and front  passenger occupant classification system  page 2 70            Side Air Bags    The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks    When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force  the  system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit  The side air  bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by  directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window    For more details about air bag deployment  refer to    SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria      page 2 67      2 63       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page76  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  76 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags     With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System    In addition  the front passenger side air bag 1s designed to only deploy in accordance with  the total seated weight on the front passenger seat  For details  refer to the driver and front  passenger occupant classification system  page 2 70         V Curtain Air Bags    The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars  and the roof edge  along both sides    When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force  the  curta
432. m No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page484  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance    Black plate  484 1                             Number of months or kilometers  miles   whichever comes first  x Months 4   8   12   16   20   24   28   32   36   40   44   48  Maintenance Interval  x1000 km 8   16   24   32   40   48   56   64   72   80   88   96  x1000 miles   5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55   60  CHASSIS and BODY  Brake lines  hoses and connections I I  Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I       Disc brakes    I    I       Tire  Rotation     Tire inflation pressure and tire wear          Steering operation and linkages       Power steering fluid level       Front and rear suspension  ball joints and wheel  bearing axial play       Rear differential oil  AWD        Driveshaft dust boots       Bolts and nuts on chassis and body       Body condition     for rust  corrosion and perforation     I       Exhaust system and heat shields     45 0    00 miles  or 5 years            locks and hinges    L    L    L    L    L       Washer fluid level                      I       I          I       I       I             8 8    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page485  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  485 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       Number of months or kilometers  miles   whichever comes first       Months 4   8   12   16   20   24   28   3
433. m No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page565  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  565 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Uniform Tire Quality Grading System  UTQGS        WARNING    Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded   Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous  Excessive speed   underinflation  or excessive loading  either separately or in combination  can cause  heat buildup and possible tire failure  The temperature grade for this tire is  established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded     These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several  years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers     The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary  with respect to grade     ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND  TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS    V UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING   Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder     gt  ae ee section width  ex    TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A          UTQGS MARK  example            TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA  TEMPERATURE A           9 23       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page566  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  566 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Inform
434. m a minor burn     A CAUTION    Do not use organic solvents to clean  the seat  It may damage the seat  surface and the heater           2 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page31  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  31 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Seat Belt Precautions    Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden  stops  Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts     Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts        Seating Position Types of seat belt       Driver side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor  Front seat          Passenger side       3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode    econd row seat          ii retractor automatic locking mode retractor          Third row seat       3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor   This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use   The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user  but it will lock in position  during a collision    Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2 21    3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode  retractor   In addition to the emergency locking mode function  this belt has retractors that operate in  another mode  the automatic locking mode  for the child restraint system     gt    Refer to Automatic Locking 
435. mV   m    3 m  tres mesur   avec un d  tecteur    valeur moyenne    5 44       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page223  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  223 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving        Mexico   Certificado de homologacion  RCPCOSR11 1177    Continental SRR2 A    Este equipo opera a titulo secundario  consecuentemente  debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales  incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo  primario     Cofetel notice       La operaci  n de este equipo est   sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones     1  es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y    2  este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia  incluyendo la que pueda causar su  operaci  n no deseada      ATTENTION   Cofetel requires that their notice is printed on the user manual in Spanish with the exact words above     If the user manual in Spanish does not contain the notice it will not be accepted by Cofetel and they will      not grant NOM 121 certificate     Moreover  it is important to tell your customer that Cofetel inspectors are checking the user manual in  Spanish that is included with the product  If the manual does not contain Cofetel notice as above  they  will put a penalty to the importer and distributor        NOTE    During printing time of this user manual the approvals listed above are granted       A WARNING    Change or mod
436. matically  Also  it could  result in a malfunction      The power lifigate may not open close  electrically if the vehicle is parked on an  incline  or there is strong wind  or the  lifigate is laden with snow      The power lifigate will not operate unless it  is unlocked  The power lifigate does not  operate unless it is unlocked using the  power door lock function    Refer to Locking  Unlocking with Door   Lock Knob on page 3 29       fa power liftgate system fuse has blown   the liftgate cannot be opened using the  power lifigate switch or the outer handle   liftgate   Use the emergency lever to open  the liftgate      Fully close the power liftgate before  disconnecting the vehicle battery  If the  battery is disconnected with the liftgate  open  it cannot be opened or closed  automatically after the battery is  reconnected  If this happens  fully close the  lifigate manually to restore the auto full  open close function     Opening Closing the power liftgate    If the vehicle has satisfied all the  following operation conditions  the power  liftgate can be opened using the power  function     Operation conditions     1  The power liftgate is unlocked    2  The shift lever is in park  P  when the  ignition is switched ON     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  125 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE     Ifcondition  2  is not satisfied while the  power liftgate is opening electrically  the  beep sound will be heard and the lifigate  will 
437. mediation is not successful  or if you do not wish to participate in mediation  claims  within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal  hearing  The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the  time your complaint is filed  there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact  Mazda about your problem  or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an  inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by  BBB AUTO LINE     9 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page547  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  547 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    6  You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or  remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22  You are also required to  use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of  the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act  15 U S C  sec  2301 et seq  If you choose to seek  redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section  1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act  resort to BBB AUTO LINE is  not required by those statutes     7  California Civil Code Section 1793 2  d  requires that  if Mazda or its representative is  unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express  warranty after a reasonable numb
438. miters will only function once  and must be replaced after any  collision that caused them to deploy   A seat belt with an expended  pretensioner or load limiter is still  better than wearing no seat belt at  all  however  if the front seat belt  pretensioners and load limiters are  not replaced  the risk of injury in a  collision will increase     2 25          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page38  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  38 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Do not modify the components or   wiring  or use electronic testing devices   on the pretensioner system   Modifying the components or wiring  of the pretensioner system  including  the use of electronic testing devices is  dangerous  You could accidentally  activate it or make it inoperable  which would prevent it from  activating in an accident  The  occupants or repairers could be  seriously injured     Properly dispose of the pretensioner   system   Improper disposal of the pretensioner  system or a vehicle with non   deactivated pretensioners is  dangerous  Unless all safety  procedures are followed  injury could  result  Ask an Authorized Mazda  Dealer how to safely dispose of the  pretensioner system or how to scrap  a pretensioner equipped vehicle        2 26       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      NOTE     The pretensioner system will activate in a  moderate or severe frontal  near frontal  or  a severe side collision or roll over accident   It will not activate in most rear impacts 
439. mode by operating the select  button to the left or right     T 001     001 00 03 03              ag    01 Jaorr    1 Ja 000    3  Move the cursor and select the desired  angle by operating the select button up  or down     4  Press the DISPLAY button to finish the    function menu  A      Sound output balance adjustment   Video CD     1  Press the DISPLAY button during the  video CD playback to display the  function menu        2  Move the cursor to the sound output  balance adjustment mode by operating  the select button to the left or right     T 001     300 03 03      ALL  gt     6 93       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page368  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System      Set the sound output to the desired  balance by operating the select button  up or down     Press the button and the settings  changes in the order of L R  gt L  gt R   The sound balance changes according  to the setting     L  Audio recorded in the audio output  channel from the left is output    R  Audio recorded in the audio output  channel from the right is output    L   R  Audio recorded in the audio  output channel from the left right is  output     4  Press the DISPLAY button to finish the  function menu     Repeat random playback  Video CD   DVD audio and audio CD     Tracks can be played repeatedly or  randomly        Press the DISPLAY button while in the  playback to display the function menu  on the monitor screen       Move the cursor to the repeat random  p
440. money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle  nonconformity  repurchase or replacement of your vehicle  and compensation for  damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law     9  The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE  punitive or multiple  damages  attorneys  fees  or consequential damages other than as provided in California  Civil Code Section 1794  a  and  b      9 5       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                 CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page548  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  548 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    10  You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator  If you reject the  decision  you will be free to pursue further legal action  The arbitrator s decision and  any findings will be admissible in a court action     11  If you accept the arbitrator s decision  Mazda will be bound by the decision  and will  comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we  receive notice of your acceptance of the decision     12  Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program     9 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page549  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  549 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    Customer Assistance  Canada        Satisfaction Review Process    Your comp
441. move in the reverse direction  automatically      Ifcondition  2  is not satisfied while the  power liftgate is closing electrically  the  beep sound will be heard and the liftgate  continues closing      When condition  2  is satisfied  you can  resume power lifigate open close operation  with the switches      When the ignition is switched ON  the  transmitter does not operate     Operation using the transmitter   Press the power liftgate button for one  second or more with the power liftgate in  the fully closed open position  The hazard  warning lights flash twice and the liftgate  opens closes after the beep sounds    Refer to Keyless Entry System on page  3 13     3 37    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel26  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Operation from the driver s seat  To  open close     Press the power liftgate switch for about  one second or more while the liftgate 1s in  the fully closed open position  The hazard  warning lights flash twice and the liftgate  opens closes fully after the beep sound is  heard                 Power liftgate  switch    Operation from outside  To close only     Press the power liftgate close switch while  the liftgate is fully opened  The hazard  warning lights flash twice and the liftgate  closes automatically after the beep sound  is heard        Power liftgate  close switch       3 38    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l                     Black plate  126 1     NOTE   If the power liftgate sw
442. moved backward  pushing into luggage or other items    placed behind it     gt     gt  The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat    gt  Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver  seat    gt  Any accessories  which might increase the total seated weight on the front  passenger seat  are attached to the front passenger seat   The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for  children  Always use seat belts and child restraints        Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle   with side and curtain air bags   It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window  the area of  the front passenger seat  the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along  both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy  even if a child restraint  system is used  The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause  serious injury or death to an out of position child  Furthermore  leaning over or  against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the  advantages of supplemental protection  With the front air bag and the additional  side air bag that comes out of the front seat  the rear seat is always a better location  for children  Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side  window  even if the child is seated in a child restraint system     2 38       Form No 8D
443. mptoms and Actions    If any malfunction is suspected  verify the following before requesting a repair    If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure  have the system inspected  at an Authorized Mazda Dealer   Some functions are not available depending on the disc  Read the instruction manual  attached to the disc before operating                          Symptom Cause Action   The ignition is switched off  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON    The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones    weak  Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 81   System Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction   cannot be  pointed in the wrong direction  Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 81   turned on  The vehicle battery is weak  Recharge or replace the vehicle battery    The cabin temperature    Rear Entertainment System unit tem       Retry after the temperature has lowered    perature  is high    The ignition is switched off  Switch the ignition to ACC or ON    No disc is inserted  Insert a disc   Mision Insert a disc which can be played by this unit  cannot be  An invalid disc is inserted     Mr AAE a    Sy  displayed Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6 66        The wrong mode has been selected     Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button   Refer to Mode on page 6 87        Disc cannot  be played    Sound  cannot be  output    No disc is inserted     Insert a disc        Disc is inser
444. ms    Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed  LATCH child restraint systems in the second row seats  Both anchors must be used   otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger  Most LATCH child   restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective  If they have  a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety     A WARNING    Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system   An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous  In a sudden stop or a collision it  could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants  Make  sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child   restraint system manufacturer s instructions     Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor   Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous   In a collision  one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint  system attachments  and it may break  causing serious injury or death  If you use the  seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is  occupied  use the center seat belts instead  and the tether if tether equipped     gt      Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured    An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous  In a sudden stop or a collision it  could move causing serious inj
445. n  programming your seat and outside  mirror angle positions  A beep sound is  heard after the adjustment to the  programmed positions 1s completed        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  19 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    NOTE     When the ignition is switched to ACC or off   a pre programmed seat position can be  activated regardless of the selector lever  position        If the seat and outside mirror angles are  already adjusted to the positions you are  activating  the seat and outside mirrors do  not move  however  a beep sound is heard  to confirm that the adjustment operation is  completed     Activating the seat and outside mirror  angle positions when unlocking with an  advanced key retractable type key    Your desired seat and outside mirror angle  positions can be activated when unlocking  the doors  Perform the following  procedure using the advanced key   retractable type key     1  Adjust the seat and outside mirror  angle to the desired positions     2  Switch the ignition off     3  Press the SET button next to the  programming buttons and then the  unlock button on the advanced key   retractable type key you want to  program within about 5 seconds  A  beep sound is heard when the operation  is completed     When the driver s door is unlocked using  a programmed advanced key retractable  type key  the seat and outside mirror  angles are activated to their programmed  positions if the driver s door is opened  within about 40 secon
446. n  reverse on an up slope while the  selector lever is in a forward gear  position  or move forward on a down   slope while the selector lever is in the  reverse position   Otherwise  the engine will stop   causing the loss of the power brake  and power steering functions  and  make it difficult to control the vehicle  which could result in an accident        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  195 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Passing   For extra power when passing another  vehicle or climbing steep grades  depress  the accelerator fully  The transaxle will  shift to a lower gear  depending on vehicle  speed     Climbing steep grades from a stop  To climb a steep grade from a stopped  position    1  Depress the brake pedal     2  Shift to D or M1  depending on the  load weight and grade steepness     3  Release the brake pedal while  gradually accelerating     Descending steep grades    When descending a steep grade  shift to  lower gears  depending on load weight  and grade steepness  Descend slowly   using the brakes only occasionally to  prevent them from overheating     S 17          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page196  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  196 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Power Steering    Power steering is only operable when the  engine is running  If the engine 1s off or if  the power steering system is inoperable   you can still steer  but it requires more  physical effort     If the steer
447. n on the keyless  entry system transmitter     Insert the key into the ignition switch  and switch the ignition ON      With advanced key     Press a request switch or the unlock  button on the transmitter     Switch the ignition ON with the  start knob     The hazard warning lights will flash twice  to indicate that the system is turned off     NOTE   When the doors are unlocked by pressing the  unlock button on the transmitter or request  switch on the front doors or using the key    gt    while the theft deterrent system is turned off   the hazard warning lights will flash twice to  indicate that the system is turned off           To Stop an Alarm    A triggered alarm can be turned off by  any one of the following methods     Unlock a door or the liftgate with the  key     Press the unlock button on the keyless  entry system transmitter     The engine is started with the ignition  key      With advanced key   Press a request switch     Press the unlock button on the  transmitter     The engine is started with the start  knob     3 63       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         152  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  152 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    NOTE   If you have any problem with the theft   deterrent system  consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer        Theft Deterrent Labels       A label indicating that your vehicle is  equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is  in the glove compartment     Mazda recommends that you affix it to the  lower rear cor
448. n the package or the instruction manual can be played by this  unit  The region code setting for this unit has been set to    1       DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can  be played                 6 69       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page344    Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  344 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       Playable DISC specification    CD R and CD RW including MP3 WMA files can be played with this unit  Discs which  conform to the following formats can be played                       Name Standard Explanation  Level 1  ISO9660  Level 2  CD R  CD RW format       Joliet  1509660 extension  Romeo  Multi session Supported       Maximum hierarchy    number 8 hierarchies  Including root        Maximum folder    256 folders  number       512 files  Total capacity included in a disc   Files other than MP3 or WMA are not    Maximum file number included                  Operating tips for MP3  NOTE    Supply of this product only conveys a license for private  non commercial use and does not convey a  license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial  i e  revenue generating  real time  broadcasting  terrestrial  satellite  cable and or any other media   broadcasting streaming via the  Internet  intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems  such as  pay audio or audio on demand applications  An independent licens
449. n3 Pagel35  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  135 1     2  Turn the key clockwise and hold until  the windows and the moonroof are  completely closed  After the doors and  the liftgate are locked  the windows  and the moonroof close as long as the  key is turned        With request switch on the driver s  door  Advanced key     1  If the doors and the liftgate are locked   unlock them     2  Press and hold the request switch on  the driver s door  After the doors and  the liftgate are locked  the windows  and the moonroof close as long as the  request switch 1s pressed           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    To stop the windows and the moonroof  from closing  release the request switch  If  the operation 1s performed from the  beginning again  the windows and the  moonroof close        3 47       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel36  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Fuel Filler Lid and Cap  A WARNING       When removing the fuel filler cap    loosen the cap slightly and wait for any   hissing to stop  Then remove it   Fuel spray is dangerous  Fuel can  burn skin and eyes and cause illness  if ingested  Fuel spray is released  when there is pressure in the fuel  tank and the fuel filler cap is  removed too quickly     Before refueling  stop the engine  and   always keep sparks and flames away   from the filler neck   Fuel vapor is dangerous  It could be  ignited by sparks or flames causing  seri
450. nal range      The advanced key is placed in areas  where it is difficult for the system to  detect the signal  page 3 7          key from another manufacturer  similar to the advanced key is in the  operational range        S 66       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      Under the following conditions  the  KEY warning light  red  will flash  continuously when the start knob has  not been returned to the OFF position  to notify the driver that the advanced  key has been removed from the  vehicle  It will stop flashing when the  advanced key is back inside the  vehicle      The start knob has not been returned  to the OFF position  the driver s  door is open  and the advanced key  is removed from the vehicle      The start knob has not been returned  to the OFF position and all the  doors are closed after removing the  advanced key from the vehicle     NOTE  The flashing KEY warning light  red  and the    beep sound operate simultaneously  page  3 20   A      KEY Indicator Light  Green   When illuminated    When the start knob is pushed in from the  OFF position  the system confirms that  the correct advanced key is inside the  vehicle  the KEY indicator light  green   illuminates  and the start knob can be  turned to the ACC position  page 3 10      When flashing    When the advanced key battery power 15  low  the KEY indicator light flashes for 30  seconds after the start knob is turned from  the ON position to the ACC or OFF  position  Replace with a new battery  before the advanced k
451. nction  If this  occurs  your brakes will function normally  as if the vehicle had no ABS    Should this happen  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible     NOTE     When the engine is jump started to charge  the battery  uneven rpm occurs and the ABS  warning light may illuminate  If this occurs   it is the result of the weak battery and does  not indicate an ABS malfunction   Recharge the battery      The brake assist system does not operate  while the ABS warning light is illuminated        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  187 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Electronic Brake Force  Distribution System Warning    20   6     BRAKE  If the electronic brake force distribution  control unit determines that some  components are operating incorrectly  the  control unit may illuminate the brake  system warning light and the ABS  warning light on simultaneously  The  problem is likely to be the electronic  brake force distribution system     A WARNING    Do not drive with both the ABS warning  light and brake warning light  illuminated  Have the vehicle towed to  an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have  the brakes inspected as soon as  possible   Driving when the brake system  warning light and ABS warning light  are illuminated simultaneously is  dangerous   When both lights are illuminated  the  rear wheels could lock more quickly  in an emergency stop than under  normal circumstances     5 9    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition
452. ncy Starting    Keep all flames  including cigarettes  and sparks away from open battery cells   Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous  Hydrogen gas  produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode  An  exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries     Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level   Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous  It may  rupture or explode  causing serious injury     Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery   Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative        terminal of the  discharged battery is dangerous    A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone     Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving   Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts  cooling fans  belts  is dangerous   The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury     A CAUTION    Use only a 12 V booster system  You can damage a 12 V starter  ignition system  and    other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply  two 12 V batteries in   Cp  series or a 24 V motor generator set   PE    Connect cables in  numerical order and  disconnect in reverse  order               Discharged  battery       Jumper cables             Booster battery    7 19       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page472  Monday  Marc
453. nd MIN or lower than  MIN  consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer to have the vehicle inspected     8 25          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page502  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Washer Fluid    V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level    A WARNING    Use only windshield washer fluid or  plain water in the reservoir   Using radiator antifreeze as washer  fluid is dangerous  If sprayed on the  windshield  it will dirty the  windshield  affect your visibility  and  could result in an accident     Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze   Protection in Cold Weather   Operating your vehicle in  temperatures below 4 degrees C  40  degrees F  using washer fluid without  anti freeze protection is dangerous  as it could cause impaired windshield  vision and result in an accident  In  cold weather  always use washer  fluid with anti freeze protection     NOTE   State or local regulations may restrict the use  of volatile organic compounds  VOCs   which  are commonly used as anti freeze agents in  washer fluid  A washer fluid with limited VOC  content should be used only if it provides  adequate freeze resistance for all regions and  climates in which the vehicle will be operated     8 26    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  502 1     Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid  reservoir  add fluid if necessary        Use plain water 1f washer fluid is  unavailable    But use only washer fluid in cold weather  to prevent it from freezin
454. nd roll over sensor  and diagnostic module  SAS unit     8  Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems  page 2 25      Front air bag sensor       Side crash sensors      Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light  page 2 65     7  Side and curtain inflators and air bags   Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light  page 2 70     9  Front passenger seat weight sensors  page 2 70    Front passenger seat weight sensor control module    D Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches  page 2 74   Driver seat slide position sensor  page 2 70     NOTE     are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification  system     2 61       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page74  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  74 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    How the SRS Air Bags Work    Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags  SRS air bags are  designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident   The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to  the seat belt functions  Be sure to wear seat belts properly     V Front Seat Belt Pretensioners    The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal  near  frontal collisions or roll over accidents  In addition  during a side collision  the pretensioner  operates on the side in which the collisi
455. nd to protect your investment  it is your responsibility to  properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in  this manual  As part of this you must keep your maintenance records  receipts  repair orders  and any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed  You must present  these documents  should any warranty coverage disagreement occur  Failure to do so can  result in your warranty being voided either in whole or in part     gt      This evidence may consist of the following      The Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record  refer to the Warranty Booklet  must be  completely filled out showing mileage  repair order number  date for each service  and  signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles      Original copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the  vehicle was serviced  Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service  technician      For self maintenance  a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself   displaying mileage and the date the work was performed  Also  receipts for the  replacement parts  fluid  filters  etc   indicating the date and mileage must accompany  this statement        NOTE    If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location other than an  Authorized Mazda Dealer  Mazda requires that all fluids  parts and materials must meet Mazda  standards for durability and performance as 
456. nd touch panel operation  Bluetooth    information is displayed in the display  The screen is switched by touching the tab for each  function to be used    Do not press the panel strongly or press it with a sharp pointed object     Microphone  Hands Free     The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation     Talk button  Pick Up button and Hang Up button  Hands Free     The basic functions of Bluetooth   Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls  or hanging up using the talk button  pick up button and hang up button on the steering  wheel     NOTE  The talk button  pick up button  and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned off     Volume adjustment    The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume  Turn the dial to the  right to increase volume  to the left to decrease it   The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel     6 117       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page392  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth                 Black plate  392 1     Conversation volume and the volume of the voice guidance and ringtone can each be set in    advance              1  Touch the  Sev  on screen tab to display the Bluetooth  setting screen              2  Touch the  Volume Settings  on screen button to display the volume adjustment screen     3   Volume up  Touch the on screen button    Volume down  Touch the      on screen 
457. nday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  448 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    2  Secure the trunk board using the straps  on the third row seatbacks        Side cargo sub compartment  Open the cover        V Shopping Bag Hook    The shopping bag hook can be used for  hanging shopping bags     A CAUTION    Do not hang excessive weight on the  shopping bag hook as it could be  damaged        6 174       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                   C m  Shopping bag hook   tensile strength 3 kg       6 6 1b         V Rear Coat Hooks       WARNING    Never hang heavy or sharp objects on   the assist grips and coat hooks   Hanging heavy or sharp ended  objects such as a coat hanger from  the assist grips or coat hooks is  dangerous as they can fly off and hit  an occupant in the cabin if a curtain  air bag was to deploy  which could  result in serious injury or death     Always hang clothes on the coat hooks  and the assist grips without hangers     Coat hook       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page449  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  449 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    V Luggage Compartment Accessory Sockets    Goll bags vad be pared inthe          Only use genuine Mazda accessories or    e the equivalent requiring no greater than  To carry two golf bags  use the following  procedure  120 W  DC 12 V  10 A    1  Put one golf bag in the luggage Eront  compartment with its top pointing to The ignition must be switched to ACC or  the left  ON           
458. nducted by means of the audio unit        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  313 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    SIRIUS radio mode selection    Touch the  sirius  on screen tab on the  audio screen to receive the previously  received SIRIUS channel    Every time the  sis   on screen tab is  touched  the bank changes in the order  shown below        SIRIUS1     8161052     SIRIUS3      NOTE       SIRIUSI  SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3  six  stations can be stored in each bank for  convenient access to your favorite stations         SIRIUS1  is displayed when SIRIUSI is  selected  is displayed when PE  SIRIUS2 is selected  and   SIRIUS3  is  displayed when SIRIUS3 is selected                                               Operation in the initial state    It may take some time to start up the  equipment when it is in the initial state   when there is a change in the user s  subscription condition  when the firmware  is updated or when the SIRIUS channel  map is changed       Updating Channels XXX 92  is  displayed when the SIRIUS channel map  is changed    If the user contract content is changed      Subscription Updated    is displayed   When the firmware is updated  the     Updating Receiver    is displayed   Updating could take as long as a few  minutes depending on the geographical  area  When the unit is in an initialized  state  channel 184 is displayed after the  display indicates    Updating Receiver        6 39    2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 P
459. nected to the AUX terminal                                   A2DP AVRCP   Function A2DP  Ver    Ver    Ver    1 0 1 3 1 4   Playback     X X X  Pause     X X X  mM       x   x    Reverse         X X  Fast forward         X X  Text display         X X  Folder up down             X  Repeat     EN X  Shuffle         x X  Scan         mE X                         X  Available       Not available       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  415 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      NOTE     To make sure that your Bluetooth  audio  device is Ver  1 0  1 3 or 1 4  refer to the  Owner s Manual for the Bluetooth   audio  device        The battery consumption of Bluetooth    audio devices is higher while Bluetooth   is  connected      Ifa general mobile phone device is USB  connected during music playback over the  Bluetooth   connection  the Bluetooth    connection is disconnected  For this reason   you cannot have music playback over a  Bluetooth   connection and music playback  using a USB connection at the same time      The system may not operate normally  depending on the Bluetooth  audio device        How to Use the Bluetooth    Audio System    Switching to Bluetooth  audio mode    To listen to music or voice audio recorded  to a Bluetooth  audio device  switch to  the Bluetooth  audio mode to operate the  audio device using the audio system  control panel  Any Bluetooth  audio  device must be programmed to the  vehicle s Bluetooth    unit before it can be  used   
460. ned weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or lbs    Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d  passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib       TRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE BP       SIZE PRESSION DES  PNEU     DIMENSIONS  PNEUS    FROID MANUAL FOR    FRONT  P195 70R14  200 kPa  29 psi           MM VOIR LE MANUEL  ARRIERE  P195 70R14  200 kPa  29 psi DE L USAGER    SPARE POUR PLUS DE                         9 37       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page580  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  580 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada        CARGO    Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight  including cargo and  optional equipment  When towing  trailer tongue load or king pin weight 1s also part of  cargo weight     The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants  The cargo  weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from    the    combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed  value on the tire  label     Examples  Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg  150 Ibs   and a value of 385 kg   849 165  for the    combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed        The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg  849 Ibs      68 kg  150 Ibs    317 kg     699  bs    The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg  849 165       68    2  kg    150    2   Ib
461. ner of a front door window        3 64       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         153  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Steering Wheel          A WARNING    Never adjust the steering wheel while   the vehicle is moving   Adjusting the steering wheel while  the vehicle is moving is dangerous   Moving it can very easily cause the  driver to abruptly turn to the left or  right  This can lead to loss of control  or an accident     V Steering Wheel Adjustment    To change the angle or length of the  steering wheel     1  Stop the vehicle  pull down the lock  release lever under the steering  column     Lock release lever    P AS  Y M    Bv    2  Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the  steering column length to the desired  positions  push the lever up to lock the  column        3  Push the wheel up and down to be  certain it s locked before driving     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  153 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Steering Wheel and Mirrors    Mirrors    V Outside Mirrors  Check the mirror angles before driving     Mirror type    Flat type  driver s side    Flat surface mirror    Convex type  front passenger side   The mirror has single curvature on its  surface     A WARNING    Be sure to look over your shoulder   before changing lanes   Changing lanes without taking into  account the actual distance of the  vehicle in the convex mirror is  dangerous  You could have a serious  accident  What you see in the convex    gt    mirror
462. ness of the  dashboard illumination  Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5 55      The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer  Refer to  Personalization Features on page 10 8     Xenon fusion headlight bulbs      The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white  beam over a wide area     A WARNING    Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself  Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous  Because the xenon fusion  bulbs require high voltage  you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are  handled incorrectly  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is  necessary     NOTE  If the headlights flicker  or the brightness weakens  the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is  necessary  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     V Lights On Reminder     When the ignition is switched to ACC or the  ignition is switched off  the  Ignition Key  Reminder     page 5 3  overrides the lights   on reminder     If lights are on and the ignition is  switched to ACC or the ignition is  switched off  or the key is removed from  the ignition switch key slot  a continuous       beep sound will be heard when the    Headlight High Low Beam  driver s door is opened  Press the lever forward to turn on the high    beams   NOIE Pull the lever back to its original position     With advanced key   When the advanced keyless function is used for the low beams   and the ignition is switche
463. ng in dusty  sandy or wet conditions   c  Extended periods of idling or low speed operation   d  Repeated short trips of less than 16 km  10 miles    5 Ifthis component has been submerged in water  the oil should be replaced    6 Canada only          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page486  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  486 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance    Scheduled Maintenance  Mexico     Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions  apply    Repeated short distance driving   Driving in dusty conditions   Driving with extended use of brakes   Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used   Driving on rough or muddy roads   Extended periods of idling or low speed operation   Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates  Driving in extremely hot conditions     Driving in mountainous conditions continually   If any do apply  follow Schedule 2     NOTE  After the prescribed period  continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended  intervals                                 8 10       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page487  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  487 1     Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       V Schedule 1                         Number of months or kilometers  whichever comes first  Months  x1000 km       Maintenance Interval 66                                   
464. ng messages  When a device receives a message  a       message received notification is  displayed   When the  Download Now   on screen button             is touched  the message is downloaded   NOTE    To not display the message received  notification  turn on the Don t Disturb Me  function    Displaying messages   1  Touch the          Message       on screen tab        2  Touch the message you want to  display     NOTE     Touch the  the next message  and press the  on screen button to display the previous  message   When the  pressed  the message content is played   read by the system          nex  on screen button to display    Previous                      Read          on screen button is       Message playback  1  Touch the on screen tab     2  Touch the message you want to have  played  read  back     3  Touch the    NOTE  To stop the message playback  touch the  on screen button         Read  on screen button              Stop       Calling a person who sent a message    Calls can be made to persons sending  SMS and MMS messages     1  Touch the       Message          on screen tab        2  Touch the message to which you want  to make a call        6 128       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l               Black plate  402 1     3  Touch the   lt    NOTE    Calls cannot be made to persons who have  sent e mail        on screen button     Replying to messages    Replies to received messages can be sent  by selecting from the stored preset                               messages
465. ng out well    Remove moisture with a dry  soft cloth  and allow the leather to further dry in a  well ventilated  shaded area  If the leather  gets wet such as from rain  also remove  moisture and dry it as soon as possible           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         541  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    NOTE     Because genuine leather is a natural  material  its surface is not uniform and it  may have natural scars  scratches  and  wrinkles        To maintain the quality for as long as  possible  periodical maintenance  about  twice a year  is recommended        Sand and dust on the seat surface may  damage the overcoat of the genuine leather  surfaces and accelerate wear      Greasy soiling on genuine leather may  cause molding and stains      Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth  may cause damage      Do not wipe the leather using alcohol   chlorine bleach  or organic solvents such as  thinner  benzene  or gasoline  Otherwise  it  may cause discoloration or stains        If the seats get wet  promptly remove  moisture with a dry cloth  Remaining  moisture on the surface may cause  deterioration such as hardening and  shrinkage      Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods  may cause deterioration and shrinkage   When parking the car under direct sunlight  for long periods  shade the interior using  sunshades      Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for  long periods as they may affect the leather  quality and coloring  If the cabin  temperature becomes hot  t
466. ng vents   The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel    NOTE     When using the air conditioner  mist may come out from the vents  This is not a sign of trouble but    a result of humid air being suddenly cooled     The air vents can be fully opened and closed by operating the dial     6 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page279  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  279 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    V Selecting the Airflow Mode    Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents                               Dashboard and Floor Vents Defroster Vents    i 97                                              6 5       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page280  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  280 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    Fully Automatic Type    Climate control information is displayed on the information display     Information display    Air intake display    OUTSIDE PASS    1121 1212    Lit            Airflow display  Mode selector display Ambient temperature  Temperature    Temperature setting display  driver  setting display  ront pa  senger     Windshield defroster switch Air intake selector A      Driver temperature control dial r    Fan control dial Passenger temperature control dial       AUTO switch OFF switch DUAL switch        amp    PUSH N    LO OFF HI          T                tow          Rear window defogger switch       switch n  Ambient  tempe
467. ngine  damage     vili   4        wg 45       x1000r min 6  gt       Y    1 7 T Red zone  P 81    5 54    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          V Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge    The engine coolant temperature gauge  shows the temperature of the engine    coolant            2     E   m           If the needle is near H  it indicates  overheating        CAUTION    Driving with an overheated engine  can cause serious engine damage     page 7 16            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page233  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM               Black plate  233 1     Driving Your Mazda    Instrument Cluster and Indicators    V Fuel Gauge    The fuel gauge shows approximately how  much fuel is remaining in the tank when  the ignition is switched ON    We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4  full  When the low fuel warning light  illuminates or when the needle is near E   refuel as soon as possible        o  Low fuel    warning light     Full   2  Approx  1 4 Full    NOTE       After refueling  it may require some time for  the needle to stabilize  In addition  the  needle may deviate while driving on a slope  or curve since the fuel moves in the tank      The direction of the arrow  40   next to the  low fuel warning light indicates that the  fuel filler lid is on the left side of the    vehicle        Dashboard Illumination    Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of  the instrument cluster and other  illuminations in the dashboard     NOTE     The brightness of dashboard illuminations  can be
468. nition is switched  ON        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page237  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM               Black plate  237 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    If this light illuminates while driving  the  vehicle may have a problem  It is  important to note the driving conditions  when the light illuminated and consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     The malfunction warning light may   illuminate in the following cases      The engine s electrical system has a  problem      The emission control system has a  problem      The brake switch has a problem     If the malfunction warning light remains  on  do not drive at high speeds and  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as  soon as possible     V ABS Warning Light     6     The warning light stays on for a few  seconds when the ignition is switched  ON     If the ABS warning light stays on while  you re driving  the ABS control unit has  detected a system malfunction  If this  occurs  your brakes will function normally  as if the vehicle had no ABS    Should this happen  consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       NOTE     When the engine is jump started to charge  the battery  uneven rpm occurs and the ABS  warning light may illuminate  If this occurs   it is the result of the weak battery and does  not indicate an ABS malfunction    Recharge the battery    The brake assist system does not operate  while the ABS warning light is illuminated     V
469. no gouges  cuts  bulges  cracks or other  irregularities     NOTE   Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures  Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the  pressure    Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents    Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards     9 31       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page574  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  574 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     V Glossary of Terms    Tire Placard  A label indicating the OE tire sizes  recommended inflation pressure  and  the maximum weight the vehicle can carry    Tire Identification Number  TIN   A number on the sidewall of each tire providing  information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant  tire size  and date of  manufacture    Inflation Pressure  A measure of the amount of air in a tire    kPa  Kilopascal  the metric unit for air pressure    psi  Pounds per square inch  the English unit for air pressure    B pillar  The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door   Original Equipment  OE   Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle   Vehicle Load Limit  The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and  cargo    Bead Area of the Tire  Area of the tire next to the rim    Sidewall Area of the Tire  Area between the bead area and the tread    Tread Area of the Tire  Area on the pe
470. not drive the vehicle faster than 30  km h  19 mph  with the tire chains  installed      Do not drive the vehicle with tire   chains on road conditions other than   Snow or ice     V Towing    If the vehicle requires towing  all four  wheels MUST be completely off the  ground  Never tow the vehicle with only  the front or rear wheels raised  page  7 21         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page199  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Cruise Control    With cruise control  you can set and  automatically maintain any speed of more  than about 30 km h  19 mph          WARNING    Do not use the cruise control under the  following conditions   Using the cruise control under the  following conditions is dangerous  and could result in loss of vehicle  control      Hilly terrain     Steep inclines     Heavy or unsteady traffic     Slippery or winding roads     Similar restrictions that require  inconsistent speed  Ch    Cruise Main Indicator Light   Amber  Cruise Set Indicator  Light  Green     CRUISE    The indicator light has two colors     Cruise Main Indicator Light  Amber     The indicator light illuminates amber  when the ON switch is pressed and the  cruise control system is activated     Cruise Set Indicator Light  Green     The indicator light illuminates green when  a cruising speed has been set           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  199 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving       Activation Deactivation    To activate the system  press the ON  switc
471. not flash unless  the theft deterrent system has been properly  turned off    Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62     Front passenger door liftgate request  switch    To unlock the doors and the liftgate  press  the request switch  A beep sound will be  heard twice and the hazard warning lights  will flash twice     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          NOTE     The request switch on the driver s door can  be used to close the power windows and the  moonroof from Outside Refer to Opening   Closing the Power Windows and the  Moonroof from Outside on page 3 44 Refer  to Opening Closing the Moonroof from  Outside on page 3 52        Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are  securely locked      All doors and the lifigate cannot be locked  when any door or the lifigate is open      A beep sound is heard for confirmation  when the doors and the lifigate are locked   unlocked using the request switch  If you  prefer  the beep sound can be turned off   Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8      The system can be set to unlock all doors by  performing a single operation    Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page98  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  98 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System      The setting can be changed so that the       doors and the lifigate are locked  automatically without pressing the request  switch  page 10 8     Auto lock function   A beep sound is heard when all
472. nsmission  a call can be made or received by pressing the talk button   pick up button  hang up button  or voice command on the steering wheel  or by operating  the panel  For example  even if a device  mobile phone  is in your coat pocket  a call can  be made without taking the device  mobile phone  out and operating it directly     Bluetooth   audio outline    When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth   communication function is  programmed to the Bluetooth    unit  you can listen to music recorded on the programmed  portable audio device from the vehicle s speakers  It is not necessary to connect the  portable audio device to the vehicle s external input terminal  After programming  operate  the vehicle audio control panel to play stop the audio     Applicable Bluetooth  specification  Ver  2 0 or higher    Response profile            Hands Free Profile  Ver  1 5    gt    e DUN  Dial up Networking Profile  Ver  1 1    PBAP  Phone Book Access Profile  Ver  1 0    OPP  Object Push Profile  Ver  1 1     MAP  Message Access Profile  Ver  1 0       6 116       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page391  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  391 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      V Component Parts    Audio unit                                                     Talk button  Pick up button                                     Hang up button    Microphone    Microphone Scr       Audio unit    The audio unit is used for volume adjustment a
473. nt                  6 173  Catalytic Converter                               4 3  Gell Phones    eee 9 20  Center Console                                  6 173  Child Restraint  Child restraint precautions           2 35  Child restraint system installation  POSITION                                      2 40  Installing child restraint         2 41  LATCH child restraint  Systems    e eu ena 2 49  Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors     3 33  Climate Control System                        6 2  Gas specifications                        10 5  Glock  etes 6 166  Courtesy Lights                                6 164  Cruise Control                     esses 5 21  Cup Holder              ns 6 169  Customer Assistance                             9 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  601 1     Index  D  Dashboard Illumination                      5 55  Daytime Running Lights                     5 77  Defogger  Mirror  eeu 5 86  Rear window                 sss 5 85  Dimensions                 see 10 5  Door LOCKS des irte 3 28  Driving In Flooded Area                     4 12  Driving on Uneven Road                    4 13  Driving TIps    rentes 4 6  Automatic transaxle                     5 17  Break in period                              4 6  Driving in flooded area                4 12  Driving on uneven road               4 13  Hazardous driving                          4 7  Rocking the vehicle                        4 9  Saving fuel and protection of the  envi
474. nt  Map lights   Overhead light  Center  Rear   Luggage  compartment light  Courtesy lights   Vanity mirror lights    1  Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with  a soft cloth to prevent damage to the  lens  and then remove the lens by  carefully prying on the edge of the lens  with the flathead screwdriver     2  Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out   Overhead light  Front  Map lights    9  P    Overhead light  Center  Rear                 1        1                        e                                     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page525  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  525 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Luggage compartment light Fuses    Your vehicle s electrical system is  protected by fuses     If any lights  accessories  or controls don t  work  inspect the appropriate circuit  protector  If a fuse has blown  the inside  element will be melted     If the same fuse blows again  avoid using  that system and consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible     V Fuse Replacement    Replacing fuses located behind the  glove compartment   If an electrical system is inoperative   inspect the fuses located behind the glove    compartment  Pe    1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and other switches are off           2  Open the glove compartment        3     th    Vanity mirror lights dac           pecu     3 o EY         Eee           M    rd             3  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure   
475. nt damage to the windshield  let the wiper arm down easily  don t  let it slap down on the windshield     5  Pull down the blade rubber and slide it  out of blade holder        p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page505  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    6  Remove the metal stiffeners from each  blade rubber and install them in the  new blade          A CAUTION       Don t bend or discard the  stiffeners  You need to use them  again     gt  If the metal stiffeners are  switched  the blade s wiping  efficiency could be reduced    So don t use the driver s side metal  stiffeners on the passenger s side   or vice versa       Be sure to reinstall the metal  stiffeners in the new blade rubber  so that the curve is the same as it  was in the old blade rubber        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  505 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    7  Carefully insert the new blade rubber   Then install the blade assembly in the  reverse order of removal        V Replacing Rear Window Wiper  Blade    When the wiper no longer cleans well  the  blade 15 probably worn or cracked   Replace it     A CAUTION    To prevent damage to the wiper arm  and other components  don t try to  sweep the wiper arm by hand     1  Remove the cover and raise the wiper  arm     8 29    p        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page506  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    2  Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the  right until it unlocks  then remove the
476. nt electrical shock       Do not plug accessories into the  power outlet or unplug them  with wet hands       Do not put anything other than  plugs into the outlet       Do not disassemble the outlet        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  377 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System       CAUTION       Always close the cover when not in  use  If foreign objects or liquid  penetrate the outlet  it may cause  a malfunction     gt  Do not use electrical appliances  that exceed the prescribed power  capacity  It may cause a  malfunction     NOTE   To prevent discharging of the battery  do not  use the auxiliary input for long periods with  the engine off or idling     Plug in  1  Open the cover     2  Lightly insert the plug and turn the  outlet 90 degrees  then insert it fully    5         POWER OUTLET D            Unplug  1  Pull the plug out     2  Close the cover     6 103       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page378  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    NOTE   The following electrical appliances may not   operate even if their electrical capacity is 100   Wor less      Appliances requiring large amounts of  power for activation  such as cathode ray  tube televisions  refrigerators with a  compressor  electrical pumps  and electrical  tools      Appliances with a power supply frequency  switch function  such as clocks and audio        Appliances for precise data processing   such as measurement equipment    S
477. nt system can be installed to   LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm   19 7 1n  apart  Do not attach two child   restraint systems to the same LATCH  lower anchor  If your child restraint  system has a tether  it must also be used  for your child s optimum safety        2 51       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page64  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint        WARNING    Use the tether and tether anchor only  for a child restraint system   Using the tether or tether anchor to  secure anything but a child restraint  system is dangerous  This could  weaken or damage the tether or  tether anchor and result in injury     Always route the tether strap between   the head restraint and the seatbach   Routing the tether strap on top of the  head restraint is dangerous  In a  collision the tether strap could slide  off the head restraint and loosen the  child restraint system  The child   restraint system could move which  may result in death or injury to the  child     Always attach the tether strap to the   correct tether anchor position   Attaching the tether strap to the  incorrect tether anchor position is  dangerous  In a collision  the tether  strap could come off and loosen the  child restraint system  If the child   restraint system moves it could result  in death or injury to the child       Slide the second row seat as far back as  possible            2  Make sure the seatback is securely  latched by pushing it back until it is  fully lo
478. ntly pulling it straight backward out  of the socket        5  Disconnect the electrical connector  from the bulb by pulling the tab on the  connector with your finger and pulling  the connector downward  7  Install the new bulb in the reverse order   of the removal procedure        8  Install the coolant reservoir  If you are    gt      Q  L bS unsure of how tight the bolts should be   have them inspected at an Authorized  dd     Mazda Dealer   SE Bolt tightening torque  6 9   11 8  E Nm  kgfm  b    07   12  5 1   8 7   NOTE    To replace the bulb  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer   If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched   it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol                             before being used    Use the protective cover and carton of the  replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb  promptly out of the reach of children     Daytime running lights Parking lights   With xenon fusion headlights     The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a  single unit because it is an integrated unit        8 43       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page520  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    The LED bulb has to be replaced with the  unit  We recommend an Authorized  Mazda Dealer when the replacement is  necessary     Parking lights  With halogen  headlights     1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch 1s off       Lift the hood     3  Turn the cover counterclockwise and  remove it    
479. o button  AUDIO   to  display the audio screen              4  Touch the  058   on screen tab to  switch to USB mode and start  playback           6 56       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    NOTE      Some devices such as smart phones may          require a setting change to allow USB  operation     When a USB device is not connected to the  USB port  the mode does not switch to the  USB mode even if the  YS8 on screen tab  is touched     Do not remove the USB device while in the  USB mode  Otherwise  the data could be  damaged     Pause  Touch the    pause playback     Touch the                                                       on screen button to    on screen button while    playback is paused to cancel the pause        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page331  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Fast forward Reverse    Operations using audio panel    Press and hold the fast forward button    gt  gt I   to advance through a track at high  speed    Press and hold the reverse button  14   to  reverse through a track at high speed     Operations on screen    Touch and hold            on screen  button to advance through a track at high  speed   Touch and hold the   1   on screen  button to reverse through a track at high  speed                       Track search    Operations using audio panel    Press the track up button   gt  gt I   or turn the  file dial clockwise once to skip forward to  the beginning of the next track    Press the track down button  M4   or turn  the file dial countercloc
480. o not leave the remote controller in  a place exposed to direct sunlight or  high temperature  It could cause a  malfunction     NOTE   Operate the remote controller with it pointed  to the disc slot of the unit  Signals may not be  received depending of the angle     Maintenance    Stow the remote controller in its case and  put it in the seatback pocket of a front  seat    Place the remote controller into its case  properly in the direction shown in the  figure and stow it in the front seatback  pocket        NOTE   If the remote controller is placed in the  incorrect direction  abnormal noise or an  operation error could result     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  355 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Using the remote controller    A battery has already been installed in the  remote controller    Remove the electrical leak protection  insulation sheet before using the remote  controller     Insulation  sheet       Replacing the battery    If the buttons on the remote controller are  inoperable  or the operation range  becomes narrow or unsteady  the battery  may be dead    Replace the battery using the following  procedure     6 81          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page356  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  356 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Battery  CR2025 LITHIUM or  equivalent  1     1  Press the battery case tab in the  direction indicated by the arrow using  your thumbnail  and pull out the  ba
481. o your favorite stations     Preset channel call up    Touch the preset on screen button for the  channel which you want to select     NOTE  In the initial setting  all channels are preset to  184     Selection from channel list    Receivable channels can be displayed on  the channel list screen  You can easily  select the channel you want to listen from  the list  Each category can be also  displayed     1  Touch the  287       2  Touch the channel you want to listen  from the list     NOTE   Currently available channels  including  parental locked channels  are all displayed in  the list        on screen button         Select from category list     1  Touch the  Change Genre  on screen  button on the channel list screen        2  Touch the category name which you  want to select from the list     NOTE  A category can be set only when a channel  which belongs to a category is being received        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page315  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Scan tuning             Touch the  Sean  on screen button to  automatically sample stations  Scanning  stops at each station for about five  seconds    To hold a station  touch the  Sen  on   screen button again during this interval     NOTE   Unsubscribed channels  invalid channels   parental lock channels and channel 0 are not  subject to the scan  therefore these channels  will skip automatically           Channel number  channel name   category name  artist name  song titles  and information display   The inform
482. of the screen setting values can be reset to their initial settings    1  Press the setup button  SETUP   to display the picture quality adjustment screen   2  Touch the   Rest   on screen button              3  Touch the LYes   on screen button           6 161       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page436  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  436 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    Sunvisors    When you need a sunvisor  lower it for  use in front or swing it to the side     Sunvisor          Side Extension Sunvisors    The visor extender extends the sunvisor s  range of sun shading   To use  pull it out             CAUTION    When moving the sunvisor  retract  the visor extender to its original  position  Otherwise  the visor  extender could hit the rearview  mirror        6 162       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Vanity Mirrors    To use the vanity mirror  lower the  sunvisor    The vanity mirror light will illuminate  when you open the cover    To prevent the battery from being  discharged  the vanity mirror will only  illuminate in the tilt range shown below                 CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page437  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  437 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    Interior Lights V Overhead Lights    When the center rear overhead light   V Illuminated Entry System switch is in the DOOR position  the  center rear overhead light can be turned  on or off using the front overhead light  switch     When 
483. of the vehicle s  paintwork     When insects stick to the paint surface  and decompose  corrosive compounds  form  These can erode the clear and color  base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if  they are not removed     Tree sap will harden and adhere  permanently to the paint finish  If you  scratch the sap off while it is hard  some  vehicle paint could come off with it     Prevention fan   It is necessary to have your Mazda   washed and waxed to preserve its finish  according to the instructions in this    section  This should be done as soon as  possible        Bird droppings can be removed with a  soft sponge and water  If you are traveling  and these are not available  a moistened  tissue may also take care of the problem   The cleaned area should be waxed  according to the instructions in this  section    Insects and tree sap are best removed with  a soft sponge and water or a commercially  available chemical cleaner     Another method is to cover the affected  area with dampened newspaper for one to  two hours  After removing the newspaper   rinse off the loosened debris with water     8 57       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page534  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    V Water Marks    Occurrence    Rain  fog  dew  and even tap water can  contain harmful minerals such as salt and  lime  If moisture containing these  minerals settles on the vehicle and  evaporates  the minerals will concentrate  and harden to form white rings  The ring
484. ome electrical appliances other than the   above may not operate    The protection circuit may operate and the   power supply may be stopped to prevent  battery depletion    When using an electrical appliance for data   processing such as a personal computer  back  up the data frequently    The power outlet  AC115V  cannot be used in   the following cases      Battery power is weak     Appliances with a capacity of 100 Wor  more are used     Cabin temperature is extremely hot   Noise may occur during radio or television  operation depending on the electrical  appliance being used     V Using AV Equipment       CAUTION    For safe driving  adjust the volume  while driving so that ambient sound  can be heard     NOTE  Before operating  read the instruction manual  accompanying the AV equipment to be used        6 104       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  378 1     1  Switch the ignition off     2  Ifa power supply is necessary  connect  the outlet to the power outlet   Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and  Power Outlet on page 6 102     3  Connect the image cable and sound  cables to the input terminals     Accessory socket     DC12 V  10 A  Plug                                               Auxiliary           terminals equipment  Red     mf s      White          S              Yellow 19  m   gt   o                                                                            Sound cable  Right   Sound cable  Left     Image cable    NOTE     For monaural equipment  with one sound
485. omes the play list     Repeat playback   Touch the Fe  on screen button during  playback     J     is displayed during  playback   Touch the Fe  on screen button two  times while           is displayed to cancel     Shuffle playback   Shuffling songs in list being played           Touch the f   on screen button during  playback            is displayed during  playback        6 57    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page332  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  332 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System             Touch the fe  on screen button two  times while    C3     is displayed to cancel            Shuffling album in list being played        Touch the fe  on screen button two  times during playback             is displayed  during playback   Touch the Se  on screen button while            is displayed to cancel                 Text scroll    If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of each title  When the last  character is displayed  touch the   gt   on   screen button to display the first character  of the title     NOTE       Thel  on screen button is displayed when  the whole title is not displayed      The information  artist name  song name   album name  is displayed only when the  USB device has information which can be  displayed on the screen        This unit cannot display some characters   Characters which cannot be displayed are  indicated by an asterisk ek         The number of charact
486. on      Switching automatic 911 on and off     The system can be set to not call 911 if  the vehicle is involved in a moderate to  severe collision     A CAUTION    Though the system can be set to not  call 911  doing so will defeat the  purpose of the system  Mazda  recommends that the Automatic 911  system remain activated                                               1  Touch the  80  on screen tab    2  Touch the  Automatic 911         on screen  button    3  Touch the        on screen button or  on screen button    4  Touch the  Back  on screen button    6 126       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  400 1     V Receiving an Incoming Call    1  Prompt    Incoming call  press the pick up  button to answer       To accept the call  press the pick up  button or touch the      on screen  button   To reject the call  press  button or touch the  22   button     NOTE    To stop receiving phone calls  turn the Don t  Disturb Me function on           the hang up  on screen                   Hanging Up a Call    Press the hang up button or touch the        on screen button during the call                    Mute    The microphone can be muted during a  call    Touch the  MUTE  on screen button   Touch the  Mute  on screen button during  mute to cancel the mute           V Transferring a call from Hands   Free to a mobile phone    Communication between the Hands Free  unit and a device  Mobile phone  is  canceled  and the line can be switched to  the device  Mobile phon
487. on  the track list is set to VR Playlist     Starting the audio    The audio can be started using voice  recognition     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Turn on audio     4  Power to the audio is turned on   Turning off the audio   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Change mode       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  403 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      4  Prompt     Available audio modes are   AM                FM2  Sirius  Sirius    Sirius2  Sirius3  USB  iPod   Bluetooth   audio  Pandora    CD   AUX  Turn off audio       5  Say   Beep     Turn off audio     6  Power to the audio is turned off     Switching modes  1  Press the talk button     2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Change mode     4      Prompt     Available audio modes are   AM  FM          FM2  Sirius  Sirius    Sirius2  Sirius3  USB  iPod   Bluetooth  audio  Pandora   CD   AUX  Turn off audio     5  Say   Beep     XXX  Ex   AM    audio  source      6  The audio source is switched     NOTE   CD  SIRIUS digital satellite radio  USB  iPod    BT audio  and Pandora  modes cannot be   selected in the following cases      SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit  USB  device  iPod  BT audio  or Pandora  unit is  not equipped on the audio system      CD has not been inserted    The AUX mode is locked out unless you   connect a commercially available portable   audio unit  such as an MP3 player  to the  auxiliary ja
488. on is dangerous  If the vehicle s height or the  suspension is modified  the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or  roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the  possibility of serious injuries     To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system  heed the following       Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda   Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda  page 10 7  is  dangerous  Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle s accident detections  system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in  incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries       Do not overload your vehicle   Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor  system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in  incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries   The gross axle weight rating  GAWR  and the gross vehicle weight rating  GVWR   for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s  door frame  Do not exceed these ratings       Do not drive the vehicle off road   Driving your Mazda off road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been  designed to do so  Driving the vehicle off road could prevent the air bag crash    9   sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident
489. on is disabled without the country code  setting  page 6 108         Enter the password by pressing the  number keys  0 to 9  or operating the  select button up or down     Mark Audio Aspect    Please input a  4 digit password                Set    ENTER  Cancel   RETURN        2  Press the ENTER button   If the password is confirmed  the  password change mode is displayed     NOTE   The setting cannot be changed without the  correct password  Note down the password so  you don t forget it        6 100       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  374 1     3  Enter the country code by pressing the  number keys  0 to 9  or operating the  select button up or down     Mark Audio Aspect    Please input a  4 digit country code                 Set   ENTER  Cancel   RETURN        4  Press the ENTER button to set the  country of the entered country code     Changing the password       Enter the password by pressing the  number keys  0 to 9  or operating the  select button up or down        Mark Audio   Aspect    Please input a  4 digit password                Set   ENTER  Cancel   RETURN        2  Press the ENTER button   If the password is confirmed  the  password change mode is displayed     NOTE   The setting cannot be changed without the  correct password  Note down the password so  you don t forget it        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page375  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Mark Audio   Aspect    Please input a new  4 digit password        k k x    Set   ENTER  Cancel   
490. on occurs    The pretensioners operate differently depending on what types of air bags are equipped   For details on the seat belt pretensioner operation  refer to    SRS Air Bag Deployment  Criteria   page 2 67      V Driver Air Bag    The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel    When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force  the  driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest  caused by directly hitting the steering wheel    For more details about air bag deployment  refer to    SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria      page 2 67      With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System    The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages  During an  impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy  whereas during  more severe impacts  it deploys with more energy     2 62       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page75  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  75 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    V Front Passenger Air Bag    The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard  The inflation  mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag  as mentioned  above    For more details about air bag deployment  refer to    SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria      page 2 67      With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification Syste
491. on the adjacent lane and may not operate the  warning light beep      Under the following conditions  the system may be unable to detect vehicles  or detection may be    delayed          The vehicle accelerates from a standing start with a vehicle alongside    A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane    The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when  passing or being passed  and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of  time    On a steep incline  or when there is a difference in height between lanes    Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM   OFF switch again after it has been turned off  Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  OFF indicator  light in instrument panel illuminates  by pressing the switch    The selector lever is shifted to the R position  or directly after being shifted from the R position         The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer  Turn off the system by operating the A      Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  OFF switch when towing a trailer     The system switches to the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function when the selector lever is shifted to  the R position     5 38          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page217  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  217 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Rear Cross Traffic Alert  RCTA     When reversing the vehicle from a parking garage
492. on the seat       The front passenger seat is moved backward  pushing into luggage or other items  placed behind it       The front passenger seatbach contacts the second row seat       Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver  seat       Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front  passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat    The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will   deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates     A CAUTION     gt  To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the  sensors in the front seat bottoms      Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on  them      Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats    gt  To allow the sensors to function properly  always perform the following      Adjust the front seats as far bach as possible and always sit upright against the  seatbacks with seat belts worn properly    gt  If you place your child      the front passenger seat  secure the child restraint  system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far bach as possible  page  2 46      2 73       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page86  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Black plate  86 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags       NOTE    V Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Swit
493. on to OFF  set the  parking brake and make sure the shift  lever is in P   It is important to switch the ignition  to OFF even if you are not removing  the key from the ignition or leaving  the vehicle  Leaving the key in other  positions will disable some of the  vehicle security systems and run the  battery down   Leaving the driver s seat without  switching the ignition to OFF  setting  the parking brake and shifting the  shift lever to P is dangerous   Unexpected vehicle movement could  occur  This could cause an accident     A CAUTION    Driving with the parking brake on  will cause excessive wear of the brake  parts     NOTE  For parking in snow  refer to Winter Driving   page 4 10  regarding parking brake use        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  185 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Setting the parking brake  Depress the brake pedal  then depress the  parking brake pedal fully        Releasing the parking brake    Depress the brake pedal  then depress the  parking brake pedal until it releases   Gradually let up on the parking brake  pedal           on  ysl  Pusa OFF    NOTE  Release the parking brake pedal once before    trying to reapply it     5 7          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel86  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Brake System Warning Light    BRAKE    This warning has the following functions     Parking brake warning Warning light  inspection   The light illuminates when t
494. onal  length to fasten the seat belt properly   Please contact your Authorized Mazda  Dealer for more information        WARNING    Do not use a seat belt extender unless   it is necessary   Using a seat belt extender when not  necessary is dangerous  The seat belt  will be too long and not fit properly   In an accident  the seat belt will not  provide adequate protection and you  could be seriously injured  Only use  the extender when it is required to  fasten the seat belt properly        2 32       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  44 1     Do not use an improper extender   Using a seat belt extender that is for  another person or a different vehicle  or seat is dangerous  The seat belt  will not provide adequate protection  and the user could be seriously  injured in an accident  Only use the  extender provided for you and for the  particular vehicle and seat  NEVER  use the extender in a different vehicle  or seat  If you sell your Mazda  do  not leave your seat belt extender in  the vehicle  It could be used  accidentally by the new owner of the  vehicle  After removing the seat belt  extender  discard it  Never use the  seat belt extender in any other  vehicle you may own in the future     Do not use an extender that is too   long   Using an extender that is too long is  dangerous  The seat belt will not fit  properly  In an accident  the seat belt  will not provide adequate protection  and you could be seriously injured   Do not use the extender or choose
495. ont and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will   deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates     2 72       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page85  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  85 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat    When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat  increasing the total   seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous  The front passenger seat   weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight  which could result in the   unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt   pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury  Increasing the total   seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front   and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under   the following conditions  for example     gt  Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint  system     gt  A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback       Arear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet     gt  Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint     gt  Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket       The seat is washed       Liquids are spilled 
496. ontrol system with  the engine running     NOTE   To prevent the battery from being discharged   do not leave the fan control dial on for a long  period of time with the ignition switched ON   when the engine is not running        Clearing the Air Inlet    Clear all obstructions such as leaves   snow and ice from the hood and the air  inlet in the cowl grille to improve the  system efficiency     V Foggy Windows    The windows may fog up easily in humid  weather  Use the climate control system to  defog the windows     To help defog the windows  operate the  air conditioner to dehumidify the air     NOTE    The air conditioner may be used along with the  heater to dehumidify the air        Outside Recirculated Air Position    Use the outside air position in normal  conditions  The recirculated air position  should be used only when driving on  dusty roads or for quick cooling of the  interior        6 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  276 1     V Parking in Direct Sunlight    If the vehicle has been parked in direct  sunlight during hot weather  open the  windows to let warm air escape  then run  the climate control system        Not Using for a Long Period    Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes  at least once a month to keep internal  parts lubricated     V Check the Refrigerant before the  Weather Gets Hot    Have the air conditioner checked before  the weather gets hot  Lack of refrigerant  may make the air conditioner less  efficient    The refri
497. operate        Redial Function    This voice command makes a call to the  last person you called  either from your  mobile phone or from the vehicle      1  Press the talk button     6 123       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page398  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Phone redial       4  A call is made to the most recent call in  the Call history  outgoing      Call back Function    This voice command makes a call to the  last person who called you    1  Press the talk button     Prompt     Ready         Say   Beep     Phone call back       RW N      A call is made to the most recent call in  the Call history  incoming      Speed Dial Function    A maximum of eight telephone numbers  can be registered  It will take less time to  make a call after registering the telephone  number  In addition  you do not have to  look for the person you want to call in the  phonebook     Speed Dial registration from  phonebook    1  Touch the  2  Touch the  3        Speed  Dial       on screen tab             Addnew   on screen button     Touch the contact you would like to  register to the speed dial       Touch the telephone number you  would like to register       Verify that the registered name and  telephone number are displayed in the  phonebook  and touch the  Dore     on   screen button                 Making calls using the Speed Dial  1  Touch the          Speed  Dial       on screen tab           6 124       Fo
498. or                   Display setting     To fade a color  Press the setup button  SETUP   to display    Adjustment can be performed only  the display setting screen  while in the rear view camera mode              Touch the  Display  on screen tab to select  the item you would like to change        Brightness adjustment                Increase brightness         Decrease brightness                6 30       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page305  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Daytime nighttime screen setting      The daytime or nighttime screen can be   selected even if the headlights are   illuminated or turned off  when bright   screen 15 required at night or dark screen   is required at noon     Day    Daytime screen setting    Nght    Nighttime screen setting   Auto    Switches screen automatically   according to headlight illumination   condition      The setting cannot be made while in  rear view camera mode     Display OFF    The display can be turned off  Touch the  pseeyot  on screen button to turn the  display off    The display can be turned back on as   follows      Press the audio button  AUDIO   to  display the audio screen      Press the navigation button  NAV   to  display the navigation screen  With  navigation system       Press the phone button  PHONE   to  display the Bluetooth  dial screen      Press the setup button  SETUP   to  display the setup dial setting screen      Press the audio control dial to display  the setup sound sett
499. or around the area where a side air bag deploys   Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the  seat in any way is dangerous  In an accident the object could interfere with the side  air bag  which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats  impeding the added  protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is  dangerous  Furthermore  the bag could be cut open releasing the gas   Do not hang net bags  map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front  seats  Never use seat covers on the front seats  Always keep the side air bag modules  in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision     Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys   Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the  windshield glass  side door glass  front and rear window pillars and along the roof  edge and assist grips is dangerous  In an accident the object could interfere with the  curtain air bag  which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the  roof edge  impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting  the air bag in a way that is dangerous  Furthermore  the bag could be cut open  releasing the gas    Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips  When hanging clothes   hang them on the coat hook directly  Always keep the curtain air bag modules free  to deploy in the even
500. orm No 8DU2 EC 14H      CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page456  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    V Jack    To remove the jack  1  Open the cargo sub compartment     2  Remove the cover        3  Turn the wing bolt and jack screw  counterclockwise           Wing bolt          Jack screw       7 4                   Black plate  456 1     To secure the jack    1  Insert the wing bolt into the jack with  the jack screw pointing right and turn  the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily  tighten it     2  Turn the jack screw in the direction  shown in the figure     Wing bolt       Jack screw    3  Turn the wing bolt completely to  secure the jack     NOTE   If the jack is not completely secured  it could  rattle while driving  Make sure the jack screw  is sufficiently tightened        Maintenance      Always keep the jack clean      Make sure the moving parts are kept  free from dirt or rust      Make sure the screw thread is  adequately lubricated     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page457  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    V Spare Tire    Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire   The temporary spare tire 1s lighter and  smaller than a conventional tire  and is  designed only for emergency use and  should be used only for VERY short  periods  Temporary spare tires should  NEVER be used for long drives or  extended periods        WARNING    Do not install the temporary spare tire   in place of the front wheels  driving   wheels    
501. ot flash and the horn  will not sound       Without theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights will flash once  to indicate that all doors and the lifigate  are locked    With theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights flash when the  theft deterrent system is armed   The hazard warning lights do not flash if all  the doors and the liftgate are locked before  the theft deterrent system is properly  armed   When the doors are locked by pressing the  lock button on the transmitter while the  theft deterrent system is armed  the hazard  warning lights will flash once to indicate    gt    that the system is armed   Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page  3 62      All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked  when the key is in the ignition switch        Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are  locked visually or audibly by use of the  double click        Unlock button    To unlock the driver s door  press the  unlock button and the hazard warning  lights will flash twice     To unlock all doors and the liftgate  press  the unlock button again within 3 seconds  and the hazard warning lights will flash  twice     3 23       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell2  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE    Without theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights will flash twice to  indicate that all doors and the liftgate are  unlocked     With theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights flash when the theft  deterren
502. ot securing cargo while driving is  dangerous as it could move or be  crushed during sudden braking or a  collision and cause injury     Make sure the adjustable components   of a seat are locked in place by    gt     attempting to rock the seatback   Adjustable seats that are not securely  latched are dangerous  In a sudden  stop or collision  the seat or seatback  could move  causing injury        Do not drive with the seatback   unlocked   All of the seatbacks play an  important role in your protection in a  vehicle  Leaving the seatback  unlocked is dangerous as it can allow  passengers to be ejected or thrown  around and baggage to strike  occupants in a sudden stop or  collision  resulting in severe injury   After returning the seatback at any  time  even when there are no other  passengers  rock the seatback to  make sure it is locked in place     2 13       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page26  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  26 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Never allow a passenger to sit or stand   on the folded seatback while the   vehicle is moving   Driving with a passenger on the  folded seatback is dangerous   Allowing a child to sit up on the  folded seatback while the vehicle is  moving is particularly dangerous  In  a sudden stop or even a minor  collision  a child not in a proper seat  or child restraint system and seat  belt could be thrown forward  back  or even out of the vehicle resulting in  serious injuries or death  The child in 
503. ote control function               3 13                                  3 7  Warning and beep sounds            3 18  When warning indicator beep is  activated    n odit 3 20  Air Bag Systems                                 2 54  All Wheel Drive   AWD  Operation                               5 18  AWD warning light                      5 19  Ambient Temperature Display          6 166  Antena toe ettet 6 17  Anti Lock Brake System  ABS            5 8  Warning light         5 9  Appearance Care                                 8 57  Armrest         eese 6 173  Audio System               sss 6 17  Audio control switch                    6 50  AN  dio set                   6 29  AUX USB iPod Mode                 6 52  Operating tips for audio  Sy SUID         6 17  Safety certification                       6 63  Automatic Transaxle  Driving tips 2    5 17  Manual shift mode                       5 13  Shift lock system                         5 13  Transaxle ranges                          5 12  11 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    B   Battery  Emergency starting                      7 18  Maintenance                                 8 31                                                          8 32  Specifications                               10 4             Sounds  Blind spot monitoring system    Wal sepes 5 71  Ignition key reminder                   5 70  Lights on reminder                       5 70  Parking brake reminder                5 71  Seat belt warning               
504. ous burns and injuries   Additionally  use of the incorrect fuel   filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap  may result in fuel leak  which could  result in serious burns or death in an  accident     Do not continue refueling after the fuel   pump nozzle shuts off automatically   Continuing to add fuel after the fuel  pump nozzle has shut off  automatically is dangerous because  overfilling the fuel tank may cause  fuel overflow or leakage  Fuel  overflow and leakage could damage  the vehicle and if the fuel ignites it  could cause a fire and explosion  resulting in serious injury or death        3 48       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  136 1        CAUTION    Always use only a genuine Mazda  fuel filler cap or an approved  equivalent  available at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer  The wrong  cap can result in a serious  malfunction of the fuel and emission  control systems  It may also cause  the check engine light in the  instrument cluster to illuminate     V Fuel Filler Lid    To open  pull the remote fuel filler lid  release         Remote fuel filler  lid release    22           V Fuel Filler Cap    To remove the fuel filler cap  turn it  counterclockwise    Attach the removed cap to the inner side  of the fuel lid        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel37  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    To close the fuel filler cap  turn it  clockwise until two or more clicks are  heard        A CAUTION    If the chech fuel cap warning light  illuminates  the fuel filler c
505. ow  the article is stored     A CAUTION    Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in  the storage boxes while parked under  the sun  A lighter could explode or  the plastic material in eyeglasses  could deform and crack from high  temperature     6 172    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  446 1     V Overhead Console    This console box is designed to store  accessories   Push and release to open        V Glove Compartment  To open the glove compartment  pull the    latch toward you     e    m    ELD       To close the glove compartment  firmly  press in the center of the glove  compartment lid        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page447  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  447 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    V Center Console Use the loops in the luggage compartment  to secure cargo with a rope or net  The  To open  push the button  tensile strength of the loops is 196 N  20    kgf  44 169   Do not apply excessive force  to the  di as it will ON them           Armrest Box      To open  pull the release catch   V Cargo Sub Compartment         Center cargo sub compartment  1  Lift the trunk board        B     P d  V Cargo Securing Loops       WARNING    Make sure luggage and cargo are  secured before driving   Not securing cargo while driving is  dangerous as it could move or be  crushed during sudden braking or a  collision and cause injury            Some models  6 173       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page448  Mo
506. owing anything about who you are  For more information  see the  web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service    The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you    AS IS      Gracenote makes no representations or warranties  express or implied  regarding the  accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers  Gracenote reserves the  right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause  that Gracenote deems sufficient  No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or  Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote  Servers will be uninterrupted  Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new  enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future  and is free to discontinue its services at any time    GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED   INCLUDING  BUT NOT LIMITED TO  IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE  TITLE  AND  NON INFRINGEMENT  GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT  WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY  GRACENOTE SERVER  IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY  CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR  LOST REVENUES       2000 to present  Gracenote  Inc        6 139       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H l       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page414  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  414 1  
507. p 2   Do not repeat step 1     If the indicator light blinks rapidly for  two seconds and then turns to a  constant light  continue with     Programming    steps 6   8 to complete  the programming of a rolling code  equipped device  most commonly a  garage door opener      6  At the garage door opener receiver   motor head unit  in the garage  locate  the    learn    or    smart    button  This can  usually be found where the hanging  antenna wire is attached to the motor     head unit       Firmly press and release the    learn    or   smart  button   The name and color of  the button may vary by manufacturer      NOTE  There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step    8     8  Return to the vehicle and firmly press   hold for two seconds and release the  programmed HomeLink button  Repeat  the    press hold release    sequence a  second time  and  depending on the  brand of the garage door opener  or  other rolling code equipped device    repeat this sequence a third time to  complete the programming process        5 94       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  272 1     HomeLink should now activate your  rolling code equipped device     NOTE   To program the remaining two HomeLink  buttons  begin with  Programming      step 2   Do not repeat step 1     For questions or comments  please contact  HomeLink at www homelink com or 1   800 355 3515     Gate operator Canadian Programming    Canadian radio frequency laws require  transmitter signals to    time out     o
508. page 2 54   carefully     NOTE  This system is equipped on models for the U S   Canadian and Puerto Rican markets        Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor    Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the  supplemental restraint system  The sensor is located under the driver seat  The sensor  determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat  position to the diagnostic module  SAS unit   The SAS unit is designed to control the  deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering  wheel    The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a  possible malfunction  page 2 65      V Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors    Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the    gt    supplemental restraint system  These sensors are located under both of the front passenger  seat rails  These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and  monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat  The SAS unit is designed to  prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from  deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates    To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag  the  system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat bel
509. panel  illuminates     Gear position indicator    The numeral for the selected gear  illuminates        Manual shift mode indicator                     NOTE   If the gears cannot be shified down when  driving at higher speeds  the gear position  indicator will flash twice to signal that the  gears cannot be shifted down  to protect the  transaxle         5 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  192 1     Shifting  Manually Shifting up            M2     M3  gt    4     M5     M6     To shift up to a higher gear  move the shift    lever back      once        NOTE     When driving slowly  the gears may not  shift up             manual shift mode  gears do not shift up  automatically  Do not run the engine with  the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE  If  the tachometer needle enters the RED  ZONE  you may feel engine braking  because the fuel delivery will be stopped to  protect the engine  However  this does not  indicate an abnormality      When depressing the accelerator fully  the  transaxle will shift to a lower gear   depending on vehicle speed     p        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         193  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       Manually Shifting down    M6       5  gt  M4           gt    2      M1    To shift down to a lower gear  move the  shift lever forward        once        A WARNING    Do not use engine braking on slippery   road surfaces or at high speeds   Shifting down while driving on wet   snowy  or frozen roads  or while  driving at high speed
510. passengers  could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed  Never use one belt for  more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant  properly restrained     Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt       Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous  An accident could damage the belt  webbing of the seat belt in use  A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate  protection in a collision  Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt  systems in use during an accident before they are used again        Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has   been expended   Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt  pretensioners and air bags after any collision  Like the air bags  the front seat belt  pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after  any collision that caused them to deploy  A seat belt with an expended pretensioner  or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all  however  if the front  seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced  the risk of injury in a  collision will increase     In a rollover crash  an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a  person wearing a seat belt     2 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page33  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  33 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    A CAUT
511. pe key   The driver s door cannot be locked using  the door lock knob from the outside if the    key is in the ignition switch        Power Door Locks    Vehicle lock out prevention     With advanced key    The vehicle lock out prevention feature  prevents you from locking yourself out of  the vehicle       doors and the liftgate will  automatically unlock if they are locked  using the power door locks with any door  or the liftgate open     With retractable type key    The vehicle lock out prevention feature  prevents you from locking yourself out of  the vehicle  With the key in the ignition  switch  all doors and the liftgate will  automatically unlock if they are locked  using the power door locks with any door  or the liftgate open     3 30    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  118 1     Locking  unlocking with key   All doors and the liftgate lock  automatically when the driver s door is  locked with the key    All doors and the liftgate unlock when the  driver s door is unlocked and the key is  held in the unlock position for one second  or longer        NOTE   Holding the key in the unlocked position in the  driver s door lock for about a second unlocks  all doors and the liftgate  To unlock only the  driver s door  insert the key into the driver s  door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock  position and then immediately return it to the  center position           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         119  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Locking  
512. performed at  the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability    3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the rear differential oil at    every 40 000 km     a  Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier  b  Driving in dusty  sandy or wet conditions    c  Extended periods of idling or low speed operation  d  Repeated short trips of less than 16 km   4  f this component has been submerged in water  the oil should be replaced     8 16    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page493  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  493 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    Owner Maintenance Schedule    The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the  indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation     Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service  technician as soon as possible     V When Refueling      Brake fluid level  page 8 25      Engine coolant level  page 8 23     Engine oil level  page 8 22      Washer fluid level  page 8 26     V At Least Monthly    Tire inflation pressures  page 8 33     V At Least Twice a Year  For Example  Every Spring and Fall       Power steering fluid level  page 8 25     gt    You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical    ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual     Engine 
513. play the tone transmission  screen           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  401 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      2  Input the number using a numerical  keypad     NOTE   If the DTMF code has two or more digits or  symbols  each one must be transmitted  individually     V Receiving and Replying to  Messages  only MAP 1 0     SMS  Short Message Service  messages   MMS  Multimedia Messaging Service   messages  and E mail received by  connected devices can be downloaded   displayed  and played  read by the  system     Additionally  replies can also be made to  calls and messages in the received  messages     Downloading messages    gt      Up to 15 new messages can be  downloaded and displayed from a  connected device              1  Touch the  Message   on screen tab                 2  Touch the  99  on screen button   NOTE      Messages that have not been read are  downloaded first      Attached data is not downloaded      Messages up to 160 bytes can be  downloaded      Amessage list is created for each device       fthere are unread messages  the receive  icon is displayed      Ifthe connected device does not correspond  to MAP 1 0  the AT command is used to  download  The downloaded message  indicates that it is already read      Downloading using the AT command may  not function depending on the connected  device        6 127    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page402  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Receivi
514. pment    Center Rear V Luggage Compartment Light                                                 Switch     Switch A  Position Overhead Lights Pannen Luggage Compartment Light  OFF _  Light off OFF  Light off  Light on or off in accordance with the Light hen the lifteate i  DOOR  operation of front overhead light DOOR                     qd       switch  fain ON _  Light on V Courtesy Lights           Turns on when any door is open or the     Map Lights illuminated entry system is on           The map lights are switched on or off by  pressing the switches           Courtesy Light          6 164       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page439  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  439 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment       Information Display    Climate control display  Front passenger   Ambient temperature display    Climate control display  Driver     CONSUM AVCUREMNG  L 100kmile hLmpg OUTSIDE E PASS    Lt       ut Ic  Lt Lt   C Et       F    Trip computer                                       I  00                     Clock adjustment  buttons                V Information Display Functions    The information display has the following functions     Clock      Ambient Temperature Display  Outside Temperature Display     Climate Control Display    Trip Computer    6 165    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page440  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment       Clock    When the ignition
515. pting to  slide the seat forward and backward  and rocking the seatback     Adjust the driver s seat only when the  vehicle is stopped   Adjusting the driver s seat while the  vehicle is moving is dangerous  The  driver could lose control of the vehicle  and have an accident     A CAUTION    Be careful not to place your hands  and fingers around moving parts of  the front seat when adjusting the  seat positions to prevent injury        Seat Slide    To move a seat forward or backward  raise  the lever and slide the seat to the desired  position and release the lever           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel5  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Make sure the lever returns to its original  position and the seat is locked in place by  attempting to push it forward and  backward        Seat Recline    AWARNING    Do not drive with either front seat   reclined   Sitting in a reclined position while the  vehicle is moving is dangerous  because you do not get the full  protection from seat belts  During  sudden braking or a collision  you  can slide under the lap belt and  suffer serious internal injuries  For  maximum protection  sit well back  and upright     Always sit in the front passenger seat  properly with the seatback upright and  feet on the floor  With Driver and Front  Passenger Occupant Classification  System    Your front passenger seat has weight  sensors  sitting in the front passenger  seat improperly out of position or  with the seatback reclined too far  while the ve
516. put command   It may not function properly in some areas  in Mexico                 1  Press the talk button       Prompt     Ready       A U N      Say   Beep     Phone emergency   T      Prompt      Press the Pick Up button to dial the  Emergency number           5   Dialing  Press the pick up button or  say    Call        6  Prompt      Dialing XXX  911  U S A Canada   066  Mexico         Automatic 911  U S A  Canada only     If the vehicle is involved in a moderate to  severe collision  a call is made  automatically to 911 from the connected  device     1  Ifthe vehicle is involved in a moderate  to severe collision  notification of the  call made to 911 is made via audio and  screen display  To cancel the call  press  the   Cancel  on screen button or hang up  button within 10 seconds        6 125       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page400  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Cancel            If the on screen button or hang   up button is not pressed within 10  seconds  the call is made to 911  automatically     NOTE     Automatic 911 is a secondary function of  the audio entertainment system  Therefore   the automatic 911 function does not assure  that the call is always made to 911 after an  accident occurs      A Hands free device must be paired and  connected  The 911 operator can verify the  vehicle s position information using the  Hands free device GPS if equipped    The 911 operator can verify the vehicle s       position informati
517. r                              9 21  Event Data Recorder  U S A  and  Canada   cree teer eee ttes 9 21    Uniform Tire Quality Grading System                pe 9 22  Uniform Tire Quality Grading System             isst citet tete 9 22       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Tire Information  except Canada          9 24  Tire Labeling                       sess 9 24  Location of the Tire Label                   i            9 30  Tire Maintenance                                9 33  Vehicle Loading                                  9 36  Steps for Determining the Correct Load  L  mit                  ete dettes 9 43   Reporting Safety Defects                         9 44    Reporting Safety Defects  U S A        9 44  Reporting Safety Defects  Canada      9 45    Service Publications          Service Publications                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page544  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  544 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    Customer Assistance  U S A      Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business  We are here to serve you  All  Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle  in top condition    If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of  your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel  we recommend that you take  the following steps     NOTE   If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the suppl
518. r front down position   Inspect for incorrect tongue load  worn suspension parts  and trailer overloading   Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from  shifting    Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations  If they do not  install  required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes     4 18    2          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel75  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  175 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing    The three main causes of vehicle trailer accidents are driver error  excessive speed  and  improper trailer loading     Before driving     Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer      Before starting out  inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle   to trailer connections  Stop and re inspect all lights and connections after driving a short  distance     Driving     Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow  so practice turning  backing   and stopping in a traffic free area      Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length    Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance   increases with a trailer  For each 16 km h  10 mph  of speed  allow at least one vehicle   and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead    Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration    Avoid sudden braking  It may cause loss of control and result in 
519. r quit   after several seconds of transmission      which may not be long enough for  HomeLink to pick up the signal during  programming  Similar to this Canadian  law  some U S  gate operators are  designed to    time out    in the same  manner     If you live in Canada or you are having  difficulties programming a gate operator  by using the    Programming    procedures   regardless of where you live   replace     Programming HomeLink    step 3 with  the following     NOTE   If programming a garage door opener or gate  operator  it is advised to unplug the device  during the  cycling  process to prevent  possible overheating        Continue to press and hold the HomeLink  button while you press and release      every two seconds     cycle     your hand   held transmitter until the frequency signal  has successfully been accepted by  HomeLink   The indicator light will flash  slowly and then rapidly   Proceed with   Programming  step 4 to complete        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page273  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Operating the HomeLink System    Press the programmed HomeLink button  to operate a programmed device  The  code will continue being transmitted for a  maximum of 20 seconds     Reprogramming the HomeLink system    To program a device to HomeLink using a  HomeLink button previously trained   follow these steps     1  Press and hold the desired HomeLink  button  DO NOT release the button     2  The indicator light will begin to flash  after 20 seconds  Without
520. r tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized  Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs   Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous  An air bag pretensioner  could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death     2 65       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page78  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  78 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep    If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the  warning light  a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute     The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard  for approximately 35 minutes   Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible         WARNING    Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning  beep sounding   Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep  sounding is dangerous  In a collision  the air bags and the front seat belt  pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury   Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as  possible        2 66       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page79  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Black plate  79 1     Essential
521. rademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S  in  the United States and other countries     6 71       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page346  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  346 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Playable WMA file specification    CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit  Discs which  conform to the following formats can be played   Playable WMA files are as follows                                         Item Content   Specification Windows Media Audio Version7 0   22 05kHz     32 kbps      32kHz        48  64 kbps   Sampling frequency Bit rate  44 1kHz      48  64  80  96  128  160  192  256  320 kbps  48kHz        64  96  128  160  192 kbps   VBR  Variable Bit Rate  Supported   Channel mode Stereo Monaural   WMA tag Title  artist name  album name       WMA    A CAUTION    This unit plays files with the   wma  file extension as a WMA file  Do not use the  WMA file extension for files other than WMA files  It may cause noise or a    malfunction     gt      In a WMA file  the track name  artist name  album name and category name are  recorded with data called    WMA Tag     and the information can be displayed on the  monitor    WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly  or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly    The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system   version  software  or settings  In
522. rakes  should be inspected  before the engine is started  page 5 56      Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          NOTE   When the ignition is switched ON  the sound of  the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel  tank can be heard  This does not indicate an  abnormality     START    The engine is started in this position  It  will crank until you release the start knob   then it returns to the ON position  The  brake warning light can be checked after  the engine is started  page 5 56      Starting the engine    NOTE       Engine starting is controlled by the spark  ignition system    This system meets all Canadian  Interference Causing Equipment Standard  requirements regulating the impulse  electrical field strength of radio noise      The advanced key must be carried because  the advanced key carries an immobilizer  chip that must communicate with the engine  controls at short range      When starting the engine  be sure the start  knob is securely attached before trying to  operate it  If the knob becomes detached  from the ignition switch  re attach it by  pushing it on to the ignition switch     Bre  sna N    3 11          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         100  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda               Black plate  100 1     Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System             Make sure the advanced key is being  carried     N      Occupants should fasten their seat  belts     3  Make sure the parking brake is on     A      Depress the brake pedal     5  Put 
523. rature  switch             REAR    OUTSIDE               Mode selector switch    6 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page281  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM       Control Switches  AUTO switch            PEN    AUTO ON  c3    t    By pressing the AUTO switch the  following functions will be automatically  controlled in accordance with the selected  set temperature      Airflow temperature   e Amount of airflow   e Selection of airflow mode   e Outside Recirculated air selection   e Air conditioner operation    NOTE  AUTO switch indicator light     When on  it indicates AUTO operation  and  the system will function automatically        Ifany of the following dials or switches are  operated while in AUTO control  the AUTO  switch indicator turns off      Mode selector switch         Fan control dial     Windshield defroster switch   The functions for dials and switches other  than those operated in the above continue  to operate in AUTO control     OFF switch          Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  281 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the  climate control system     Temperature control dial        PEN    AUTO ON       This dial controls temperature  Turn it  clockwise for hot and counterclockwise  for cold     When the DUAL switch is off   Turn the driver temperature control dial  to control the temperature     When the DUAL switch is on   Turn the driver or front passenger  temperat
524. rch 9 2015 9 57 AM     CD shuffle    Touch the Se  on screen button two  times during playback to play the songs in  the CD shuffle     Cl     is displayed during  playback    Touch the Se  on screen button while     A     is displayed to cancel                             Display scroll    If a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time  touch the   gt   on screen button on  the right side of the title  When the last  character is displayed  touch the     on   screen button to display the first character  of the title     NOTE     Thel  on screen button is displayed only  if a whole title cannot be displayed at one  time      The information viewable in the display is  only CD information  such as artist name   song title  which has been recorded to the  CD      This unit cannot display some characters   Characters which cannot be displayed are  indicated by an asterisk            The number of characters which can be  displayed is restricted        Message Display   If  CD Error  is displayed  it means that  there is some CD malfunction  Check the  CD for damage  dirt  or smudges  and  then properly reinsert  If the message  appears again  take the unit to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer for service        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  323 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    V Operating the Auxiliary jack   USB port    Without auxiliary jack    Audio can be played from the vehicle  audio device by connecting USB device  or an iPod to the USB port    
525. re scanned  the unit will  resume normal playback        6 48       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Repeat playback  During music CD playback             Touch the     on screen button during  playback to play the song currently being  played repeatedly    J   is displayed  during playback    Touch the on screen button while     fi    is displayed to cancel     During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback     Track repeat    Touch the Ree  on screen button to play  the song during playback repeatedly     2      is displayed during playback    Touch the     on screen button two  times while    J     is displayed to cancel    Folder repeat   Touch the     on screen button two  times to play the songs in the folder  repeatedly          is displayed during  playback    Touch the fee  on screen button while     C     is displayed to cancel                                                  Shuffle playback  During music CD playback                Touch the        on screen button during  playback to play the songs in the CD  shuffle            is displayed during  playback    Touch the      on screen button while     C     is displayed to cancel     During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback     Folder shuffle    Touch the Se  on screen button during  playback to play the songs in the folder  shuffle     C3     is displayed during  playback    Touch the        on screen button two  times while     4   is displayed to cancel                                                  CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page323  Monday  Ma
526. re the correct size specified for your  Mazda     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  509 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    V Tire Inflation Pressure    A WARNING    Always inflate the tires to the correct  pressure   Overinflation or underinflation of  tires is dangerous  Adverse handling  or unexpected tire failure could result  in a serious accident   Refer to Tires on page 10 7     Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve   cap   Use of a non genuine part is  dangerous as the correct tire air  pressure cannot be maintained if the  tire valve becomes damaged  If the  vehicle is driven under this condition   the tire air pressure will decrease  which could result in a serious  accident  Do not use any part for the  tire valve cap that is not a Mazda   genuine part     8 33          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page510  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    The Tire Pressure Monitoring System    does not alleviate the need to check the  tire condition every day  including    whether the tires all look inflated properly     Inspect all tire pressure monthly   including the spare  when the tires are  cold  Maintain recommended pressures  for the best ride  handling  and minimum  tire wear    When checking the tire pressures  use of a  digital tire pressure gauge 1s  recommended       P     9    D  rg  2  Refer to the specification charts  page  10 7      8 34      Some models     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H              
527. re wears evenly  a wear indicator  will appear as a solid band across the  tread    Replace the tire when this happens     Tread wear indicator       New tread Worn tread    You should replace the tire before the  band crosses the entire tread     NOTE   Tires degrade over time  even when they are  not being used on the road  It is recommended  that tires generally be replaced when they are  6 years or older  Heat caused by hot climates  or frequent high loading conditions can  accelerate the aging process  You should  replace the spare tire when you replace the  other road tires due to the aging of the spare  tire  The period in which the tire was  manufactured  both week and year  is  indicated by a 4 digit number    Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 24     V Temporary Spare Tire    Inspect the temporary spare tire at least  monthly to make sure it s properly inflated  and stored     NOTE  The temporary spare tire condition gradually  deteriorates even if it has not been used        8 36       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    The temporary spare tire is easier to  handle because of its construction which  is lighter and smaller than a conventional  tire  This tire should be used only for an  emergency and only for a short distance     Use the temporary spare tire only until the  conventional tire is repaired  which should  be as soon as possible      Except Mexico    Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa  4 2  kgf cm  or bar  60 psi      Mexico    Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa  2 5  kgf
528. reen tab to select  AM  Touch the   FM   on screen tab to  select FM1 and FM2     NOTE       When        is selected   FMtrw  is displayed   When       is selected            is displayed      Ifthe FM broadcast signal becomes weak   reception automatically changes from  STEREO to MONO for reduced noise  and  the    STEREO    indicator will no longer  display                                Tuning   The radio has the following tuning  methods  Manual  Seek  Scan  Preset  channel  and Auto memory tuning  The  easiest way to tune stations is to set them  on preset channels     NOTE   If the power supply is interrupted  fuse blows  or the battery is disconnected   the preset  channels will be erased           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page309  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Manual tuning    Turning the manual tuning dial will  change the frequency higher or lower     NOTE   When an HD Radio broadcast is being  received  a receivable multicast channel is also  received     Seek tuning    Pressing the seek tuning button   gt  gt I        will cause the tuner to seek a higher or  lower frequency automatically     NOTE     Ifyou continue to press and hold the seek  tuning button  PM    144   the frequency will  continue changing without stopping      When an HD Radio broadcast is being  received  a receivable multicast channel is  also received     Scan tuning    You can search for receivable radio  stations by touching the  Sean  on screen  button    Scanning stops at each station 
529. remove them   then remove the mudguard     Removal       4  Disconnect the electrical connector  from the bulb by pressing the tab on  the connector with your finger and    pulling the connector downward  a           Some models  8 45       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page522  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  522 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    5  Turn the socket and bulb assembly  counterclockwise and remove it   Carefully remove the bulb from its  socket in the reflector by gently pulling  it straight backward out of the socket        N    6  Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure     NOTE   To replace the bulb  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer   If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched   it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol  before being used    Use the protective cover and carton of the  replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb  promptly out of the reach of children     brake light   The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a  single unit because it is an integrated unit   The LED bulb has to be replaced with the  unit  We recommend an Authorized  Mazda Dealer when the replacement is  necessary     Brake lights Taillights  Rear turn signal  lights  Rear side marker light    1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch is off        8 46  Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    2  Turn the bolts counterclockwise and  remove them           4  Turn the socket and bulb assembly  counterc
530. requency would you like        Say   Beep              Ex  610   Frequency        6  The specified frequency is selected     Seek tuning function    When playing the Radio    Seek tuning can be run using voice  recognition    Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34        Seek up   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Seek up      4  Seek up is performed   Seek down   1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Seek down       4  Seek down is performed     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page409  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Auto memory seek function    When playing the Radio    The auto memory seek function can be  run using voice recognition    Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34     1  Press the talk button    2  Prompt     Ready      3  Say   Beep     Auto memory seek      4  Auto memory seek is performed    Auto memory preset function    When playing the Radio    Auto memory preset can be selected using  voice recognition     Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34   1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Auto memory preset     4  Prompt     Number  please     5  Say   Beep       X  Ex  3   Preset number      6  The specified preset is selected   Preset switching   When playing the Radio  Sirius  satellite radio   Radio stations programmed to the preset  can be selected using voice recognition   Refer to Operating the Radio on page  6 34   Refer to Operating th
531. requires time to  adapt to the call environment     This does not indicate a problem  with the device        The other party cannot be heard or  the speaker s voice is quiet          The volume is set at zero or low        Increase the volume           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i    6 147       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page422    Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Other problems    Black plate  422 1        Symptom    Cause    Solution method       The indication for the remaining  battery is different between the  vehicle and the device    The indication method is different  between the vehicle and the device        When a call is made from the  vehicle  the telephone number is  updated in the incoming outgoing  call record but the name does not  appear    The number has not been registered  into the phonebook     If the number has been registered  into the phonebook  the  incoming outgoing call record is  updated by the name in the  phonebook when the engine is  restarted        The cell phone does not synchronize  with the vehicle regarding the  incoming outgoing call record    It takes a long time to complete the  function for changing the language       Some types of cell phones do not  synchronize automatically     A maximum of 60 seconds is  required           Operate the cell phone for  synchronization        6 148    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 4                CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page423  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  423 1  
532. rers       C  40  30 20  10 0 10 20 30 40      F  40  20 0 20 40 60 80 100    5W 20    Except U S A  and CANADA   Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil    Oil container labels provide important  information    A chief contribution this type of oil makes  to fuel economy is reducing the amount of  fuel necessary to overcome engine  friction     p        For maintenance service  Mazda  recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and  Castrol    Mexico only      S Castrol       8 21       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page498  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance        ILSAC     The quality designation SM  or ILSAC  must be on the label       C  40  30  20  10 0 10 20 30 40      F  40  20 0 20 40 60 80 100    5W 20    V Inspecting Engine Oil Level    1  Be sure the vehicle is on a level  surface       Warm up the engine to normal  operating temperature     3  Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes  for the oil to return to the oil pan        8 22       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  498 1     4  Pull out the dipstick  wipe it clean  and  reinsert it fully        5  Pull it out again and examine the level   The level is normal if it is between  MIN and MAX  If it is below MIN   add oil to raise the level within the  hatching zone     A CAUTION    Do not add engine oil over MAX  This  may cause engine damage        6  Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is  positioned properly before reinserting  the dipstick        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page499  Mond
533. res face  the curb      fitis uphill  face the rear of the front tires against the curb     4  Firmly apply the parking brake    5  Shift the transaxle into P  and stop the engine    To restart after parking on an incline    1  With the transaxle in P  start the engine   Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal    2  Shift into gear     4 20       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel77  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  177 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Towing    3  Release the parking brake  also the foot brake  and pull away from the wheel blocks   Stop  apply the parking brake and shift into P     4  Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks   Fuel consumption  Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption     Maintenance    If you tow a trailer frequently  have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled  Maintenance  page 8 4         4 21       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         178  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  178 1     4 22       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         179  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  179 1        Driving Your Mazda    Explanation of instruments and controls     Starting and Driving                   eese ee eee eee eee entente stent tnstnaenu 5 2  Ignition Switch    asses Mee tenes 5 2  Starting the Engine        sse 5 4  Turning the Engine         5 5  Brake System                 ehe med 5 5  Automatic Transaxle Controls          
534. ressed   The ignition can be switched to ACC  when the KEY indicator light  green   illuminates in the instrument cluster        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page99  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM                  Black plate  99 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System      A WARNING    Before leaving the driver s seat  always  switch the ignition to OFF  set the  parking brake and make sure the shift  lever is in P   It is important to switch the ignition  to OFF even if you are not removing  the key from the ignition or leaving  the vehicle  Leaving the key in other  positions will disable some of the  vehicle security systems and run the  battery down   Leaving the driver s seat without  switching the ignition to OFF  setting  the parking brake and shifting the  shift lever to P is dangerous   Unexpected vehicle movement could  occur  This could cause an accident     NOTE     If turning the ignition switch is difficult   move the steering wheel left and right        The ignition cannot be switched from ACC  to OFF when the shift lever is not in P     ACC  Accessory     In this position  some electrical  accessories will operate     NOTE   The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not  function in the ACC position  and the doors  will not lock unlock using the transmitter or  request switches even if the advanced key is  carried away from the vehicle     ON    This is the normal running position after  the engine is started  The warning lights   except b
535. ressing the request switch  on the front doors or the liftgate while the  advanced key is being carried    Front doors       To lock    To lock the doors and the liftgate  press  the request switch  A beep sound will be  heard once and the hazard warning lights  will flash once     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page97  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM                  Black plate  97 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    NOTE    Without theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights will flash once to  indicate that the doors and the lifigate are  locked     With theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights flash when the theft  deterrent system is armed    The hazard warning lights do not flash if all  the doors and the liftgate are locked before the  thefi deterrent system is properly armed    Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62     To unlock    Driver s door request switch    To unlock the driver s door  press the  request switch  A beep sound will be  heard twice and the hazard warning lights  will flash twice    To unlock all doors and the liftgate  press  the request switch again within 3 seconds  and two more beep sounds will be heard     NOTE    Without theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights will flash twice to  indicate that the doors and the lifigate are  unlocked     With theft deterrent system    The hazard warning lights flash when the theft  deterrent system is turned off    The hazard warning lights do 
536. right turn signal indicator light  flashes to indicate which turn signal light  Is operating  page 5 78      When operating the hazard warning  lights  both turn signal indicator lights  flash  page 5 87      NOTE    If an indicator light remains illuminated  does  not flash  or if it flashes abnormally  one of the  turn signal bulbs may be burned out      Some models  5 69          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page248  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda               Black plate  248 1     Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    Beep Sounds    V Air Bag Front Seat Belt  Pretensioner System Warning Beep    If a malfunction is detected in the air bag   front seat belt pretensioner systems and  the warning light  a warning beep sound  will be heard for about 5 seconds every  minute     The air bag and seat belt pretensioner  system warning beep sound will continue  to be heard for approximately 35 minutes   Have your vehicle inspected at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible        WARNING    Do not drive the vehicle with the air  bag front seat belt pretensioner system  warning beep sounding   Driving the vehicle with the air bag   front seat belt pretensioner system  warning beep sounding is dangerous   In a collision  the air bags and the  front seat belt pretensioner system  will not deploy and this could result  in death or serious injury   Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  to have the vehicle inspected as soon  as possible     5 70   Some mod
537. rimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s  mounted on the vehicle     Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants  Seating capacity    is described on the tire label  e    Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production  options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace   and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight  including heavy  duty brakes  ride levelers  roof rack  heavy duty battery  and special trim        Rim is the metal support  wheel  for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire  beads are seated     9 32       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page575  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  575 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     Tire Maintenance    Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally  Here are  some important maintenance points   V Tire Inflation Pressure    Inspect all tire pressure monthly  including the spare  when the tires are cold  Maintain  recommended pressures for the best ride  top handling  and minimum tire wear  Use the  pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service        Tire Rotation    To equalize tread wear  rotate the tires every 12 000 km  7 500 miles  or sooner if irregular  wear develops  During rotation  inspect them for co
538. ring and power  brake control  and may cause  damage to the drivetrain  Any loss of  steering or braking control could  cause an accident        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel63  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       Hazardous Driving    V Driving on Slippery Surface    A WARNING    Be extremely careful if it is necessary to   downshift on slippery surfaces   Downshifting into lower gear while  driving on slippery surfaces is  dangerous  The sudden change in tire  speed could cause the tires to skid   This could lead to loss of vehicle  control and an accident     Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a   substitute for safe driving   The ABS and RSC cannot compensate  for unsafe and reckless driving   excessive speed  tailgating  following  another vehicle too closely   driving  on ice and snow  and hydroplaning   reduced tire friction and road  contact because of water on the road  surface   You can still have an  accident     When driving on ice or in water  snow    mud  sand  or similar hazards      Be cautious and allow extra distance   for braking    Avoid sudden braking and sudden   maneuvering      Do not pump the brakes  Continue to   press down on the brake pedal    If you get stuck  select a lower gear and   accelerate slowly  Do not spin the front   wheels      Do not perform abrupt maneuvers  when the road surface changes  such as  from a paved road to gravel  because  the reaction of the vehicle against the  driving operation changes     e       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H        
539. rly  the  paint surface could be scratched  Here are  some examples of how scratching could  occur     Scratches occur on the paint surface   when      The vehicle is washed without first  rinsing off dirt and other foreign  matter      The vehicle is washed with a rough   dry  or dirty cloth      The vehicle is washed at a car wash  that uses brushes that are dirty or too  stiff      Cleansers or wax containing abrasives  are used     NOTE     Mazda is not responsible for scratches  caused by automatic car washes or  improper washing      Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles  with darker paint finishes     To minimize scratches on the vehicle s   paint finish      Rinse off any dirt or other foreign  matter using lukewarm or cold water  before washing      Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water  and a soft cloth when washing the  vehicle  Do not use a nylon cloth      Rub gently when washing or drying the  vehicle      Take your vehicle only to a car wash  that keeps its brushes well maintained      Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax  that contain abrasives        8 60       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A CAUTION       Do not use steel wool  abrasive  cleaners  or strong detergents  containing highly alkaline or  caustic agents on chrome plated  or anodized aluminum parts  This  may damage the protective  coating  also  cleaners and  detergents may discolor or  deteriorate the paint       To prevent damaging the antenna   remove it before entering a car  wash facility or pass
540. rm No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  149 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    NOTE       If the security indicator light illuminates  and stays on or flashes when the ignition is  switched ON  the engine will not start      Signals from a TV or radio station  or from  a transceiver or a mobile telephone  could  interfere with your immobilizer system  If  you are using the proper key and your  engine fails to start  check the security  indicator light  If it is flashing  remove the  ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more   then reinsert it and try starting the engine  again  If it does not start after 3 or more  tries  contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer        If the security indicator light flashes  continuously while you are driving  do not  shut off the engine  Go to an Authorized  Mazda Dealer and have it checked  If you  shut off the engine while the light is  flashing you will not be able to restart it      Since the electronic codes are reset when  repairing the immobilizer system  the keys  are needed  Bring all the existing keys to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        Modification and Add On  Equipment    Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer  system s operation if the system has been  modified or if any add on equipment has  been installed     A CAUTION    To avoid damage to your vehicle  do  not modify the system or install any  add on equipment to the immobilizer  system or the vehicle     3 61    p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page15
541. rm No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  398 1     2  Touch the contact information you  would like to call     Changing contact  1  Touch the  2  Touch the  3  Touch the  4       Speed  Dial       on screen tab         Eat  on screen button           Add from   Phonebook       on screen button          Touch the contact you would like to  register to the speed dial       Touch the telephone number you  would like to register       Verify that the registered name and  telephone number are displayed in the  phonebook  and touch the  Dore     on   screen button                 Speed Dial contact deleting  1  Touch the    2  Touch the on screen button for  the contact you would like to delete       Touch the on screen button to  display the confirmation screen     Touch the       Speed  Dial       on screen tab           Edit                Delete                Yes   on screen button        4     Telephone Number Input  NOTE    Practice this while parked until you are  confident you can do it while driving in a non   taxing road situation  If you are not completely  comfortable  make all calls from a safe  parking position  and only start driving when  you can devote your full attention to driving     1  Press the talk button   2  Prompt     Ready     3  Say   Beep     Phone dial       4  Prompt     Number  please       P       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page399  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    5  Say   Beep    XXXXXXXXXXX  Ex   5551234     Telephone number      6  Prompt   
542. rm No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page215  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  215 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    V Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM     The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the  vehicle to the rear and when there are vehicles in the detection area it notifies the driver by  illuminating the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning light while the vehicle speed is  about 10 km h  6 2 mph  or faster and driving forward    If the turn signal lever is operated to the side the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning  light is illuminated  the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  warning light flashes and the system  warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area using a BSM warning beep sound     Your vehicle             Detection areas                            5 37       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page216  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  216 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    NOTE     The Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 10  km h  6 2 mph       The detection area of the Blind Spot Monitoring  BSM  has been determined based on the lane  width of general freeways  Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width  the system may detect  vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light beep  On a road with  wider lane width  the system may not detect vehicles 
543. rmed  within about 30 seconds      A door or the liftgate is opened      The auxiliary key is inserted into the  ignition switch  with advanced key       The key is inserted in the ignition switch      The start knob is pushed  with advanced  key       The system will disarm if one of the  following operations takes place within 20  seconds afier closing the hood and locking  all the doors and the lifigate      Pressing the unlock button on the  transmitter      Any door or the liftgate is opened      Unlocking a door with the inside door   lock knob      Unlocking a door with the door lock  switch      Unlocking the driver s door with the key      The hood is opened      The key is inserted in the ignition switch      The auxiliary key is inserted into the  ignition switch  With advanced key       The start knob is pressed into the  ignition switch or a request switch is  pressed  With advanced key       The ignition is switched ON    To rearm the system  do the arming   procedure again      When the doors are locked by pressing the  lock button on the transmitter or request  switch on the front doors or using the key  while the thefi deterrent system is armed   the hazard warning lights will flash once to  indicate that the system is armed     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Knowing Your Mazda    Security System            Turn off an Armed System    An armed system can be turned off by any  one of the following methods     Unlock a door with the key     Press the unlock butto
544. rom an FM transmitter move in  straight lines and become weak in valleys  between tall buildings  mountains  and  other obstacles  When a vehicle passes  through such an area  the reception  conditions may change suddenly  resulting  in annoying noise        Weak signal noise    In suburban areas  broadcast signals  become weak because of distance from  the transmitter  Reception in such fringe  areas is characterized by sound breakup     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  293 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Strong signal noise    This occurs very close to a transmitter  tower  The broadcast signals are  extremely strong  so the result is noise and  sound breakup at the radio receiver           UN    When a vehicle reaches the area of two  strong stations broadcasting at similar  frequencies  the original station may be  temporarily lost and the second station  picked up  At this time there will be some   noise from this disturbance          Station drift noise        Station 2  88 3 MHz    Station 1  88 1 MHz             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page294  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  294 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System       Operating Tips for CD Player   The CD revolves at high speed within    the unit  Defective  cracked or badly  Condensation phenomenon bent  CDs should never be used     Immediately after turning on the heater  when the vehicle is cold  the CD or  optical components  prism and lens  in the  CD player may be
545. ronment           sess 4 6  Winter                             4 10    Dynamic Stability Control    DSC  Roll Stability Control    RSC asia Serials oin 5 27  TCS DSC RSC Indicator light     5 28    E  Emergency                                             7 18  Jump starting                  sss 7 18  Push starting                ssssss 7 20  Emergency Towing                             7 21  Emission Control System                      4 3  Engine  Coolantz    itte 8 23  Exhaust gas              sssesse 4 4  Hood release                                3 49  Oil 4st          8 21  Overheating                 sss 7 16  Starting    sce es 5 4  11 3          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page602  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Index  E  Engine Compartment Overview          8 20  Engine Coolant  Overheating                 sss 7 16  Engine Coolant Temperature                             n 5 54  Event Data Recorder                           9 21  Exhaust Gas                 eee 4 4  Exterior  Cate    ee 8 59  F  Flasher  Hazard warning                            5 87  Headlights                                    5 72  Plat DIG etre 7 3  Changing   eee 7 8  Spare tire and tool storage              7 3  Fluids  Classification                sss 10 4  Owner maintenance                     8 17  Fog Lights                eese 5 79  Foot Brake    eere 5 5  Front Seats   Electrically Operated Seats                  2 4  Front Seats   Manually Operated Seats                    2 2  Fuel  Fi
546. roof feels a shock that is  similar to something blocking it      The moonroof s jam safe function does not  function while the moonroof is initializing     2        gt        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         141  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    WV Sunshade    The sunshade can be opened and closed  by hand     The sunshade opens automatically when  the moonroof is opened  but must be  closed by hand     Sunshade    79       CAUTION       The sunshade does not tilt  To  avoid damaging the sunshade  do  not push up on it       Do not close the sunshade while  the moonroof is opening  Trying to  force the sunshade closed could  damage it     N    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  141 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    3 53          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel42  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    Immobilizer System  With  Advanced Key     The immobilizer system allows the engine  to start only with an advanced key the  system recognizes     If someone attempts to start the engine  with an unrecognized advanced key  the  engine will not start  thereby helping to  prevent the theft of your vehicle    If you have a problem with the  immobilizer system or the advanced key   including auxiliary key   consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     A CAUTION     gt  Radio equipment like this is  governed by laws in the United  States   Changes or modifications not  expressly approved by the party  responsible for compli
547. rous as it will cause  the outside of the windshield to fog  up  Your vision will be hampered   which could lead to a serious  accident           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page285  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  285 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    NOTE     Press the windshield defroster switch to  change the mode to the interconnection  mode automatically  The system does not  change to the individual operation mode by  pressing the DUAL switch or turning the  front passenger temperature control dial      Use the temperature control dial to increase  the air flow temperature and defog the  windshield more quickly        6 11       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page286  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  286 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System       Vent Operation  Rear              Adjusting the Vents  Directing airflow  You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob     NOTE  When using the air conditioner  mist may come out from the vents  This is not a sign of trouble but a  result of humid air being suddenly cooled     6 12       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page287  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  287 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    V Selecting the Airflow Mode    For vehicles with rear full auto air conditioning  the airflow mode can be selected  according to the purpose of use     Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents                
548. rrect balance         LL  2      Do not include  TEMPORARY USE ONLY   spare tire in rotation        Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage  Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a  combination of the following      Incorrect tire pressure     Improper wheel alignment     Out of balance wheel     Severe braking   After rotation  inflate all tire pressures to specification  page 10 7  and inspect the lug nuts  for tightness     A CAUTION    Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern  or studs only from front to rear  not from side to side  Tire performance will be  weakened if rotated from side to side     9 33       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page576  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  576 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     V Replacing a Tire    A WARNING    Always use tires that are in good condition   Driving with worn tires is dangerous  Reduced braking  steering  and traction could  result in an accident     If a tire wears evenly  a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread   Replace the tire when this happens                New tread Worn tread    Tread wear indicator    x     JN  L N       L  k       You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread   NOTE    Tires degrade over time  even when they are not being used on the road  It is recommended that tires  generally be replaced when the
549. s      Dialects or different wording other than  Hands Free prompts cannot be  recognized by voice recognition  Speak  in the wording specified by the voice  commands    e  t is not necessary to face the  microphone or approach it  Speak the  voice commands while maintaining a  safe driving position      Do not speak too slow or too loud      Speak clearly  without pausing between  words or numbers        6 121       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page396  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  396 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth        Close the windows and or the  moonroof to reduce loud noises from  outside the vehicle        Turn down the airflow of the air   conditioning system while Bluetooth   Hands Free is being used      Make sure the vents are not directing  air up towards the microphone     NOTE   If the voice recognition performance is not  satisfactory    Refer to Troubleshooting on page 6 145        6 122       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Bluetooth   Hands Free       Making a Call    Phonebook Usage    Telephone calls can be made by saying  the contact name in the downloaded  phonebook or the name of a person whose  phone number has been registered in the  Bluetooth   Hands Free  Refer to Import  contact  Download Phonebook      1     Press the talk button     2  Prompt     Ready     3   4  5    Say   Beep     Phone call         Prompt     Name  please        Say   Beep                    Ex                         Say a name registered in the  phonebook     The n
550. s      If your vehicle has Mazda optional  antitheft wheel lug nuts  one on each  wheel will lock the tires and you must use  a special key to unlock them  This key  will attach to the lug wrench  Register  them with the lock manufacturer by filling  out the card provided in the glove  compartment and mailing it in the  accompanying envelope  If you lose this  key  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer  or use the lock manufacturer s order form   which is with the registration card   Accessory wheel locks cannot be used on  steel wheels  This includes situations  when the spare tire is installed  If the  spare tire 1s installed  one of the original  lug nuts  which should still be in the  vehicle  must be installed in place of the  wheel lock     Antitheft lug nut Special key    Oe      To remove an antitheft lug nut                Obtain the special key for the antitheft  lug nut     2  Place the special key on top of the  antitheft lug nut  and be sure to hold  the key square to it  If you hold the key  at an angle  you may damage both key  and nut  Do not use a power impact  wrench        7 12   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    3  Place the lug wrench on top of the key  and apply pressure  Turn the wrench  counterclockwise     To install the antitheft lug nut    1  Place the special key on top of the nut   and be sure to hold the key square to it   If you hold the key at an angle  you  may damage both key and nut  Do not  use a power impact wrench     2  Place the lu
551. s    249 kg  549 Ibs    If the weight of the occupant increases  the cargo weight limit decreases by that much     GAW  Gross Axle Weight  is the total weight placed on each axle  front and rear     including vehicle curb weight and all payload     9 38       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H      e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page581  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  581 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     GAWR  Gross Axle Weight Rating  is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried  by a single axle  front or rear   These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance  Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar  The total load on  each axle must never exceed its GAWR           GVW    GVW  Gross Vehicle Weight  is the Vehicle Curb Weight   cargo   passengers     GVWR  Gross Vehicle Weight Rating  is the maximum allowable weight of the fully  loaded vehicle  including all options  equipment  passengers and cargo   The GVWR is  shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door  frame or door pillar  The GVW must never exceed the GVWR     9 39       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page582  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  582 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada                                                                                                                     
552. s  5 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page180  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  180 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Ignition Switch V Ignition Switch Positions    Auxiliary key  with advanced key          advanced  NOTE    When starting the engine using the advanced  key  refer to Starting the Engine  page 3 10         When starting the engine with the  auxiliary key  perform the following  procedure     1  Remove the auxiliary key from the  advanced key  page 3 17      2  Make sure the start knob is in the OFF OFF  position  The power supply to electrical devices is  3  Remove the start knob by pulling it turned off  Only in this position can the  outward while pressing the buttons on key be removed     both the left and right sides           4  Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition  switch        5 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         181  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM        WARNING    Do not stop the engine while the   vehicle is moving   Stopping the engine while the vehicle  is moving for any reason other than  in an emergency is dangerous   Stopping the engine while the vehicle  is moving will result in reduced  braking ability due to the loss of  power braking  which could cause an  accident and serious injury     Before leaving the driver s seat  always  switch the ignition to OFF  set the  parking brake and make sure the shift  lever is in P   It is important to switch the igni
553. s  can damage your vehicle s finish     Prevention    It is necessary to wash and wax your  vehicle to preserve its finish according to  the instructions in this section  These  steps should be taken immediately after  you find water marks on your vehicle s  finish     V Paint Chipping  Occurrence    Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown  in the air by another vehicle s tires hits  your vehicle     How to avoid paint chipping   Keeping a safe distance between you and  the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of  having your paint chipped by flying  gravel        8 58       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  534 1     NOTE    The paint chipping zone varies with the    speed of the vehicle  For example  when  traveling at 90 km h  56 mph   the paint  chipping zone is 50 m  164 ft     In low temperatures a vehicle s finish  hardens  This increases the chance of paint  chipping    Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on  your Mazda  Before this happens  repair the  damage by using Mazda touch up paint  according to the instructions in this section   Failure to repair the affected area could  lead to serious rusting and expensive  repairs           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page535  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  535 1     Exterior Care    Follow all label and container directions  when using a chemical cleaner or polish   Read all warnings and cautions        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care    Y Maintaining the Finish  W
554. s calculated and displayed  every minute     When this mode is selected  CONSUM  AV will be displayed   U S A     CONSUM AV  mpg              Lui     6 167       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page442    Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Interior Equipment    CANADA    CONSUM AV  L 100km    To clear the data being displayed  press  the INFO switch for more than 1 5    second     After pressing the INFO switch        L   100 km        mpg  will be displayed for  about 1 minute before the fuel economy is    2  recalculated and displayed   Distance to empty mode       fuel based on the fuel economy     The distance to empty will be calculated    and displayed every second     When this mode is selected  REMNG will    be displayed   U S A     REMNG  mile             Lt LI    6 168    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    This mode displays the approximate  distance you can travel on the remaining                Black plate  442 1     CANADA    REMNG  km     nr    LL              my    CN    NOTE   Even though the distance to empty display  may indicate a sufficient amount of  remaining mileage before refueling is  required  refuel as soon as possible if the  fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel  warning light illuminates    The display won t change unless you add  more than approximately 20 L  5 3 US gal   4 5 Imp gal  of fuel     Average vehicle speed mode    This mode displays the average vehicle  speed by calculating the distance and the  time traveled since connecting the 
555. s causes sudden  engine braking  which is dangerous   The sudden change in tire speed  could cause the tires to skid  This  could lead to loss of vehicle control  and an accident     NOTE       When driving at high speeds  the gear may  not shift down      During deceleration  the gear may  automatically shift down depending on  vehicle speed      When depressing the accelerator fully  the  transaxle will shift to a lower gear   depending on vehicle speed        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  193 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Second gear fixed mode    When the selector lever is tapped back        while the vehicle speed is about 10  km h  6 mph  or less  the transaxle 15 set  in the second gear fixed mode  The gear is  fixed in second while in this mode for  easier acceleration from a stop and driving  on slippery roads such as snow covered  roads    If the selector lever is tapped back      or  forward        while in the second gear  fixed mode  the mode will be canceled     S 15          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         194  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  194 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    Shift gear  shifting  speed limit    For each gear position while in the manual mode  the speed limit is set as follows  When  the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit  the gear is shifted           0 km h 0 mph  100 km  h 60 mph            gt              Shift up  The gear does not shif
556. s dangerous  An air bag   pretensioner could accidentally  activate or become disabled causing  serious injury or death     V Air Bag Front Seat Belt  Pretensioner System Warning Beep    If a malfunction is detected in the air bag   front seat belt pretensioner systems and  the warning light  a warning beep sound  will be heard for about 5 seconds every  minute     The air bag and seat belt pretensioner  system warning beep sound will continue  to be heard for approximately 35 minutes   Have your vehicle inspected at an  Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as  possible     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  39 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems      A WARNING    Do not drive the vehicle with the air  bag front seat belt pretensioner system  warning beep sounding   Driving the vehicle with the air bag   front seat belt pretensioner system  warning beep sounding is dangerous   In a collision  the air bags and the  front seat belt pretensioner system  will not deploy and this could result  in death or serious injury   Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  to have the vehicle inspected as soon  as possible     2 27          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page40  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  40 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seat Belt Systems    Center Rear Position Seat  Belt  Second Row Seats     Before using the center rear lap shoulder  belt make sure tongue  A  and anchor  buckle  B  are fastened           2 28       Form No 8DU2 E
557. s in the first 1 000 km  600  miles  may add to the performance   economy  and life of your Mazda      Do not race the engine      Do not maintain one constant speed   either slow or fast  for a long period of  time    Do not drive constantly at full throttle  or high engine rpm for extended  periods of time      Avoid unnecessary hard stops    Avoid full throttle starts    Do not tow a trailer     e    e    e       4 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Saving Fuel and Protection    of the Environment       How you operate your Mazda determines  how far it will travel on a tank of fuel  Use  these suggestions to help save fuel and  reduce CO2     e    e    e  e            e    e    Avoid long warm ups  Once the engine  runs smoothly  begin driving    Avoid fast starts    Drive at lower speeds    Anticipate when to apply the brakes   avoid sudden braking     Keep the engine tuned  Follow the  maintenance schedule  page 8 4  and  have an Authorized Mazda Dealer  perform inspections and servicing   Use the air conditioner only when  necessary    Slow down on rough roads    Keep the tires properly inflated    Do not carry unnecessary weight    Do not rest your foot on the brake  pedal while driving    Keep the wheels in correct alignment   Keep windows closed at high speeds   Slow down when driving in crosswinds  and headwinds     A WARNING    Never stop the engine when going  down a hill     Stopping the engine when going  down a hill is dangerous  This causes  the loss of power stee
558. s possible   To enter a number  use the numerical  keypad        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  317 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    NOTE   Master code    The Master Code is used to initialize or re   initialize the code in the event that the code is  not set to  0000  and or the personalized code  is not known  The initialization process resets  the code to  0000   The master code can  potentially defeat the intent of the security of  the parental lock if it is located by persons not  authorized by the owner to access certain  channels     SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code   0913     4  After inputting the four digits  touch  the  bere 2  on screen button to confirm  the four digits                 5  If the four digits match the master  code     Code initialized    appears  If  they do not match the master code      Wrong code    appears and the display  returns to    Enter Master Code        gt      6  The code returns to the default  0000   code     Seek alert    The song title and artist name for the song  currently being listened to  and team  names at the sports game currently being  listened to can be recorded as favorites   The user is notified when a program  begins which has favorites related  information recorded        Selection from seek alert program list    Select the station you want to listen to  from the list to receive the program   Touch the   amp Back  on screen button to  return to the receiving screen                 6 43  
559. s use the letters ZR     M  S or M S  Mud and Snow    AT       Terrain   AS       Season  The    M  S  or    M S    indicates that the tire has some functional use in    mud and snow  PE    U S  DOT Tire Identification Number  TIN     This begins with the letters    DOT    which indicates the tire meets all federal standards  The  next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured  and the last four  numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured  For example  the numbers  457 means the 45st week of 1997  After 2000 the numbers go to four digits  For example   the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002  The other numbers are marketing codes  used at the manufacturer s discretion  This information is used to contact consumers if a tire  defect requires a recall     Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used   The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire  In  general  the greater the number of plies  the more weight a tire can support  Tire  manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials  which include steel  nylon  polyester   and other     Maximum Load Rating    This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by  the tire        Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure    This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under  normal driving conditions     9 26       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pag
560. s which are the best place for children     For more details  refer to    Front passenger seat weight sensors   page 2 70      2 35       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page48  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  48 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint       WARNING    Use the correct size child restraint system   For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops  a child must be  properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and  size  If not  the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident     Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system   buckled down   An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous  In a sudden stop or a collision it  could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants  Make  sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child   restraint system manufacturer s instructions  When not in use  remove it from the  vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt  or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors  for LATCH child restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor     Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system   Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous  No  matter how strong the person may be  he or she cannot hold onto a child in a  sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or deat
561. safercar gov     NOTE  If you live in the U S A   all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to     Mazda North American Operations   7755 Irvine Center Drive   Irvine  California 92618 2922   or   P O  Box 19734   Irvine  CA 92623 9734   Customer Experience Center or toll free at 1  800  222 5500    If you live outside of the U S A   please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown  page 9 13  in  this booklet     9 44       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page587  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  587 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Reporting Safety Defects    Reporting Safety Defects  Canada     Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada  Defect  Investigations and Recalls  may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510  or contact  Transport Canada by mail at  Transport Canada  ASFAD  Place de Ville Tower C  330  Sparks Street  Ottawa ON K1A ONS     For additional road safety information  please visit the Road Safety website at   http   www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm    9 45       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page588    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  588 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Service Publications    Service Publications    Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do  some of their own maintenance and repair     When requesting any
562. scs    can be played    COMPACT COMPACT  COMPACT   DIGITALAUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO  DIGITALAUDIO OWN  POW ritable  COMPACT MSE d COMPACT  DIGITAL AUDIO ISE ISG  TEXT       ReWritable       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                    Black plate  295 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Use discs that have been legitimately  produced  If illegally copied discs such  as pirated discs are used  the system  may not operate properly    Be sure never to touch the signal  surface when handling the CDs  Pick  up a CD by grasping the outer edge or  the edge of the hole and the outer edge        Do not stick paper or tape on the CD   Avoid scratching the reverse side  the  side without a label   The disc may not  eject resulting in a malfunction    Dust  finger smudges  and dirt can  decrease the amount of light reflected  from the signal surface  thus affecting  sound quality  If the CD should  become soiled  gently wipe it with a  soft cloth from the center of the CD to  the edge    Do not use record sprays  antistatic  agents  or household spray cleaners   Volatile chemicals such as benzine and  thinner can also damage the surface of  the CD and must not be used  Anything  that can damage  warp  or fog plastic  should never be used to clean CDs   Insert discs one by one  If two discs are  inserted at the same time  the system  may not operate properly    The CD player ejects the CD if the CD  is inserted upside down  Also dirty  and or defective CDs may be ejected   Do not insert cleanin
563. se eee eese e nennen nein stus                Towing Description  Tiedown Hooks      DEM ated  Recreational Towing            cceceeeceeseeseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeseeseeneees 7 24      Some models  7 1       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page454  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  454 1     In Case of an Emergency    Parking in an Emergency    Parking      an Emergency    The hazard warning lights should always  be used when you stop on or near a  roadway in an emergency     The hazard warning lights warn other  drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard  and that they must take extreme caution  when near it     EA    eh  a  QO 699    Depress the hazard warning flasher and all  the turn signals will flash     NOTE     The turn signals do not work when the  hazard warning lights are on      Check local regulations about the use of  hazard warning lights while the vehicle is  being towed to verify that it is not in  violation of the law                            7 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page455  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  455 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    Spare Tire and Tool Storage    Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram     Spare tire carrier bolt socket    Flat tire belt   Tiedown eyelet Jack lever                                                                                c4             Jack Lug wrench   Some models        F
564. seatback     e       To change the seatback angle  lean  forward slightly while pulling the lever   Then lean back to the desired position and  release the lever        Make sure the lever returns to its original  position and the seatback is locked in  place by attempting to push it forward and  backward     2             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page23  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM       CAUTION    When returning a rear reclined  seatback to its upright position   make sure you hold onto the  seatback with your other hand while  operating the lever  If the seatback is  not supported  it will flip forward  suddenly and could cause injury     V Armrest    The armrest can be used  no occupant in  the center seat  or placed upright        wee    A WARNING    Never put your hands and fingers  around the moving parts of the seat  and armrest   Putting your hands and fingers  around the moving parts of the seat  and armrest is dangerous as they  could get injured     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  23 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    WV Third Row Seat Access    After folding the second row seat  seatback and sliding the seat forward  you  can access the third row seat easily     Entering exiting the third row seat area       Raise the lever on the side of the second   row seat to fold the seatback forward and  slide the seat forward        After entering exiting the third row  seat area          1  Return the second row seatback to its  upright po
565. sed  The impact of  inflation from a side or curtain air  bag could cause serious injury or  death to an out of position child   Furthermore  leaning over or against  the front door could block the side  and curtain air bags and eliminate  the advantages of supplemental  protection  With the front air bag and  the additional side air bag that  comes out of the front seat  the rear  seat is always a better location for  children  Take special care not to  allow a child to lean over or against  the side window  even if the child is  seated in a child restraint system     V Front Passenger s Seat Child     Restraint System Installation    1  Switch the ignition ON   2  Slide the seat as far back as possible                    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page59  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    3  Place the child restraint system on the  seat without putting your weight on the  seat and fasten the seat belt  See the  manufacturer s instructions on the  child restraint system for belt routing  instructions     4  To get the retractor into the automatic  locking mode  pull the shoulder belt  portion of the seat belt until the entire  length of the belt is out of the retractor     5  Push the child restraint system firmly  into the vehicle seat  Be sure the belt  retracts as snugly as possible  A  clicking noise from the retractor will be  heard during retraction if the system is  in automatic locking mode  If the belt  does not lock the seat down tight   repeat the previous step and a
566. setting screen        3  Touch the desired language from the  list              4  Touch the         on screen button     NOTE  Only the available languages are displayed        6 50    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  324 1     Audio Control Switch       Operation    When the audio unit is turned on   operation of the audio unit from the  steering wheel is possible     NOTE    Because the audio unit will be turned off  under the following conditions  the switches  will be inoperable      When the ignition is switched off      When the power button on the audio unit  is pressed and the audio unit is turned  off    Mazda has installed this system to prevent   distraction while driving the vehicle and   using audio controls on the dashboard    Always make safe driving your first priority                                                  CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page325  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    V Adjusting the Volume    To increase the volume  press up the  volume switch     To decrease the volume  press down the  volume switch                                         Seek Switch                                           When listening to the radio or SIRIUS  digital satellite radio   Press the seek switch up or down  The  radio switches to the next previous stored    station in the order that it was stored   1   6            Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  325 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System     Radio    Press and hold the see
567. sition and lock it after sliding  it backward  Make sure it is locked by  attempting to lightly move it forward  and backward     2  Make sure that the center rear seat belt  is routed properly  not under the head  restraint  and the seat belt guide is  snapped to the head restraint     2 11       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page24  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  24 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats       CAUTION     gt  When folding a seatback  always  hold onto the seatback with your  other hand while operating the  lever  If the seatback is not  supported  it will flip forward  suddenly and could cause injury       After entering exiting the third   row seat area  return the seatback  to its upright position  Otherwise   it could move unexpectedly and  cause injury     V Folding the Second Row Seats    To create a flat luggage compartment  space  fold the seatbacks forward     Folding the seatbacks    1  Unfasten the lap portion of the center   rear seat belt  page 2 30  and stow it  into the ceiling recess  page 2 30         CAUTION    Always unfasten the lap portion of  the belt before folding the rear left  seatback  Leaving the lap portion of  the belt fastened could cause  damage to the seat belt  buckle and  seatback     2  Slide the seat all the way back toward  the rear of the vehicle     3  Lower the head restraints all the way  down  page 2 15      NOTE   If the second row seats cannot be folded  because the head restraints for the second row  s
568. spilled liquid   smoking from internal burning  or other abnormal smells  stop operation  immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer  If operation is continued  it  may cause an accident  fire  or electrical shoch       Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power   If the volume is set high  loud sound will be produced when turning on the power   causing auditory problems or an accident     lt  gt   gt  Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard  c3   If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving    driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident       Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed   If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed  they could fall under  the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning  which could obstruct  driving operation and cause an accident        CAUTION       Do not put foreign material into the disc slot   It may cause a fire or malfunction     gt  Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner   The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction           6 65       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page340  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  340 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    V Operating Tips for Disc    Playable discs  DVD video  DVD audio     video CD  audio CD  CD R  CD RW  DVD R and DVD RW  can be played     NOTE   It may not be possible
569. ssion control system  to lose effectiveness  It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage     A CAUTION       USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL   Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead  to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures     gt  Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10   ethanol  by volume  Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this  recommendation  or if the gasoline contains any methanol  Stop using gasohol of  any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly       Never add fuel system additives  Otherwise  the emission control system could be  damaged  Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details     Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally  referred to as oxygenated fuels  The common gasoline blend that can be used with your  vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 1096  Gasoline containing alcohol  such as  ethanol or methanol  may be marketed under the name    Gasohol        Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not  be covered by the Mazda warranty      Gasohol containing more than 10  ethanol      Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol      Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol     4 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page159  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  159 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Fuel and Engine Exhau
570. st Precautions    Emission Control System    Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system  the catalytic converter is part of  this system  that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions  requirements         WARNING    Never park over or near anything flammable   Parking over or near anything flammable  such as dry grass  is dangerous  Even with  the engine turned off  the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and  could ignite anything flammable  A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death     A CAUTION    Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst   inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot  Either condition will   damage the converter and cause poor performance     gt  USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL       Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction       Do not coast with the ignition switched off       Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off     gt      gt  Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes     gt  Do not tamper with the emission control system  All inspections and adjustments  must be made by a qualified technician     gt  Do not push start or pull start your vehicle        NOTE   Under U S  federal law  any modification to the original equipment emission control system before  the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties  In some states  such modification  made on a used veh
571. st recent Gracenote database which can be used  and how to install it  go to the Mazda Hands Free Website   http   www mazdahandsfree com    Introduction    Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote     Gracenote is  the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery  For  more information visit www gracenote com     CD and music related data from Gracenote  Inc   copyright    2000 to present Gracenote   Gracenote Software  copyright    2000 to present Gracenote  One or more patents owned  by Gracenote apply to this product and service  See the Gracenote website for a non     exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents  Gracenote  CDDB  MusicID  MediaVOCS     the Gracenote logo and logotype  and the    Powered by Gracenote    logo are either  registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and or other  countries     9    Qraceno te     6 138       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page413  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  413 1     Interior Comfort    Bluetooth      Gracenote   End User License Agreement   This application or device contains software from Gracenote  Inc  of Emeryville  California      Gracenote      The software from Gracenote  the    Gracenote Software   enables this  application to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information   including name  artist  track  and title information     Gracenote Data     
572. stallation of front  seats  It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the  bags do not accidentally deploy  the driver seat slide position sensor and front  passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an  undamaged air bag connection     NOTE       When an air bag deploys  a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released   Neither is likely to cause injury  however  the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries  on body parts not covered with clothing through friction        Should you sell your Mazda  we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that  familiarization with all instructions about them  from the Owner s Manual  is important      This highly visible label is displayed which warns against the use of rear facing child restraint  systems on the front passenger seat        A    xX    2 59       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page72  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  72 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags       Supplemental Restraint System Components    With front passenger occupant classification system             2 60       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page73  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  73 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Without front passenger occupant classification system         N          CD Driver Front passenger inflators and air bags    2  Crash a
573. steadily  applying the brakes for long  distances is dangerous  This causes  overheated brakes  resulting in  longer stopping distances or even  total brake failure  This could cause  loss of vehicle control and a serious  accident  Avoid continuous  application of the brakes     Dry off brakes that have become wet   by driving slowly  releasing the   accelerator pedal and lightly applying   the brahes several times until the brake   performance returns to normal   Driving with wet brakes is  dangerous  Increased stopping  distance or the vehicle pulling to one  side when braking could result in a  serious accident  Light braking will  indicate whether the brakes have  been affected        5 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A CAUTION     gt  Do not drive with your foot held  on the brake pedal  Doing so could  result in the following     gt  The brake parts will wear out  more quickly       The brakes can overheat and  adversely affect brake  performance     gt  Always depress the brake pedal  with the right foot  Applying the  brakes with the unaccustomed left  foot could slow your reaction time  to an emergency situation  resulting in insufficient braking  operation            gt  Wear shoes appropriate for driving  in order to avoid your shoe  contacting the brake pedal when  depressing the accelerator pedal     CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         185  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       V Parking Brake    A WARNING    Before leaving the driver s seat  always  switch the igniti
574. steering  wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge   containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous  These parts contain essential air  bag components  The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries   Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts     Dispose of the air bag properly   Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely  dangerous  Unless all safety procedures are followed  injury can result  Ask an  Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air  bag equipped vehicle     NOTE   If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint  system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a  certified physician  contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer  refer to  Customer Assistance  U S A         page 9 2      2 76       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page89  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  89 1        Knowing Your Mazda    Explanation of basic operations and controls  opening closing and adjustment  of various parts           Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System                                   Advanced Keys                      NE PO     Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions  Operation Using Advanced Key Functions                                Advanced Key Suspend Function                   sess  Warning and
575. stem    Rear Entertainment System      Monitor screen release knob    DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button                                           Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote    control signal receiver Monitor screen    V Rear Entertainment System Outline    The Rear Entertainment System has a 9 0 inch wide LCD  as well as DVD video  DVD  audio  video CD  audio CD  and MP3 WMA CD playback functions  Moreover  the system  is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound  and AV equipment such  as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor  screen     6 64   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page339  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  339 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    V Proper Operation of Rear Entertainment System    For safe driving  read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation  and  use the system properly        WARNING     gt  Do not disassemble or modify this unit   It may cause an accident  fire  or electrical shoch       Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound   It may cause an accident  fire  or electrical shoch  Follow the procedures in   Symptoms and Actions   page 6 114  and if the problem is not resolved  consult  an Authorized Mazda Dealer     gt  Do not use if some problem has occurred   If any problem occurs  such as a foreign material penetration  
576. straint system on the front passenger AD gt   seat is unavoidable  move the front passenger seat as far back as possible              2 37       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page50  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  50 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous  under certain conditions  With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification  System    Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors  Even with the  front passenger seat weight sensors  if you must use the front passenger seat to seat  a child  using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the  following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying  and could result in serious injury or death to the child      The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when  seating a child in the child restraint system      Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint  system    gt     rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger  seatback    gt  A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails      Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint    gt  Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket      The seat is washed      Liquids are spilled on the seat      The front passenger seat is 
577. sure sensors may be  damaged     5 32    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          Black plate  210 1     NOTE      Perform tire pressure adjustment when the  tires are cold  Tire pressure will vary  according to the tire temperature  therefore  let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive  it 1 6 km  1 mile  or less before adjusting  the tire pressures  When pressure is  adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation  pressure  the TPMS warning light beep may  turn on after the tires cool and pressure  drops below specification    Also  an illuminated TPMS warning light   resulting from the tire air pressure dropping  due to cold ambient temperature  may turn  off if the ambient temperature rises  In this  case  it will also be necessary to adjust the  tire air pressures  If the TPMS warning  light illuminates due to a drop in tire air  pressure  make sure to check and adjust the  tire air pressures        After adjusting the tire air pressures  it may  require some time for the TPMS warning  light to turn off  If the TPMS warning light  remains illuminated  drive the vehicle at a  speed of at least 25 km h  16 mph  for 10  minutes  and then verify that it turns off      Tires lose air naturally over time and the  TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too  soft over time or you have a flat  However   when you find one low tire in a set of four   that is an indication of trouble  you should  have someone drive the vehicle slowly  forward so you can inspect any low tire for  cuts and an
578. t      an   Always wear eye protection when working near the battery   Working without eye protection is dangerous  Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID  which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes  Also  hydrogen gas produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode     Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery  fluid   Spilled battery fluid is dangerous   Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in  eyes  skin or clothing  If this happens  immediately flush your eyes with water for 15  minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention     e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children   Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous  Battery fluid could cause  serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin       amp   Do not allow the positive      terminal to contact any other metal object that  could cause sparhs   Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous  Hydrogen gas  produced  during normal battery operation  could ignite and cause the battery to explode  An  exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries  When worhing near a  battery  do not allow metal tools to contact the positive      or negative         terminal of the battery     7 18       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page471  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  471 1     In Case of an Emergency    Emerge
579. t  about 3 cm  1 in  to allow convenient  ventilation of the cabin    Canceling the two step down function    To cancel the two step down function for  the front power windows  carry out the  following procedure using the master  control switches     1  Switch the ignition ON and complete  the following procedure within 5  seconds    Press the power window switch 2 times  firmly  then pull it 2 times firmly     Master control switches          EC  Driver s window Front passenger s  window              2  Switch the ignition off     3  With the ignition off  and within 40  seconds  switch the ignition ON and  complete the following procedure  within 5 seconds    Press the power window switch 2 times  firmly  then pull 2 times firmly        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         131  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    NOTE     The two step down function cannot be  canceled if the procedure is not completed  within the specified times  or the procedure  is changed along the way  To redo the  procedure  first switch the ignition off and  proceed from the beginning      Ifyou are unable to cancel the function  despite carrying out the cancellation  procedure  consult an Authorized Mazda  Dealer     Restoring the two step down function    With the two step down function in the  canceled state  repeat the previous   procedure for canceling the function on  each door switch and it will be restored     NOTE   If you are unable to restore the function despite  doing the restore procedure  cons
580. t  pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light  illuminates  Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation  indicator light illumination conditions        This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner  system  so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates  according to the following table     The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front  passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible  malfunction  If this happens  the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt  pretensioner system will not deploy     2 70   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page83    Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  83 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags       Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light    This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air  bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision     S  ry 2  PASS  AIRBAG OFF       If the front passenger 5 sensors are normal  the indicator light illuminates when the  ignition is switched ON  The light turns off after a few seconds  Then  the indicator light  illuminates or is off under the following conditions     Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on off condition chart   
581. t  under the jack is dangerous  The jack  could slip and someone could be  seriously injured by the jack or the  falling vehicle        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page463  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM       6  Insert the jack lever and attach the lug  wrench to tire jack        7  Turn the lug wrench clockwise and  raise the vehicle high enough so that  the spare tire can be installed  Before  removing the lug nuts  make sure your  Mazda is firmly in position and that it  cannot slip or move           Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  463 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire       WARNING    Do not jack up the vehicle higher than  is necessary   Jacking up the vehicle higher than is  necessary is dangerous as it could  destabilize the vehicle resulting in an  accident     Do not start the engine or shake the  vehicle while it is jacked up   Starting the engine or shaking the  vehicle while it is jacked up is  dangerous as it could cause the  vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in  an accident     Never go under the vehicle while it is  jacked up   Going under the vehicle while it is  jacked up is dangerous as it could  result in death or serious injury if the  vehicle were to fall off the jack     8  Remove the lug nuts by turning them  counterclockwise  then remove the  wheel and center cap     7 11          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page464  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  464 1     In Case of an Emergency    Flat Tire    Y Locking Lug Nut
582. t 30  seconds after the engine is turned off      The system does not operate and the  operation indicator light on the  transmitter does not flash when the  buttons are pressed      The system s operational range is  reduced        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Replacing the battery at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent  damage to the advanced key  If replacing  the battery by yourself  follow the  instruction below     Replacing the advanced key battery    1  Pull out the auxiliary key     d    the groove shown in the figure and    rotate the screwdriver to open the cover    slightly          Insert a small  flathead screwdriver into    p        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page94  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  94 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    3  Insert the small  flathead screwdriver 5  Insert a new battery with the positive  into the gap between the cover and the pole facing up  and then cover the  transmitter  and then rotate the battery with the battery cap     screwdriver to detach the cover        6  Close the cover   4  Remove the battery cap  then remove  the battery           7  Reinsert the auxiliary key           3 6       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page95  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM               Black plate  95 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System       CAUTION       Be 
583. t Us  located on the    Inside Mazda  tab  or at the bottom of the  page at www mazdaUSA com    By phone at  1  800  222 5500    9 2       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H            CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page545  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  545 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    By letter at    Attn  Customer Assistance   Mazda North American Operations  7755 Irvine Center Drive   Irvine  CA 92618 2922   P O  Box 19734   Irvine  CA 92623 9734    In order to serve you efficiently and effectively  please help us by providing the following  information    1  Your name  address  and telephone number   2  Year and model of vehicle    3  Vehicle Identification Number  17 digits  noted on your registration or title or located on  the upper driver s side corner of the dash     4  Purchase date and current mileage  5  Your dealer s name and location  6  Your question s     If you live outside the U S A   please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor              V STEP 3  Contact Better Business Bureau  BBB     Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not  be possible  As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered  Mazda  North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program   administered by the Better Business Bureau  BBB  system  at no cost to you the consumer     BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt
584. t belt is  unfastened after the beep sound turns off   and the vehicle speed exceeds 8 km h  5  mph   the warning light flashes and beep  sound activates again    Placing items on the front passenger seat  may cause the front passenger seat belt  warning function to operate depending on  the weight of the item    To allow the front passenger seat weight  sensor to function properly  do not place  and sit on an additional seat cushion on the  front passenger seat  The sensor may not  function properly because the additional  seat cushion could cause sensor  interference    When a small child sits on the front  passenger seat  it is possible that the  warning light will not operate           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page47  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  47 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Child Restraint Precautions    Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use  them     You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S  and Canada   Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety  of children riding in your vehicle     Whatever child restraint system you consider  please pick the appropriate one for the age  and size of the child  obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual  child restraint system     A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts   bot
585. t in the auto dimming mirror   Pressing the HomeLink button on the  auto dimming mirror activates garage  doors  gates and other devices  surrounding your home     Indicator light       HomeLink button          5 92       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  270 1       A WARNING    Do not use the HomeLink system with   any garage door opener that lacks the   safety stop and reverse feature   Using the HomeLink system with any  garage door opener that lacks the  safety stop and reverse feature as  required by federal safety standards  is dangerous   This includes garage  doors manufactured before April 1   1982    Using these garage door openers can  increase the risk of serious injury or  death  For further information   contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515  or www homelink com or your  Authorized Mazda Dealer     Always check the areas surrounding  garage doors and gates for people or  obstructions before programming or  during operation of the HomeLink  system   Programming or operating the  HomeLink system without verifying  the safety of areas surrounding  garage doors and gates is dangerous  and could result in an unexpected  accident and serious injury if  someone were to be hit     A CAUTION    HomeLink has been tested and  complies with FCC and Industry  Canada rules  Changes or  modifications not expressly approved  by the party responsible for  compliance could void the user s  authority to operate the device           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page271  Mon
586. t of a side collision or roll over accident  d    Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats   Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous  The components  essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged  and in the event of  a side collision  the appropriate air bags may not deploy  which could result in death  or serious injury  To prevent damage to the components essential to the  supplemental restraint system  do not place luggage or other objects under the front  seats        Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags  have inflated   Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags  have inflated is dangerous  Immediately after inflation  they are very hot  You could  get burned     Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle   Installation of front end equipment  such as frontal protection bar  kangaroo bar   bull bar  push bar  or other similar devices   snowplow  or winches  is dangerous  The  air bag crash sensor system could be affected  This could cause air bags to inflate  unexpectedly  or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident   Front occupants could be seriously injured     2 57       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page70  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  70 1     Essential Safety Equipment    SRS Air Bags    Do not modify the suspension   Modifying the vehicle suspensi
587. t system is turned off    The hazard warning lights do not flash unless  the theft deterrent system has been properly  turned off    When the doors are unlocked by pressing the  unlock button on the transmitter while the  thefi deterrent system is turned off  the hazard  warning lights will flash twice to indicate that  the system is turned off    Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62     NOTE   Auto re lock function   After unlocking with the transmitter  all doors  and the lifigate will automatically lock if one  of the doors or the lifigate is not opened within  about 30 seconds     Panic button    If you witness from a distance someone  attempting to break into or damage your  vehicle  pressing the panic button will  activate the vehicle s alarm     NOTE  The panic button will work whether any door  or the lifigate is open or closed     Turning on the alarm    Pressing the panic button once will trigger  the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30  seconds  and the following will occur      The horn sounds intermittently      The hazard warning lights flash     Turning off the alarm    Press any button on the transmitter        3 24       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  112 1     V Transmitter Maintenance    If the buttons on the transmitter are  inoperable and the operation indicator  light does not flash  the battery may be  dead    Replace with a new battery before the  transmitter becomes unusable        CAUTION       Install the battery with the positi
588. t the portable audio unit   or a similar product while driving the   vehicle   Adjusting the portable audio unit or  a similar product while driving the  vehicle is dangerous as it could  distract your attention from the  vehicle operation which could lead to  a serious accident  Always adjust the  portable audio unit or a similar  product while the vehicle is stopped        CAUTION       Close the lid when the auxiliary  jack   USB port is not in use to  prevent foreign objects and liquids  from penetrating the auxiliary  jack   USB port       Depending on the portable audio  device  noise may occur when the  device is connected to the vehicle  accessory socket   If noise occurs   do not use the accessory socket      1 With auxiliary jack    p        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page327  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM       NOTE     This mode may not be usable depending on  the portable audio device to be connected        Before using the auxiliary jack   USB port   refer to the instruction manual for the  portable audio device         With auxiliary jack    Use a commercially available  non   impedance  3 50   stereo mini plug for  connecting the portable audio unit to the  auxiliary jack  Before using the auxiliary  jack  read the manufacturer s instructions  for connecting a portable audio unit to the  auxiliary jack        To prevent discharging of the battery  do  not use the auxiliary input for long periods  with the engine off or idling        When connecting a device to t
589. t up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit   Shift down    The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit  PE  If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down  the gear  position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted     Kickdown  When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving  the gear shifts down   NOTE    The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode        Auto shift down  The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration     NOTE    If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode  the gear remains in second     5 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         195  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM       Recommendations for shifting  Upshifting    For normal acceleration and cruising  we  recommend these shift points                                   Gear Vehicle speed  MI to M2 24 km h  15 mph   M2 to M3 40 km h  25 mph   M3 to   4 65 km h  40 mph   M4 to M5 73 km h  45 mph   M5 to M6 80 km h  50 mph   Downshifting    When you must slow down in heavy  traffic or on a steep upgrade  downshift  before the engine starts to overwork  This  gives better acceleration when you need  more speed     On a steep downgrade  downshifting  helps maintain safe speed and prolongs  brake life     V Driving Tips    A WARNING    Do not allow the vehicle to move i
590. tal sound   Dolby digital   Digital sound compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories  Inc   Sound recorded using the dts method cannot be played     6 67    2             Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page342  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  342 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Unplayable discs    Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table    Discs not including    1    or    ALL    in region code    Discs recorded in other than NTSC  e g  PAL or SECAM     DVD ROM  DVD RAM  DVD  RW  CD ROM  CDV  CD G  CVD  VSD  SVCD   SACD  photo CDs  non conventional discs  e g  heart shaped   and partially transparent  discs    Discs recorded in CD TEXT format      HD DVD and Blu ray discs    Handling of discs      Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped  octagonal discs  or discs with a  memory portion that is transparent or translucent  The unit could be damaged           Transparent      When driving over uneven surfaces  the sound may jump      Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs  Pick up the discs by  grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge      Do not write on or attach labels  stickers or similar to discs      Defective  cracked or badly bent  discs should never be used     6 68       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page343  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  343 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entert
591. ted upside down     Insert the disc with the label side up        Parent lock level is set   The ignition is switched off        Clear or change the parent lock level   Switch the ignition to ACC or ON        Volume is too low     Adjust the volume        The audio unit is not set in the Rear  Entertainment System mode     Set the audio unit in the Rear Entertainment System mode   Refer to Sound Output on page 6 83        An invalid disc has been inserted     Insert a disc which can be played by this unit   Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6 66        No disc is inserted     Insert a disc        Disc is inserted upside down     Insert the disc with the label side up        Playback has been paused     Cancel the pause        The playback is in slow  fast forward  or    reverse mode     Select normal playback   Refer to Basic Operation on page 6 88        Audio is not    DTS format language is selected and       and or sound  is distorted        output from  played back    vehicle s  The vehicle speakers and wireless Select audio other than DTS format   speakers or  headphones cannot playback DTS for    headphones mat language    Image The disc is dirty  Clean the signal surface of the disc        The disc has a scratch     Replace the disc with another one           Dew condensation on the disc    Clear the dew condensation        6 114       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i             CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page389  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Black plate  389 1     Int
592. that are not securely  latched are dangerous  In a sudden  stop or collision  the seat or seatback  could move  causing injury     Never allow children to adjust a seat   Allowing children to adjust a seat is  dangerous as it could result in  serious injury if a child s hands or  feet become caught in the seat     Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is  stopped   Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is  moving is dangerous  Sudden  braking or a collision could cause  serious injury        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  21 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Do not drive with the seatback   unlocked   All of the seatbacks play an  important role in your protection in a  vehicle  Leaving the seatback  unlocked is dangerous as it can allow  passengers to be ejected or thrown  around and baggage to strike  occupants in a sudden stop or  collision  resulting in severe injury   After adjusting the seatback at any  time  even when there are no other  passengers  rock the seatback to  make sure it is locked in place     Never allow a passenger to sit or stand   on the folded seatback while the   vehicle is moving   Driving with a passenger on the  folded seatback is dangerous   Allowing a child to sit up on the  folded seatback while the vehicle is  moving is particularly dangerous  In  a sudden stop or even a minor  collision  a child not in a proper seat  or child restraint system and seat  belt could be thrown forward  back  or even out of the vehicle
593. the  information in this owner s manual   Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous   Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may  result in severe craching  tread separation or  blowout   with unexpected loss of  vehicle control and increased risk of injury  Under inflation increases sidewall flexing  and rolling resistance  resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire  It  results in unnecessary tire stress  irregular wear  loss of control and accidents  A tire  can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat   It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking  at them        Checking Tire Pressure    1  When you check the air pressure  make sure the tires are cold    meaning they are not  hot from driving even a mile       Remove the cap from the valve on one tire     Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve       Add air to achieve recommended air pressure        A      N      If you overfill the tire  release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the  valve  Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge     6  Replace the valve cap   7  Repeat with each tire  including the spare   NOTE    Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure     8  Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that  could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak     9  Check the sidewalls to make sure there are 
594. the  near shut position    This system also operates when the  liftgate is closed manually     A WARNING    When closing a liftgate  always keep   hands and fingers away from the   liftgate   Placing hands or fingers around a  liftgate is dangerous because the  liftgate closes automatically from the  near shut position  which could  cause hands and fingers to be  pinched and injured        3 39       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         128  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  128 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE   If the lifigate handle is pulled while the  easy closure function is operating  the  lifigate can be opened    If the lifigate is opened closed repeatedly in  a short period of time  the easy closure  function may not operate  Wait for a while  and then try again        3 40       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Power Windows    The ignition must be switched ON for the  power windows to operate     A WARNING    Make sure the opening is clear before  closing a window   Closing power windows are  dangerous  A person s hands  head   or even neck could be caught by the  window and result in serious injury  or even death   This warning applies especially to  children     Never allow children to play with  power window switches   Power window switches that are not  locked with the power window lock  switch would allow children to    gt    operate power windows  unintentionally which could result in  serious injury if a child s hands  head  or neck becomes c
595. the alarm    The alarm stops by pressing any button on  the transmitter     3 15       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel04  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  104 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System    Declaration of Conformity    Keyless entry system   U S A   FCC WARNING  Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible  for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment   Note   This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to  the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must  accept any interference received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation      CANADA    This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA  Operation is  subject to the following two conditions   1  this device may not cause  interference  and  2  this device must accept any interference  including  interference that may cause undesired operation of the device      MEXICO    Este equipo opera a titulo secundario  consecuentemente  debe aceptar  interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede  no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario    Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave  Modelo   SKE11A 04  Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RLVMASK08 1120       3 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          
596. the automatic locking mode  If the  belt does not lock the seat down tight   repeat this step        NOTE   Inspect this function before each use of the  child restraint system  You should not be able  to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor  while the system is in the automatic locking  mode  When you remove the child restraint  system  be sure the belt fully retracts to return  the system to emergency locking mode before  occupants use the seat belts     8  If your child restraint system requires  the use of a tether strap  refer to the  manufacturer s instructions to hook and  tighten the tether strap after raising the  head restraint        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page55  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  55 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Anchor bracket location y WARNING    Use the tether and tether anchor only  fora child restraint system   Using the tether or tether anchor to  secure anything but a child restraint  system is dangerous  This could  weaken or damage the tether or  tether anchor and result in injury     Always route the tether strap between  the head restraint and the seatback    Routing the tether strap on top of the   head restraint is dangerous  Ina  Tether strap position collision the tether strap could slide  off the head restraint and loosen the  child restraint system  The child   restraint system could move which  may result in death or injury to the  child     Always attach the tether strap to the    gt  
597. the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams      mage display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low     6 153       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page428  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear View Monitor       Viewing the Display    Guide lines which indicate the width of  the vehicle  yellow  are displayed on the  screen as a reference to the approximate  width of the vehicle in comparison to the  width of the parking space you are about  to back into    Use this display view for parking your  vehicle in a parking space or garage     a    ps  lio c c    Please check surroundings for safety    a  Vehicle width guide lines  yellow   Guide lines serve as a reference to the  approximate width of the vehicle   Distance guide lines   These guide lines indicate the  approximate distance to a point  measured from the vehicle s rear  from  the end of the bumper     The red and yellow lines indicate the  points about 50 cm  20 in   red  and 1  m  3 ft   yellow  from the rear bumper   at the center point of each of the  lines      A CAUTION    The guide lines on the screen are  fixed lines  They are not synced to the  driver s turning of the steering wheel   Always be careful and chech the area  to the vehicle s rear and the  surrounding area directly with your  eyes while backing up     b               6 154       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  428 1           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page429  Monday  March
598. the following  conditions apply to your Bluetooth  device      The device is not being operated correctly      The device is not connected to the Bluetooth  unit equipped on the vehicle      The device s battery is weak      A device which interferes with radio wave reception has been placed in the vehicle      The ignition switch has been turned off    If none of the above conditions apply  refer to the following to see if any of the problem  symptoms correspond to your device    If the problem cannot be resolved  consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda  Bluetooth  Hands Free Customer Service     Mazda Bluetooth  Hands Free Customer Service    If you have any problems with Bluetooth    contact with our toll free customer service  center     U S A    Phone  800 430 0153  Toll free    Web  www MazdaUSA com bluetooth      Canada  Phone  800 430 0153  Toll free  s    Web  www mazdahandsfree ca     Mexico  Center of Attention to Client  CAC   Phone  01 800 01 MAZDA  Toll free   Web  www mazdamexico com mx       6 145       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page420    Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Bluetooth         Device pairing  connection problems    Black plate  420 1        Symptom    Cause    Solution method       Unable to perform pairing    First make sure the device is  compatible with the Bluetooth   unit   and then check whether the  Bluetooth   function and the Find  Mode Visible setting     on the device  are turned on  If
599. the illuminated entry system  operates  the overhead light  switch is in  the DOOR position and the courtesy  lights turn on for  Front    About 30 seconds after the driver s    door is unlocked and the ignition is   switched off  with the        key OFF              removed     ON  e About 15 seconds after all doors are   closed     With Advanced key     About 5 seconds after all doors are  closed when the advanced key is  outside of the vehicle                         About 15 seconds after the ignition is   switched off  with the ignition key   removed  with all doors closed    Switch       Position Overhead Lights  The light also turns off when     lie ienition i itch 11   Light off     The ignition is switc ed ON and a OFF   All overhead lights are off when   doors are closed  the center rear overhead light  e The driver s door is locked  switch is in the DOOR position     Light is on when any door is open   NOTE DOOR      Light is on or off when the  Battery saver illuminated entry system is on  If any door is left opened  the light turns off   Lighton  after about 30 minutes to save the battery  ON e All overhead lights        on when  The light turns on again when the ignition is heure ns eed light  switched ON  or when any door is opened after Switeh 1810      postmon             all doors have been closed        6 163       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page438  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM  Black plate  438 1     Interior Comfort    Interior Equi
600. the picture adjust button  A   or   V   to adjust       Picture adjust button  A    Green    Picture adjust button  V    Red    TING                Adjusting the color density    1  Press the picture adjustment mode  button  PICTURE  and select the  COLOR mode     2  Press the picture adjust button  A   or   V   to adjust       Picture adjust button  A    Darken    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                       Black plate  353 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System      Picture adjust button  V    Lighten    COLOR  EU MEETS EM        Adjusting the contrast  definition     1  Press the picture adjustment mode  button  PICTURE  and select the  CONTRAST mode     2  Press the picture adjust button  A   or        to adjust       Picture adjust button  A    Higher    Picture adjust button  V    Lower    CONTRAST  zai ndr        V Screen Size Setting    The size of the screen can be changed   Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set  the desired screen size    The screen size changes in the order of  Full 5 Normal     Wide    Cinema each  time the button is pressed        6 79    2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page354  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Full screen  Image is displayed on the full screen          A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in  the above figure    Normal screen   A 4 3 screen ratio image is the standard   display  and black bands appear on each   side of the screen       A 16 9 screen ratio image is scal
601. the spare tire to fall off  This  could result in someone being  seriously injured or even killed  Use a  lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt  and make sure to tighten it until a  click sound is heard     A CAUTION    If you hear rattling from the spare  tire carrier while the vehicle is  moving  the spare tire carrier cable  may be cut    Have it repaired at an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible        7 8       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Changing a Flat Tire    NOTE   If the following occurs while driving  it could  indicate a flat tire      Steering becomes difficult      The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively     The vehicle pulls in one direction     If you have a flat tire  drive slowly to a  level spot that is well off the road and out  of the way of traffic to change the tire   Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a  busy road is dangerous       A WARNING    Be sure to follow the directions for  changing a tire   Changing a tire is dangerous if not  done properly  The vehicle can slip off  the jack and seriously injure  someone   No person should place any portion  of their body under a vehicle that is  supported by a jack     Never allow anyone inside a vehicle  supported by a jack   Allowing someone to remain in a  vehicle supported by a jack is  dangerous  The occupant could cause  the vehicle to fall resulting in serious    injury        CAUTION     With Tire Pressure Monitoring  System    The wheels equipped on your Mazda  are specially designed 
602. the system  operation      Depending on the type of obstruction and the surrounding conditions  the detection range of a  sensor may narrow  or the sensors may not be able to detect obstructions      The system may not operate normally under the following conditions      Mud  ice  or snow is adhering to the sensor area  Returns to normal operation when removed       The sensor area is frozen  Returns to normal operation when the ice is thawed       The sensor is covered by a hand      The sensor is excessively shocked      The vehicle is excessively tilted      Under extremely hot or cold weather conditions      The vehicle is driven on bumps  inclines  gravel  or grass covered roads      Anything which generates ultrasound is near the vehicle  such as another vehicle s horn  the  engine sound of a motorcycle  the air brake sound of a large sized vehicle  or another vehicle s  sensors      The vehicle is driven in heavy rain or in road conditions causing water splash      Acommercially available fender pole or an antenna for a radio transmitter is installed to the  vehicle      The vehicle is moving towards a tall or square curbstone       An obstruction is too close to the sensor     gt       Obstructions under the bumper may not be detected  Obstructions that are lower than the bumper  or thin which may have been initially detected but are no longer detected as the vehicle  approaches more closely     The following types obstructions may not be detected     Thin objects suc
603. the vehicle in park  P   If you must  restart the engine while the vehicle is  moving  shift into neutral  N      NOTE  The starter will not operate if the shift lever is  not in P or N     6  Push the start knob slowly all the way  in     7  Verify that the KEY indicator light   green  illuminates in the instrument  cluster  The KEY warning light  red   means you cannot continue to start the  engine using the Advanced Keyless  System  You may have to use the  auxiliary key instead  page 3 20      3 12    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          NOTE   In the following cases  the KEY warning light    red  illuminates and the engine will not start      The advanced key battery is dead      The advanced key is out of operational  range      The advanced key is placed in areas where  it is difficult for the system to detect the  signal  page 3 7          key from another manufacturer similar to  the advanced key is in the operational  range     8  Switch the ignition to ACC while  pushing the start knob in        9  Switch the ignition from ACC to  START and hold  up to 10 seconds at a  time  until the engine starts        CAUTION    Do not try the starter for more than  10 seconds at a time  If the engine  stalls or fails to start  wait 10 seconds  before trying again  Otherwise  you  may damage the starter and drain  the battery     10  After starting the engine  let it idle for  about 10 seconds           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel01  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM               Black
604. the winter months  to further improve traction on snow and  ice covered roads       A WARNING    Use only the same size and type tires   snow  radial  or non radial  on all four  wheels   Using tires different in size or type is  dangerous  Your vehicle s handling  could be greatly affected and result  in an accident        CAUTION    Check local regulations before using  studded tires     p        NOTE   If your vehicle is equipped with the tire  pressure monitoring system  the system may  not function correctly when using tires with  steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls  page    5 33         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel67  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  167 1     Before Driving Your Mazda    Driving Tips  V Tire Chains Installing the chains  Check local regulations before using tire 1  Secure the chains on the front tires as  chains  tightly as possible  Always follow the    chain manufacturer s instructions     A CAUTION 2  Retighten the chains after driving 1 2       Chains may affect handling     1 km  1 4   1 2 mile      gt  Do not go faster than 50 km h  30  mph  or the chain manufacturer s  recommended limit  whichever is  lower       Drive carefully and avoid bumps   holes  and sharp turns       Avoid locked wheel brahing       Do not use chains on a temporary  spare tire  it may result in damage  to the vehicle and to the tire     gt  Do not use chains on roads that  are free of snow or ice  The tires  and chains could be damaged       Chains may
605. they can  be easily scratched        8 65       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page542  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  542 1     Maintenance and Care    Appearance Care       Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt  Webbing    Clean the webbing with a mild soap  solution recommended for upholstery or  carpets  Follow instructions  Don t bleach  or dye the webbing  this may weaken it     After cleaning the belts  thoroughly dry  the belt webbing and make sure there is  no remaining moisture before retracting  them     A WARNING    Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer  replace damaged seat belts  immediately   Using damaged seat belts is  dangerous  In a collision  damaged  belts cannot provide adequate  protection        Cleaning the Window Interiors    If the windows become covered with an  oily  greasy  or waxy film  clean them  with glass cleaner  Follow the directions  on the container        CAUTION       Do not scrape or scratch the inside  of the window glass  It could  damage the thermal filaments  and the antenna lines       When washing the inside of the  window glass  use a soft cloth  dampened in lukewarm water   gently wiping the thermal  filaments and the antenna lines   Use of glass cleaning products  could damage the thermal  filaments and the antenna lines        8 66       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H       Cleaning the Floor Mats    Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with  mild soap and water only     A WARNING    Do not use rubber cleaners  such as tire  cleaner or tire s
606. til the frequency signal  has successfully been accepted by  HomeLink   The indicator light will flash  slowly and then rapidly   Proceed with   Programming  step 3 to complete     Operating the HomeLink System    Press the programmed HomeLink button  to operate a programmed device  The  code will continue being transmitted for a  maximum of 20 seconds     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  269 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Reprogramming the HomeLink system    To program a device to HomeLink using a  HomeLink button previously trained   follow these steps     1  Press and hold the desired HomeLink  button  DO NOT release the button     2  The indicator light will begin to flash  after 20 seconds  Without releasing the  HomeLink button  proceed with   Programming    step 1     Erasing Programmed HomeLink  Buttons    To erase the existing programming from  all three operating channels  press and  hold the two outside buttons  7         on the auto dimming mirror until the  HomeLink indicator light begins to flash  after approximately 10 seconds     Verify that the programming has been PE  erased when you resell the vehicle        V Type B  NOTE    HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered  trademarks of Johnson Controls     5 91    CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page270  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    The HomeLink system replaces up to 3  hand held transmitters with a single built   in componen
607. til the lever is  released     If the washer does not work  inspect the  fluid level  page 8 26   If it s normal   consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer     5 84    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  262 1     Rear Window Wiper and                       The ignition must be switched ON     V Rear Window Wiper  Type A       Type B       Turn the wiper on by turning the rear  wiper washer switch    ON     Normal   INT     Intermittent          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page263  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    V Rear Window Washer    To spray washer fluid  turn the rear wiper   washer switch to the  amp i position  After  the switch is released  the washer will  stop    If the washer does not work  inspect the  fluid level  page 8 26   If it s normal and  the washer still does not work  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  263 1     Driving Your Mazda    Switches and Controls    Rear Window Defogger    The rear window defogger clears fog from  the rear window     The ignition must be switched ON     Press the switch to turn on the rear  window defogger  The rear window  defogger operates for about 15 minutes  and turns off automatically    The indicator light illuminates during  operation    The defogger operation can be confirmed  by the indicator in the display     To turn off the rear window defogger  before the 15 minutes has elapsed  press  the switch again                                                
608. tion  to OFF even if you are not removing  the key from the ignition or leaving  the vehicle  Leaving the key in other  positions will disable some of the  vehicle security systems and run the  battery down   Leaving the driver s seat without  switching the ignition to OFF  setting  the parking brake and shifting the  shift lever to P is dangerous   Unexpected vehicle movement could  occur  This could cause an accident     ACC  Accessory     In this position  some electrical  accessories will operate     ON    This is the normal running position after  the engine is started  Some indicator  lights warning lights should be inspected  before the engine is started  page 5 56         Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  181 1     Driving Your Mazda    Starting and Driving    NOTE   When the ignition is switched ON  the sound of  the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel  tank can be heard  This does not indicate an  abnormality     NOTE   Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when  the ignition is switched ON  however  this is a  normal operation of the DSC RSC and does  not indicate an abnormality     START    The engine is started in this position  It  will crank until you release the key  It  then returns to the ON position     V Ignition Key Reminder    If the ignition is switched off or the  ignition is switched to ACC with the key   inserted  a continuous beep sound will be       heard when the driver s door is opened           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pa
609. tion Number  VIN   Refer to the    Vehicle Identification Labels  page  of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN       Purchase date      Present odometer reading    ON      A      Your dealer s name and location  7  The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction    The Department  in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative  will review  the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction     9 7       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page550  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  550 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Customer Assistance    Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of  your Mazda dealer s service facilities  personnel and equipment  We urge you to follow the  above three steps in sequence for most effective results        Mediation Arbitration Program    Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer  Satisfaction Program  If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still  not resolved  you have another option     Mazda Canada Inc  participates in an arbitration program administered by the   Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan  CAMVAP   CAMVAP will advise you about  how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through  binding arbitration     Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc  
610. tions on screen             Touch the          on screen button once to  skip forward to the beginning of the next  track    Touch the     on screen button within             a few seconds after playback begins to  track down to the beginning of the  previous track    Touch the   M     on screen button after a  few seconds have elapsed to start  playback from the beginning of the  current track                    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                  Black plate  321 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System    Displaying file list    The desired file list in the CD can be  viewed     During music CD playback             Touch the       on screen button to display  the track list in the CD     During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback   Viewing file list in desired folder                 1  Touch the 81 on screen button to  display the folder list in the CD        2  Touch the folder which you want to  select      Viewing file list of current folder   Touch the     on screen button     Selecting file track  Select the file track you want to play  Hh  During music CD playback                            1  Touch the       on screen button to  display the track list in the CD        2  Touch the track you want to play   During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback    NOTE  Press the       on screen button on the file list  screen to display the list of folders         Selection from all folders in CD     1  When the on screen button is  touched  the folder list in the CD is  displayed     2  Select the fold
611. tooth   audio        6 32       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Sound setting reset    The settings for bass  treble  balance  and  fade can be returned to their initial  settings     1  Touch        Rest   on screen button              2  Touch        Yes   on screen button              CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page307  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    MEMO       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Black plate  307 1           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page308  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  308 1     Interior Comfort    Audio System       Operating the Radio                                     Audio button          Seek tuning  buttons                            Radio ON     Connected Satellite Radio    Press the audio button  AUDIO   and touch  the      1       on screen tab     Unconnected Satellite Radio    Press the audio bution  AUDIO   and touch  the   FM   or on screen tab                       Band selection     Connected Satellite Radio    Touch the      1       on screen tab to switch  the band as follows    FMI   FM2   AM    NOTE     is displayed when     1 is selected    FM2         is displayed when FM2 is  selected  and   Fw  M  is displayed when AM  is selected        Ifthe FM broadcast signal becomes weak   reception automatically changes from  STEREO to MONO for reduced noise  and  the    STEREO    indicator will no longer  display                                            6 34       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H        Unconnected Satellite Radio    Touch the           on sc
612. traints   set up when seats are being used and   make sure they are properly set up   Driving with the head restraints not  set up is dangerous  With no support  behind your head  your neck could be  seriously injured in a collision     2       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page29  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM       Y Foldable Head Restraints      The third row seats are equipped with  foldable head restraints     NOTE  The foldable head restraints cannot be  adjusted or removed     To fold the head restraint  pull the strap  and fold the head restraint downward  To  return the head restraint to its upright  position  lift it upward     0    A WARNING    Always drive with the head restraints in   their upright positions when the third    row seats are occupied  and make sure   they are securely locked in place   Driving with the head restraints  folded down is dangerous  With no  support behind your head  your neck  could be seriously injured in a  collision     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  29 1     Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    Seat Warmer         The front seats are electrically heated  The  ignition must be switched ON        Press the seat warmer switch to illuminate  the indicator light while the ignition is  switched ON  The mode changes as  follow each time the seat warmer switch is  pressed          0 B      Low      Some models  2 17          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page30  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  30 1     Essential S
613. traints are intended to help protect you  and the passengers from neck injury     A WARNING    Always drive with the head restraints  installed when seats are being used  and make sure they are properly  adjusted  In addition  always raise the  head restraints mentioned below when  they are being used   Driving with the head restraints  adjusted too low or removed is  dangerous  With no support behind  your head  your neck could be    seriously injured in a collision  rane     Head restraints which must be   raised for use     gt  Second row center head restraint    gt  Third row outboard head  restraints except for foldable head  restraints       2 15       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page28  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    V Normal Head Restraints    Height adjustment    To raise a head restraint  pull it up to the  desired position    To lower the head restraint  press the stop   catch release  then push the head restraint  down    Adjust the head restraint so that the center  is even with the top of the passenger s    Front outboard seat        2       2 16       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  28 1     Second Row outboard seat Third Row  outboard seat    Second Row center seat    Removal Installation       To remove the head restraint  pull it up  while pressing the stop catch    To install the head restraint  insert the legs  into the holes while pressing the stop   catch     A WARNING    Always drive with the head res
614. tructions and follow  them accordingly  Depending on the type of  child restraint system  it nay use LATCH  system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes  across the child s chest  may recommend  against using automatic locking mode     1  When installing the child restraint  system on the second row seat  make  sure that the center rear seat belt is  routed through the seat belt guide     2 41    p           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page54  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint      If the seat in which you install a child   restraint system has a seat slide  function  slide the seat as far back as  possible     3  Make sure the seatback is securely  latched by pushing it back until it is  fully locked       Raise the head restraint to the top  locked position   Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15     5  Secure the child restraint system with  the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt   See the manufacturer s instructions on  the child restraint system for belt  routing instructions     6  To get the retractor into the automatic  locking mode  pull the shoulder belt  portion of the seat belt until the entire  length of the belt is out of the retractor           2 42       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  54 1     7  Push the child restraint system firmly  into the vehicle seat  Be sure the belt  retracts as snugly as possible  A  clicking noise from the retractor will be  heard during retraction 1f the system is  in 
615. ts I I I  Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T  Exhaust system and heat shields I I I       locks and hinges L L L L L L  Washer fluid level I I I I I I  8 13       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page490    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Scheduled Maintenance       Number of months or kilometers  whichever comes first    Black plate  490 1                                                        Maintenance Interval Months 3   6 9   12  15  18   21  24   27   30   33   36    1000 km 5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40   45 50   55   60   AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM  Cabin air filter R   R R       Chart symbols     I  Inspect  Inspect and clean  repair  adjust  fill up  or replace if necessary     R  Replace  C  Clean   T  Tighten  L  Lubricate    Remarks      1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription  FL22  on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding    area  Use FL22 when replacing the coolant    2 According to state provincial and federal regulations  failure to perform maintenance on these items will not  void your emissions warranties  However  Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at  the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability      3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions  replace the rear differential oil at    every 40 000 km     a  Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier  b  Driving in dusty  sandy or wet conditions 
616. ttery case        2  Remove the old battery and install a  new one with the plus pole pointed up        Battery  CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent     3  Press the battery case tab in the  direction of the arrow until a click  sound is heard     NOTE   If the remote controller is inoperable even  after the batteries are replaced  consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        6 82       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A CAUTION       Install the battery with the correct  pole pointing in the correct  direction  Battery leakage could  occur if they are not installed  correctly       When replacing the batteries  be  careful not to bend the electrical  terminals or get oil on them  Also   be careful not to get dirt in the  remote controller as it could be  damaged           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page357  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  357 1     Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    Sound Output       Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers    Press the audio button  AUDIO   and on screen tab     AUX    is displayed on the audio  display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound    Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the  vehicle speakers    Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit        Using the Headphone Speakers    A CAUTION     gt  For safety reasons  the driver should never wear the headphones while driving   Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious  accident       Use th
617. ttons     NOTE   If the HomeLink indicator light does not  change to a rapidly blinking light  contact  HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1   800 355 3515 for assistance     4  Firmly press and hold the programmed  HomeLink button for five seconds  and  then release it  Perform this operation  two times to activate the door  If the  door does not activate  press and hold  the just trained HomeLink button and  observe the indicator light     If the indicator light stays on constantly   programming is complete and your  device should activate when the  HomeLink button is pressed and released        5 90       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  268 1     NOTE  To program the remaining two HomeLink  buttons  begin with  Programming      step 1     If the indicator light blinks rapidly for  two seconds and then turns to a  constant light  continue with     Programming    steps 5   7 to complete  the programming of a rolling code  equipped device  most commonly a  garage door opener      5  At      garage door opener receiver   motor head unit  in the garage  locate  the    learn    or    smart    button  This can  usually be found where the hanging  antenna wire is attached to the motor   head unit     6  Firmly press and release the  learn  or   smart  button   The name and color of  the button may vary by manufacturer      NOTE  There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step    7     7  Return to the vehicle and firmly press   hold for two seconds and release the 
618. tulo secundario  consecuentemente  debe aceptar Pe  interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede  no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario       Sistema inmovilizador  Modelo   IMB111 02  Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614       Sistema inmovilizador  Modelo   IMB111 03  Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci  n por radio    COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935       3 56       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagel45  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Operation    Arming   The system is armed when the ignition is  switched from ON to ACC or OFF  The  security indicator light in the instrument  cluster flashes every two seconds until the  system is disarmed     Disarming    The system is disarmed when the ignition  is switched ON with the registered  advanced key    The security indicator light illuminates for  about three seconds and turns off     If the engine does not start with the  correct advanced key  and the security  indicator light keeps illuminating or  flashing  the system may have a  malfunction  Consult an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  145 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    NOTE     The engine may not start and the security  indicator light may illuminate or flash if the  advanced key is placed in an area where it  is difficult for the system to detect the  signal  such as on the dash
619. uch as law  enforcement  that have the special equipment  can read the information if they have access  to the vehicle or the EDR        Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless    e A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained     Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities     Used as a defense for Mazda in a law suit  claim  or arbitration     Ordered by a judge or court   However  if necessary Mazda will      Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance  including safety      Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without  disclosing vehicle or owner identification information     9 21       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H s       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page564  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  564 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Uniform Tire Quality Grading System  UTQGS     Uniform Tire Quality Grading System  UTQGS     This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S  National  Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear  traction  and  temperature performance        Tread Wear    The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested  under controlled conditions on a specified government test course    For example  a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government  course as a tire grade
620. uch the    Change parental code       Touch the  222  on screen button to  display the settings screen        on   screen button to display the code  change screen          Enter Current Code    is displayed  and    input of the registered code is possible   To enter a number  use the numerical  keypad        CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page317  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM    4  After inputting the four digits  touch  the on screen button to confirm  the four digits     5  If the four digits match the registered  code     Enter New Code  is displayed   If they do not match the registered  code     Wrong code    appears and then  the display returns to     Enter Current Code   To enter a  number  use the numerical keypad     6  After inputting the four digits  touch  the  bere     on screen button to confirm  the four digits        7     Code changed    appears to indicate  that the new code input has been  completed     8  The display returns to its normal  display     NOTE   Channels locked before changing the code  remain after changing the code  To unlock a  channel  input the changed code     Parental lock code reset    If the registered code has been forgotten   reset the code to the default  0000  code           1  Touch the L222  on screen button to  display the settings screen                 2  Touch the   nitialize Parental Code   on   screen button to display the code initial  screen        3     Enter Master Code    is displayed  and  input of the registered code i
621. uld  stop unexpectedly     V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light    771    This warning light illuminates when the  ignition is switched ON and turns off  when the engine is started     This warning light indicates low engine  oil pressure        S 60       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    A CAUTION    Do not run the engine if the oil  pressure is low  Otherwise  it could  result in extensive engine damage     If the light illuminates while driving     1  Drive to the side of the road and park  off the right of way on level ground     2  Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes  for the oil to drain back into the oil  pan       Inspect the engine oil level  page 8 22    If it s low  add the appropriate amount  of engine oil while being careful not to  overfill     A CAUTION    Do not run the engine if the oil level  is low  Otherwise  it could result in  extensive engine damage        4  Start the engine and check the warning  light     If the light remains illuminated even  though the oil level is normal or after  adding oil  stop the engine immediately  and have your vehicle towed to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     V Check Engine Light    co    This indicator light illuminates when the  ignition is switched ON and turns off  when the engine is started     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page239  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM                  Black plate  239 1     Driving Your Mazda    Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds    If this light illuminates while driving  the  vehicle m
622. ult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer     Jam safe window    If a person s hands  head or an object  blocks the window during the manual  closing operation or the auto closing  operation  the window will stop and open  halfway     A WARNING    Make sure nothing blocks the window  just before it reaches the fully closed  position or while fully holding up the  power window switch   Blocking the power window just  before it reaches the fully closed  position or while fully holding up the  power window switch is dangerous   In this case  the jam safe function  cannot prevent the window from  closing all the way  If fingers are  caught  serious injuries could occur     Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  131 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    NOTE     Depending on driving conditions  a closing  power window could stop and start opening  when the window feels a shock that is  similar to something blocking it   In the event the jam safe function activates  and the power window cannot be closed  automatically  pull and hold the switch fully  and the window will close      The jam safe window function does not  operate until the system is re initialized     Engine off power window operation    The power window can be operated for  about 40 seconds after the ignition 15  switched from ON to ACC or OFF with  all doors closed  If any door is opened  the  power window will stop operating     NOTE     For engine off operation of the power  window  the switch must be
623. unlocking with door lock  switch   All doors and the liftgate lock  automatically when lock side is pressed   They all unlock when unlock side is  pressed        Locking  unlocking with request switch   with advanced key    All doors and the liftgate can be locked   unlocked by operating the request switch  on the front doors and the liftgate while  carrying the advanced key outside the  vehicle  refer to Operations Using  Advanced Keyless Functions  page 3 7      Locking  unlocking with transmitter   with advanced key    All doors and the liftgate can be locked   unlocked by operating the keyless entry  system transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry  System  page 3 13      Locking  unlocking with transmitter   with retractable type key    All doors and the liftgate can be locked   unlocked by operating the keyless entry  system transmitter  refer to Keyless Entry  System  page 3 22         Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  119 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    Auto lock unlock function    A WARNING    Do not pull the inner handle on a front   door   Pulling an inner handle on a front  door while the vehicle is moving is  dangerous  Passengers can fall out of  the vehicle if a front door accidentally  opens  which could result in death or  serious injury     When the vehicle speed exceeds 20  km h  12 mph   all doors and the  liftgate lock automatically    When the ignition is switched off  all  doors and the liftgate unlock  automatically    These
624. unterclockwise and  remove it           8 41       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page518  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    4  Disconnect the electrical connector  from the bulb by pulling the tab on the  connector with your finger and pulling  the connector downward                Turn the socket and bulb assembly to  remove it  Carefully remove the bulb   from its socket in the reflector by   gently pulling it straight backward out       of the socket             Install the new bulb in the reverse order  of the removal procedure        8 42       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  518 1     NOTE     To replace the bulb  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer     Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched   it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol  before being used      Use the protective cover and carton of the  replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb  promptly out of the reach of children     Low beam bulbs    1  Make sure the ignition is switched off   and the headlight switch 1s off     2  Lift the hood     3   Right side   Remove the attachment bolts and the  coolant reservoir before replacing the  light bulb           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page519  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  519 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    4  Turn the cover counterclockwise and 6  Turn the socket and bulb assembly to   remove it  remove it  Carefully remove the bulb  from its socket in the reflector by  ge
625. ur Mazda    Starting and Driving    WV TCS OFF Switch    If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km h   9 mph   press the TCS OFF switch to  turn off the TCS  The TCS OFF indicator  light will illuminate     S                TCS  OFF  GR    Press the switch again to turn the TCS  back on  The TCS OFF indicator light  will turn off  If the vehicle speed is more  than 15 km h  9 mph   the TCS OFF  indicator light will not illuminate even if  the switch is pressed     5 26    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  204 1     NOTE     When TCS is on and you attempt to free the  vehicle when it is stuck  or drive it out of  freshly fallen snow  the TCS will activate   Depressing the accelerator will not  increase engine power and freeing the  vehicle may be difficult  When this happens   turn off the TCS      Ifthe TCS is off when the engine is turned  off  it automatically activates when the  ignition is switched ON      Leaving the TCS on will provide the best  traction      Ifthe TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is  more than 15 km h  9 mph   it  automatically activates and the TCS OFF  indicator light will turn off      Ifthe TCS OFF switch is pressed and held  for 10 seconds or more  the TCS OFF  switch malfunction detection function  operates and the TCS and DSC RSC system  activates automatically  The TCS OFF  indicator light turns off while the TCS    system is operative           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page205  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  205 
626. ure  Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers        California Customers    1  Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE  a mediation   arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus  4200  Wilson Boulevard  Arlington  Virginia 22203  through local Better Business Bureaus   BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification  Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs     2  If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty  we encourage you to  bring it to our attention  If we are unable to resolve it  you may file a claim with BBB  AUTO LINE  Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six  6  months after  the expiration of the warranty     3  To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE  call 1 800 955 5100  There is no charge for the  call     4  In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE  you will have to provide your name and  address  the brand name and vehicle identification number  VIN  of your vehicle  and a  statement of the nature of your problem or complaint  You will also be asked to provide   the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle  the vehicle s current mileage  the  approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s  were first brought to the  attention of Mazda or one of our dealers  and a statement of the relief you are seeking     5  BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation  If  
627. ure control dial to control the       temperature     NOTE   The climate control system changes to the  individual operation mode  DUAL switch  indicator light illuminated  by turning the front       passenger temperature control dial even when  the DUAL switch is off  which allows  individual control of the set temperature for  the driver and front passenger     Fan control dial       The fan has seven speeds  The selected  speed will be displayed     2          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page282  Monday  March 9 2015 9 57 AM  Black plate  282 1     Interior Comfort    Climate Control System    Mode selector switch          The desired airflow mode can be selected   page 6 5      NOTE       With the airflow mode set to the 74  position and the temperature control dial  set at a medium temperature  heated air is  directed to the feet and a comparably lower  air temperature will flow through the  central  left and right vents      To set the air vent to YY   press the  windshield defroster switch        Inthe   position  the air conditioner is  automatically turned on and the  amp  gt   mode is automatically selected to defrost  the windshield  In the  8 position  the  X mode cannot be changed to the   lt    mode     A C switch                Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO  switch is turned on will turn off the air  conditioning  cooling dehumidifying  functions   The air conditioning can be  turned on and off by pressing the A C  switch while the fan control dial is on
628. ury or death to the child or other occupants  Follow  the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the  seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in  an improperly secured seat later on  When not in use  remove it from the vehicle or  fasten it with a seat belt  or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH  child restraint systems        Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child    restraint system   Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing  the child restraint system is dangerous  If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the  child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and  the child restraint system is installed improperly  the child restraint system could  move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or  other occupants  When installing the child restraint system  make sure there are no  seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors  Always follow  the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions     2 49       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page62  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Child Restraint    Y LATCH Child Restraint System  Installation Procedure  Second   Row Outboard Seats              Slide the second row seat as far back as  possible       Ma
629. ut if a door is accidentally opened  and can more easily be thrown out in  an accident     Always close all the windows and the  moonroof  lock the doors and take the  key with you when leaving your vehicle  unattended   Leaving your vehicle unlocked is  dangerous as children could lock  themselves in a hot vehicle  which  could result in death  Also  a vehicle  left unlocked becomes an easy target  for thieves and intruders        3 28       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    After closing the doors  always verify  that they are securely closed   Doors not securely closed are  dangerous  if the vehicle is driven  with a door not securely closed  the  door could open unexpectedly  resulting in an accident     Always confirm the safety around the   vehicle before opening a door   Suddenly opening a door is  dangerous  A passing vehicle or a  pedestrian could be hit and cause an  accident     A CAUTION    Always confirm the conditions  around the vehicle before opening   closing the doors and use caution  during strong winds or when parked  onan incline  Not being aware of the  conditions around the vehicle is  dangerous because fingers could get  caught in the door or a passing  pedestrian could be hit  resulting in  an unexpected accident or injury     e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Pagell7  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    V Locking  Unlocking with Key    The driver s door can be locked unlocked  with the key    Turn the key toward the front to unlock   toward the back to lock     
630. utton          Panic button    NOTE   The unlock button can be used to open the  power windows and the moonroof  but the lock  button cannot be used to close the power  windows and the moonroof    Refer to the following pages    Opening Closing the Power Windows  page  3 44    Opening Closing the moonroof  page 3 52     The operation indicator light flashes when  the buttons are pressed        3 14       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Lock button    To lock the doors and the liftgate  press  the lock button  A beep sound will be  heard once and the hazard warning lights  will flash once     To confirm that all doors and the liftgate  have been locked  press the lock button  again within 5 seconds  If they are closed  and locked  the horn will sound     NOTE     A beep sound can be heard for confirmation  when the doors are locked using the  advanced keyless transmitter  If you prefer   the beep sound can be turned off   Refer to Personalization Features on page  10 8       Without theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights will flash once  to indicate that all doors and the lifigate  are locked    With theft deterrent system   The hazard warning lights flash when the  theft deterrent system is armed   The hazard warning lights do not flash if all  the doors and the lifigate are locked before  the thefi deterrent system is properly  armed   When the doors are locked by pressing the  lock button on the transmitter while the  theft deterrent system is armed  the hazard  warning 
631. ve    pole      facing down  Battery   leakage could occur if it is not   installed correctly       When replacing the battery  be  careful not to touch any of the  internal circuitry and electrical  terminals  bend the electrical  terminals  or get dirt in the  transmitter as the transmitter  could be damaged       There is the danger of explosion if  the battery is not correctly  replaced       Replace only with the same type  battery  CR1620 or equivalent        Dispose of used batteries  according to the following  instructions       Insulate the plus and minus  terminals of the battery using  cellophane or equivalent tape       Never disassemble       Never throw the battery into  fire and or water       Never deform or crush     Replacing the transmitter battery  1  Unfold the key  page 3 21      e          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         113  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    2  Insert a screwdriver into the slot and  push the tab to remove the key from  the transmitter                Black plate  113 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Doors and Locks    5  Put in the new battery  CR1620 or  equivalent  with the positive pole       facing down        3  Insert a screwdriver into the slot and  gently pry open the transmitter              6  Align the front and back covers and  snap the transmitter shut     7  Align the key with the transmitter as  shown in the figure  and insert the key    until a click sound is heard  PE          A CAUTION    Insert the key into the transmitt
632. vehicle  speed decreases below 30 km h  19 mph   when cruise is activated  such as when  climbing a steep grade     5 22    Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                     Black plate  200 1        To Increase Cruising Speed  Follow either of these procedures     To increase speed using cruise control  switch    Press up the cruise control SET   switch  and hold it  Your vehicle will accelerate   Release the switch at the speed you want          Cruise control  switch            SET      Your vehicle has a tap up feature that  allows you to increase your current speed  in increments of 1 6 km h  1 mph  by a  momentary tap of the cruise control SET    switch  Multiple taps will increase  your vehicle speed 1 6 km h  1 mph  for  each tap           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page201  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    To increase speed using accelerator  pedal    Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate  to the desired speed    Press down or press up on the cruise  control SET    SET   switch and release  it immediately     NOTE   Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily  when the cruise control is on  Greater speed  will not interfere with or change the set speed   Take your foot off the accelerator to return to    Cruise control  switch          the set speed        To Decrease Cruising Speed    Press down the cruise control SET    switch and hold it  The vehicle will  gradually slow    Release the switch at the speed you want            Cruise control  switch          Form No 8D
633. vehicle can   handle without risking damage   Important  The towing vehicle s braking system is rated  for operation at GVWR  not at GCWR  Separate functional brakes should be used for safe  control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1 500 Ibs   The GCW must  never exceed the GCWR        Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer  the vehicle can tow  It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options  no cargo  internal or  external   a tongue load of 10 15   conventional trailer  or king pin weight of 15 25    fifth wheel trailer   and driver only  150 Ibs   Consult your dealership  or the RV and  Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership  for more detailed information   Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a  trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch     Examples  For a 5000 Ib conventional trailer  multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a    proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ibs  For an 11 500 Ib fifth wheel trailer  multiply by  0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ibs     9 41       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page584  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  584 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada         WARNING    Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications   Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous   E
634. ver and Front  Passenger Occupant Classification  System    Your front passenger seat has weight  sensors  sitting in the front passenger  seat improperly out of position or  with the seatback reclined too far  while the vehicle is moving is  dangerous as it can take off weight  from the seat bottom and affect the  weight determination of the front  passenger sensing system  As a result  the front passenger will not have the  supplementary protection of the air  bag and seat belt pretensioner  which  could result in serious injury  Always  sit upright against the seatback with  your feet on the floor         gt           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page18  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM    Essential Safety Equipment    Seats    To change the seatback angle  press the  front or rear side of the reclining switch   Release the switch at the desired position        Height Adjustment  Driver s Seat     To adjust the seat height  move the switch  up or down           2 6      Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  18 1        Seat Position Memory      The driver s seat position memory  function allows you to program a desired  seat position and outside mirror angle  position  The personalized positions can  be easily activated with the simple touch  of a button  The programmed positions  can also be activated when unlocking the  doors using a programmed advanced key   retractable type key    Seat positions and outside mirror angle  positions for up to three p
635. verhead console                       6 172 Traction Control System  TCS           5 24  Rear coat hooks                          6 174 TCS OFF indicator light              5 25  Shopping bag hook                    6 174 TCS OFF switch                          5 26  Sunshade                            3 53 TCS DSC RSC indicator light     5 25  Sunvisors       6 162 Trailer Towing                 sss 4 14  Trip  Meter Je 5 53  T Turn and Lane Change Signals           5 78  Tachometer c                   5 54 V  Temporary Spare Tire                         8 36  Theft Deterrent System                       3 62 Vanity Mirrors               eene 6 162  Third Row                                           2 13 Vehicle Information Labels                 10 2  Tiedown  Hook               7 22  Tire Information                      ees 9 24  Tire Pressure Monitoring System        5 29  System error activation                5 33  Tire pressure monitoring system  warning           5 31  Tires and wheels                           5 33  Tires  LUE Eig tn d tom uen odere 7 3  Inflation pressure                          8 33                                                        8 35  Rotation    cer 8 34  Snow HITES    e hee 4 10  Spare tire and tool storage              7 3  Specifications                               10 7  Tire chams eene 4 11  Uniform tire quality grading system   UTOGS  nien mm 9 22  Tool Rede 7 3  11 7       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H i          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3
636. warded while  the FWD button   gt    is pressed     Reverse    Image and sound is reversed while the  REW button   lt  lt    is pressed     Slow playback  DVD video and video  CD    Press the SLOW button to slow the  playback    Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return   to normal playback speed     9                    Slow playback is not available for audio  CD  DVD audio and MP3 WMA CD      The unit is muted while in slow playback        Skipping the chapter track   Chapter  DVD video  or track  video CD   DVD audio  audio CD  and MP3 WMA  CD  can be skipped  changed    Fast forward skip   Press the NEXT button  PPI   to skip to  the next chapter track    Reverse skip    Press the PREV button  14   to return to  the beginning of the current chapter track     6 89       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page364  Monday  March 9 2015 9 58 AM    Interior Comfort    Rear Entertainment System    NOTE   To return to the beginning of the previous  chapter track  press the PREV button          again within 2 seconds after the button is  pressed     Skipping to desired chapter track    The playback can be started from the  desired chapter  DVD video  track  video  CD  DVD audio and audio CD  by  entering the chapter track number     1  Enter the chapter track number using  the number keys  0 to 9  while the disc    is being played       Press the ENTER button to start the  playback from the selected chapter   track    Example  when selecting chapter track  number    10        Press the num
637. windshield or  the blades with foreign matter can reduce  wiper effectiveness  Common sources are  insects  tree sap  and hot wax treatments  used by some commercial car washes     If the blades are not wiping properly   clean the window and blades with a good  cleaner or mild detergent  then rinse  thoroughly with clean water  Repeat if  necessary     8 27    B           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page504  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  504 1     Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance    V Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades    When the wipers no longer clean well  the  blades are probably worn or cracked   Replace them        CAUTION    To prevent damage to the wiper arms  and other components  don t try to  sweep the wiper arm by hand     NOTE   When raising both windshield wiper arms   raise the driver s side wiper arm first  When  lowering the wiper arms  slowly lower the  wiper arm from the passenger s side first while  supporting it with your hand  Forcefully  lowering the wiper arms could damage the  wiper arm and blade  and may scratch or  crack the windshield     1  Raise the wiper arm     2  Open the clip and slide the blade  assembly in the direction of the arrow     3  Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar  tool with a soft cloth to prevent  damage to the clip        NOTE  Using a soft cloth wrapped flathead  screwdriver        8 28       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    4  Tilt the blade assembly and remove it  from the arm     2 Va      A CAUTION    To preve
638. with your other hand while  operating the lever  If the seatback is  not supported  it will flip forward  suddenly and could cause injury        Height Adjustment  Driver s Seat     To adjust the seat height  move the lever  up or down     WLumbar Support Adjustment   Driver s Seat     To increase the seat firmness  pull the  lever forward  Push the lever backward to  decrease firmness              2 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Front Seats  Electrically    Operated Seats     A WARNING    Do not modify or replace the front   seats   Modifying or replacing the front seats  such as replacing the upholstery or  loosening any bolts is dangerous  The  front seats contain air bag  components essential to the  supplemental restraint system  Such  modifications could damage the  supplemental restraint system and  result in serious injury  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is  any need to remove or reinstall the  front seats        Do not drive with damaged front seats   Driving with damaged front seats is  dangerous  A collision  even one not  strong enough to inflate the air bags   could damage the front seats which  contain essential air bag  components  If there was a  subsequent collision  an air bag may  not deploy which could lead to  injuries  Always have an Authorized  Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats   front seat belt pretensioners and air  bags after a collision     Adjust the driver s seat only when the  vehicle is stopped   Adjusting the driver s seat whi
639. without using the parking  brake to hold the vehicle is  dangerous  If P fails to hold  the  vehicle could move and cause an  accident     A CAUTION       Shifting into P  N or R while the  vehicle is moving can damage  your transaxle     gt  Shifting into a driving gear or  reverse when the engine is running  faster than idle can damage the  transaxle     R  Reverse     In position R  the vehicle moves only  backward  You must be at a complete stop  before shifting to or from R  except under  rare circumstances as explained in  Rocking the Vehicle  page 4 9      N  Neutral    In N  the wheels and transaxle are not  locked  The vehicle will roll freely even  on the slightest incline unless the parking  brake or brakes are on        5 12       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H               Black plate  190 1       A WARNING    If the engine is running faster than idle    do not shift from N or P into a driving   gear   It s dangerous to shift from N or P  into a driving gear when the engine  is running faster than idle  If this is  done  the vehicle could move  suddenly  causing an accident or  serious injury     Do not shift into N when driving the  vehicle   Shifting into N while driving is  dangerous  Engine braking cannot be  applied when decelerating which  could lead to an accident or serious  injury     A CAUTION    Do not shift into N when driving the  vehicle  Doing so can cause transaxle  damage        NOTE   Apply the parking brake or depress the brake  pedal before moving the s
640. xceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident  injury  or  damage to the vehicle   Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals  because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations  Replacement  tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR  limitations   Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label     9 42       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page585  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  585 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada     Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit    Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit     1  Locate the statement    The combined weight of occupants and cargo should  never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs   on your vehicle s placard     2  Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be  riding in your vehicle     3  Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg  or XXX Ibs     4  The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load  capacity  For example  if the  XXX  amount equals 1400 Ibs  and there  will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle  the amount of available  cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 165   1400     750  5 x 150    650  Ibs      5  Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the   vehicle  That weight may not saf
641. y  Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 19   Replacing the battery about once a year is recommended because the KEY warning light indicator  light may not illuminate or flash depending on the rate of battery depletion       Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer  Up to 6 advanced keys  can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle     3 4       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page93  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM  Black plate  93 1     V Advanced Key Maintenance    A CAUTION     gt  Make sure the battery is installed  with the correct pole facing  upward  Battery leakage could  occur if it is not installed correctly       When replacing the battery  be  careful not to touch any of the  internal circuitry and electrical  terminals  bend the electrical  terminals  or get dirt in the  transmitter as the transmitter  could be damaged       There is the danger of explosion if  the battery is not correctly  replaced       Replace only with the same type  battery  CR2025 or equivalent        Dispose of used batteries  according to the following  instructions       Insulate the plus and minus  terminals of the battery using  cellophane or equivalent tape       Never disassemble       Never throw the battery into  fire or water       Never deform or crush     The following conditions indicate that the   battery power 15 low      The KEY indicator light  green  flashes  in the instrument cluster for abou
642. y are 6 years or older  Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high  loading conditions can accelerate the aging process  You should replace the spare tire when you  replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire  The period in which the tire was  manufactured  both week and year  is indicated by a 4 digit number    Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 24           Safety Practices    The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety  So cultivate   good driving habits for your own benefit      Observe posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather  conditions   e Avoid fast starts  stops and turns     Avoid potholes and objects on the road     Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking    9 34       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H         CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page577  Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM  Black plate  577 1     Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects    Tire Information  except Canada        CAUTION    If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your  tire or vehicle has been damaged  immediately reduce your speed  Drive with caution  until you can safely pull off the road  Stop and inspect the tire for damage  If the tire  is under inflated or damaged  deflate it  remove the tire and rim and replace it with  your spare tire  If you cannot detect a cause  have the vehicle towed to the nearest  vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehic
643. y fuse but the MAIN fuse is  blown  replace it with a new one of the  same amperage rating     Normal    A WARNING    Do not replace the main fuse by   yourself  Have an Authorized Mazda   Dealer perform the replacement   Replacing the fuse by yourself is  dangerous because the MAIN fuse is  a high current fuse  Incorrect  replacement could cause an electrical  shock or a short circuit resulting in a    fire     4  Reinstall the cover and make sure that  it is securely installed           8 51       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page528    Monday  March 9 2015 9 59 AM    Maintenance and Care    Owner Maintenance       V Fuse Panel Description    Fuse block  Engine compartment        Black plate  528 1                                                                          DESCRIPTION    PROTECTED COMPONENT  1 MAIN 150A  For protection of all circuits  2        ENGINE 20A Engine control system     H L R   15A  Headlight  RH   H L HI RY    15   For protection of various circuits    5 R HEATER 40A   Heater  6 P SEAT R 30A  Power seat  RH     7 HEATER 50A                8 IGKEY 2 40A For protection of various circuits  30A     9 FAN I x Cooling fan  40A  10 P SEATL 40A Power seat  LH     11 DEFOG 30A Rear window defogger  12 BTN 50A For protection of various circuits  13 FUEL PUMP 30A Fuel pump  14 IGKEY 1 30A For protection of various circuits  15 FOG 15A   Fog lights    8 52   Some models        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H 1          CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 
644. y grip            gt  Devices for electronic purchases  or  security passage which touch or  come near the key        Form No 8DU2 EC 14H                    Black plate  147 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    NOTE      The keys carry a unique electronic code     For this reason  and to assure your safety   obtaining a replacement key requires some  waiting time  They are only available  through an Authorized Mazda Dealer   Always keep a spare key  in case one is lost   If a key is lost  contact an Authorized  Mazda Dealer as soon as possible    If you lose a key  an Authorized Mazda  Dealer will reset the electronic codes of  your remaining keys and immobilizer  system  Bring all the remaining keys to an  Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset   Starting the vehicle with a key that has not  been reset is not possible        3 59       CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3         148  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM  Black plate  148 1     Knowing Your Mazda    Security System    Declaration of Conformity    Immobilizer system   U S A   FCC WARNING  Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible  for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment   Note   This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to  the following two conditions    1  this device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must  accept any interference received  including interference that may cause  undesired operation      CANA
645. y metal objects sticking through  tread or sidewall  Put a few drops of water  in the valve stem to see if it bubbles  indicating a bad valve  Leaks need to be  addressed by more than simply refilling the  trouble tire as leaks are dangerous   take it  to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has  all the equipment to fix tires  TPMS systems  and order the best replacement tire for your  vehicle           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page211  Monday  March 9 2015 9 56 AM    If the warning light illuminates again even  after the tire pressures are adjusted  there  may be a tire puncture  Replace the  punctured tire with the temporary spare  tire  page 7 8      NOTE      tire pressure sensor is not installed to the  temporary spare tire  The warning light will  flash continuously while the temporary spare  tire is being used     Warning light flashes    When the warning light flashes  there may  be a system malfunction  Consult an  Authorized Mazda Dealer        System Error Activation    When the TPMS warning light flashes   there may be a system malfunction   Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer    A system error activation may occur in   the following cases      When there is equipment or a device  near the vehicle using the same radio  frequency as that of the tire pressure  sensors      When using the following devices in  the vehicle that may cause radio  interference with the receiver unit      A digital device such as a personal  computer      Acurrent converter device such as a 
646. y the  type of child restraint system  Always read  the manufacturer s instructions and this  owner s manual carefully      Due to variations in the design of child   restraint systems  vehicle seats and seat  belts  all child restraint systems may not fit  all seating positions  Before purchasing a  child restraint system  it should be tested in  the specific vehicle seating position  or  positions  where it is intended to be used  If  a previously purchased child restraint  system does not fit  you may need to  purchase a different one that will     Infant seat   An infant seat provides restraint by  bracing the infant s head  neck and back  against the seating surface           2 40       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    Child seat  A child seat restrains a child s body using  the harness     Booster seat   A booster seat is a child restraint  accessory designed to improve the fit of  the seat belt system around the child s    body  4           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Edition3 Page53  Monday  March 9 2015 9 55 AM       Installing Child Restraint       Systems    Accident statistics reveal that a child 1s  safer in the rear seats  The front  passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice  for any child under 12  and with rear   facing child restraint systems it 1s clearly  unsafe due to air bags     NOTE   Even if your vehicle is equipped with front  passenger seat weight sensors  page 2 70    which automatically deactivates the front  passenger air bag  a rear seat is the safest  place for a
647. zda    Doors and Locks    Retractable type key    Lock button       Unlock button    Panic button    NOTE     The unlock button does not operate unless  it is pressed twice sequentially      The lock button cannot be used to close the  power windows and the moonroof     With key    1  Insert the key in the driver s door key  cylinder     2  Turn the key counterclockwise and  hold until the windows and the  moonroof are completely open  After  the doors and the liftgate are unlocked   the windows and the moonroof fully  open automatically           3 46       Form No 8DU2 EC 14H    To stop this operation  turn the key to the  center position  then turn it  counterclockwise again     NOTE   The window and the moonroof opening  operation also can be stopped by turning the  key clockwise  However  the doors and the  lifigate will lock     Closing    The windows and the moonroof can be  closed in case they are left open after  getting out of the vehicle     NOTE    With advanced key    If the auto lock function  page 3 8  has been  activated  the doors and the liftgate  automatically lock as you walk away from the  vehicle  however  the power windows and the  moonroof cannot be closed  When leaving the  vehicle  close the windows and the moonroof  using the power window switch or the tilt or  slide switch inside the vehicle  the key  or a  request switch on the front door handles     With key    1  Insert the key in the driver s door key  cylinder           CX 9 8DU2 EC 14H Editio
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Circular de Coordinación - Fondo Español de Garantía Agraria  Trust Cuby Pro  取扱説明書 - no!HAIR (ノーノーヘア)  LC-Power LC-SP-1-Green  Glacier Bay 67392-6101 Installation Guide  9 - Marbache      Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file